This is ../info/gnus, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from gnus.texi.

INFO-DIR-SECTION The Emacs editor and associated tools
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Gnus: (gnus).         The newsreader Gnus.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

   This file documents Gnus, the GNU Emacs newsreader.

   Copyright (C) 1995,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being none, with the Front-Cover texts being "A GNU
Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the
license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation
License" in the Emacs manual.

   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."

   This document is part of a collection distributed under the GNU Free
Documentation License.  If you want to distribute this document
separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the
license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.


File: gnus,  Node: Top,  Next: Starting Up,  Up: (dir)

The Gnus Newsreader
*******************

You can read news (and mail) from within Emacs by using Gnus.  The news
can be gotten by any nefarious means you can think of--NNTP, local
spool or your mbox file.  All at the same time, if you want to push your
luck.

   This manual corresponds to Gnus 5.9.0.

* Menu:

* Starting Up::           Finding news can be a pain.
* The Group Buffer::      Selecting, subscribing and killing groups.
* The Summary Buffer::    Reading, saving and posting articles.
* The Article Buffer::    Displaying and handling articles.
* Composing Messages::    Information on sending mail and news.
* Select Methods::        Gnus reads all messages from various select methods.
* Scoring::               Assigning values to articles.
* Various::               General purpose settings.
* The End::               Farewell and goodbye.
* Appendices::            Terminology, Emacs intro, FAQ, History, Internals.
* Index::                 Variable, function and concept index.
* Key Index::             Key Index.

 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---

Starting Gnus

* Finding the News::    Choosing a method for getting news.
* The First Time::      What does Gnus do the first time you start it?
* The Server is Down::  How can I read my mail then?
* Slave Gnusae::        You can have more than one Gnus active at a time.
* Fetching a Group::    Starting Gnus just to read a group.
* New Groups::          What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups?
* Startup Files::       Those pesky startup files---`.newsrc'.
* Auto Save::           Recovering from a crash.
* The Active File::     Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time.
* Changing Servers::    You may want to move from one server to another.
* Startup Variables::   Other variables you might change.

New Groups

* Checking New Groups::      Determining what groups are new.
* Subscription Methods::     What Gnus should do with new groups.
* Filtering New Groups::     Making Gnus ignore certain new groups.

The Group Buffer

* Group Buffer Format::    Information listed and how you can change it.
* Group Maneuvering::      Commands for moving in the group buffer.
* Selecting a Group::      Actually reading news.
* Group Data::             Changing the info for a group.
* Subscription Commands::  Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing.
* Group Levels::           Levels? What are those, then?
* Group Score::            A mechanism for finding out what groups you like.
* Marking Groups::         You can mark groups for later processing.
* Foreign Groups::         Creating and editing groups.
* Group Parameters::       Each group may have different parameters set.
* Listing Groups::         Gnus can list various subsets of the groups.
* Sorting Groups::         Re-arrange the group order.
* Group Maintenance::      Maintaining a tidy `.newsrc' file.
* Browse Foreign Server::  You can browse a server.  See what it has to offer.
* Exiting Gnus::           Stop reading news and get some work done.
* Group Topics::           A folding group mode divided into topics.
* Misc Group Stuff::       Other stuff that you can to do.

Group Buffer Format

* Group Line Specification::       Deciding how the group buffer is to look.
* Group Modeline Specification::   The group buffer modeline.
* Group Highlighting::             Having nice colors in the group buffer.

Group Topics

* Topic Variables::    How to customize the topics the Lisp Way.
* Topic Commands::     Interactive E-Z commands.
* Topic Sorting::      Sorting each topic individually.
* Topic Topology::     A map of the world.
* Topic Parameters::   Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic.

Misc Group Stuff

* Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived.
* Group Information::     Information and help on groups and Gnus.
* Group Timestamp::       Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group.
* File Commands::         Reading and writing the Gnus files.

The Summary Buffer

* Summary Buffer Format::       Deciding how the summary buffer is to look.
* Summary Maneuvering::         Moving around the summary buffer.
* Choosing Articles::           Reading articles.
* Paging the Article::          Scrolling the current article.
* Reply Followup and Post::     Posting articles.
* Marking Articles::            Marking articles as read, expirable, etc.
* Limiting::                    You can limit the summary buffer.
* Threading::                   How threads are made.
* Sorting::                     How articles and threads are sorted.
* Asynchronous Fetching::       Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles.
* Article Caching::             You may store articles in a cache.
* Persistent Articles::         Making articles expiry-resistant.
* Article Backlog::             Having already read articles hang around.
* Saving Articles::             Ways of customizing article saving.
* Decoding Articles::           Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles.
* Article Treatment::           The article buffer can be mangled at will.
* MIME Commands::               Doing MIMEy things with the articles.
* Charsets::                    Character set issues.
* Article Commands::            Doing various things with the article buffer.
* Summary Sorting::             Sorting the summary buffer in various ways.
* Finding the Parent::          No child support? Get the parent.
* Alternative Approaches::      Reading using non-default summaries.
* Tree Display::                A more visual display of threads.
* Mail Group Commands::         Some commands can only be used in mail groups.
* Various Summary Stuff::       What didn't fit anywhere else.
* Exiting the Summary Buffer::  Returning to the Group buffer.
* Crosspost Handling::          How crossposted articles are dealt with.
* Duplicate Suppression::       An alternative when crosspost handling fails.

Summary Buffer Format

* Summary Buffer Lines::     You can specify how summary lines should look.
* To From Newsgroups::       How to not display your own name.
* Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look.
* Summary Highlighting::     Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice.

Choosing Articles

* Choosing Commands::        Commands for choosing articles.
* Choosing Variables::       Variables that influence these commands.

Reply, Followup and Post

* Summary Mail Commands::    Sending mail.
* Summary Post Commands::    Sending news.
* Summary Message Commands:: Other Message-related commands.
* Canceling and Superseding:: ``Whoops, I shouldn't have called him that.''

Marking Articles

* Unread Articles::          Marks for unread articles.
* Read Articles::            Marks for read articles.
* Other Marks::              Marks that do not affect readedness.
* Setting Marks::            How to set and remove marks.
* Generic Marking Commands:: How to customize the marking.
* Setting Process Marks::    How to mark articles for later processing.

Threading

* Customizing Threading::    Variables you can change to affect the threading.
* Thread Commands::          Thread based commands in the summary buffer.

Customizing Threading

* Loose Threads::        How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads.
* Filling In Threads::   Making the threads displayed look fuller.
* More Threading::       Even more variables for fiddling with threads.
* Low-Level Threading::  You thought it was over... but you were wrong!

Decoding Articles

* Uuencoded Articles::    Uudecode articles.
* Shell Archives::        Unshar articles.
* PostScript Files::      Split PostScript.
* Other Files::           Plain save and binhex.
* Decoding Variables::    Variables for a happy decoding.
* Viewing Files::         You want to look at the result of the decoding?

Decoding Variables

* Rule Variables::          Variables that say how a file is to be viewed.
* Other Decode Variables::  Other decode variables.
* Uuencoding and Posting::  Variables for customizing uuencoding.

Article Treatment

* Article Highlighting::    You want to make the article look like fruit salad.
* Article Fontisizing::     Making emphasized text look nice.
* Article Hiding::          You also want to make certain info go away.
* Article Washing::         Lots of way-neat functions to make life better.
* Article Buttons::         Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like.
* Article Date::            Grumble, UT!
* Article Signature::       What is a signature?
* Article Miscellania::     Various other stuff.

Alternative Approaches

* Pick and Read::               First mark articles and then read them.
* Binary Groups::               Auto-decode all articles.

Various Summary Stuff

* Summary Group Information::         Information oriented commands.
* Searching for Articles::            Multiple article commands.
* Summary Generation Commands::       (Re)generating the summary buffer.
* Really Various Summary Commands::   Those pesky non-conformant commands.

The Article Buffer

* Hiding Headers::        Deciding what headers should be displayed.
* Using MIME::            Pushing articles through MIME before reading them.
* Customizing Articles::  Tailoring the look of the articles.
* Article Keymap::        Keystrokes available in the article buffer.
* Misc Article::          Other stuff.

Composing Messages

* Mail::                 Mailing and replying.
* Posting Server::       What server should you post via?
* Mail and Post::        Mailing and posting at the same time.
* Archived Messages::    Where Gnus stores the messages you've sent.
* Posting Styles::       An easier way to specify who you are.
* Drafts::               Postponing messages and rejected messages.
* Rejected Articles::    What happens if the server doesn't like your article?

Select Methods

* The Server Buffer::     Making and editing virtual servers.
* Getting News::          Reading USENET news with Gnus.
* Getting Mail::          Reading your personal mail with Gnus.
* Browsing the Web::      Getting messages from a plethora of Web sources.
* Other Sources::         Reading directories, files, SOUP packets.
* Combined Groups::       Combining groups into one group.
* Gnus Unplugged::        Reading news and mail offline.

The Server Buffer

* Server Buffer Format::      You can customize the look of this buffer.
* Server Commands::           Commands to manipulate servers.
* Example Methods::           Examples server specifications.
* Creating a Virtual Server:: An example session.
* Server Variables::          Which variables to set.
* Servers and Methods::       You can use server names as select methods.
* Unavailable Servers::       Some servers you try to contact may be down.

Getting News

* NNTP::               Reading news from an NNTP server.
* News Spool::         Reading news from the local spool.

Getting Mail

* Mail in a Newsreader::         Important introductory notes.
* Getting Started Reading Mail:: A simple cookbook example.
* Splitting Mail::               How to create mail groups.
* Mail Sources::                 How to tell Gnus where to get mail from.
* Mail Back End Variables::      Variables for customizing mail handling.
* Fancy Mail Splitting::         Gnus can do hairy splitting of incoming mail.
* Group Mail Splitting::         Use group customize to drive mail splitting.
* Incorporating Old Mail::       What about the old mail you have?
* Expiring Mail::                Getting rid of unwanted mail.
* Washing Mail::                 Removing cruft from the mail you get.
* Duplicates::                   Dealing with duplicated mail.
* Not Reading Mail::             Using mail back ends for reading other files.
* Choosing a Mail Back End::     Gnus can read a variety of mail formats.

Mail Sources

* Mail Source Specifiers::       How to specify what a mail source is.
* Mail Source Customization::    Some variables that influence things.
* Fetching Mail::                Using the mail source specifiers.

Choosing a Mail Back End

* Unix Mail Box::               Using the (quite) standard Un*x mbox.
* Rmail Babyl::                 Emacs programs use the rmail babyl format.
* Mail Spool::                  Store your mail in a private spool?
* MH Spool::                    An mhspool-like back end.
* Mail Folders::                Having one file for each group.
* Comparing Mail Back Ends::    An in-depth looks at pros and cons.

Browsing the Web

* Web Searches::          Creating groups from articles that match a string.
* Slashdot::              Reading the Slashdot comments.
* Ultimate::              The Ultimate Bulletin Board systems.
* Web Archive::           Reading mailing list archived on web.

Other Sources

* Directory Groups::      You can read a directory as if it was a newsgroup.
* Anything Groups::       Dired?  Who needs dired?
* Document Groups::       Single files can be the basis of a group.
* SOUP::                  Reading SOUP packets ``offline''.
* Mail-To-News Gateways:: Posting articles via mail-to-news gateways.
* IMAP::                  Using Gnus as a IMAP client.

Document Groups

* Document Server Internals::   How to add your own document types.

SOUP

* SOUP Commands::     Commands for creating and sending SOUP packets
* SOUP Groups::       A back end for reading SOUP packets.
* SOUP Replies::      How to enable `nnsoup' to take over mail and news.

IMAP

* Splitting in IMAP::     Splitting mail with nnimap.
* Editing IMAP ACLs::     Limiting/enabling other users access to a mailbox.
* Expunging mailboxes::   Equivalent of a "compress mailbox" button.

Combined Groups

* Virtual Groups::     Combining articles from many groups.
* Kibozed Groups::     Looking through parts of the newsfeed for articles.

Gnus Unplugged

* Agent Basics::           How it all is supposed to work.
* Agent Categories::       How to tell the Gnus Agent what to download.
* Agent Commands::         New commands for all the buffers.
* Agent Expiry::           How to make old articles go away.
* Agent and IMAP::         How to use the Agent with IMAP.
* Outgoing Messages::      What happens when you post/mail something?
* Agent Variables::        Customizing is fun.
* Example Setup::          An example `.gnus.el' file for offline people.
* Batching Agents::        How to fetch news from a `cron' job.
* Agent Caveats::          What you think it'll do and what it does.

Agent Categories

* Category Syntax::       What a category looks like.
* The Category Buffer::   A buffer for maintaining categories.
* Category Variables::    Customize'r'Us.

Agent Commands

* Group Agent Commands::
* Summary Agent Commands::
* Server Agent Commands::

Scoring

* Summary Score Commands::   Adding score entries for the current group.
* Group Score Commands::     General score commands.
* Score Variables::          Customize your scoring.  (My, what terminology).
* Score File Format::        What a score file may contain.
* Score File Editing::       You can edit score files by hand as well.
* Adaptive Scoring::         Big Sister Gnus knows what you read.
* Home Score File::          How to say where new score entries are to go.
* Followups To Yourself::    Having Gnus notice when people answer you.
* Scoring Tips::             How to score effectively.
* Reverse Scoring::          That problem child of old is not problem.
* Global Score Files::       Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files.
* Kill Files::               They are still here, but they can be ignored.
* Converting Kill Files::    Translating kill files to score files.
* GroupLens::                Getting predictions on what you like to read.
* Advanced Scoring::         Using logical expressions to build score rules.
* Score Decays::             It can be useful to let scores wither away.

GroupLens

* Using GroupLens::          How to make Gnus use GroupLens.
* Rating Articles::          Letting GroupLens know how you rate articles.
* Displaying Predictions::   Displaying predictions given by GroupLens.
* GroupLens Variables::      Customizing GroupLens.

Advanced Scoring

* Advanced Scoring Syntax::     A definition.
* Advanced Scoring Examples::   What they look like.
* Advanced Scoring Tips::       Getting the most out of it.

Various

* Process/Prefix::             A convention used by many treatment commands.
* Interactive::                Making Gnus ask you many questions.
* Symbolic Prefixes::          How to supply some Gnus functions with options.
* Formatting Variables::       You can specify what buffers should look like.
* Windows Configuration::      Configuring the Gnus buffer windows.
* Faces and Fonts::            How to change how faces look.
* Compilation::                How to speed Gnus up.
* Mode Lines::                 Displaying information in the mode lines.
* Highlighting and Menus::     Making buffers look all nice and cozy.
* Buttons::                    Get tendinitis in ten easy steps!
* Daemons::                    Gnus can do things behind your back.
* NoCeM::                      How to avoid spam and other fatty foods.
* Undo::                       Some actions can be undone.
* Moderation::                 What to do if you're a moderator.
* XEmacs Enhancements::        There are more pictures and stuff under XEmacs.
* Fuzzy Matching::             What's the big fuzz?
* Thwarting Email Spam::       A how-to on avoiding unsolicited commercial email.
* Various Various::            Things that are really various.

Formatting Variables

* Formatting Basics::     A formatting variable is basically a format string.
* Mode Line Formatting::  Some rules about mode line formatting variables.
* Advanced Formatting::   Modifying output in various ways.
* User-Defined Specs::    Having Gnus call your own functions.
* Formatting Fonts::      Making the formatting look colorful and nice.

XEmacs Enhancements

* Picons::    How to display pictures of what your reading.
* Smileys::   Show all those happy faces the way they were meant to be shown.
* Toolbar::   Click'n'drool.
* XVarious::  Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables.

Picons

* Picon Basics::           What are picons and How do I get them.
* Picon Requirements::     Don't go further if you aren't using XEmacs.
* Easy Picons::            Displaying Picons---the easy way.
* Hard Picons::            The way you should do it.  You'll learn something.
* Picon Useless Configuration:: Other variables you can trash/tweak/munge/play with.

Appendices

* History::                        How Gnus got where it is today.
* On Writing Manuals::             Why this is not a beginner's guide.
* Terminology::                    We use really difficult, like, words here.
* Customization::                  Tailoring Gnus to your needs.
* Troubleshooting::                What you might try if things do not work.
* Gnus Reference Guide::           Rilly, rilly technical stuff.
* Emacs for Heathens::             A short introduction to Emacsian terms.
* Frequently Asked Questions::     A question-and-answer session.

History

* Gnus Versions::       What Gnus versions have been released.
* Other Gnus Versions:: Other Gnus versions that also have been released.
* Why?::                What's the point of Gnus?
* Compatibility::       Just how compatible is Gnus with GNUS?
* Conformity::          Gnus tries to conform to all standards.
* Emacsen::             Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen.
* Gnus Development::    How Gnus is developed.
* Contributors::        Oodles of people.
* New Features::        Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus.

New Features

* ding Gnus::          New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus.
* September Gnus::     The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3.
* Red Gnus::           Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5.
* Quassia Gnus::       Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7.
* Pterodactyl Gnus::   Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9.

Customization

* Slow/Expensive Connection:: You run a local Emacs and get the news elsewhere.
* Slow Terminal Connection::  You run a remote Emacs.
* Little Disk Space::         You feel that having large setup files is icky.
* Slow Machine::              You feel like buying a faster machine.

Gnus Reference Guide

* Gnus Utility Functions::   Common functions and variable to use.
* Back End Interface::       How Gnus communicates with the servers.
* Score File Syntax::        A BNF definition of the score file standard.
* Headers::                  How Gnus stores headers internally.
* Ranges::                   A handy format for storing mucho numbers.
* Group Info::               The group info format.
* Extended Interactive::     Symbolic prefixes and stuff.
* Emacs/XEmacs Code::        Gnus can be run under all modern Emacsen.
* Various File Formats::     Formats of files that Gnus use.

Back End Interface

* Required Back End Functions::       Functions that must be implemented.
* Optional Back End Functions::       Functions that need not be implemented.
* Error Messaging::                   How to get messages and report errors.
* Writing New Back Ends::             Extending old back ends.
* Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus::   What has to be done on the Gnus end.
* Mail-like Back Ends::               Some tips on mail back ends.

Various File Formats

* Active File Format::      Information on articles and groups available.
* Newsgroups File Format::  Group descriptions.

Emacs for Heathens

* Keystrokes::      Entering text and executing commands.
* Emacs Lisp::      The built-in Emacs programming language.


File: gnus,  Node: Starting Up,  Next: The Group Buffer,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

1 Starting Gnus
***************

If your system administrator has set things up properly, starting Gnus
and reading news is extremely easy--you just type `M-x gnus' in your
Emacs.

   If you want to start Gnus in a different frame, you can use the
command `M-x gnus-other-frame' instead.

   If things do not go smoothly at startup, you have to twiddle some
variables in your `~/.gnus' file.  This file is similar to `~/.emacs',
but is read when gnus starts.

   If you puzzle at any terms used in this manual, please refer to the
terminology section (*note Terminology::).

* Menu:

* Finding the News::    Choosing a method for getting news.
* The First Time::      What does Gnus do the first time you start it?
* The Server is Down::  How can I read my mail then?
* Slave Gnusae::        You can have more than one Gnus active at a time.
* Fetching a Group::    Starting Gnus just to read a group.
* New Groups::          What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups?
* Startup Files::       Those pesky startup files---`.newsrc'.
* Auto Save::           Recovering from a crash.
* The Active File::     Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time.
* Changing Servers::    You may want to move from one server to another.
* Startup Variables::   Other variables you might change.


File: gnus,  Node: Finding the News,  Next: The First Time,  Up: Starting Up

1.1 Finding the News
====================

The `gnus-select-method' variable says where Gnus should look for news.
This variable should be a list where the first element says "how" and
the second element says "where".  This method is your native method.
All groups not fetched with this method are foreign groups.

   For instance, if the `news.somewhere.edu' NNTP server is where you
want to get your daily dosage of news from, you'd say:

     (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.somewhere.edu"))

   If you want to read directly from the local spool, say:

     (setq gnus-select-method '(nnspool ""))

   If you can use a local spool, you probably should, as it will almost
certainly be much faster.

   If this variable is not set, Gnus will take a look at the
`NNTPSERVER' environment variable.  If that variable isn't set, Gnus
will see whether `gnus-nntpserver-file' (`/etc/nntpserver' by default)
has any opinions on the matter.  If that fails as well, Gnus will try
to use the machine running Emacs as an NNTP server.  That's a long
shot, though.

   If `gnus-nntp-server' is set, this variable will override
`gnus-select-method'.  You should therefore set `gnus-nntp-server' to
`nil', which is what it is by default.

   You can also make Gnus prompt you interactively for the name of an
NNTP server.  If you give a non-numerical prefix to `gnus' (i.e., `C-u
M-x gnus'), Gnus will let you choose between the servers in the
`gnus-secondary-servers' list (if any).  You can also just type in the
name of any server you feel like visiting.  (Note that this will set
`gnus-nntp-server', which means that if you then `M-x gnus' later in
the same Emacs session, Gnus will contact the same server.)

   However, if you use one NNTP server regularly and are just
interested in a couple of groups from a different server, you would be
better served by using the `B' command in the group buffer.  It will
let you have a look at what groups are available, and you can subscribe
to any of the groups you want to.  This also makes `.newsrc'
maintenance much tidier.  *Note Foreign Groups::.

   A slightly different approach to foreign groups is to set the
`gnus-secondary-select-methods' variable.  The select methods listed in
this variable are in many ways just as native as the
`gnus-select-method' server.  They will also be queried for active
files during startup (if that's required), and new newsgroups that
appear on these servers will be subscribed (or not) just as native
groups are.

   For instance, if you use the `nnmbox' back end to read your mail,
you would typically set this variable to

     (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnmbox "")))


File: gnus,  Node: The First Time,  Next: The Server is Down,  Prev: Finding the News,  Up: Starting Up

1.2 The First Time
==================

If no startup files exist, Gnus will try to determine what groups should
be subscribed by default.

   If the variable `gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups' is set, Gnus
will subscribe you to just those groups in that list, leaving the rest
killed.  Your system administrator should have set this variable to
something useful.

   Since she hasn't, Gnus will just subscribe you to a few arbitrarily
picked groups (i.e., `*.newusers').  ("Arbitrary" is defined here as
"whatever Lars thinks you should read".)

   You'll also be subscribed to the Gnus documentation group, which
should help you with most common problems.

   If `gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups' is `t', Gnus will just use
the normal functions for handling new groups, and not do anything
special.


File: gnus,  Node: The Server is Down,  Next: Slave Gnusae,  Prev: The First Time,  Up: Starting Up

1.3 The Server is Down
======================

If the default server is down, Gnus will understandably have some
problems starting.  However, if you have some mail groups in addition to
the news groups, you may want to start Gnus anyway.

   Gnus, being the trusting sort of program, will ask whether to proceed
without a native select method if that server can't be contacted.  This
will happen whether the server doesn't actually exist (i.e., you have
given the wrong address) or the server has just momentarily taken ill
for some reason or other.  If you decide to continue and have no foreign
groups, you'll find it difficult to actually do anything in the group
buffer.  But, hey, that's your problem.  Blllrph!

   If you know that the server is definitely down, or you just want to
read your mail without bothering with the server at all, you can use the
`gnus-no-server' command to start Gnus.  That might come in handy if
you're in a hurry as well.  This command will not attempt to contact
your primary server--instead, it will just activate all groups on level
1 and 2.  (You should preferably keep no native groups on those two
levels.)


File: gnus,  Node: Slave Gnusae,  Next: Fetching a Group,  Prev: The Server is Down,  Up: Starting Up

1.4 Slave Gnusae
================

You might want to run more than one Emacs with more than one Gnus at the
same time.  If you are using different `.newsrc' files (e.g., if you
are using the two different Gnusae to read from two different servers),
that is no problem whatsoever.  You just do it.

   The problem appears when you want to run two Gnusae that use the same
`.newsrc' file.

   To work around that problem some, we here at the Think-Tank at the
Gnus Towers have come up with a new concept: "Masters" and "slaves".
(We have applied for a patent on this concept, and have taken out a
copyright on those words.  If you wish to use those words in
conjunction with each other, you have to send $1 per usage instance to
me.  Usage of the patent ("Master/Slave Relationships In Computer
Applications") will be much more expensive, of course.)

   Anyway, you start one Gnus up the normal way with `M-x gnus' (or
however you do it).  Each subsequent slave Gnusae should be started with
`M-x gnus-slave'.  These slaves won't save normal `.newsrc' files, but
instead save "slave files" that contain information only on what groups
have been read in the slave session.  When a master Gnus starts, it
will read (and delete) these slave files, incorporating all information
from them.  (The slave files will be read in the sequence they were
created, so the latest changes will have precedence.)

   Information from the slave files has, of course, precedence over the
information in the normal (i.e., master) `.newsrc' file.


File: gnus,  Node: Fetching a Group,  Next: New Groups,  Prev: Slave Gnusae,  Up: Starting Up

1.5 Fetching a Group
====================

It is sometimes convenient to be able to just say "I want to read this
group and I don't care whether Gnus has been started or not".  This is
perhaps more useful for people who write code than for users, but the
command `gnus-fetch-group' provides this functionality in any case.  It
takes the group name as a parameter.


File: gnus,  Node: New Groups,  Next: Startup Files,  Prev: Fetching a Group,  Up: Starting Up

1.6 New Groups
==============

If you are satisfied that you really never want to see any new groups,
you can set `gnus-check-new-newsgroups' to `nil'.  This will also save
you some time at startup.  Even if this variable is `nil', you can
always subscribe to the new groups just by pressing `U' in the group
buffer (*note Group Maintenance::).  This variable is `ask-server' by
default.  If you set this variable to `always', then Gnus will query
the back ends for new groups even when you do the `g' command (*note
Scanning New Messages::).

* Menu:

* Checking New Groups::      Determining what groups are new.
* Subscription Methods::     What Gnus should do with new groups.
* Filtering New Groups::     Making Gnus ignore certain new groups.


File: gnus,  Node: Checking New Groups,  Next: Subscription Methods,  Up: New Groups

1.6.1 Checking New Groups
-------------------------

Gnus normally determines whether a group is new or not by comparing the
list of groups from the active file(s) with the lists of subscribed and
dead groups.  This isn't a particularly fast method.  If
`gnus-check-new-newsgroups' is `ask-server', Gnus will ask the server
for new groups since the last time.  This is both faster and cheaper.
This also means that you can get rid of the list of killed groups
altogether, so you may set `gnus-save-killed-list' to `nil', which will
save time both at startup, at exit, and all over.  Saves disk space,
too.  Why isn't this the default, then?  Unfortunately, not all servers
support this command.

   I bet I know what you're thinking now: How do I find out whether my
server supports `ask-server'?  No?  Good, because I don't have a
fail-safe answer.  I would suggest just setting this variable to
`ask-server' and see whether any new groups appear within the next few
days.  If any do, then it works.  If none do, then it doesn't work.  I
could write a function to make Gnus guess whether the server supports
`ask-server', but it would just be a guess.  So I won't.  You could
`telnet' to the server and say `HELP' and see whether it lists
`NEWGROUPS' among the commands it understands.  If it does, then it
might work.  (But there are servers that lists `NEWGROUPS' without
supporting the function properly.)

   This variable can also be a list of select methods.  If so, Gnus will
issue an `ask-server' command to each of the select methods, and
subscribe them (or not) using the normal methods.  This might be handy
if you are monitoring a few servers for new groups.  A side effect is
that startup will take much longer, so you can meditate while waiting.
Use the mantra "dingnusdingnusdingnus" to achieve permanent bliss.


File: gnus,  Node: Subscription Methods,  Next: Filtering New Groups,  Prev: Checking New Groups,  Up: New Groups

1.6.2 Subscription Methods
--------------------------

What Gnus does when it encounters a new group is determined by the
`gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method' variable.

   This variable should contain a function.  This function will be
called with the name of the new group as the only parameter.

   Some handy pre-fab functions are:

`gnus-subscribe-zombies'
     Make all new groups zombies.  This is the default.  You can browse
     the zombies later (with `A z') and either kill them all off
     properly (with `S z'), or subscribe to them (with `u').

`gnus-subscribe-randomly'
     Subscribe all new groups in arbitrary order.  This really means
     that all new groups will be added at "the top" of the group buffer.

`gnus-subscribe-alphabetically'
     Subscribe all new groups in alphabetical order.

`gnus-subscribe-hierarchically'
     Subscribe all new groups hierarchically.  The difference between
     this function and `gnus-subscribe-alphabetically' is slight.
     `gnus-subscribe-alphabetically' will subscribe new groups in a
     strictly alphabetical fashion, while this function will enter
     groups into its hierarchy.  So if you want to have the `rec'
     hierarchy before the `comp' hierarchy, this function will not mess
     that configuration up.  Or something like that.

`gnus-subscribe-interactively'
     Subscribe new groups interactively.  This means that Gnus will ask
     you about *all* new groups.  The groups you choose to subscribe to
     will be subscribed hierarchically.

`gnus-subscribe-killed'
     Kill all new groups.

`gnus-subscribe-topics'
     Put the groups into the topic that has a matching `subscribe' topic
     parameter (*note Topic Parameters::).  For instance, a `subscribe'
     topic parameter that looks like

          "nnslashdot"

     will mean that all groups that match that regex will be subscribed
     under that topic.

     If no topics match the groups, the groups will be subscribed in the
     top-level topic.


   A closely related variable is
`gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive'.  (That's quite a mouthful.)
If this variable is non-`nil', Gnus will ask you in a hierarchical
fashion whether to subscribe to new groups or not.  Gnus will ask you
for each sub-hierarchy whether you want to descend the hierarchy or not.

   One common mistake is to set the variable a few paragraphs above
(`gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method') to
`gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive'.  This is an error.  This
will not work.  This is ga-ga.  So don't do it.


File: gnus,  Node: Filtering New Groups,  Prev: Subscription Methods,  Up: New Groups

1.6.3 Filtering New Groups
--------------------------

A nice and portable way to control which new newsgroups should be
subscribed (or ignored) is to put an "options" line at the start of the
`.newsrc' file.  Here's an example:

     options -n !alt.all !rec.all sci.all

   This line obviously belongs to a serious-minded intellectual
scientific person (or she may just be plain old boring), because it
says that all groups that have names beginning with `alt' and `rec'
should be ignored, and all groups with names beginning with `sci' should
be subscribed.  Gnus will not use the normal subscription method for
subscribing these groups.  `gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method' is
used instead.  This variable defaults to
`gnus-subscribe-alphabetically'.

   If you don't want to mess with your `.newsrc' file, you can just set
the two variables `gnus-options-subscribe' and
`gnus-options-not-subscribe'.  These two variables do exactly the same
as the `.newsrc' `options -n' trick.  Both are regexps, and if the new
group matches the former, it will be unconditionally subscribed, and if
it matches the latter, it will be ignored.

   Yet another variable that meddles here is
`gnus-auto-subscribed-groups'.  It works exactly like
`gnus-options-subscribe', and is therefore really superfluous, but I
thought it would be nice to have two of these.  This variable is more
meant for setting some ground rules, while the other variable is used
more for user fiddling.  By default this variable makes all new groups
that come from mail back ends (`nnml', `nnbabyl', `nnfolder', `nnmbox',
and `nnmh') subscribed.  If you don't like that, just set this variable
to `nil'.

   New groups that match this regexp are subscribed using
`gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method'.


File: gnus,  Node: Changing Servers,  Next: Startup Variables,  Prev: The Active File,  Up: Starting Up

1.7 Changing Servers
====================

Sometimes it is necessary to move from one NNTP server to another.
This happens very rarely, but perhaps you change jobs, or one server is
very flaky and you want to use another.

   Changing the server is pretty easy, right?  You just change
`gnus-select-method' to point to the new server?

   _Wrong!_

   Article numbers are not (in any way) kept synchronized between
different NNTP servers, and the only way Gnus keeps track of what
articles you have read is by keeping track of article numbers.  So when
you change `gnus-select-method', your `.newsrc' file becomes worthless.

   Gnus provides a few functions to attempt to translate a `.newsrc'
file from one server to another.  They all have one thing in
common--they take a looong time to run.  You don't want to use these
functions more than absolutely necessary.

   If you have access to both servers, Gnus can request the headers for
all the articles you have read and compare `Message-ID's and map the
article numbers of the read articles and article marks.  The `M-x
gnus-change-server' command will do this for all your native groups.  It
will prompt for the method you want to move to.

   You can also move individual groups with the `M-x
gnus-group-move-group-to-server' command.  This is useful if you want to
move a (foreign) group from one server to another.

   If you don't have access to both the old and new server, all your
marks and read ranges have become worthless.  You can use the `M-x
gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups' command to clear out all data
that you have on your native groups.  Use with caution.

   After changing servers, you *must* move the cache hierarchy away,
since the cached articles will have wrong article numbers, which will
affect which articles Gnus thinks are read.


File: gnus,  Node: Startup Files,  Next: Auto Save,  Prev: New Groups,  Up: Starting Up

1.8 Startup Files
=================

Now, you all know about the `.newsrc' file.  All subscription
information is traditionally stored in this file.

   Things got a bit more complicated with GNUS.  In addition to keeping
the `.newsrc' file updated, it also used a file called `.newsrc.el' for
storing all the information that didn't fit into the `.newsrc' file.
(Actually, it also duplicated everything in the `.newsrc' file.)  GNUS
would read whichever one of these files was the most recently saved,
which enabled people to swap between GNUS and other newsreaders.

   That was kinda silly, so Gnus went one better: In addition to the
`.newsrc' and `.newsrc.el' files, Gnus also has a file called
`.newsrc.eld'.  It will read whichever of these files that are most
recent, but it will never write a `.newsrc.el' file.  You should never
delete the `.newsrc.eld' file--it contains much information not stored
in the `.newsrc' file.

   You can turn off writing the `.newsrc' file by setting
`gnus-save-newsrc-file' to `nil', which means you can delete the file
and save some space, as well as exiting from Gnus faster.  However,
this will make it impossible to use other newsreaders than Gnus.  But
hey, who would want to, right?  Similarly, setting
`gnus-read-newsrc-file' to `nil' makes Gnus ignore the `.newsrc' file
and any `.newsrc-SERVER' files, which is convenient if you have a
tendency to use Netscape once in a while.

   If `gnus-save-killed-list' (default `t') is `nil', Gnus will not
save the list of killed groups to the startup file.  This will save
both time (when starting and quitting) and space (on disk).  It will
also mean that Gnus has no record of what groups are new or old, so the
automatic new groups subscription methods become meaningless.  You
should always set `gnus-check-new-newsgroups' to `nil' or `ask-server'
if you set this variable to `nil' (*note New Groups::).  This variable
can also be a regular expression.  If that's the case, remove all
groups that do not match this regexp before saving.  This can be useful
in certain obscure situations that involve several servers where not
all servers support `ask-server'.

   The `gnus-startup-file' variable says where the startup files are.
The default value is `~/.newsrc', with the Gnus (El Dingo) startup file
being whatever that one is, with a `.eld' appended.

   `gnus-save-newsrc-hook' is called before saving any of the newsrc
files, while `gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook' is called just before saving
the `.newsrc.eld' file, and `gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook' is called
just before saving the `.newsrc' file.  The latter two are commonly
used to turn version control on or off.  Version control is on by
default when saving the startup files.  If you want to turn backup
creation off, say something like:

     (defun turn-off-backup ()
       (set (make-local-variable 'backup-inhibited) t))

     (add-hook 'gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup)
     (add-hook 'gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup)

   When Gnus starts, it will read the `gnus-site-init-file'
(`.../site-lisp/gnus' by default) and `gnus-init-file' (`~/.gnus' by
default) files.  These are normal Emacs Lisp files and can be used to
avoid cluttering your `~/.emacs' and `site-init' files with Gnus stuff.
Gnus will also check for files with the same names as these, but with
`.elc' and `.el' suffixes.  In other words, if you have set
`gnus-init-file' to `~/.gnus', it will look for `~/.gnus.elc',
`~/.gnus.el', and finally `~/.gnus' (in this order).


File: gnus,  Node: Auto Save,  Next: The Active File,  Prev: Startup Files,  Up: Starting Up

1.9 Auto Save
=============

Whenever you do something that changes the Gnus data (reading articles,
catching up, killing/subscribing groups), the change is added to a
special "dribble buffer".  This buffer is auto-saved the normal Emacs
way.  If your Emacs should crash before you have saved the `.newsrc'
files, all changes you have made can be recovered from this file.

   If Gnus detects this file at startup, it will ask the user whether to
read it.  The auto save file is deleted whenever the real startup file
is saved.

   If `gnus-use-dribble-file' is `nil', Gnus won't create and maintain
a dribble buffer.  The default is `t'.

   Gnus will put the dribble file(s) in `gnus-dribble-directory'.  If
this variable is `nil', which it is by default, Gnus will dribble into
the directory where the `.newsrc' file is located.  (This is normally
the user's home directory.)  The dribble file will get the same file
permissions as the `.newsrc' file.

   If `gnus-always-read-dribble-file' is non-`nil', Gnus will read the
dribble file on startup without querying the user.


File: gnus,  Node: The Active File,  Next: Changing Servers,  Prev: Auto Save,  Up: Starting Up

1.10 The Active File
====================

When Gnus starts, or indeed whenever it tries to determine whether new
articles have arrived, it reads the active file.  This is a very large
file that lists all the active groups and articles on the server.

   Before examining the active file, Gnus deletes all lines that match
the regexp `gnus-ignored-newsgroups'.  This is done primarily to reject
any groups with bogus names, but you can use this variable to make Gnus
ignore hierarchies you aren't ever interested in.  However, this is not
recommended.  In fact, it's highly discouraged.  Instead, *note New
Groups:: for an overview of other variables that can be used instead.

   The active file can be rather Huge, so if you have a slow network,
you can set `gnus-read-active-file' to `nil' to prevent Gnus from
reading the active file.  This variable is `some' by default.

   Gnus will try to make do by getting information just on the groups
that you actually subscribe to.

   Note that if you subscribe to lots and lots of groups, setting this
variable to `nil' will probably make Gnus slower, not faster.  At
present, having this variable `nil' will slow Gnus down considerably,
unless you read news over a 2400 baud modem.

   This variable can also have the value `some'.  Gnus will then
attempt to read active info only on the subscribed groups.  On some
servers this is quite fast (on sparkling, brand new INN servers that
support the `LIST ACTIVE group' command), on others this isn't fast at
all.  In any case, `some' should be faster than `nil', and is certainly
faster than `t' over slow lines.

   Some news servers (old versions of Leafnode and old versions of INN,
for instance) do not support the `LIST ACTIVE group'.  For these
servers, `nil' is probably the most efficient value for this variable.

   If this variable is `nil', Gnus will ask for group info in total
lock-step, which isn't very fast.  If it is `some' and you use an NNTP
server, Gnus will pump out commands as fast as it can, and read all the
replies in one swoop.  This will normally result in better performance,
but if the server does not support the aforementioned `LIST ACTIVE
group' command, this isn't very nice to the server.

   If you think that starting up Gnus takes too long, try all the three
different values for this variable and see what works best for you.

   In any case, if you use `some' or `nil', you should definitely kill
all groups that you aren't interested in to speed things up.

   Note that this variable also affects active file retrieval from
secondary select methods.


File: gnus,  Node: Startup Variables,  Prev: Changing Servers,  Up: Starting Up

1.11 Startup Variables
======================

`gnus-load-hook'
     A hook run while Gnus is being loaded.  Note that this hook will
     normally be run just once in each Emacs session, no matter how many
     times you start Gnus.

`gnus-before-startup-hook'
     A hook run after starting up Gnus successfully.

`gnus-startup-hook'
     A hook run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus

`gnus-started-hook'
     A hook that is run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus
     successfully.

`gnus-setup-news-hook'
     A hook that is run after reading the `.newsrc' file(s), but before
     generating the group buffer.

`gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups'
     If non-`nil', Gnus will check for and delete all bogus groups at
     startup.  A "bogus group" is a group that you have in your
     `.newsrc' file, but doesn't exist on the news server.  Checking for
     bogus groups can take quite a while, so to save time and resources
     it's best to leave this option off, and do the checking for bogus
     groups once in a while from the group buffer instead (*note Group
     Maintenance::).

`gnus-inhibit-startup-message'
     If non-`nil', the startup message won't be displayed.  That way,
     your boss might not notice as easily that you are reading news
     instead of doing your job.  Note that this variable is used before
     `.gnus.el' is loaded, so it should be set in `.emacs' instead.

`gnus-no-groups-message'
     Message displayed by Gnus when no groups are available.

`gnus-play-startup-jingle'
     If non-`nil', play the Gnus jingle at startup.

`gnus-startup-jingle'
     Jingle to be played if the above variable is non-`nil'.  The
     default is `Tuxedomoon.Jingle4.au'.



File: gnus,  Node: The Group Buffer,  Next: The Summary Buffer,  Prev: Starting Up,  Up: Top

2 The Group Buffer
******************

The "group buffer" lists all (or parts) of the available groups.  It is
the first buffer shown when Gnus starts, and will never be killed as
long as Gnus is active.

* Menu:

* Group Buffer Format::    Information listed and how you can change it.
* Group Maneuvering::      Commands for moving in the group buffer.
* Selecting a Group::      Actually reading news.
* Group Data::             Changing the info for a group.
* Subscription Commands::  Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing.
* Group Levels::           Levels? What are those, then?
* Group Score::            A mechanism for finding out what groups you like.
* Marking Groups::         You can mark groups for later processing.
* Foreign Groups::         Creating and editing groups.
* Group Parameters::       Each group may have different parameters set.
* Listing Groups::         Gnus can list various subsets of the groups.
* Sorting Groups::         Re-arrange the group order.
* Group Maintenance::      Maintaining a tidy `.newsrc' file.
* Browse Foreign Server::  You can browse a server.  See what it has to offer.
* Exiting Gnus::           Stop reading news and get some work done.
* Group Topics::           A folding group mode divided into topics.
* Misc Group Stuff::       Other stuff that you can to do.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Buffer Format,  Next: Group Maneuvering,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.1 Group Buffer Format
=======================

* Menu:

* Group Line Specification::       Deciding how the group buffer is to look.
* Group Modeline Specification::   The group buffer modeline.
* Group Highlighting::             Having nice colors in the group buffer.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Line Specification,  Next: Group Modeline Specification,  Up: Group Buffer Format

2.1.1 Group Line Specification
------------------------------

The default format of the group buffer is nice and dull, but you can
make it as exciting and ugly as you feel like.

   Here's a couple of example group lines:

          25: news.announce.newusers
      *    0: alt.fan.andrea-dworkin

   Quite simple, huh?

   You can see that there are 25 unread articles in
`news.announce.newusers'.  There are no unread articles, but some
ticked articles, in `alt.fan.andrea-dworkin' (see that little asterisk
at the beginning of the line?).

   You can change that format to whatever you want by fiddling with the
`gnus-group-line-format' variable.  This variable works along the lines
of a `format' specification, which is pretty much the same as a
`printf' specifications, for those of you who use (feh!) C.  *Note
Formatting Variables::.

   `%M%S%5y: %(%g%)\n' is the value that produced those lines above.

   There should always be a colon on the line; the cursor always moves
to the colon after performing an operation.  Nothing else is
required--not even the group name.  All displayed text is just window
dressing, and is never examined by Gnus.  Gnus stores all real
information it needs using text properties.

   (Note that if you make a really strange, wonderful, spreadsheet-like
layout, everybody will believe you are hard at work with the accounting
instead of wasting time reading news.)

   Here's a list of all available format characters:

`M'
     An asterisk if the group only has marked articles.

`S'
     Whether the group is subscribed.

`L'
     Level of subscribedness.

`N'
     Number of unread articles.

`I'
     Number of dormant articles.

`T'
     Number of ticked articles.

`R'
     Number of read articles.

`t'
     Estimated total number of articles.  (This is really MAX-NUMBER
     minus MIN-NUMBER plus 1.)

`y'
     Number of unread, unticked, non-dormant articles.

`i'
     Number of ticked and dormant articles.

`g'
     Full group name.

`G'
     Group name.

`D'
     Newsgroup description.

`o'
     `m' if moderated.

`O'
     `(m)' if moderated.

`s'
     Select method.

`n'
     Select from where.

`z'
     A string that looks like `<%s:%n>' if a foreign select method is
     used.

`P'
     Indentation based on the level of the topic (*note Group Topics::).

`c'
     Short (collapsed) group name.  The `gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels'
     variable says how many levels to leave at the end of the group
     name.  The default is 1--this will mean that group names like
     `gnu.emacs.gnus' will be shortened to `g.e.gnus'.

`m'
     `%' (`gnus-new-mail-mark') if there has arrived new mail to the
     group lately.

`p'
     `#' (`gnus-process-mark') if the group is process marked.

`d'
     A string that says when you last read the group (*note Group
     Timestamp::).

`u'
     User defined specifier.  The next character in the format string
     should be a letter.  Gnus will call the function
     `gnus-user-format-function-'`X', where `X' is the letter following
     `%u'.  The function will be passed a single dummy parameter as
     argument.  The function should return a string, which will be
     inserted into the buffer just like information from any other
     specifier.

   All the "number-of" specs will be filled with an asterisk (`*') if
no info is available--for instance, if it is a non-activated foreign
group, or a bogus native group.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Modeline Specification,  Next: Group Highlighting,  Prev: Group Line Specification,  Up: Group Buffer Format

2.1.2 Group Modeline Specification
----------------------------------

The mode line can be changed by setting `gnus-group-mode-line-format'
(*note Mode Line Formatting::).  It doesn't understand that many format
specifiers:

`S'
     The native news server.

`M'
     The native select method.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Highlighting,  Prev: Group Modeline Specification,  Up: Group Buffer Format

2.1.3 Group Highlighting
------------------------

Highlighting in the group buffer is controlled by the
`gnus-group-highlight' variable.  This is an alist with elements that
look like `(FORM . FACE)'.  If FORM evaluates to something non-`nil',
the FACE will be used on the line.

   Here's an example value for this variable that might look nice if the
background is dark:

     (cond (window-system
            (setq custom-background-mode 'light)
            (defface my-group-face-1
     	 '((t (:foreground "Red" :bold t))) "First group face")
            (defface my-group-face-2
     	 '((t (:foreground "DarkSeaGreen4" :bold t))) "Second group face")
            (defface my-group-face-3
     	 '((t (:foreground "Green4" :bold t))) "Third group face")
            (defface my-group-face-4
     	 '((t (:foreground "SteelBlue" :bold t))) "Fourth group face")
            (defface my-group-face-5
     	 '((t (:foreground "Blue" :bold t))) "Fifth group face")))

     (setq gnus-group-highlight
           '(((> unread 200) . my-group-face-1)
             ((and (< level 3) (zerop unread)) . my-group-face-2)
             ((< level 3) . my-group-face-3)
             ((zerop unread) . my-group-face-4)
             (t . my-group-face-5)))

   Also *note Faces and Fonts::.

   Variables that are dynamically bound when the forms are evaluated
include:

`group'
     The group name.

`unread'
     The number of unread articles in the group.

`method'
     The select method.

`mailp'
     Whether the group is a mail group.

`level'
     The level of the group.

`score'
     The score of the group.

`ticked'
     The number of ticked articles in the group.

`total'
     The total number of articles in the group.  Or rather, MAX-NUMBER
     minus MIN-NUMBER plus one.

`topic'
     When using the topic minor mode, this variable is bound to the
     current topic being inserted.

   When the forms are `eval'ed, point is at the beginning of the line
of the group in question, so you can use many of the normal Gnus
functions for snarfing info on the group.

   `gnus-group-update-hook' is called when a group line is changed.  It
will not be called when `gnus-visual' is `nil'.  This hook calls
`gnus-group-highlight-line' by default.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Maneuvering,  Next: Selecting a Group,  Prev: Group Buffer Format,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.2 Group Maneuvering
=====================

All movement commands understand the numeric prefix and will behave as
expected, hopefully.

`n'
     Go to the next group that has unread articles
     (`gnus-group-next-unread-group').

`p'
`<DEL>'
     Go to the previous group that has unread articles
     (`gnus-group-prev-unread-group').

`N'
     Go to the next group (`gnus-group-next-group').

`P'
     Go to the previous group (`gnus-group-prev-group').

`M-n'
     Go to the next unread group on the same (or lower) level
     (`gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level').

`M-p'
     Go to the previous unread group on the same (or lower) level
     (`gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level').

   Three commands for jumping to groups:

`j'
     Jump to a group (and make it visible if it isn't already)
     (`gnus-group-jump-to-group').  Killed groups can be jumped to, just
     like living groups.

`,'
     Jump to the unread group with the lowest level
     (`gnus-group-best-unread-group').

`.'
     Jump to the first group with unread articles
     (`gnus-group-first-unread-group').

   If `gnus-group-goto-unread' is `nil', all the movement commands will
move to the next group, not the next unread group.  Even the commands
that say they move to the next unread group.  The default is `t'.


File: gnus,  Node: Selecting a Group,  Next: Group Data,  Prev: Group Maneuvering,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.3 Selecting a Group
=====================

`<SPC>'
     Select the current group, switch to the summary buffer and display
     the first unread article (`gnus-group-read-group').  If there are
     no unread articles in the group, or if you give a non-numerical
     prefix to this command, Gnus will offer to fetch all the old
     articles in this group from the server.  If you give a numerical
     prefix N, N determines the number of articles Gnus will fetch.  If
     N is positive, Gnus fetches the N newest articles, if N is
     negative, Gnus fetches the `abs(N)' oldest articles.

     Thus, `SPC' enters the group normally, `C-u SPC' offers old
     articles, `C-u 4 2 SPC' fetches the 42 newest articles, and `C-u -
     4 2 SPC' fetches the 42 oldest ones.

     When you are in the group (in the Summary buffer), you can type
     `M-g' to fetch new articles, or `C-u M-g' to also show the old
     ones.

`<RET>'
     Select the current group and switch to the summary buffer
     (`gnus-group-select-group').  Takes the same arguments as
     `gnus-group-read-group'--the only difference is that this command
     does not display the first unread article automatically upon group
     entry.

`M-<RET>'
     This does the same as the command above, but tries to do it with
     the minimum amount of fuzz (`gnus-group-quick-select-group').  No
     scoring/killing will be performed, there will be no highlights and
     no expunging.  This might be useful if you're in a real hurry and
     have to enter some humongous group.  If you give a 0 prefix to
     this command (i.e., `0 M-<RET>'), Gnus won't even generate the
     summary buffer, which is useful if you want to toggle threading
     before generating the summary buffer (*note Summary Generation
     Commands::).

`M-<SPC>'
     This is yet one more command that does the same as the <RET>
     command, but this one does it without expunging and hiding dormants
     (`gnus-group-visible-select-group').

`M-C-<RET>'
     Finally, this command selects the current group ephemerally without
     doing any processing of its contents
     (`gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally').  Even threading has been
     turned off.  Everything you do in the group after selecting it in
     this manner will have no permanent effects.


   The `gnus-large-newsgroup' variable says what Gnus should consider
to be a big group.  This is 200 by default.  If the group has more
(unread and/or ticked) articles than this, Gnus will query the user
before entering the group.  The user can then specify how many articles
should be fetched from the server.  If the user specifies a negative
number (`-n'), the `n' oldest articles will be fetched.  If it is
positive, the `n' articles that have arrived most recently will be
fetched.

   `gnus-auto-select-first' control whether any articles are selected
automatically when entering a group with the <SPC> command.

`nil'
     Don't select any articles when entering the group.  Just display
     the full summary buffer.

`t'
     Select the first unread article when entering the group.

`best'
     Select the highest scored article in the group when entering the
     group.


   This variable can also be a function.  In that case, that function
will be called to place point on a subject line, and/or select some
article.  Useful functions include:

`gnus-summary-first-unread-subject'
     Place point on the subject line of the first unread article, but
     don't select the article.

`gnus-summary-first-unread-article'
     Select the first unread article.

`gnus-summary-best-unread-article'
     Select the highest-scored unread article.

   If you want to prevent automatic selection in some group (say, in a
binary group with Huge articles) you can set this variable to `nil' in
`gnus-select-group-hook', which is called when a group is selected.


File: gnus,  Node: Subscription Commands,  Next: Group Levels,  Prev: Group Data,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.4 Subscription Commands
=========================

`S t'
`u'
     Toggle subscription to the current group
     (`gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group').

`S s'
`U'
     Prompt for a group to subscribe, and then subscribe it.  If it was
     subscribed already, unsubscribe it instead
     (`gnus-group-unsubscribe-group').

`S k'
`C-k'
     Kill the current group (`gnus-group-kill-group').

`S y'
`C-y'
     Yank the last killed group (`gnus-group-yank-group').

`C-x C-t'
     Transpose two groups (`gnus-group-transpose-groups').  This isn't
     really a subscription command, but you can use it instead of a
     kill-and-yank sequence sometimes.

`S w'
`C-w'
     Kill all groups in the region (`gnus-group-kill-region').

`S z'
     Kill all zombie groups (`gnus-group-kill-all-zombies').

`S C-k'
     Kill all groups on a certain level (`gnus-group-kill-level').
     These groups can't be yanked back after killing, so this command
     should be used with some caution.  The only time where this
     command comes in really handy is when you have a `.newsrc' with
     lots of unsubscribed groups that you want to get rid off.  `S C-k'
     on level 7 will kill off all unsubscribed groups that do not have
     message numbers in the `.newsrc' file.


   Also *note Group Levels::.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Data,  Next: Subscription Commands,  Prev: Selecting a Group,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.5 Group Data
==============

`c'
     Mark all unticked articles in this group as read
     (`gnus-group-catchup-current').  `gnus-group-catchup-group-hook'
     is called when catching up a group from the group buffer.

`C'
     Mark all articles in this group, even the ticked ones, as read
     (`gnus-group-catchup-current-all').

`M-c'
     Clear the data from the current group--nix out marks and the list
     of read articles (`gnus-group-clear-data').

`M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
     If you have switched from one NNTP server to another, all your
     marks and read ranges have become worthless.  You can use this
     command to clear out all data that you have on your native groups.
     Use with caution.



File: gnus,  Node: Group Levels,  Next: Group Score,  Prev: Subscription Commands,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.6 Group Levels
================

All groups have a level of "subscribedness".  For instance, if a group
is on level 2, it is more subscribed than a group on level 5.  You can
ask Gnus to just list groups on a given level or lower (*note Listing
Groups::), or to just check for new articles in groups on a given level
or lower (*note Scanning New Messages::).

   Remember:  The higher the level of the group, the less important it
is.

`S l'
     Set the level of the current group.  If a numeric prefix is given,
     the next N groups will have their levels set.  The user will be
     prompted for a level.

   Gnus considers groups from levels 1 to `gnus-level-subscribed'
(inclusive) (default 5) to be subscribed, `gnus-level-subscribed'
(exclusive) and `gnus-level-unsubscribed' (inclusive) (default 7) to be
unsubscribed, `gnus-level-zombie' to be zombies (walking dead) (default
8) and `gnus-level-killed' to be killed (completely dead) (default 9).
Gnus treats subscribed and unsubscribed groups exactly the same, but
zombie and killed groups have no information on what articles you have
read, etc, stored.  This distinction between dead and living groups
isn't done because it is nice or clever, it is done purely for reasons
of efficiency.

   It is recommended that you keep all your mail groups (if any) on
quite low levels (e.g. 1 or 2).

   Maybe the following description of the default behavior of Gnus
helps to understand what these levels are all about.  By default, Gnus
shows you subscribed nonempty groups, but by hitting `L' you can have
it show empty subscribed groups and unsubscribed groups, too.  Type `l'
to go back to showing nonempty subscribed groups again.  Thus,
unsubscribed groups are hidden, in a way.

   Zombie and killed groups are similar to unsubscribed groups in that
they are hidden by default.  But they are different from subscribed and
unsubscribed groups in that Gnus doesn't ask the news server for
information (number of messages, number of unread messages) on zombie
and killed groups.  Normally, you use `C-k' to kill the groups you
aren't interested in.  If most groups are killed, Gnus is faster.

   Why does Gnus distinguish between zombie and killed groups?  Well,
when a new group arrives on the server, Gnus by default makes it a
zombie group.  This means that you are normally not bothered with new
groups, but you can type `A z' to get a list of all new groups.
Subscribe the ones you like and kill the ones you don't want.  (`A k'
shows a list of killed groups.)

   If you want to play with the level variables, you should show some
care.  Set them once, and don't touch them ever again.  Better yet,
don't touch them at all unless you know exactly what you're doing.

   Two closely related variables are `gnus-level-default-subscribed'
(default 3) and `gnus-level-default-unsubscribed' (default 6), which
are the levels that new groups will be put on if they are
(un)subscribed.  These two variables should, of course, be inside the
relevant valid ranges.

   If `gnus-keep-same-level' is non-`nil', some movement commands will
only move to groups of the same level (or lower).  In particular, going
from the last article in one group to the next group will go to the
next group of the same level (or lower).  This might be handy if you
want to read the most important groups before you read the rest.

   If this variable is `best', Gnus will make the next newsgroup the
one with the best level.

   All groups with a level less than or equal to
`gnus-group-default-list-level' will be listed in the group buffer by
default.

   If `gnus-group-list-inactive-groups' is non-`nil', non-active groups
will be listed along with the unread groups.  This variable is `t' by
default.  If it is `nil', inactive groups won't be listed.

   If `gnus-group-use-permanent-levels' is non-`nil', once you give a
level prefix to `g' or `l', all subsequent commands will use this level
as the "work" level.

   Gnus will normally just activate (i. e., query the server about)
groups on level `gnus-activate-level' or less.  If you don't want to
activate unsubscribed groups, for instance, you might set this variable
to 5.  The default is 6.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Score,  Next: Marking Groups,  Prev: Group Levels,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.7 Group Score
===============

You would normally keep important groups on high levels, but that scheme
is somewhat restrictive.  Don't you wish you could have Gnus sort the
group buffer according to how often you read groups, perhaps?  Within
reason?

   This is what "group score" is for.  You can have Gnus assign a score
to each group through the mechanism described below.  You can then sort
the group buffer based on this score.  Alternatively, you can sort on
score and then level.  (Taken together, the level and the score is
called the "rank" of the group.  A group that is on level 4 and has a
score of 1 has a higher rank than a group on level 5 that has a score
of 300.  (The level is the most significant part and the score is the
least significant part.))

   If you want groups you read often to get higher scores than groups
you read seldom you can add the `gnus-summary-bubble-group' function to
the `gnus-summary-exit-hook' hook.  This will result (after sorting) in
a bubbling sort of action.  If you want to see that in action after
each summary exit, you can add `gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank' or
`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score' to the same hook, but that will slow
things down somewhat.


File: gnus,  Node: Marking Groups,  Next: Foreign Groups,  Prev: Group Score,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.8 Marking Groups
==================

If you want to perform some command on several groups, and they appear
subsequently in the group buffer, you would normally just give a
numerical prefix to the command.  Most group commands will then do your
bidding on those groups.

   However, if the groups are not in sequential order, you can still
perform a command on several groups.  You simply mark the groups first
with the process mark and then execute the command.

`#'
`M m'
     Set the mark on the current group (`gnus-group-mark-group').

`M-#'
`M u'
     Remove the mark from the current group (`gnus-group-unmark-group').

`M U'
     Remove the mark from all groups (`gnus-group-unmark-all-groups').

`M w'
     Mark all groups between point and mark (`gnus-group-mark-region').

`M b'
     Mark all groups in the buffer (`gnus-group-mark-buffer').

`M r'
     Mark all groups that match some regular expression
     (`gnus-group-mark-regexp').

   Also *note Process/Prefix::.

   If you want to execute some command on all groups that have been
marked with the process mark, you can use the `M-&'
(`gnus-group-universal-argument') command.  It will prompt you for the
command to be executed.


File: gnus,  Node: Foreign Groups,  Next: Group Parameters,  Prev: Marking Groups,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.9 Foreign Groups
==================

Below are some group mode commands for making and editing general
foreign groups, as well as commands to ease the creation of a few
special-purpose groups.  All these commands insert the newly created
groups under point--`gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method' is not consulted.

`G m'
     Make a new group (`gnus-group-make-group').  Gnus will prompt you
     for a name, a method and possibly an "address".  For an easier way
     to subscribe to NNTP groups, *note Browse Foreign Server::.

`G r'
     Rename the current group to something else
     (`gnus-group-rename-group').  This is valid only on some
     groups--mail groups mostly.  This command might very well be quite
     slow on some back ends.

`G c'
     Customize the group parameters (`gnus-group-customize').

`G e'
     Enter a buffer where you can edit the select method of the current
     group (`gnus-group-edit-group-method').

`G p'
     Enter a buffer where you can edit the group parameters
     (`gnus-group-edit-group-parameters').

`G E'
     Enter a buffer where you can edit the group info
     (`gnus-group-edit-group').

`G d'
     Make a directory group (*note Directory Groups::).  You will be
     prompted for a directory name (`gnus-group-make-directory-group').

`G h'
     Make the Gnus help group (`gnus-group-make-help-group').

`G a'
     Make a Gnus archive group (`gnus-group-make-archive-group').  By
     default a group pointing to the most recent articles will be
     created (`gnus-group-recent-archive-directory'), but given a
     prefix, a full group will be created from
     `gnus-group-archive-directory'.

`G k'
     Make a kiboze group.  You will be prompted for a name, for a
     regexp to match groups to be "included" in the kiboze group, and a
     series of strings to match on headers
     (`gnus-group-make-kiboze-group').  *Note Kibozed Groups::.

`G D'
     Read an arbitrary directory as if it were a newsgroup with the
     `nneething' back end (`gnus-group-enter-directory').  *Note
     Anything Groups::.

`G f'
     Make a group based on some file or other
     (`gnus-group-make-doc-group').  If you give a prefix to this
     command, you will be prompted for a file name and a file type.
     Currently supported types are `babyl', `mbox', `digest', `mmdf',
     `news', `rnews', `clari-briefs', `rfc934', `rfc822-forward',
     `nsmail' and `forward'.  If you run this command without a prefix,
     Gnus will guess at the file type.  *Note Document Groups::.

`G u'
     Create one of the groups mentioned in `gnus-useful-groups'
     (`gnus-group-make-useful-group').

`G w'
     Make an ephemeral group based on a web search
     (`gnus-group-make-web-group').  If you give a prefix to this
     command, make a solid group instead.  You will be prompted for the
     search engine type and the search string.  Valid search engine
     types include `dejanews', `altavista' and `reference'.  *Note Web
     Searches::.

     If you use the `dejanews' search engine, you can limit the search
     to a particular group by using a match string like `~g
     alt.sysadmin.recovery shaving'.

`G <DEL>'
     This function will delete the current group
     (`gnus-group-delete-group').  If given a prefix, this function will
     actually delete all the articles in the group, and forcibly remove
     the group itself from the face of the Earth.  Use a prefix only if
     you are absolutely sure of what you are doing.  This command can't
     be used on read-only groups (like `nntp' group), though.

`G V'
     Make a new, fresh, empty `nnvirtual' group
     (`gnus-group-make-empty-virtual').  *Note Virtual Groups::.

`G v'
     Add the current group to an `nnvirtual' group
     (`gnus-group-add-to-virtual').  Uses the process/prefix convention.

   *Note Select Methods::, for more information on the various select
methods.

   If `gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups' is a positive number, Gnus
will check all foreign groups with this level or lower at startup.
This might take quite a while, especially if you subscribe to lots of
groups from different NNTP servers.  Also *note Group Levels::;
`gnus-activate-level' also affects activation of foreign newsgroups.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Parameters,  Next: Listing Groups,  Prev: Foreign Groups,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.10 Group Parameters
=====================

The group parameters store information local to a particular group.
Here's an example group parameter list:

     ((to-address . "ding@gnus.org")
      (auto-expire . t))

   We see that each element consists of a "dotted pair"--the thing
before the dot is the key, while the thing after the dot is the value.
All the parameters have this form _except_ local variable specs, which
are not dotted pairs, but proper lists.

   The following group parameters can be used:

`to-address'
     Address used by when doing followups and new posts.

          (to-address .  "some@where.com")

     This is primarily useful in mail groups that represent closed
     mailing lists--mailing lists where it's expected that everybody
     that writes to the mailing list is subscribed to it.  Since using
     this parameter ensures that the mail only goes to the mailing list
     itself, it means that members won't receive two copies of your
     followups.

     Using `to-address' will actually work whether the group is foreign
     or not.  Let's say there's a group on the server that is called
     `fa.4ad-l'.  This is a real newsgroup, but the server has gotten
     the articles from a mail-to-news gateway.  Posting directly to this
     group is therefore impossible--you have to send mail to the mailing
     list address instead.

     Some parameters have corresponding customizable variables, each of
     which is an alist of regexps and values.

`to-list'
     Address used when doing `a' in that group.

          (to-list . "some@where.com")

     It is totally ignored when doing a followup--except that if it is
     present in a news group, you'll get mail group semantics when
     doing `f'.

     If you do an `a' command in a mail group and you have neither a
     `to-list' group parameter nor a `to-address' group parameter, then
     a `to-list' group parameter will be added automatically upon
     sending the message if `gnus-add-to-list' is set to `t'.  

     If you do an `a' command in a mail group and you don't have a
     `to-list' group parameter, one will be added automatically upon
     sending the message.

     See also `gnus-parameter-to-list-alist'.

`visible'
     If the group parameter list has the element `(visible . t)', that
     group will always be visible in the Group buffer, regardless of
     whether it has any unread articles.

`broken-reply-to'
     Elements like `(broken-reply-to . t)' signals that `Reply-To'
     headers in this group are to be ignored.  This can be useful if
     you're reading a mailing list group where the listserv has inserted
     `Reply-To' headers that point back to the listserv itself.  This is
     broken behavior.  So there!

`to-group'
     Elements like `(to-group . "some.group.name")' means that all
     posts in that group will be sent to `some.group.name'.

`newsgroup'
     If you have `(newsgroup . t)' in the group parameter list, Gnus
     will treat all responses as if they were responses to news
     articles.  This can be useful if you have a mail group that's
     really a mirror of a news group.

`gcc-self'
     If `(gcc-self . t)' is present in the group parameter list, newly
     composed messages will be `Gcc''d to the current group.  If
     `(gcc-self . none)' is present, no `Gcc:' header will be
     generated, if `(gcc-self . "string")' is present, this string will
     be inserted literally as a `gcc' header.  This parameter takes
     precedence over any default `Gcc' rules as described later (*note
     Archived Messages::).

`auto-expire'
     If the group parameter has an element that looks like `(auto-expire
     . t)', all articles read will be marked as expirable.  For an
     alternative approach, *note Expiring Mail::.

`total-expire'
     If the group parameter has an element that looks like
     `(total-expire . t)', all read articles will be put through the
     expiry process, even if they are not marked as expirable.  Use with
     caution.  Unread, ticked and dormant articles are not eligible for
     expiry.

     See also `gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups'.

`expiry-wait'
     If the group parameter has an element that looks like `(expiry-wait
     . 10)', this value will override any `nnmail-expiry-wait' and
     `nnmail-expiry-wait-function' when expiring expirable messages.
     The value can either be a number of days (not necessarily an
     integer) or the symbols `never' or `immediate'.

`score-file'
     Elements that look like `(score-file . "file")' will make `file'
     into the current score file for the group in question.  All
     interactive score entries will be put into this file.

`adapt-file'
     Elements that look like `(adapt-file . "file")' will make `file'
     into the current adaptive file for the group in question.  All
     adaptive score entries will be put into this file.

`admin-address'
     When unsubscribing from a mailing list you should never send the
     unsubscription notice to the mailing list itself.  Instead, you'd
     send messages to the administrative address.  This parameter
     allows you to put the admin address somewhere convenient.

`display'
     Elements that look like `(display . MODE)' say which articles to
     display on entering the group.  Valid values are:

    `all'
          Display all articles, both read and unread.

    `default'
          Display the default visible articles, which normally includes
          unread and ticked articles.

`comment'
     Elements that look like `(comment . "This is a comment")' are
     arbitrary comments on the group.  They are currently ignored by
     Gnus, but provide a place for you to store information on
     particular groups.

`charset'
     Elements that look like `(charset . iso-8859-1)' will make
     `iso-8859-1' the default charset; that is, the charset that will be
     used for all articles that do not specify a charset.

     See also `gnus-group-charset-alist'.

`ignored-charsets'
     Elements that look like `(ignored-charsets x-known iso-8859-1)'
     will make `iso-8859-1' and `x-unknown' ignored; that is, the
     default charset will be used for decoding articles.

     See also `gnus-group-ignored-charsets-alist'.

`posting-style'
     You can store additional posting style information for this group
     only here (*note Posting Styles::).  The format is that of an
     entry in the `gnus-posting-styles' alist, except that there's no
     regexp matching the group name (of course).  Style elements in
     this group parameter will take precedence over the ones found in
     `gnus-posting-styles'.

     For instance, if you want a funky name and signature in this group
     only, instead of hacking `gnus-posting-styles', you could put
     something like this in the group parameters:

          (posting-style
            (name "Funky Name")
            (signature "Funky Signature"))

`banner'
     An item like `(banner . "regex")' causes any part of an article
     that matches the regular expression "regex" to be stripped.
     Instead of "regex", you can also use the symbol `signature' which
     strips the last signature or any of the elements of the alist
     `gnus-article-banner-alist'.

`(VARIABLE FORM)'
     You can use the group parameters to set variables local to the
     group you are entering.  If you want to turn threading off in
     `news.answers', you could put `(gnus-show-threads nil)' in the
     group parameters of that group.  `gnus-show-threads' will be made
     into a local variable in the summary buffer you enter, and the
     form `nil' will be `eval'ed there.

     This can also be used as a group-specific hook function, if you
     like.  If you want to hear a beep when you enter a group, you
     could put something like `(dummy-variable (ding))' in the
     parameters of that group.  `dummy-variable' will be set to the
     result of the `(ding)' form, but who cares?


   Use the `G p' or the `G c' command to edit group parameters of a
group.  (`G p' presents you with a Lisp-based interface, `G c' presents
you with a Customize-like interface.  The latter helps avoid silly Lisp
errors.)  You might also be interested in reading about topic
parameters (*note Topic Parameters::).


File: gnus,  Node: Listing Groups,  Next: Sorting Groups,  Prev: Group Parameters,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.11 Listing Groups
===================

These commands all list various slices of the groups available.

`l'
`A s'
     List all groups that have unread articles
     (`gnus-group-list-groups').  If the numeric prefix is used, this
     command will list only groups of level ARG and lower.  By default,
     it only lists groups of level five (i. e.,
     `gnus-group-default-list-level') or lower (i.e., just subscribed
     groups).

`L'
`A u'
     List all groups, whether they have unread articles or not
     (`gnus-group-list-all-groups').  If the numeric prefix is used,
     this command will list only groups of level ARG and lower.  By
     default, it lists groups of level seven or lower (i.e., just
     subscribed and unsubscribed groups).

`A l'
     List all unread groups on a specific level
     (`gnus-group-list-level').  If given a prefix, also list the groups
     with no unread articles.

`A k'
     List all killed groups (`gnus-group-list-killed').  If given a
     prefix argument, really list all groups that are available, but
     aren't currently (un)subscribed.  This could entail reading the
     active file from the server.

`A z'
     List all zombie groups (`gnus-group-list-zombies').

`A m'
     List all unread, subscribed groups with names that match a regexp
     (`gnus-group-list-matching').

`A M'
     List groups that match a regexp (`gnus-group-list-all-matching').

`A A'
     List absolutely all groups in the active file(s) of the server(s)
     you are connected to (`gnus-group-list-active').  This might very
     well take quite a while.  It might actually be a better idea to do
     a `A M' to list all matching, and just give `.' as the thing to
     match on.  Also note that this command may list groups that don't
     exist (yet)--these will be listed as if they were killed groups.
     Take the output with some grains of salt.

`A a'
     List all groups that have names that match a regexp
     (`gnus-group-apropos').

`A d'
     List all groups that have names or descriptions that match a regexp
     (`gnus-group-description-apropos').

`A c'
     List all groups with cached articles (`gnus-group-list-cached').

`A ?'
     List all groups with dormant articles (`gnus-group-list-dormant').


   Groups that match the `gnus-permanently-visible-groups' regexp will
always be shown, whether they have unread articles or not.  You can also
add the `visible' element to the group parameters in question to get
the same effect.

   Groups that have just ticked articles in it are normally listed in
the group buffer.  If `gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles' is `nil',
these groups will be treated just like totally empty groups.  It is `t'
by default.


File: gnus,  Node: Sorting Groups,  Next: Group Maintenance,  Prev: Listing Groups,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.12 Sorting Groups
===================

The `C-c C-s' (`gnus-group-sort-groups') command sorts the group buffer
according to the function(s) given by the `gnus-group-sort-function'
variable.  Available sorting functions include:

`gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet'
     Sort the group names alphabetically.  This is the default.

`gnus-group-sort-by-real-name'
     Sort the group alphabetically on the real (unprefixed) group names.

`gnus-group-sort-by-level'
     Sort by group level.

`gnus-group-sort-by-score'
     Sort by group score.  *Note Group Score::.

`gnus-group-sort-by-rank'
     Sort by group score and then the group level.  The level and the
     score are, when taken together, the group's "rank".  *Note Group
     Score::.

`gnus-group-sort-by-unread'
     Sort by number of unread articles.

`gnus-group-sort-by-method'
     Sort alphabetically on the select method.


   `gnus-group-sort-function' can also be a list of sorting functions.
In that case, the most significant sort key function must be the last
one.

   There are also a number of commands for sorting directly according to
some sorting criteria:

`G S a'
     Sort the group buffer alphabetically by group name
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet').

`G S u'
     Sort the group buffer by the number of unread articles
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread').

`G S l'
     Sort the group buffer by group level
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level').

`G S v'
     Sort the group buffer by group score
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score').  *Note Group Score::.

`G S r'
     Sort the group buffer by group rank
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank').  *Note Group Score::.

`G S m'
     Sort the group buffer alphabetically by back end name
     (`gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method').


   All the commands below obey the process/prefix convention (*note
Process/Prefix::).

   When given a symbolic prefix (*note Symbolic Prefixes::), all these
commands will sort in reverse order.

   You can also sort a subset of the groups:

`G P a'
     Sort the groups alphabetically by group name
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet').

`G P u'
     Sort the groups by the number of unread articles
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread').

`G P l'
     Sort the groups by group level
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level').

`G P v'
     Sort the groups by group score
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score').  *Note Group Score::.

`G P r'
     Sort the groups by group rank
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank').  *Note Group Score::.

`G P m'
     Sort the groups alphabetically by back end name
     (`gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method').



File: gnus,  Node: Group Maintenance,  Next: Browse Foreign Server,  Prev: Sorting Groups,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.13 Group Maintenance
======================

`b'
     Find bogus groups and delete them
     (`gnus-group-check-bogus-groups').

`F'
     Find new groups and process them (`gnus-group-find-new-groups').
     With 1 `C-u', use the `ask-server' method to query the server for
     new groups.  With 2 `C-u''s, use most complete method possible to
     query the server for new groups, and subscribe the new groups as
     zombies.

`C-c C-x'
     Run all expirable articles in the current group through the expiry
     process (if any) (`gnus-group-expire-articles').

`C-c M-C-x'
     Run all articles in all groups through the expiry process
     (`gnus-group-expire-all-groups').



File: gnus,  Node: Browse Foreign Server,  Next: Exiting Gnus,  Prev: Group Maintenance,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.14 Browse Foreign Server
==========================

`B'
     You will be queried for a select method and a server name.  Gnus
     will then attempt to contact this server and let you browse the
     groups there (`gnus-group-browse-foreign-server').

   A new buffer with a list of available groups will appear.  This
buffer will use the `gnus-browse-mode'.  This buffer looks a bit (well,
a lot) like a normal group buffer.

   Here's a list of keystrokes available in the browse mode:

`n'
     Go to the next group (`gnus-group-next-group').

`p'
     Go to the previous group (`gnus-group-prev-group').

`<SPC>'
     Enter the current group and display the first article
     (`gnus-browse-read-group').

`<RET>'
     Enter the current group (`gnus-browse-select-group').

`u'
     Unsubscribe to the current group, or, as will be the case here,
     subscribe to it (`gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group').

`l'
`q'
     Exit browse mode (`gnus-browse-exit').

`?'
     Describe browse mode briefly (well, there's not much to describe,
     is there) (`gnus-browse-describe-briefly').


File: gnus,  Node: Exiting Gnus,  Next: Group Topics,  Prev: Browse Foreign Server,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.15 Exiting Gnus
=================

Yes, Gnus is ex(c)iting.

`z'
     Suspend Gnus (`gnus-group-suspend').  This doesn't really exit
     Gnus, but it kills all buffers except the Group buffer.  I'm not
     sure why this is a gain, but then who am I to judge?

`q'
     Quit Gnus (`gnus-group-exit').

`Q'
     Quit Gnus without saving the `.newsrc' files (`gnus-group-quit').
     The dribble file will be saved, though (*note Auto Save::).

   `gnus-suspend-gnus-hook' is called when you suspend Gnus and
`gnus-exit-gnus-hook' is called when you quit Gnus, while
`gnus-after-exiting-gnus-hook' is called as the final item when exiting
Gnus.

   If you wish to completely unload Gnus and all its adherents, you can
use the `gnus-unload' command.  This command is also very handy when
trying to customize meta-variables.

   Note:

     Miss Lisa Cannifax, while sitting in English class, felt her feet
     go numbly heavy and herself fall into a hazy trance as the boy
     sitting behind her drew repeated lines with his pencil across the
     back of her plastic chair.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Topics,  Next: Misc Group Stuff,  Prev: Exiting Gnus,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.16 Group Topics
=================

If you read lots and lots of groups, it might be convenient to group
them hierarchically according to topics.  You put your Emacs groups over
here, your sex groups over there, and the rest (what, two groups or so?)
you put in some misc section that you never bother with anyway.  You can
even group the Emacs sex groups as a sub-topic to either the Emacs
groups or the sex groups--or both!  Go wild!

   Here's an example:

     Gnus
       Emacs -- I wuw it!
          3: comp.emacs
          2: alt.religion.emacs
         Naughty Emacs
          452: alt.sex.emacs
            0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery
       Misc
          8: comp.binaries.fractals
         13: comp.sources.unix

   To get this _fab_ functionality you simply turn on (ooh!) the
`gnus-topic' minor mode--type `t' in the group buffer.  (This is a
toggling command.)

   Go ahead, just try it.  I'll still be here when you get back.  La de
dum...  Nice tune, that...  la la la...  What, you're back? Yes, and now
press `l'.  There.  All your groups are now listed under `misc'.
Doesn't that make you feel all warm and fuzzy?  Hot and bothered?

   If you want this permanently enabled, you should add that minor mode
to the hook for the group mode:

     (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)

* Menu:

* Topic Variables::    How to customize the topics the Lisp Way.
* Topic Commands::     Interactive E-Z commands.
* Topic Sorting::      Sorting each topic individually.
* Topic Topology::     A map of the world.
* Topic Parameters::   Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic.


File: gnus,  Node: Topic Variables,  Next: Topic Commands,  Up: Group Topics

2.16.1 Topic Variables
----------------------

Now, if you select a topic, it will fold/unfold that topic, which is
really neat, I think.

   The topic lines themselves are created according to the
`gnus-topic-line-format' variable (*note Formatting Variables::).
Valid elements are:

`i'
     Indentation.

`n'
     Topic name.

`v'
     Visibility.

`l'
     Level.

`g'
     Number of groups in the topic.

`a'
     Number of unread articles in the topic.

`A'
     Number of unread articles in the topic and all its subtopics.

   Each sub-topic (and the groups in the sub-topics) will be indented
with `gnus-topic-indent-level' times the topic level number of spaces.
The default is 2.

   `gnus-topic-mode-hook' is called in topic minor mode buffers.

   The `gnus-topic-display-empty-topics' says whether to display even
topics that have no unread articles in them.  The default is `t'.


File: gnus,  Node: Topic Commands,  Next: Topic Sorting,  Prev: Topic Variables,  Up: Group Topics

2.16.2 Topic Commands
---------------------

When the topic minor mode is turned on, a new `T' submap will be
available.  In addition, a few of the standard keys change their
definitions slightly.

`T n'
     Prompt for a new topic name and create it
     (`gnus-topic-create-topic').

`T m'
     Move the current group to some other topic
     (`gnus-topic-move-group').  This command uses the process/prefix
     convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`T j'
     Go to a topic (`gnus-topic-jump-to-topic').

`T c'
     Copy the current group to some other topic
     (`gnus-topic-copy-group').  This command uses the process/prefix
     convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`T h'
     Hide the current topic (`gnus-topic-hide-topic').  If given a
     prefix, hide the topic permanently.

`T s'
     Show the current topic (`gnus-topic-show-topic').  If given a
     prefix, show the topic permanently.

`T D'
     Remove a group from the current topic (`gnus-topic-remove-group').
     This command is mainly useful if you have the same group in several
     topics and wish to remove it from one of the topics.  You may also
     remove a group from all topics, but in that case, Gnus will add it
     to the root topic the next time you start Gnus.  In fact, all new
     groups (which, naturally, don't belong to any topic) will show up
     in the root topic.

     This command uses the process/prefix convention (*note
     Process/Prefix::).

`T M'
     Move all groups that match some regular expression to a topic
     (`gnus-topic-move-matching').

`T C'
     Copy all groups that match some regular expression to a topic
     (`gnus-topic-copy-matching').

`T H'
     Toggle hiding empty topics
     (`gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics').

`T #'
     Mark all groups in the current topic with the process mark
     (`gnus-topic-mark-topic').

`T M-#'
     Remove the process mark from all groups in the current topic
     (`gnus-topic-unmark-topic').

`T TAB'
`TAB'
     "Indent" the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the
     previous topic (`gnus-topic-indent').  If given a prefix,
     "un-indent" the topic instead.

`M-TAB'
     "Un-indent" the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the
     parent of its current parent (`gnus-topic-unindent').

`<RET>'
`<SPC>'
     Either select a group or fold a topic (`gnus-topic-select-group').
     When you perform this command on a group, you'll enter the group,
     as usual.  When done on a topic line, the topic will be folded (if
     it was visible) or unfolded (if it was folded already).  So it's
     basically a toggling command on topics.  In addition, if you give
     a numerical prefix, group on that level (and lower) will be
     displayed.

`C-c C-x'
     Run all expirable articles in the current group or topic through
     the expiry process (if any) (`gnus-topic-expire-articles').

`C-k'
     Kill a group or topic (`gnus-topic-kill-group').  All groups in the
     topic will be removed along with the topic.

`C-y'
     Yank the previously killed group or topic
     (`gnus-topic-yank-group').  Note that all topics will be yanked
     before all groups.

`T r'
     Rename a topic (`gnus-topic-rename').

`T <DEL>'
     Delete an empty topic (`gnus-topic-delete').

`A T'
     List all groups that Gnus knows about in a topics-ified way
     (`gnus-topic-list-active').

`G p'
     Edit the topic parameters (`gnus-topic-edit-parameters').  *Note
     Topic Parameters::.



File: gnus,  Node: Topic Sorting,  Next: Topic Topology,  Prev: Topic Commands,  Up: Group Topics

2.16.3 Topic Sorting
--------------------

You can sort the groups in each topic individually with the following
commands:

`T S a'
     Sort the current topic alphabetically by group name
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet').

`T S u'
     Sort the current topic by the number of unread articles
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread').

`T S l'
     Sort the current topic by group level
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level').

`T S v'
     Sort the current topic by group score
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score').  *Note Group Score::.

`T S r'
     Sort the current topic by group rank
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank').  *Note Group Score::.

`T S m'
     Sort the current topic alphabetically by back end name
     (`gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method').


   *Note Sorting Groups::, for more information about group sorting.


File: gnus,  Node: Topic Topology,  Next: Topic Parameters,  Prev: Topic Sorting,  Up: Group Topics

2.16.4 Topic Topology
---------------------

So, let's have a look at an example group buffer:

     Gnus
       Emacs -- I wuw it!
          3: comp.emacs
          2: alt.religion.emacs
         Naughty Emacs
          452: alt.sex.emacs
            0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery
       Misc
          8: comp.binaries.fractals
         13: comp.sources.unix

   So, here we have one top-level topic (`Gnus'), two topics under
that, and one sub-topic under one of the sub-topics.  (There is always
just one (1) top-level topic).  This topology can be expressed as
follows:

     (("Gnus" visible)
      (("Emacs -- I wuw it!" visible)
       (("Naughty Emacs" visible)))
      (("Misc" visible)))

   This is in fact how the variable `gnus-topic-topology' would look
for the display above.  That variable is saved in the `.newsrc.eld'
file, and shouldn't be messed with manually--unless you really want to.
Since this variable is read from the `.newsrc.eld' file, setting it in
any other startup files will have no effect.

   This topology shows what topics are sub-topics of what topics
(right), and which topics are visible.  Two settings are currently
allowed--`visible' and `invisible'.


File: gnus,  Node: Topic Parameters,  Prev: Topic Topology,  Up: Group Topics

2.16.5 Topic Parameters
-----------------------

All groups in a topic will inherit group parameters from the parent (and
ancestor) topic parameters.  All valid group parameters are valid topic
parameters (*note Group Parameters::).

   In addition, the following parameters are only valid as topic
parameters:

`subscribe'
     When subscribing new groups by topic (*note Subscription
     Methods::), the `subscribe' topic parameter says what groups go in
     what topic.  Its value should be a regexp to match the groups that
     should go in that topic.


   Group parameters (of course) override topic parameters, and topic
parameters in sub-topics override topic parameters in super-topics.  You
know.  Normal inheritance rules.  ("Rules" is here a noun, not a verb,
although you may feel free to disagree with me here.)

     Gnus
       Emacs
          3: comp.emacs
          2: alt.religion.emacs
        452: alt.sex.emacs
         Relief
          452: alt.sex.emacs
            0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery
       Misc
          8: comp.binaries.fractals
         13: comp.sources.unix
        452: alt.sex.emacs

   The `Emacs' topic has the topic parameter `(score-file .
"emacs.SCORE")'; the `Relief' topic has the topic parameter
`(score-file . "relief.SCORE")'; and the `Misc' topic has the topic
parameter `(score-file . "emacs.SCORE")'.  In addition,
`alt.religion.emacs' has the group parameter `(score-file .
"religion.SCORE")'.

   Now, when you enter `alt.sex.emacs' in the `Relief' topic, you will
get the `relief.SCORE' home score file.  If you enter the same group in
the `Emacs' topic, you'll get the `emacs.SCORE' home score file.  If
you enter the group `alt.religion.emacs', you'll get the
`religion.SCORE' home score file.

   This seems rather simple and self-evident, doesn't it?  Well, yes.
But there are some problems, especially with the `total-expiry'
parameter.  Say you have a mail group in two topics; one with
`total-expiry' and one without.  What happens when you do `M-x
gnus-expire-all-expirable-groups'?  Gnus has no way of telling which one
of these topics you mean to expire articles from, so anything may
happen.  In fact, I hereby declare that it is "undefined" what happens.
You just have to be careful if you do stuff like that.


File: gnus,  Node: Misc Group Stuff,  Prev: Group Topics,  Up: The Group Buffer

2.17 Misc Group Stuff
=====================

* Menu:

* Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived.
* Group Information::     Information and help on groups and Gnus.
* Group Timestamp::       Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group.
* File Commands::         Reading and writing the Gnus files.

`^'
     Enter the server buffer (`gnus-group-enter-server-mode').  *Note
     The Server Buffer::.

`a'
     Post an article to a group (`gnus-group-post-news').  If given a
     prefix, the current group name will be used as the default.

`m'
     Mail a message somewhere (`gnus-group-mail').


   Variables for the group buffer:

`gnus-group-mode-hook'
     is called after the group buffer has been created.

`gnus-group-prepare-hook'
     is called after the group buffer is generated.  It may be used to
     modify the buffer in some strange, unnatural way.

`gnus-group-prepared-hook'
     is called as the very last thing after the group buffer has been
     generated.  It may be used to move point around, for instance.

`gnus-permanently-visible-groups'
     Groups matching this regexp will always be listed in the group
     buffer, whether they are empty or not.

`gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist'
     An alist of method and the charset for group names. It is used to
     show non-ASCII group names.

     For example:
          (setq gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist
              '(((nntp "news.com.cn") . cn-gb-2312)))

`gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist'
     An alist of regexp of group name and the charset for group names.
     It is used to show non-ASCII group names.

     For example:
          (setq gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist
              '(("\\.com\\.cn:" . cn-gb-2312)))



File: gnus,  Node: Scanning New Messages,  Next: Group Information,  Up: Misc Group Stuff

2.17.1 Scanning New Messages
----------------------------

`g'
     Check the server(s) for new articles.  If the numerical prefix is
     used, this command will check only groups of level ARG and lower
     (`gnus-group-get-new-news').  If given a non-numerical prefix, this
     command will force a total re-reading of the active file(s) from
     the back end(s).

`M-g'
     Check whether new articles have arrived in the current group
     (`gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group').
     `gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating' says whether this command is
     to move point to the next group or not.  It is `t' by default.

`C-c M-g'
     Activate absolutely all groups (`gnus-activate-all-groups').

`R'
     Restart Gnus (`gnus-group-restart').  This saves the `.newsrc'
     file(s), closes the connection to all servers, clears up all
     run-time Gnus variables, and then starts Gnus all over again.


   `gnus-get-new-news-hook' is run just before checking for new news.

   `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook' is run after checking for new
news.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Information,  Next: Group Timestamp,  Prev: Scanning New Messages,  Up: Misc Group Stuff

2.17.2 Group Information
------------------------

`H f'
     Try to fetch the FAQ for the current group
     (`gnus-group-fetch-faq').  Gnus will try to get the FAQ from
     `gnus-group-faq-directory', which is usually a directory on a
     remote machine.  This variable can also be a list of directories.
     In that case, giving a prefix to this command will allow you to
     choose between the various sites.  `ange-ftp' (or `efs') will be
     used for fetching the file.

     If fetching from the first site is unsuccessful, Gnus will attempt
     to go through `gnus-group-faq-directory' and try to open them one
     by one.

`H d'
`C-c C-d'
     Describe the current group (`gnus-group-describe-group').  If given
     a prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description from the server.

`M-d'
     Describe all groups (`gnus-group-describe-all-groups').  If given a
     prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description file from the server.

`H v'
`V'
     Display current Gnus version numbers (`gnus-version').

`?'
     Give a very short help message (`gnus-group-describe-briefly').

`C-c C-i'
     Go to the Gnus info node (`gnus-info-find-node').


File: gnus,  Node: Group Timestamp,  Next: File Commands,  Prev: Group Information,  Up: Misc Group Stuff

2.17.3 Group Timestamp
----------------------

It can be convenient to let Gnus keep track of when you last read a
group.  To set the ball rolling, you should add
`gnus-group-set-timestamp' to `gnus-select-group-hook':

     (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook 'gnus-group-set-timestamp)

   After doing this, each time you enter a group, it'll be recorded.

   This information can be displayed in various ways--the easiest is to
use the `%d' spec in the group line format:

     (setq gnus-group-line-format
           "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %d\n")

   This will result in lines looking like:

     *        0: mail.ding                                19961002T012943
              0: custom                                   19961002T012713

   As you can see, the date is displayed in compact ISO 8601 format.
This may be a bit too much, so to just display the date, you could say
something like:

     (setq gnus-group-line-format
           "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %6,6~(cut 2)d\n")


File: gnus,  Node: File Commands,  Prev: Group Timestamp,  Up: Misc Group Stuff

2.17.4 File Commands
--------------------

`r'
     Re-read the init file (`gnus-init-file', which defaults to
     `~/.gnus') (`gnus-group-read-init-file').

`s'
     Save the `.newsrc.eld' file (and `.newsrc' if wanted)
     (`gnus-group-save-newsrc').  If given a prefix, force saving the
     file(s) whether Gnus thinks it is necessary or not.



File: gnus,  Node: The Summary Buffer,  Next: The Article Buffer,  Prev: The Group Buffer,  Up: Top

3 The Summary Buffer
********************

A line for each article is displayed in the summary buffer.  You can
move around, read articles, post articles and reply to articles.

   The most common way to a summary buffer is to select a group from the
group buffer (*note Selecting a Group::).

   You can have as many summary buffers open as you wish.

* Menu:

* Summary Buffer Format::       Deciding how the summary buffer is to look.
* Summary Maneuvering::         Moving around the summary buffer.
* Choosing Articles::           Reading articles.
* Paging the Article::          Scrolling the current article.
* Reply Followup and Post::     Posting articles.
* Marking Articles::            Marking articles as read, expirable, etc.
* Limiting::                    You can limit the summary buffer.
* Threading::                   How threads are made.
* Sorting::                     How articles and threads are sorted.
* Asynchronous Fetching::       Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles.
* Article Caching::             You may store articles in a cache.
* Persistent Articles::         Making articles expiry-resistant.
* Article Backlog::             Having already read articles hang around.
* Saving Articles::             Ways of customizing article saving.
* Decoding Articles::           Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles.
* Article Treatment::           The article buffer can be mangled at will.
* MIME Commands::               Doing MIMEy things with the articles.
* Charsets::                    Character set issues.
* Article Commands::            Doing various things with the article buffer.
* Summary Sorting::             Sorting the summary buffer in various ways.
* Finding the Parent::          No child support? Get the parent.
* Alternative Approaches::      Reading using non-default summaries.
* Tree Display::                A more visual display of threads.
* Mail Group Commands::         Some commands can only be used in mail groups.
* Various Summary Stuff::       What didn't fit anywhere else.
* Exiting the Summary Buffer::  Returning to the Group buffer,
                                or reselecting the current group.
* Crosspost Handling::          How crossposted articles are dealt with.
* Duplicate Suppression::       An alternative when crosspost handling fails.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Buffer Format,  Next: Summary Maneuvering,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.1 Summary Buffer Format
=========================

* Menu:

* Summary Buffer Lines::     You can specify how summary lines should look.
* To From Newsgroups::       How to not display your own name.
* Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look.
* Summary Highlighting::     Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice.

   Gnus will use the value of the `gnus-extract-address-components'
variable as a function for getting the name and address parts of a
`From' header.  Two pre-defined functions exist:
`gnus-extract-address-components', which is the default, quite fast,
and too simplistic solution; and `mail-extract-address-components',
which works very nicely, but is slower.  The default function will
return the wrong answer in 5% of the cases.  If this is unacceptable to
you, use the other function instead:

     (setq gnus-extract-address-components
           'mail-extract-address-components)

   `gnus-summary-same-subject' is a string indicating that the current
article has the same subject as the previous.  This string will be used
with those specs that require it.  The default is `""'.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Buffer Lines,  Next: To From Newsgroups,  Up: Summary Buffer Format

3.1.1 Summary Buffer Lines
--------------------------

You can change the format of the lines in the summary buffer by changing
the `gnus-summary-line-format' variable.  It works along the same lines
as a normal `format' string, with some extensions (*note Formatting
Variables::).

   The default string is `%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-20,20n%]%) %s\n'.

   The following format specification characters are understood:

`N'
     Article number.

`S'
     Subject string.  List identifiers stripped,
     `gnus-list-identifies'.  *Note Article Hiding::.

`s'
     Subject if the article is the root of the thread or the previous
     article had a different subject, `gnus-summary-same-subject'
     otherwise.  (`gnus-summary-same-subject' defaults to `""'.)

`F'
     Full `From' header.

`n'
     The name (from the `From' header).

`f'
     The name, code `To' header or the `Newsgroups' header (*note To
     From Newsgroups::).

`a'
     The name (from the `From' header).  This differs from the `n' spec
     in that it uses the function designated by the
     `gnus-extract-address-components' variable, which is slower, but
     may be more thorough.

`A'
     The address (from the `From' header).  This works the same way as
     the `a' spec.

`L'
     Number of lines in the article.

`c'
     Number of characters in the article. This specifier is not
     supported in some methods (like nnfolder).

`I'
     Indentation based on thread level (*note Customizing Threading::).

`T'
     Nothing if the article is a root and lots of spaces if it isn't (it
     pushes everything after it off the screen).

`['
     Opening bracket, which is normally `[', but can also be `<' for
     adopted articles (*note Customizing Threading::).

`]'
     Closing bracket, which is normally `]', but can also be `>' for
     adopted articles.

`>'
     One space for each thread level.

`<'
     Twenty minus thread level spaces.

`U'
     Unread.

`R'
     This misleadingly named specifier is the "secondary mark".  This
     mark will say whether the article has been replied to, has been
     cached, or has been saved.

`i'
     Score as a number (*note Scoring::).

`z'
     Zcore, `+' if above the default level and `-' if below the default
     level.  If the difference between `gnus-summary-default-score' and
     the score is less than `gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz', this spec will
     not be used.

`V'
     Total thread score.

`x'
     `Xref'.

`D'
     `Date'.

`d'
     The `Date' in `DD-MMM' format.

`o'
     The `Date' in YYYYMMDD`T'HHMMSS format.

`M'
     `Message-ID'.

`r'
     `References'.

`t'
     Number of articles in the current sub-thread.  Using this spec
     will slow down summary buffer generation somewhat.

`e'
     An `=' (`gnus-not-empty-thread-mark') will be displayed if the
     article has any children.

`P'
     The line number.

`O'
     Download mark.

`u'
     User defined specifier.  The next character in the format string
     should be a letter.  Gnus will call the function
     `gnus-user-format-function-'`X', where `X' is the letter following
     `%u'.  The function will be passed the current header as argument.
     The function should return a string, which will be inserted into
     the summary just like information from any other summary specifier.

   The `%U' (status), `%R' (replied) and `%z' (zcore) specs have to be
handled with care.  For reasons of efficiency, Gnus will compute what
column these characters will end up in, and "hard-code" that.  This
means that it is invalid to have these specs after a variable-length
spec.  Well, you might not be arrested, but your summary buffer will
look strange, which is bad enough.

   The smart choice is to have these specs as far to the left as
possible.  (Isn't that the case with everything, though?  But I
digress.)

   This restriction may disappear in later versions of Gnus.


File: gnus,  Node: To From Newsgroups,  Next: Summary Buffer Mode Line,  Prev: Summary Buffer Lines,  Up: Summary Buffer Format

3.1.2 To From Newsgroups
------------------------

In some groups (particularly in archive groups), the `From' header
isn't very interesting, since all the articles there are written by
you.  To display the information in the `To' or `Newsgroups' headers
instead, you need to decide three things: What information to gather;
where to display it; and when to display it.

  1. The reading of extra header information is controlled by the
     `gnus-extra-headers'.  This is a list of header symbols.  For
     instance:

          (setq gnus-extra-headers
                '(To Newsgroups X-Newsreader))

     This will result in Gnus trying to obtain these three headers, and
     storing it in header structures for later easy retrieval.

  2. The value of these extra headers can be accessed via the
     `gnus-extra-header' function.  Here's a format line spec that will
     access the `X-Newsreader' header:

          "%~(form (gnus-extra-header 'X-Newsreader))@"

  3. The `gnus-ignored-from-addresses' variable says when the `%f'
     summary line spec returns the `To', `Newsreader' or `From' header.
     If this regexp matches the contents of the `From' header, the
     value of the `To' or `Newsreader' headers are used instead.


   A related variable is `nnmail-extra-headers', which controls when to
include extra headers when generating overview (NOV) files.  If you
have old overview files, you should regenerate them after changing this
variable.

   You also have to instruct Gnus to display the data by changing the
`%n' spec to the `%f' spec in the `gnus-summary-line-format' variable.

   In summary, you'd typically do something like the following:

     (setq gnus-extra-headers
           '(To Newsgroups))
     (setq nnmail-extra-headers gnus-extra-headers)
     (setq gnus-summary-line-format
           "%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-20,20f%]%) %s\n")
     (setq gnus-ignored-from-addresses
           "Your Name Here")

   Now, this is mostly useful for mail groups, where you have control
over the NOV files that are created.  However, if you can persuade your
nntp admin to add:

     Newsgroups:full

   to the end of her `overview.fmt' file, then you can use that just as
you would the extra headers from the mail groups.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Buffer Mode Line,  Next: Summary Highlighting,  Prev: To From Newsgroups,  Up: Summary Buffer Format

3.1.3 Summary Buffer Mode Line
------------------------------

You can also change the format of the summary mode bar (*note Mode Line
Formatting::).  Set `gnus-summary-mode-line-format' to whatever you
like.  The default is `Gnus: %%b [%A] %Z'.

   Here are the elements you can play with:

`G'
     Group name.

`p'
     Unprefixed group name.

`A'
     Current article number.

`z'
     Current article score.

`V'
     Gnus version.

`U'
     Number of unread articles in this group.

`e'
     Number of unread articles in this group that aren't displayed in
     the summary buffer.

`Z'
     A string with the number of unread and unselected articles
     represented either as `<%U(+%e) more>' if there are both unread
     and unselected articles, and just as `<%U more>' if there are just
     unread articles and no unselected ones.

`g'
     Shortish group name.  For instance, `rec.arts.anime' will be
     shortened to `r.a.anime'.

`S'
     Subject of the current article.

`u'
     User-defined spec (*note User-Defined Specs::).

`s'
     Name of the current score file (*note Scoring::).

`d'
     Number of dormant articles (*note Unread Articles::).

`t'
     Number of ticked articles (*note Unread Articles::).

`r'
     Number of articles that have been marked as read in this session.

`E'
     Number of articles expunged by the score files.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Highlighting,  Prev: Summary Buffer Mode Line,  Up: Summary Buffer Format

3.1.4 Summary Highlighting
--------------------------

`gnus-visual-mark-article-hook'
     This hook is run after selecting an article.  It is meant to be
     used for highlighting the article in some way.  It is not run if
     `gnus-visual' is `nil'.

`gnus-summary-update-hook'
     This hook is called when a summary line is changed.  It is not run
     if `gnus-visual' is `nil'.

`gnus-summary-selected-face'
     This is the face (or "font" as some people call it) used to
     highlight the current article in the summary buffer.

`gnus-summary-highlight'
     Summary lines are highlighted according to this variable, which is
     a list where the elements are of the format `(FORM . FACE)'.  If
     you would, for instance, like ticked articles to be italic and
     high-scored articles to be bold, you could set this variable to
     something like
          (((eq mark gnus-ticked-mark) . italic)
           ((> score default) . bold))
     As you may have guessed, if FORM returns a non-`nil' value, FACE
     will be applied to the line.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Maneuvering,  Next: Choosing Articles,  Prev: Summary Buffer Format,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.2 Summary Maneuvering
=======================

All the straight movement commands understand the numeric prefix and
behave pretty much as you'd expect.

   None of these commands select articles.

`G M-n'
`M-n'
     Go to the next summary line of an unread article
     (`gnus-summary-next-unread-subject').

`G M-p'
`M-p'
     Go to the previous summary line of an unread article
     (`gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject').

`G g'
     Ask for an article number and then go to the summary line of that
     article without displaying the article
     (`gnus-summary-goto-subject').

   If Gnus asks you to press a key to confirm going to the next group,
you can use the `C-n' and `C-p' keys to move around the group buffer,
searching for the next group to read without actually returning to the
group buffer.

   Variables related to summary movement:

`gnus-auto-select-next'
     If you issue one of the movement commands (like `n') and there are
     no more unread articles after the current one, Gnus will offer to
     go to the next group.  If this variable is `t' and the next group
     is empty, Gnus will exit summary mode and return to the group
     buffer.  If this variable is neither `t' nor `nil', Gnus will
     select the next group, no matter whether it has any unread
     articles or not.  As a special case, if this variable is
     `quietly', Gnus will select the next group without asking for
     confirmation.  If this variable is `almost-quietly', the same will
     happen only if you are located on the last article in the group.
     Finally, if this variable is `slightly-quietly', the `Z n' command
     will go to the next group without confirmation.  Also *note Group
     Levels::.

`gnus-auto-select-same'
     If non-`nil', all the movement commands will try to go to the next
     article with the same subject as the current.  ("Same" here might
     mean "roughly equal".  See `gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit' for
     details (*note Customizing Threading::).)  If there are no more
     articles with the same subject, go to the first unread article.

     This variable is not particularly useful if you use a threaded
     display.

`gnus-summary-check-current'
     If non-`nil', all the "unread" movement commands will not proceed
     to the next (or previous) article if the current article is unread.
     Instead, they will choose the current article.

`gnus-auto-center-summary'
     If non-`nil', Gnus will keep the point in the summary buffer
     centered at all times.  This makes things quite tidy, but if you
     have a slow network connection, or simply do not like this
     un-Emacsism, you can set this variable to `nil' to get the normal
     Emacs scrolling action.  This will also inhibit horizontal
     re-centering of the summary buffer, which might make it more
     inconvenient to read extremely long threads.

     This variable can also be a number.  In that case, center the
     window at the given number of lines from the top.



File: gnus,  Node: Choosing Articles,  Next: Paging the Article,  Prev: Summary Maneuvering,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.3 Choosing Articles
=====================

* Menu:

* Choosing Commands::        Commands for choosing articles.
* Choosing Variables::       Variables that influence these commands.


File: gnus,  Node: Choosing Commands,  Next: Choosing Variables,  Up: Choosing Articles

3.3.1 Choosing Commands
-----------------------

None of the following movement commands understand the numeric prefix,
and they all select and display an article.

   If you want to fetch new articles or redisplay the group, see *Note
Exiting the Summary Buffer::.

`<SPC>'
     Select the current article, or, if that one's read already, the
     next unread article (`gnus-summary-next-page').

`G n'
`n'
     Go to next unread article (`gnus-summary-next-unread-article').

`G p'
`p'
     Go to previous unread article (`gnus-summary-prev-unread-article').

`G N'
`N'
     Go to the next article (`gnus-summary-next-article').

`G P'
`P'
     Go to the previous article (`gnus-summary-prev-article').

`G C-n'
     Go to the next article with the same subject
     (`gnus-summary-next-same-subject').

`G C-p'
     Go to the previous article with the same subject
     (`gnus-summary-prev-same-subject').

`G f'
`.'
     Go to the first unread article
     (`gnus-summary-first-unread-article').

`G b'
`,'
     Go to the article with the highest score
     (`gnus-summary-best-unread-article').

`G l'
`l'
     Go to the previous article read (`gnus-summary-goto-last-article').

`G o'
     Pop an article off the summary history and go to this article
     (`gnus-summary-pop-article').  This command differs from the
     command above in that you can pop as many previous articles off the
     history as you like, while `l' toggles the two last read articles.
     For a somewhat related issue (if you use these commands a lot),
     *note Article Backlog::.

`G j'
`j'
     Ask for an article number or `Message-ID', and then go to that
     article (`gnus-summary-goto-article').


File: gnus,  Node: Choosing Variables,  Prev: Choosing Commands,  Up: Choosing Articles

3.3.2 Choosing Variables
------------------------

Some variables relevant for moving and selecting articles:

`gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup'
     All the movement commands will try to go to the previous (or next)
     article, even if that article isn't displayed in the Summary
     buffer if this variable is non-`nil'.  Gnus will then fetch the
     article from the server and display it in the article buffer.

`gnus-select-article-hook'
     This hook is called whenever an article is selected.  By default it
     exposes any threads hidden under the selected article.

`gnus-mark-article-hook'
     This hook is called whenever an article is selected.  It is
     intended to be used for marking articles as read.  The default
     value is `gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read', and will
     change the mark of almost any article you read to
     `gnus-unread-mark'.  The only articles not affected by this
     function are ticked, dormant, and expirable articles.  If you'd
     instead like to just have unread articles marked as read, you can
     use `gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read' instead.  It will leave
     marks like `gnus-low-score-mark', `gnus-del-mark' (and so on)
     alone.



File: gnus,  Node: Paging the Article,  Next: Reply Followup and Post,  Prev: Choosing Articles,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.4 Scrolling the Article
=========================

`<SPC>'
     Pressing <SPC> will scroll the current article forward one page,
     or, if you have come to the end of the current article, will
     choose the next article (`gnus-summary-next-page').

`<DEL>'
     Scroll the current article back one page
     (`gnus-summary-prev-page').

`<RET>'
     Scroll the current article one line forward
     (`gnus-summary-scroll-up').

`M-<RET>'
     Scroll the current article one line backward
     (`gnus-summary-scroll-down').

`A g'
`g'
     (Re)fetch the current article (`gnus-summary-show-article').  If
     given a prefix, fetch the current article, but don't run any of the
     article treatment functions.  This will give you a "raw" article,
     just the way it came from the server.

     If given a numerical prefix, you can do semi-manual charset stuff.
     `C-u 0 g cn-gb-2312 <RET>' will decode the message as if it were
     encoded in the `cn-gb-2312' charset.  If you have

          (setq gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist
                '((1 . cn-gb-2312)
                  (2 . big5)))

     then you can say `C-u 1 g' to get the same effect.

`A <'
`<'
     Scroll to the beginning of the article
     (`gnus-summary-beginning-of-article').

`A >'
`>'
     Scroll to the end of the article (`gnus-summary-end-of-article').

`A s'
`s'
     Perform an isearch in the article buffer
     (`gnus-summary-isearch-article').

`h'
     Select the article buffer (`gnus-summary-select-article-buffer').



File: gnus,  Node: Reply Followup and Post,  Next: Marking Articles,  Prev: Paging the Article,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.5 Reply, Followup and Post
============================

* Menu:

* Summary Mail Commands::       Sending mail.
* Summary Post Commands::       Sending news.
* Summary Message Commands::    Other Message-related commands.
* Canceling and Superseding::   ``Whoops, I shouldn't have called him that.''


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Mail Commands,  Next: Summary Post Commands,  Up: Reply Followup and Post

3.5.1 Summary Mail Commands
---------------------------

Commands for composing a mail message:

`S r'
`r'
     Mail a reply to the author of the current article
     (`gnus-summary-reply').

`S R'
`R'
     Mail a reply to the author of the current article and include the
     original message (`gnus-summary-reply-with-original').  This
     command uses the process/prefix convention.

`S w'
     Mail a wide reply to the author of the current article
     (`gnus-summary-wide-reply').  A "wide reply" is a reply that goes
     out to all people listed in the `To', `From' (or `Reply-to') and
     `Cc' headers.

`S W'
     Mail a wide reply to the current article and include the original
     message (`gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original').  This command
     uses the process/prefix convention.

`S o m'
`C-c C-f'
     Forward the current article to some other person
     (`gnus-summary-mail-forward').  If no prefix is given, the message
     is forwarded according to the value of (`message-forward-as-mime')
     and (`message-forward-show-mml'); if the prefix is 1, decode the
     message and forward directly inline; if the prefix is 2, forward
     message as an rfc822 MIME section; if the prefix is 3, decode
     message and forward as an rfc822 MIME section; if the prefix is 4,
     forward message directly inline; otherwise, the message is
     forwarded as no prefix given but use the flipped value of
     (`message-forward-as-mime').  By default, the message is decoded
     and forwarded as an rfc822 MIME section.

`S m'
`m'
     Send a mail to some other person
     (`gnus-summary-mail-other-window').

`S D b'
     If you have sent a mail, but the mail was bounced back to you for
     some reason (wrong address, transient failure), you can use this
     command to resend that bounced mail
     (`gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail').  You will be popped into a
     mail buffer where you can edit the headers before sending the mail
     off again.  If you give a prefix to this command, and the bounced
     mail is a reply to some other mail, Gnus will try to fetch that
     mail and display it for easy perusal of its headers.  This might
     very well fail, though.

`S D r'
     Not to be confused with the previous command,
     `gnus-summary-resend-message' will prompt you for an address to
     send the current message off to, and then send it to that place.
     The headers of the message won't be altered--but lots of headers
     that say `Resent-To', `Resent-From' and so on will be added.  This
     means that you actually send a mail to someone that has a `To'
     header that (probably) points to yourself.  This will confuse
     people.  So, natcherly you'll only do that if you're really eVIl.

     This command is mainly used if you have several accounts and want
     to ship a mail to a different account of yours.  (If you're both
     `root' and `postmaster' and get a mail for `postmaster' to the
     `root' account, you may want to resend it to `postmaster'.
     Ordnung muß sein!

     This command understands the process/prefix convention (*note
     Process/Prefix::).

`S O m'
     Digest the current series (*note Decoding Articles::) and forward
     the result using mail (`gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward').  This
     command uses the process/prefix convention (*note
     Process/Prefix::).

`S M-c'
     Send a complaint about excessive crossposting to the author of the
     current article (`gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint').

     This command is provided as a way to fight back against the current
     crossposting pandemic that's sweeping Usenet.  It will compose a
     reply using the `gnus-crosspost-complaint' variable as a preamble.
     This command understands the process/prefix convention (*note
     Process/Prefix::) and will prompt you before sending each mail.


   Also *note (message)Header Commands:: for more information.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Post Commands,  Next: Summary Message Commands,  Prev: Summary Mail Commands,  Up: Reply Followup and Post

3.5.2 Summary Post Commands
---------------------------

Commands for posting a news article:

`S p'
`a'
     Post an article to the current group (`gnus-summary-post-news').

`S f'
`f'
     Post a followup to the current article (`gnus-summary-followup').

`S F'
`F'
     Post a followup to the current article and include the original
     message (`gnus-summary-followup-with-original').   This command
     uses the process/prefix convention.

`S n'
     Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got
     the message through mail (`gnus-summary-followup-to-mail').

`S N'
     Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got
     the message through mail and include the original message
     (`gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original').  This command uses
     the process/prefix convention.

`S o p'
     Forward the current article to a newsgroup
     (`gnus-summary-post-forward').   If no prefix is given, the
     message is forwarded according to the value of
     (`message-forward-as-mime') and (`message-forward-show-mml'); if
     the prefix is 1, decode the message and forward directly inline;
     if the prefix is 2, forward message as an rfc822 MIME section; if
     the prefix is 3, decode message and forward as an rfc822 MIME
     section; if the prefix is 4, forward message directly inline;
     otherwise, the message is forwarded as no prefix given but use the
     flipped value of (`message-forward-as-mime').  By default, the
     message is decoded and forwarded as an rfc822 MIME section.

`S O p'
     Digest the current series and forward the result to a newsgroup
     (`gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward').  This command uses the
     process/prefix convention.

`S u'
     Uuencode a file, split it into parts, and post it as a series
     (`gnus-uu-post-news').  (*note Uuencoding and Posting::).

   Also *note (message)Header Commands:: for more information.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Message Commands,  Next: Canceling and Superseding,  Prev: Summary Post Commands,  Up: Reply Followup and Post

3.5.3 Summary Message Commands
------------------------------

`S y'
     Yank the current article into an already existing Message
     composition buffer (`gnus-summary-yank-message').  This command
     prompts for what message buffer you want to yank into, and
     understands the process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).



File: gnus,  Node: Canceling and Superseding,  Prev: Summary Message Commands,  Up: Reply Followup and Post

3.5.4 Canceling Articles
------------------------

Have you ever written something, and then decided that you really,
really, really wish you hadn't posted that?

   Well, you can't cancel mail, but you can cancel posts.

   Find the article you wish to cancel (you can only cancel your own
articles, so don't try any funny stuff).  Then press `C' or `S c'
(`gnus-summary-cancel-article').  Your article will be
canceled--machines all over the world will be deleting your article.
This command uses the process/prefix convention (*note
Process/Prefix::).

   Be aware, however, that not all sites honor cancels, so your article
may live on here and there, while most sites will delete the article in
question.

   Gnus will use the "current" select method when canceling.  If you
want to use the standard posting method, use the `a' symbolic prefix
(*note Symbolic Prefixes::).

   If you discover that you have made some mistakes and want to do some
corrections, you can post a "superseding" article that will replace
your original article.

   Go to the original article and press `S s'
(`gnus-summary-supersede-article').  You will be put in a buffer where
you can edit the article all you want before sending it off the usual
way.

   The same goes for superseding as for canceling, only more so: Some
sites do not honor superseding.  On those sites, it will appear that you
have posted almost the same article twice.

   If you have just posted the article, and change your mind right away,
there is a trick you can use to cancel/supersede the article without
waiting for the article to appear on your site first.  You simply return
to the post buffer (which is called `*sent ...*').  There you will find
the article you just posted, with all the headers intact.  Change the
`Message-ID' header to a `Cancel' or `Supersedes' header by
substituting one of those words for the word `Message-ID'.  Then just
press `C-c C-c' to send the article as you would do normally.  The
previous article will be canceled/superseded.

   Just remember, kids: There is no 'c' in 'supersede'.


File: gnus,  Node: Marking Articles,  Next: Limiting,  Prev: Reply Followup and Post,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.6 Marking Articles
====================

There are several marks you can set on an article.

   You have marks that decide the "readedness" (whoo, neato-keano
neologism ohoy!) of the article.  Alphabetic marks generally mean
"read", while non-alphabetic characters generally mean "unread".

   In addition, you also have marks that do not affect readedness.

* Menu:

* Unread Articles::      Marks for unread articles.
* Read Articles::        Marks for read articles.
* Other Marks::          Marks that do not affect readedness.

   There's a plethora of commands for manipulating these marks:

* Menu:

* Setting Marks::             How to set and remove marks.
* Generic Marking Commands::  How to customize the marking.
* Setting Process Marks::     How to mark articles for later processing.


File: gnus,  Node: Unread Articles,  Next: Read Articles,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.1 Unread Articles
---------------------

The following marks mark articles as (kinda) unread, in one form or
other.

`!'
     Marked as ticked (`gnus-ticked-mark').

     "Ticked articles" are articles that will remain visible always.  If
     you see an article that you find interesting, or you want to put
     off reading it, or replying to it, until sometime later, you'd
     typically tick it.  However, articles can be expired, so if you
     want to keep an article forever, you'll have to make it persistent
     (*note Persistent Articles::).

`?'
     Marked as dormant (`gnus-dormant-mark').

     "Dormant articles" will only appear in the summary buffer if there
     are followups to it.  If you want to see them even if they don't
     have followups, you can use the `/ D' command (*note Limiting::).

`<SPC>'
     Marked as unread (`gnus-unread-mark').

     "Unread articles" are articles that haven't been read at all yet.


File: gnus,  Node: Read Articles,  Next: Other Marks,  Prev: Unread Articles,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.2 Read Articles
-------------------

All the following marks mark articles as read.

`r'
     These are articles that the user has marked as read with the `d'
     command manually, more or less (`gnus-del-mark').

`R'
     Articles that have actually been read (`gnus-read-mark').

`O'
     Articles that were marked as read in previous sessions and are now
     "old" (`gnus-ancient-mark').

`K'
     Marked as killed (`gnus-killed-mark').

`X'
     Marked as killed by kill files (`gnus-kill-file-mark').

`Y'
     Marked as read by having too low a score (`gnus-low-score-mark').

`C'
     Marked as read by a catchup (`gnus-catchup-mark').

`G'
     Canceled article (`gnus-canceled-mark')

`F'
     SOUPed article (`gnus-souped-mark').  *Note SOUP::.

`Q'
     Sparsely reffed article (`gnus-sparse-mark').  *Note Customizing
     Threading::.

`M'
     Article marked as read by duplicate suppression
     (`gnus-duplicated-mark').  *Note Duplicate Suppression::.


   All these marks just mean that the article is marked as read, really.
They are interpreted differently when doing adaptive scoring, though.

   One more special mark, though:

`E'
     Marked as expirable (`gnus-expirable-mark').

     Marking articles as "expirable" (or have them marked as such
     automatically) doesn't make much sense in normal groups--a user
     doesn't control expiring of news articles, but in mail groups, for
     instance, articles marked as "expirable" can be deleted by Gnus at
     any time.


File: gnus,  Node: Other Marks,  Next: Setting Marks,  Prev: Read Articles,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.3 Other Marks
-----------------

There are some marks that have nothing to do with whether the article is
read or not.

   * You can set a bookmark in the current article.  Say you are
     reading a long thesis on cats' urinary tracts, and have to go home
     for dinner before you've finished reading the thesis.  You can
     then set a bookmark in the article, and Gnus will jump to this
     bookmark the next time it encounters the article.  *Note Setting
     Marks::.

   * All articles that you have replied to or made a followup to (i.e.,
     have answered) will be marked with an `A' in the second column
     (`gnus-replied-mark').

   * Articles stored in the article cache will be marked with an `*' in
     the second column (`gnus-cached-mark').  *Note Article Caching::.

   * Articles "saved" (in some manner or other; not necessarily
     religiously) are marked with an `S' in the second column
     (`gnus-saved-mark').

   * If the `%e' spec is used, the presence of threads or not will be
     marked with `gnus-not-empty-thread-mark' and
     `gnus-empty-thread-mark' in the third column, respectively.

   * Finally we have the "process mark" (`gnus-process-mark').  A
     variety of commands react to the presence of the process mark.  For
     instance, `X u' (`gnus-uu-decode-uu') will uudecode and view all
     articles that have been marked with the process mark.  Articles
     marked with the process mark have a `#' in the second column.


   You might have noticed that most of these "non-readedness" marks
appear in the second column by default.  So if you have a cached, saved,
replied article that you have process-marked, what will that look like?

   Nothing much.  The precedence rules go as follows: process -> cache
-> replied -> saved.  So if the article is in the cache and is replied,
you'll only see the cache mark and not the replied mark.


File: gnus,  Node: Setting Marks,  Next: Generic Marking Commands,  Prev: Other Marks,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.4 Setting Marks
-------------------

All the marking commands understand the numeric prefix.

`M c'
`M-u'
     Clear all readedness-marks from the current article
     (`gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward').  In other words, mark the
     article as unread.

`M t'
`!'
     Tick the current article (`gnus-summary-tick-article-forward').
     *Note Article Caching::.

`M ?'
`?'
     Mark the current article as dormant
     (`gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant').  *Note Article Caching::.

`M d'
`d'
     Mark the current article as read
     (`gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward').

`D'
     Mark the current article as read and move point to the previous
     line (`gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward').

`M k'
`k'
     Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as
     read, and then select the next unread article
     (`gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select').

`M K'
`C-k'
     Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as
     read (`gnus-summary-kill-same-subject').

`M C'
     Mark all unread articles as read (`gnus-summary-catchup').

`M C-c'
     Mark all articles in the group as read--even the ticked and dormant
     articles (`gnus-summary-catchup-all').

`M H'
     Catchup the current group to point
     (`gnus-summary-catchup-to-here').

`C-w'
     Mark all articles between point and mark as read
     (`gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read').

`M V k'
     Kill all articles with scores below the default score (or below the
     numeric prefix) (`gnus-summary-kill-below').

`M e'
`E'
     Mark the current article as expirable
     (`gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable').

`M b'
     Set a bookmark in the current article
     (`gnus-summary-set-bookmark').

`M B'
     Remove the bookmark from the current article
     (`gnus-summary-remove-bookmark').

`M V c'
     Clear all marks from articles with scores over the default score
     (or over the numeric prefix) (`gnus-summary-clear-above').

`M V u'
     Tick all articles with scores over the default score (or over the
     numeric prefix) (`gnus-summary-tick-above').

`M V m'
     Prompt for a mark, and mark all articles with scores over the
     default score (or over the numeric prefix) with this mark
     (`gnus-summary-clear-above').

   The `gnus-summary-goto-unread' variable controls what action should
be taken after setting a mark.  If non-`nil', point will move to the
next/previous unread article.  If `nil', point will just move one line
up or down.  As a special case, if this variable is `never', all the
marking commands as well as other commands (like <SPC>) will move to
the next article, whether it is unread or not.  The default is `t'.


File: gnus,  Node: Generic Marking Commands,  Next: Setting Process Marks,  Prev: Setting Marks,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.5 Generic Marking Commands
------------------------------

Some people would like the command that ticks an article (`!') go to
the next article.  Others would like it to go to the next unread
article.  Yet others would like it to stay on the current article.  And
even though I haven't heard of anybody wanting it to go to the previous
(unread) article, I'm sure there are people that want that as well.

   Multiply these five behaviors by five different marking commands, and
you get a potentially complex set of variable to control what each
command should do.

   To sidestep that mess, Gnus provides commands that do all these
different things.  They can be found on the `M M' map in the summary
buffer.  Type `M M C-h' to see them all--there are too many of them to
list in this manual.

   While you can use these commands directly, most users would prefer
altering the summary mode keymap.  For instance, if you would like the
`!' command to go to the next article instead of the next unread
article, you could say something like:

     (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'my-alter-summary-map)
     (defun my-alter-summary-map ()
       (local-set-key "!" 'gnus-summary-put-mark-as-ticked-next))

   or

     (defun my-alter-summary-map ()
       (local-set-key "!" "MM!n"))


File: gnus,  Node: Setting Process Marks,  Prev: Generic Marking Commands,  Up: Marking Articles

3.6.6 Setting Process Marks
---------------------------

`M P p'
`#'
     Mark the current article with the process mark
     (`gnus-summary-mark-as-processable').  

`M P u'
`M-#'
     Remove the process mark, if any, from the current article
     (`gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable').

`M P U'
     Remove the process mark from all articles
     (`gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable').

`M P i'
     Invert the list of process marked articles
     (`gnus-uu-invert-processable').

`M P R'
     Mark articles that have a `Subject' header that matches a regular
     expression (`gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp').

`M P G'
     Unmark articles that have a `Subject' header that matches a regular
     expression (`gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp').

`M P r'
     Mark articles in region (`gnus-uu-mark-region').

`M P t'
     Mark all articles in the current (sub)thread
     (`gnus-uu-mark-thread').

`M P T'
     Unmark all articles in the current (sub)thread
     (`gnus-uu-unmark-thread').

`M P v'
     Mark all articles that have a score above the prefix argument
     (`gnus-uu-mark-over').

`M P s'
     Mark all articles in the current series (`gnus-uu-mark-series').

`M P S'
     Mark all series that have already had some articles marked
     (`gnus-uu-mark-sparse').

`M P a'
     Mark all articles in series order (`gnus-uu-mark-series').

`M P b'
     Mark all articles in the buffer in the order they appear
     (`gnus-uu-mark-buffer').

`M P k'
     Push the current process mark set onto the stack and unmark all
     articles (`gnus-summary-kill-process-mark').

`M P y'
     Pop the previous process mark set from the stack and restore it
     (`gnus-summary-yank-process-mark').

`M P w'
     Push the current process mark set onto the stack
     (`gnus-summary-save-process-mark').


   Also see the `&' command in *note Searching for Articles:: for how to
set process marks based on article body contents.


File: gnus,  Node: Limiting,  Next: Threading,  Prev: Marking Articles,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.7 Limiting
============

It can be convenient to limit the summary buffer to just show some
subset of the articles currently in the group.  The effect most limit
commands have is to remove a few (or many) articles from the summary
buffer.

   All limiting commands work on subsets of the articles already fetched
from the servers.  None of these commands query the server for
additional articles.

`/ /'
`/ s'
     Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some subject
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-subject').

`/ a'
     Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some author
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-author').

`/ x'
     Limit the summary buffer to articles that match one of the "extra"
     headers (*note To From Newsgroups::)
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-extra').

`/ u'
`x'
     Limit the summary buffer to articles not marked as read
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-unread').  If given a prefix, limit the
     buffer to articles strictly unread.  This means that ticked and
     dormant articles will also be excluded.

`/ m'
     Ask for a mark and then limit to all articles that have been marked
     with that mark (`gnus-summary-limit-to-marks').

`/ t'
     Ask for a number and then limit the summary buffer to articles
     older than (or equal to) that number of days
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-age').  If given a prefix, limit to
     articles younger than that number of days.

`/ n'
     Limit the summary buffer to the current article
     (`gnus-summary-limit-to-articles').  Uses the process/prefix
     convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`/ w'
     Pop the previous limit off the stack and restore it
     (`gnus-summary-pop-limit').  If given a prefix, pop all limits off
     the stack.

`/ v'
     Limit the summary buffer to articles that have a score at or above
     some score (`gnus-summary-limit-to-score').

`/ E'
`M S'
     Include all expunged articles in the limit
     (`gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged').

`/ D'
     Include all dormant articles in the limit
     (`gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant').

`/ *'
     Include all cached articles in the limit
     (`gnus-summary-limit-include-cached').

`/ d'
     Exclude all dormant articles from the limit
     (`gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant').

`/ M'
     Exclude all marked articles (`gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks').

`/ T'
     Include all the articles in the current thread in the limit.

`/ c'
     Exclude all dormant articles that have no children from the limit
     (`gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant').

`/ C'
     Mark all excluded unread articles as read
     (`gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read').   If given a prefix,
     also mark excluded ticked and dormant articles as read.



File: gnus,  Node: Threading,  Next: Sorting,  Prev: Limiting,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.8 Threading
=============

Gnus threads articles by default.  "To thread" is to put responses to
articles directly after the articles they respond to--in a hierarchical
fashion.

   Threading is done by looking at the `References' headers of the
articles.  In a perfect world, this would be enough to build pretty
trees, but unfortunately, the `References' header is often broken or
simply missing.  Weird news propagation exacerbates the problem, so one
has to employ other heuristics to get pleasing results.  A plethora of
approaches exists, as detailed in horrible detail in *note Customizing
Threading::.

   First, a quick overview of the concepts:

"root"
     The top-most article in a thread; the first article in the thread.

"thread"
     A tree-like article structure.

"sub-thread"
     A small(er) section of this tree-like structure.

"loose threads"
     Threads often lose their roots due to article expiry, or due to
     the root already having been read in a previous session, and not
     displayed in the summary buffer.  We then typically have many
     sub-threads that really belong to one thread, but are without
     connecting roots.  These are called loose threads.

"thread gathering"
     An attempt to gather loose threads into bigger threads.

"sparse threads"
     A thread where the missing articles have been "guessed" at, and are
     displayed as empty lines in the summary buffer.


* Menu:

* Customizing Threading::     Variables you can change to affect the threading.
* Thread Commands::           Thread based commands in the summary buffer.


File: gnus,  Node: Customizing Threading,  Next: Thread Commands,  Up: Threading

3.8.1 Customizing Threading
---------------------------

* Menu:

* Loose Threads::        How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads.
* Filling In Threads::   Making the threads displayed look fuller.
* More Threading::       Even more variables for fiddling with threads.
* Low-Level Threading::  You thought it was over... but you were wrong!


File: gnus,  Node: Loose Threads,  Next: Filling In Threads,  Up: Customizing Threading

3.8.1.1 Loose Threads
.....................

`gnus-summary-make-false-root'
     If non-`nil', Gnus will gather all loose subtrees into one big tree
     and create a dummy root at the top.  (Wait a minute.  Root at the
     top?  Yup.)  Loose subtrees occur when the real root has expired,
     or you've read or killed the root in a previous session.

     When there is no real root of a thread, Gnus will have to fudge
     something.  This variable says what fudging method Gnus should use.
     There are four possible values:

    `adopt'
          Gnus will make the first of the orphaned articles the parent.
          This parent will adopt all the other articles.  The adopted
          articles will be marked as such by pointy brackets (`<>')
          instead of the standard square brackets (`[]').  This is the
          default method.

    `dummy'
          Gnus will create a dummy summary line that will pretend to be
          the parent.  This dummy line does not correspond to any real
          article, so selecting it will just select the first real
          article after the dummy article.
          `gnus-summary-dummy-line-format' is used to specify the
          format of the dummy roots.  It accepts only one format spec:
          `S', which is the subject of the article.  *Note Formatting
          Variables::.

    `empty'
          Gnus won't actually make any article the parent, but simply
          leave the subject field of all orphans except the first
          empty.  (Actually, it will use `gnus-summary-same-subject' as
          the subject (*note Summary Buffer Format::).)

    `none'
          Don't make any article parent at all.  Just gather the
          threads and display them after one another.

    `nil'
          Don't gather loose threads.

`gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit'
     Loose threads are gathered by comparing subjects of articles.  If
     this variable is `nil', Gnus requires an exact match between the
     subjects of the loose threads before gathering them into one big
     super-thread.  This might be too strict a requirement, what with
     the presence of stupid newsreaders that chop off long subject
     lines.  If you think so, set this variable to, say, 20 to require
     that only the first 20 characters of the subjects have to match.
     If you set this variable to a really low number, you'll find that
     Gnus will gather everything in sight into one thread, which isn't
     very helpful.

     If you set this variable to the special value `fuzzy', Gnus will
     use a fuzzy string comparison algorithm on the subjects (*note
     Fuzzy Matching::).

`gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp'
     This can either be a regular expression or list of regular
     expressions that match strings that will be removed from subjects
     if fuzzy subject simplification is used.

`gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes'
     If you set `gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit' to something as low
     as 10, you might consider setting this variable to something
     sensible:

          (setq gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes
                (concat
                 "\\`\\[?\\("
                 (mapconcat
                  'identity
                  '("looking"
                    "wanted" "followup" "summary\\( of\\)?"
                    "help" "query" "problem" "question"
                    "answer" "reference" "announce"
                    "How can I" "How to" "Comparison of"
                    ;; ...
                    )
                  "\\|")
                 "\\)\\s *\\("
                 (mapconcat 'identity
                            '("for" "for reference" "with" "about")
                            "\\|")
                 "\\)?\\]?:?[ \t]*"))

     All words that match this regexp will be removed before comparing
     two subjects.

`gnus-simplify-subject-functions'
     If non-`nil', this variable overrides
     `gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit'.  This variable should be a
     list of functions to apply to the `Subject' string iteratively to
     arrive at the simplified version of the string.

     Useful functions to put in this list include:

    `gnus-simplify-subject-re'
          Strip the leading `Re:'.

    `gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy'
          Simplify fuzzily.

    `gnus-simplify-whitespace'
          Remove excessive whitespace.

     You may also write your own functions, of course.

`gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject'
     Since loose thread gathering is done on subjects only, that might
     lead to many false hits, especially with certain common subjects
     like `' and `(none)'.  To make the situation slightly better, you
     can use the regexp `gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject' to say
     what subjects should be excluded from the gathering process.
     The default is `^ *$\\|^(none)$'.

`gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function'
     Gnus gathers threads by looking at `Subject' headers.  This means
     that totally unrelated articles may end up in the same "thread",
     which is confusing.  An alternate approach is to look at all the
     `Message-ID's in all the `References' headers to find matches.
     This will ensure that no gathered threads ever include unrelated
     articles, but it also means that people who have posted with broken
     newsreaders won't be gathered properly.  The choice is
     yours--plague or cholera:

    `gnus-gather-threads-by-subject'
          This function is the default gathering function and looks at
          `Subject's exclusively.

    `gnus-gather-threads-by-references'
          This function looks at `References' headers exclusively.

     If you want to test gathering by `References', you could say
     something like:

          (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
                'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)



File: gnus,  Node: Filling In Threads,  Next: More Threading,  Prev: Loose Threads,  Up: Customizing Threading

3.8.1.2 Filling In Threads
..........................

`gnus-fetch-old-headers'
     If non-`nil', Gnus will attempt to build old threads by fetching
     more old headers--headers to articles marked as read.  If you
     would like to display as few summary lines as possible, but still
     connect as many loose threads as possible, you should set this
     variable to `some' or a number.  If you set it to a number, no
     more than that number of extra old headers will be fetched.  In
     either case, fetching old headers only works if the back end you
     are using carries overview files--this would normally be `nntp',
     `nnspool' and `nnml'.  Also remember that if the root of the
     thread has been expired by the server, there's not much Gnus can
     do about that.

     This variable can also be set to `invisible'.  This won't have any
     visible effects, but is useful if you use the `A T' command a lot
     (*note Finding the Parent::).

`gnus-build-sparse-threads'
     Fetching old headers can be slow.  A low-rent similar effect can be
     gotten by setting this variable to `some'.  Gnus will then look at
     the complete `References' headers of all articles and try to string
     together articles that belong in the same thread.  This will leave
     "gaps" in the threading display where Gnus guesses that an article
     is missing from the thread.  (These gaps appear like normal summary
     lines.  If you select a gap, Gnus will try to fetch the article in
     question.)  If this variable is `t', Gnus will display all these
     "gaps" without regard for whether they are useful for completing
     the thread or not.  Finally, if this variable is `more', Gnus
     won't cut off sparse leaf nodes that don't lead anywhere.  This
     variable is `nil' by default.



File: gnus,  Node: More Threading,  Next: Low-Level Threading,  Prev: Filling In Threads,  Up: Customizing Threading

3.8.1.3 More Threading
......................

`gnus-show-threads'
     If this variable is `nil', no threading will be done, and all of
     the rest of the variables here will have no effect.  Turning
     threading off will speed group selection up a bit, but it is sure
     to make reading slower and more awkward.

`gnus-thread-hide-subtree'
     If non-`nil', all threads will be hidden when the summary buffer is
     generated.

`gnus-thread-expunge-below'
     All threads that have a total score (as defined by
     `gnus-thread-score-function') less than this number will be
     expunged.  This variable is `nil' by default, which means that no
     threads are expunged.

`gnus-thread-hide-killed'
     if you kill a thread and this variable is non-`nil', the subtree
     will be hidden.

`gnus-thread-ignore-subject'
     Sometimes somebody changes the subject in the middle of a thread.
     If this variable is non-`nil', the subject change is ignored.  If
     it is `nil', which is the default, a change in the subject will
     result in a new thread.

`gnus-thread-indent-level'
     This is a number that says how much each sub-thread should be
     indented.  The default is 4.

`gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function'
     Sometimes, particularly with mailing lists, the order in which
     mails arrive locally is not necessarily the same as the order in
     which they arrived on the mailing list.  Consequently, when
     sorting sub-threads using the default
     `gnus-thread-sort-by-number', responses can end up appearing
     before the article to which they are responding to.  Setting this
     variable to an alternate value (e.g. `gnus-thread-sort-by-date'),
     in a group's parameters or in an appropriate hook (e.g.
     `gnus-summary-generate-hook') can produce a more logical
     sub-thread ordering in such instances.



File: gnus,  Node: Low-Level Threading,  Prev: More Threading,  Up: Customizing Threading

3.8.1.4 Low-Level Threading
...........................

`gnus-parse-headers-hook'
     Hook run before parsing any headers.

`gnus-alter-header-function'
     If non-`nil', this function will be called to allow alteration of
     article header structures.  The function is called with one
     parameter, the article header vector, which it may alter in any
     way.  For instance, if you have a mail-to-news gateway which
     alters the `Message-ID's in systematic ways (by adding prefixes
     and such), you can use this variable to un-scramble the
     `Message-ID's so that they are more meaningful.  Here's one
     example:

          (setq gnus-alter-header-function 'my-alter-message-id)

          (defun my-alter-message-id (header)
            (let ((id (mail-header-id header)))
              (when (string-match
                     "\\(<[^<>@]*\\)\\.?cygnus\\..*@\\([^<>@]*>\\)" id)
                (mail-header-set-id
                 (concat (match-string 1 id) "@" (match-string 2 id))
                 header))))



File: gnus,  Node: Thread Commands,  Prev: Customizing Threading,  Up: Threading

3.8.2 Thread Commands
---------------------

`T k'
`M-C-k'
     Mark all articles in the current (sub-)thread as read
     (`gnus-summary-kill-thread').  If the prefix argument is positive,
     remove all marks instead.  If the prefix argument is negative, tick
     articles instead.

`T l'
`M-C-l'
     Lower the score of the current (sub-)thread
     (`gnus-summary-lower-thread').

`T i'
     Increase the score of the current (sub-)thread
     (`gnus-summary-raise-thread').

`T #'
     Set the process mark on the current (sub-)thread
     (`gnus-uu-mark-thread').

`T M-#'
     Remove the process mark from the current (sub-)thread
     (`gnus-uu-unmark-thread').

`T T'
     Toggle threading (`gnus-summary-toggle-threads').

`T s'
     Expose the (sub-)thread hidden under the current article, if any
     (`gnus-summary-show-thread').

`T h'
     Hide the current (sub-)thread (`gnus-summary-hide-thread').

`T S'
     Expose all hidden threads (`gnus-summary-show-all-threads').

`T H'
     Hide all threads (`gnus-summary-hide-all-threads').

`T t'
     Re-thread the current article's thread
     (`gnus-summary-rethread-current').  This works even when the
     summary buffer is otherwise unthreaded.

`T ^'
     Make the current article the child of the marked (or previous)
     article (`gnus-summary-reparent-thread').


   The following commands are thread movement commands.  They all
understand the numeric prefix.

`T n'
`M-C-n'
`M-down'
     Go to the next thread (`gnus-summary-next-thread').

`T p'
`M-C-p'
`M-up'
     Go to the previous thread (`gnus-summary-prev-thread').

`T d'
     Descend the thread (`gnus-summary-down-thread').

`T u'
     Ascend the thread (`gnus-summary-up-thread').

`T o'
     Go to the top of the thread (`gnus-summary-top-thread').

   If you ignore subject while threading, you'll naturally end up with
threads that have several different subjects in them.  If you then issue
a command like `T k' (`gnus-summary-kill-thread') you might not wish to
kill the entire thread, but just those parts of the thread that have
the same subject as the current article.  If you like this idea, you
can fiddle with `gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject'.  If it is
non-`nil' (which it is by default), subjects will be ignored when doing
thread commands.  If this variable is `nil', articles in the same
thread with different subjects will not be included in the operation in
question.  If this variable is `fuzzy', only articles that have
subjects fuzzily equal will be included (*note Fuzzy Matching::).


File: gnus,  Node: Sorting,  Next: Asynchronous Fetching,  Prev: Threading,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.9 Sorting
===========

If you are using a threaded summary display, you can sort the threads by
setting `gnus-thread-sort-functions', which can be either a single
function, a list of functions, or a list containing functions and `(not
some-function)' elements.

   By default, sorting is done on article numbers.  Ready-made sorting
predicate functions include `gnus-thread-sort-by-number',
`gnus-thread-sort-by-author', `gnus-thread-sort-by-subject',
`gnus-thread-sort-by-date', `gnus-thread-sort-by-score', and
`gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score'.

   Each function takes two threads and returns non-`nil' if the first
thread should be sorted before the other.  Note that sorting really is
normally done by looking only at the roots of each thread.

   If you use more than one function, the primary sort key should be the
last function in the list.  You should probably always include
`gnus-thread-sort-by-number' in the list of sorting
functions--preferably first.  This will ensure that threads that are
equal with respect to the other sort criteria will be displayed in
ascending article order.

   If you would like to sort by reverse score, then by subject, and
finally by number, you could do something like:

     (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions
           '(gnus-thread-sort-by-number
             gnus-thread-sort-by-subject
             (not gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score)))

   The threads that have highest score will be displayed first in the
summary buffer.  When threads have the same score, they will be sorted
alphabetically.  The threads that have the same score and the same
subject will be sorted by number, which is (normally) the sequence in
which the articles arrived.

   If you want to sort by score and then reverse arrival order, you
could say something like:

     (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions
           '((lambda (t1 t2)
               (not (gnus-thread-sort-by-number t1 t2)))
             gnus-thread-sort-by-score))

   The function in the `gnus-thread-score-function' variable (default
`+') is used for calculating the total score of a thread.  Useful
functions might be `max', `min', or squared means, or whatever tickles
your fancy.

   If you are using an unthreaded display for some strange reason or
other, you have to fiddle with the `gnus-article-sort-functions'
variable.  It is very similar to the `gnus-thread-sort-functions',
except that it uses slightly different functions for article
comparison.  Available sorting predicate functions are
`gnus-article-sort-by-number', `gnus-article-sort-by-author',
`gnus-article-sort-by-subject', `gnus-article-sort-by-date', and
`gnus-article-sort-by-score'.

   If you want to sort an unthreaded summary display by subject, you
could say something like:

     (setq gnus-article-sort-functions
           '(gnus-article-sort-by-number
             gnus-article-sort-by-subject))


File: gnus,  Node: Asynchronous Fetching,  Next: Article Caching,  Prev: Sorting,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.10 Asynchronous Article Fetching
==================================

If you read your news from an NNTP server that's far away, the network
latencies may make reading articles a chore.  You have to wait for a
while after pressing `n' to go to the next article before the article
appears.  Why can't Gnus just go ahead and fetch the article while you
are reading the previous one?  Why not, indeed.

   First, some caveats.  There are some pitfalls to using asynchronous
article fetching, especially the way Gnus does it.

   Let's say you are reading article 1, which is short, and article 2 is
quite long, and you are not interested in reading that.  Gnus does not
know this, so it goes ahead and fetches article 2.  You decide to read
article 3, but since Gnus is in the process of fetching article 2, the
connection is blocked.

   To avoid these situations, Gnus will open two (count 'em two)
connections to the server.  Some people may think this isn't a very nice
thing to do, but I don't see any real alternatives.  Setting up that
extra connection takes some time, so Gnus startup will be slower.

   Gnus will fetch more articles than you will read.  This will mean
that the link between your machine and the NNTP server will become more
loaded than if you didn't use article pre-fetch.  The server itself will
also become more loaded--both with the extra article requests, and the
extra connection.

   Ok, so now you know that you shouldn't really use this thing...
unless you really want to.

   Here's how:  Set `gnus-asynchronous' to `t'.  The rest should happen
automatically.

   You can control how many articles are to be pre-fetched by setting
`gnus-use-article-prefetch'.  This is 30 by default, which means that
when you read an article in the group, the back end will pre-fetch the
next 30 articles.  If this variable is `t', the back end will pre-fetch
all the articles it can without bound.  If it is `nil', no pre-fetching
will be done.

   There are probably some articles that you don't want to
pre-fetch--read articles, for instance.  The
`gnus-async-prefetch-article-p' variable controls whether an article is
to be pre-fetched.  This function should return non-`nil' when the
article in question is to be pre-fetched.  The default is
`gnus-async-read-p', which returns `nil' on read articles.  The
function is called with an article data structure as the only parameter.

   If, for instance, you wish to pre-fetch only unread articles shorter
than 100 lines, you could say something like:

     (defun my-async-short-unread-p (data)
       "Return non-nil for short, unread articles."
       (and (gnus-data-unread-p data)
            (< (mail-header-lines (gnus-data-header data))
               100)))

     (setq gnus-async-prefetch-article-p 'my-async-short-unread-p)

   These functions will be called many, many times, so they should
preferably be short and sweet to avoid slowing down Gnus too much.
It's probably a good idea to byte-compile things like this.

   Articles have to be removed from the asynch buffer sooner or later.
The `gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy' says when to remove
articles.  This is a list that may contain the following elements:

`read'
     Remove articles when they are read.

`exit'
     Remove articles when exiting the group.

   The default value is `(read exit)'.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Caching,  Next: Persistent Articles,  Prev: Asynchronous Fetching,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.11 Article Caching
====================

If you have an _extremely_ slow NNTP connection, you may consider
turning article caching on.  Each article will then be stored locally
under your home directory.  As you may surmise, this could potentially
use _huge_ amounts of disk space, as well as eat up all your inodes so
fast it will make your head swim.  In vodka.

   Used carefully, though, it could be just an easier way to save
articles.

   To turn caching on, set `gnus-use-cache' to `t'.  By default, all
articles ticked or marked as dormant will then be copied over to your
local cache (`gnus-cache-directory').  Whether this cache is flat or
hierarchical is controlled by the `gnus-use-long-file-name' variable,
as usual.

   When re-selecting a ticked or dormant article, it will be fetched
from the cache instead of from the server.  As articles in your cache
will never expire, this might serve as a method of saving articles
while still keeping them where they belong.  Just mark all articles you
want to save as dormant, and don't worry.

   When an article is marked as read, is it removed from the cache.

   The entering/removal of articles from the cache is controlled by the
`gnus-cache-enter-articles' and `gnus-cache-remove-articles' variables.
Both are lists of symbols.  The first is `(ticked dormant)' by
default, meaning that ticked and dormant articles will be put in the
cache.  The latter is `(read)' by default, meaning that articles marked
as read are removed from the cache.  Possibly symbols in these two
lists are `ticked', `dormant', `unread' and `read'.

   So where does the massive article-fetching and storing come into the
picture?  The `gnus-jog-cache' command will go through all subscribed
newsgroups, request all unread articles, score them, and store them in
the cache.  You should only ever, ever ever ever, use this command if
1) your connection to the NNTP server is really, really, really slow
and 2) you have a really, really, really huge disk.  Seriously.  One
way to cut down on the number of articles downloaded is to score
unwanted articles down and have them marked as read.  They will not
then be downloaded by this command.

   It is likely that you do not want caching on all groups.  For
instance, if your `nnml' mail is located under your home directory, it
makes no sense to cache it somewhere else under your home directory.
Unless you feel that it's neat to use twice as much space.

   To limit the caching, you could set `gnus-cacheable-groups' to a
regexp of groups to cache, `^nntp' for instance, or set the
`gnus-uncacheable-groups' regexp to `^nnml', for instance.  Both
variables are `nil' by default.  If a group matches both variables, the
group is not cached.

   The cache stores information on what articles it contains in its
active file (`gnus-cache-active-file').  If this file (or any other
parts of the cache) becomes all messed up for some reason or other, Gnus
offers two functions that will try to set things right.  `M-x
gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases' will (re)build all the NOV files,
and `gnus-cache-generate-active' will (re)generate the active file.


File: gnus,  Node: Persistent Articles,  Next: Article Backlog,  Prev: Article Caching,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.12 Persistent Articles
========================

Closely related to article caching, we have "persistent articles".  In
fact, it's just a different way of looking at caching, and much more
useful in my opinion.

   Say you're reading a newsgroup, and you happen on to some valuable
gem that you want to keep and treasure forever.  You'd normally just
save it (using one of the many saving commands) in some file.  The
problem with that is that it's just, well, yucky.  Ideally you'd prefer
just having the article remain in the group where you found it forever;
untouched by the expiry going on at the news server.

   This is what a "persistent article" is--an article that just won't
be deleted.  It's implemented using the normal cache functions, but you
use two explicit commands for managing persistent articles:

`*'
     Make the current article persistent (`gnus-cache-enter-article').

`M-*'
     Remove the current article from the persistent articles
     (`gnus-cache-remove-article').  This will normally delete the
     article.

   Both these commands understand the process/prefix convention.

   To avoid having all ticked articles (and stuff) entered into the
cache, you should set `gnus-use-cache' to `passive' if you're just
interested in persistent articles:

     (setq gnus-use-cache 'passive)


File: gnus,  Node: Article Backlog,  Next: Saving Articles,  Prev: Persistent Articles,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.13 Article Backlog
====================

If you have a slow connection, but the idea of using caching seems
unappealing to you (and it is, really), you can help the situation some
by switching on the "backlog".  This is where Gnus will buffer already
read articles so that it doesn't have to re-fetch articles you've
already read.  This only helps if you are in the habit of re-selecting
articles you've recently read, of course.  If you never do that,
turning the backlog on will slow Gnus down a little bit, and increase
memory usage some.

   If you set `gnus-keep-backlog' to a number N, Gnus will store at
most N old articles in a buffer for later re-fetching.  If this
variable is non-`nil' and is not a number, Gnus will store _all_ read
articles, which means that your Emacs will grow without bound before
exploding and taking your machine down with you.  I put that in there
just to keep y'all on your toes.

   This variable is `nil' by default.


File: gnus,  Node: Saving Articles,  Next: Decoding Articles,  Prev: Article Backlog,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.14 Saving Articles
====================

Gnus can save articles in a number of ways.  Below is the documentation
for saving articles in a fairly straight-forward fashion (i.e., little
processing of the article is done before it is saved).  For a different
approach (uudecoding, unsharing) you should use `gnus-uu' (*note
Decoding Articles::).

   If `gnus-save-all-headers' is non-`nil', Gnus will not delete
unwanted headers before saving the article.

   If the preceding variable is `nil', all headers that match the
`gnus-saved-headers' regexp will be kept, while the rest will be
deleted before saving.

`O o'
`o'
     Save the current article using the default article saver
     (`gnus-summary-save-article').

`O m'
     Save the current article in mail format
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-mail').

`O r'
     Save the current article in rmail format
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-rmail').

`O f'
     Save the current article in plain file format
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-file').

`O F'
     Write the current article in plain file format, overwriting any
     previous file contents (`gnus-summary-write-article-file').

`O b'
     Save the current article body in plain file format
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-body-file').

`O h'
     Save the current article in mh folder format
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-folder').

`O v'
     Save the current article in a VM folder
     (`gnus-summary-save-article-vm').

`O p'
     Save the current article in a pipe.  Uhm, like, what I mean
     is--Pipe the current article to a process
     (`gnus-summary-pipe-output').

   All these commands use the process/prefix convention (*note
Process/Prefix::).  If you save bunches of articles using these
functions, you might get tired of being prompted for files to save each
and every article in.  The prompting action is controlled by the
`gnus-prompt-before-saving' variable, which is `always' by default,
giving you that excessive prompting action you know and loathe.  If you
set this variable to `t' instead, you'll be prompted just once for each
series of articles you save.  If you like to really have Gnus do all
your thinking for you, you can even set this variable to `nil', which
means that you will never be prompted for files to save articles in.
Gnus will simply save all the articles in the default files.

   You can customize the `gnus-default-article-saver' variable to make
Gnus do what you want it to.  You can use any of the six ready-made
functions below, or you can create your own.

`gnus-summary-save-in-rmail'
     This is the default format, "babyl".  Uses the function in the
     `gnus-rmail-save-name' variable to get a file name to save the
     article in.  The default is `gnus-plain-save-name'.

`gnus-summary-save-in-mail'
     Save in a Unix mail (mbox) file.  Uses the function in the
     `gnus-mail-save-name' variable to get a file name to save the
     article in.  The default is `gnus-plain-save-name'.

`gnus-summary-save-in-file'
     Append the article straight to an ordinary file.  Uses the
     function in the `gnus-file-save-name' variable to get a file name
     to save the article in.  The default is `gnus-numeric-save-name'.

`gnus-summary-save-body-in-file'
     Append the article body to an ordinary file.  Uses the function in
     the `gnus-file-save-name' variable to get a file name to save the
     article in.  The default is `gnus-numeric-save-name'.

`gnus-summary-save-in-folder'
     Save the article to an MH folder using `rcvstore' from the MH
     library.  Uses the function in the `gnus-folder-save-name' variable
     to get a file name to save the article in.  The default is
     `gnus-folder-save-name', but you can also use
     `gnus-Folder-save-name', which creates capitalized names.

`gnus-summary-save-in-vm'
     Save the article in a VM folder.  You have to have the VM mail
     reader to use this setting.

   All of these functions, except for the last one, will save the
article in the `gnus-article-save-directory', which is initialized from
the `SAVEDIR' environment variable.  This is `~/News/' by default.

   As you can see above, the functions use different functions to find a
suitable name of a file to save the article in.  Below is a list of
available functions that generate names:

`gnus-Numeric-save-name'
     File names like `~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin/45'.

`gnus-numeric-save-name'
     File names like `~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin/45'.

`gnus-Plain-save-name'
     File names like `~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin'.

`gnus-plain-save-name'
     File names like `~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin'.

   You can have Gnus suggest where to save articles by plonking a
regexp into the `gnus-split-methods' alist.  For instance, if you would
like to save articles related to Gnus in the file `gnus-stuff', and
articles related to VM in `vm-stuff', you could set this variable to
something like:

     (("^Subject:.*gnus\\|^Newsgroups:.*gnus" "gnus-stuff")
      ("^Subject:.*vm\\|^Xref:.*vm" "vm-stuff")
      (my-choosing-function "../other-dir/my-stuff")
      ((equal gnus-newsgroup-name "mail.misc") "mail-stuff"))

   We see that this is a list where each element is a list that has two
elements--the "match" and the "file".  The match can either be a string
(in which case it is used as a regexp to match on the article head); it
can be a symbol (which will be called as a function with the group name
as a parameter); or it can be a list (which will be `eval'ed).  If any
of these actions have a non-`nil' result, the "file" will be used as a
default prompt.  In addition, the result of the operation itself will
be used if the function or form called returns a string or a list of
strings.

   You basically end up with a list of file names that might be used
when saving the current article.  (All "matches" will be used.)  You
will then be prompted for what you really want to use as a name, with
file name completion over the results from applying this variable.

   This variable is `((gnus-article-archive-name))' by default, which
means that Gnus will look at the articles it saves for an
`Archive-name' line and use that as a suggestion for the file name.

   Here's an example function to clean up file names somewhat.  If you
have lots of mail groups called things like `nnml:mail.whatever', you
may want to chop off the beginning of these group names before creating
the file name to save to.  The following will do just that:

     (defun my-save-name (group)
       (when (string-match "^nnml:mail." group)
         (substring group (match-end 0))))

     (setq gnus-split-methods
           '((gnus-article-archive-name)
             (my-save-name)))

   Finally, you have the `gnus-use-long-file-name' variable.  If it is
`nil', all the preceding functions will replace all periods (`.') in
the group names with slashes (`/')--which means that the functions will
generate hierarchies of directories instead of having all the files in
the top level directory (`~/News/alt/andrea-dworkin' instead of
`~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin'.)  This variable is `t' by default on most
systems.  However, for historical reasons, this is `nil' on Xenix and
usg-unix-v machines by default.

   This function also affects kill and score file names.  If this
variable is a list, and the list contains the element `not-score', long
file names will not be used for score files, if it contains the element
`not-save', long file names will not be used for saving, and if it
contains the element `not-kill', long file names will not be used for
kill files.

   If you'd like to save articles in a hierarchy that looks something
like a spool, you could

     (setq gnus-use-long-file-name '(not-save)) ; to get a hierarchy
     (setq gnus-default-article-saver
           'gnus-summary-save-in-file) ; no encoding

   Then just save with `o'.  You'd then read this hierarchy with
ephemeral `nneething' groups--`G D' in the group buffer, and the top
level directory as the argument (`~/News/').  Then just walk around to
the groups/directories with `nneething'.


File: gnus,  Node: Decoding Articles,  Next: Article Treatment,  Prev: Saving Articles,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.15 Decoding Articles
======================

Sometime users post articles (or series of articles) that have been
encoded in some way or other.  Gnus can decode them for you.

* Menu:

* Uuencoded Articles::    Uudecode articles.
* Shell Archives::        Unshar articles.
* PostScript Files::      Split PostScript.
* Other Files::           Plain save and binhex.
* Decoding Variables::    Variables for a happy decoding.
* Viewing Files::         You want to look at the result of the decoding?

   All these functions use the process/prefix convention (*note
Process/Prefix::) for finding out what articles to work on, with the
extension that a "single article" means "a single series".  Gnus can
find out by itself what articles belong to a series, decode all the
articles and unpack/view/save the resulting file(s).

   Gnus guesses what articles are in the series according to the
following simplish rule: The subjects must be (nearly) identical,
except for the last two numbers of the line.  (Spaces are largely
ignored, however.)

   For example: If you choose a subject called `cat.gif (2/3)', Gnus
will find all the articles that match the regexp `^cat.gif
([0-9]+/[0-9]+).*$'.

   Subjects that are non-standard, like `cat.gif (2/3) Part 6 of a
series', will not be properly recognized by any of the automatic viewing
commands, and you have to mark the articles manually with `#'.


File: gnus,  Node: Uuencoded Articles,  Next: Shell Archives,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.1 Uuencoded Articles
-------------------------

`X u'
     Uudecodes the current series (`gnus-uu-decode-uu').

`X U'
     Uudecodes and saves the current series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save').

`X v u'
     Uudecodes and views the current series (`gnus-uu-decode-uu-view').

`X v U'
     Uudecodes, views and saves the current series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view').


   Remember that these all react to the presence of articles marked with
the process mark.  If, for instance, you'd like to decode and save an
entire newsgroup, you'd typically do `M P a' (`gnus-uu-mark-all') and
then `X U' (`gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save').

   All this is very much different from how `gnus-uu' worked with GNUS
4.1, where you had explicit keystrokes for everything under the sun.
This version of `gnus-uu' generally assumes that you mark articles in
some way (*note Setting Process Marks::) and then press `X u'.

   Note: When trying to decode articles that have names matching
`gnus-uu-notify-files', which is hard-coded to
`[Cc][Ii][Nn][Dd][Yy][0-9]+.\\(gif\\|jpg\\)', `gnus-uu' will
automatically post an article on `comp.unix.wizards' saying that you
have just viewed the file in question.  This feature can't be turned
off.


File: gnus,  Node: Shell Archives,  Next: PostScript Files,  Prev: Uuencoded Articles,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.2 Shell Archives
---------------------

Shell archives ("shar files") used to be a popular way to distribute
sources, but it isn't used all that much today.  In any case, we have
some commands to deal with these:

`X s'
     Unshars the current series (`gnus-uu-decode-unshar').

`X S'
     Unshars and saves the current series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save').

`X v s'
     Unshars and views the current series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view').

`X v S'
     Unshars, views and saves the current series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view').


File: gnus,  Node: PostScript Files,  Next: Other Files,  Prev: Shell Archives,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.3 PostScript Files
-----------------------

`X p'
     Unpack the current PostScript series (`gnus-uu-decode-postscript').

`X P'
     Unpack and save the current PostScript series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save').

`X v p'
     View the current PostScript series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view').

`X v P'
     View and save the current PostScript series
     (`gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view').


File: gnus,  Node: Other Files,  Next: Decoding Variables,  Prev: PostScript Files,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.4 Other Files
------------------

`X o'
     Save the current series (`gnus-uu-decode-save').

`X b'
     Unbinhex the current series (`gnus-uu-decode-binhex').  This
     doesn't really work yet.


File: gnus,  Node: Decoding Variables,  Next: Viewing Files,  Prev: Other Files,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.5 Decoding Variables
-------------------------

Adjective, not verb.

* Menu:

* Rule Variables::          Variables that say how a file is to be viewed.
* Other Decode Variables::  Other decode variables.
* Uuencoding and Posting::  Variables for customizing uuencoding.


File: gnus,  Node: Rule Variables,  Next: Other Decode Variables,  Up: Decoding Variables

3.15.5.1 Rule Variables
.......................

Gnus uses "rule variables" to decide how to view a file.  All these
variables are of the form

           (list '(regexp1 command2)
                 '(regexp2 command2)
                 ...)

`gnus-uu-user-view-rules'
     This variable is consulted first when viewing files.  If you wish
     to use, for instance, `sox' to convert an `.au' sound file, you
     could say something like:
          (setq gnus-uu-user-view-rules
                (list '("\\\\.au$" "sox %s -t .aiff > /dev/audio")))

`gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end'
     This variable is consulted if Gnus couldn't make any matches from
     the user and default view rules.

`gnus-uu-user-archive-rules'
     This variable can be used to say what commands should be used to
     unpack archives.


File: gnus,  Node: Other Decode Variables,  Next: Uuencoding and Posting,  Prev: Rule Variables,  Up: Decoding Variables

3.15.5.2 Other Decode Variables
...............................

`gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions'
     All functions in this list will be called right after each file
     has been successfully decoded--so that you can move or view files
     right away, and don't have to wait for all files to be decoded
     before you can do anything.  Ready-made functions you can put in
     this list are:

    `gnus-uu-grab-view'
          View the file.

    `gnus-uu-grab-move'
          Move the file (if you're using a saving function.)

`gnus-uu-be-dangerous'
     Specifies what to do if unusual situations arise during decoding.
     If `nil', be as conservative as possible.  If `t', ignore things
     that didn't work, and overwrite existing files.  Otherwise, ask
     each time.

`gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name'
     Files with name matching this regular expression won't be viewed.

`gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type'
     Files with a MIME type matching this variable won't be viewed.
     Note that Gnus tries to guess what type the file is based on the
     name.  `gnus-uu' is not a MIME package (yet), so this is slightly
     kludgey.

`gnus-uu-tmp-dir'
     Where `gnus-uu' does its work.

`gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' won't peek inside archives looking
     for files to display.

`gnus-uu-view-and-save'
     Non-`nil' means that the user will always be asked to save a file
     after viewing it.

`gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will ignore the default viewing
     rules.

`gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will ignore the default archive
     unpacking commands.

`gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will strip all carriage returns
     from articles.

`gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will mark unsuccessfully decoded
     articles as unread.

`gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will _try_ to fix uuencoded files
     that have had trailing spaces deleted.

`gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook'
     Hook run before sending a message to `uudecode'.

`gnus-uu-view-with-metamail'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will ignore the viewing commands
     defined by the rule variables and just fudge a MIME content type
     based on the file name.  The result will be fed to `metamail' for
     viewing.

`gnus-uu-save-in-digest'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu', when asked to save without
     decoding, will save in digests.  If this variable is `nil',
     `gnus-uu' will just save everything in a file without any
     embellishments.  The digesting almost conforms to RFC 1153--no
     easy way to specify any meaningful volume and issue numbers were
     found, so I simply dropped them.



File: gnus,  Node: Uuencoding and Posting,  Prev: Other Decode Variables,  Up: Decoding Variables

3.15.5.3 Uuencoding and Posting
...............................

`gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will ask for a file to encode
     before you compose the article.  If this variable is `t', you can
     either include an encoded file with `C-c C-i' or have one included
     for you when you post the article.

`gnus-uu-post-length'
     Maximum length of an article.  The encoded file will be split into
     how many articles it takes to post the entire file.

`gnus-uu-post-threaded'
     Non-`nil' means that `gnus-uu' will post the encoded file in a
     thread.  This may not be smart, as no other decoder I have seen is
     able to follow threads when collecting uuencoded articles.  (Well,
     I have seen one package that does that--`gnus-uu', but somehow, I
     don't think that counts...) Default is `nil'.

`gnus-uu-post-separate-description'
     Non-`nil' means that the description will be posted in a separate
     article.  The first article will typically be numbered (0/x).  If
     this variable is `nil', the description the user enters will be
     included at the beginning of the first article, which will be
     numbered (1/x).  Default is `t'.



File: gnus,  Node: Viewing Files,  Prev: Decoding Variables,  Up: Decoding Articles

3.15.6 Viewing Files
--------------------

After decoding, if the file is some sort of archive, Gnus will attempt
to unpack the archive and see if any of the files in the archive can be
viewed.  For instance, if you have a gzipped tar file `pics.tar.gz'
containing the files `pic1.jpg' and `pic2.gif', Gnus will uncompress
and de-tar the main file, and then view the two pictures.  This
unpacking process is recursive, so if the archive contains archives of
archives, it'll all be unpacked.

   Finally, Gnus will normally insert a "pseudo-article" for each
extracted file into the summary buffer.  If you go to these "articles",
you will be prompted for a command to run (usually Gnus will make a
suggestion), and then the command will be run.

   If `gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously' is `nil', Emacs will wait until
the viewing is done before proceeding.

   If `gnus-view-pseudos' is `automatic', Gnus will not insert the
pseudo-articles into the summary buffer, but view them immediately.  If
this variable is `not-confirm', the user won't even be asked for a
confirmation before viewing is done.

   If `gnus-view-pseudos-separately' is non-`nil', one pseudo-article
will be created for each file to be viewed.  If `nil', all files that
use the same viewing command will be given as a list of parameters to
that command.

   If `gnus-insert-pseudo-articles' is non-`nil', insert
pseudo-articles when decoding.  It is `t' by default.

   So; there you are, reading your _pseudo-articles_ in your _virtual
newsgroup_ from the _virtual server_; and you think: Why isn't anything
real anymore? How did we get here?


File: gnus,  Node: Article Treatment,  Next: MIME Commands,  Prev: Decoding Articles,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.16 Article Treatment
======================

Reading through this huge manual, you may have quite forgotten that the
object of newsreaders is to actually, like, read what people have
written.  Reading articles.  Unfortunately, people are quite bad at
writing, so there are tons of functions and variables to make reading
these articles easier.

* Menu:

* Article Highlighting::    You want to make the article look like fruit salad.
* Article Fontisizing::     Making emphasized text look nice.
* Article Hiding::          You also want to make certain info go away.
* Article Washing::         Lots of way-neat functions to make life better.
* Article Buttons::         Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like.
* Article Date::            Grumble, UT!
* Article Signature::       What is a signature?
* Article Miscellania::     Various other stuff.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Highlighting,  Next: Article Fontisizing,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.1 Article Highlighting
---------------------------

Not only do you want your article buffer to look like fruit salad, but
you want it to look like technicolor fruit salad.

`W H a'
     Do much highlighting of the current article
     (`gnus-article-highlight').  This function highlights header, cited
     text, the signature, and adds buttons to the body and the head.

`W H h'
     Highlight the headers (`gnus-article-highlight-headers').  The
     highlighting will be done according to the `gnus-header-face-alist'
     variable, which is a list where each element has the form `(REGEXP
     NAME CONTENT)'.  REGEXP is a regular expression for matching the
     header, NAME is the face used for highlighting the header name
     (*note Faces and Fonts::) and CONTENT is the face for highlighting
     the header value.  The first match made will be used.  Note that
     REGEXP shouldn't have `^' prepended--Gnus will add one.

`W H c'
     Highlight cited text (`gnus-article-highlight-citation').

     Some variables to customize the citation highlights:

    `gnus-cite-parse-max-size'
          If the article size if bigger than this variable (which is
          25000 by default), no citation highlighting will be performed.

    `gnus-cite-prefix-regexp'
          Regexp matching the longest possible citation prefix on a
          line.

    `gnus-cite-max-prefix'
          Maximum possible length for a citation prefix (default 20).

    `gnus-cite-face-list'
          List of faces used for highlighting citations (*note Faces
          and Fonts::).  When there are citations from multiple
          articles in the same message, Gnus will try to give each
          citation from each article its own face.  This should make it
          easier to see who wrote what.

    `gnus-supercite-regexp'
          Regexp matching normal Supercite attribution lines.

    `gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp'
          Regexp matching mangled Supercite attribution lines.

    `gnus-cite-minimum-match-count'
          Minimum number of identical prefixes we have to see before we
          believe that it's a citation.

    `gnus-cite-attribution-prefix'
          Regexp matching the beginning of an attribution line.

    `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'
          Regexp matching the end of an attribution line.

    `gnus-cite-attribution-face'
          Face used for attribution lines.  It is merged with the face
          for the cited text belonging to the attribution.


`W H s'
     Highlight the signature (`gnus-article-highlight-signature').
     Everything after `gnus-signature-separator' (*note Article
     Signature::) in an article will be considered a signature and will
     be highlighted with `gnus-signature-face', which is `italic' by
     default.


   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to highlight articles
automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Fontisizing,  Next: Article Hiding,  Prev: Article Highlighting,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.2 Article Fontisizing
--------------------------

People commonly add emphasis to words in news articles by writing things
like `_this_' or `*this*' or `/this/'.  Gnus can make this look nicer
by running the article through the `W e' (`gnus-article-emphasize')
command.

   How the emphasis is computed is controlled by the
`gnus-emphasis-alist' variable.  This is an alist where the first
element is a regular expression to be matched.  The second is a number
that says what regular expression grouping is used to find the entire
emphasized word.  The third is a number that says what regexp grouping
should be displayed and highlighted.  (The text between these two
groupings will be hidden.)  The fourth is the face used for
highlighting.

     (setq gnus-article-emphasis
           '(("_\\(\\w+\\)_" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-underline)
             ("\\*\\(\\w+\\)\\*" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-bold)))

   By default, there are seven rules, and they use the following faces:
`gnus-emphasis-bold', `gnus-emphasis-italic',
`gnus-emphasis-underline', `gnus-emphasis-bold-italic',
`gnus-emphasis-underline-italic', `gnus-emphasis-underline-bold', and
`gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic'.

   If you want to change these faces, you can either use `M-x
customize', or you can use `copy-face'.  For instance, if you want to
make `gnus-emphasis-italic' use a red face instead, you could say
something like:

     (copy-face 'red 'gnus-emphasis-italic)

   If you want to highlight arbitrary words, you can use the
`gnus-group-highlight-words-alist' variable, which uses the same syntax
as `gnus-emphasis-alist'.  The `highlight-words' group parameter (*note
Group Parameters::) can also be used.

   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to fontize articles
automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Hiding,  Next: Article Washing,  Prev: Article Fontisizing,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.3 Article Hiding
---------------------

Or rather, hiding certain things in each article.  There usually is much
too much cruft in most articles.

`W W a'
     Do quite a lot of hiding on the article buffer
     (`gnus-article-hide').  In particular, this function will hide
     headers, PGP, cited text and the signature.

`W W h'
     Hide headers (`gnus-article-hide-headers').  *Note Hiding
     Headers::.

`W W b'
     Hide headers that aren't particularly interesting
     (`gnus-article-hide-boring-headers').  *Note Hiding Headers::.

`W W s'
     Hide signature (`gnus-article-hide-signature').  *Note Article
     Signature::.

`W W l'
     Strip list identifiers specified in `gnus-list-identifiers'.  These
     are strings some mailing list servers add to the beginning of all
     `Subject' headers--for example, `[zebra 4711]'.  Any leading `Re:
     ' is skipped before stripping. `gnus-list-identifiers' may not
     contain `\\(..\\)'.

    `gnus-list-identifiers'
          A regular expression that matches list identifiers to be
          removed from subject.  This can also be a list of regular
          expressions.


`W W p'
     Hide PGP signatures (`gnus-article-hide-pgp').  The
     `gnus-article-hide-pgp-hook' hook will be run after a PGP
     signature has been hidden.  For example, to automatically verify
     articles that have signatures in them do:
          ;;; Hide pgp cruft if any.

          (setq gnus-treat-strip-pgp t)

          ;;; After hiding pgp, verify the message;
          ;;; only happens if pgp signature is found.

          (add-hook 'gnus-article-hide-pgp-hook
                    (lambda ()
                      (save-excursion
                        (set-buffer gnus-original-article-buffer)
                        (mc-verify))))

`W W P'
     Hide PEM (privacy enhanced messages) cruft
     (`gnus-article-hide-pem').

`W W B'
     Strip the banner specified by the `banner' group parameter
     (`gnus-article-strip-banner').  This is mainly used to hide those
     annoying banners and/or signatures that some mailing lists and
     moderated groups adds to all the messages.  The way to use this
     function is to add the `banner' group parameter (*note Group
     Parameters::) to the group you want banners stripped from.  The
     parameter either be a string, which will be interpreted as a
     regular expression matching text to be removed, or the symbol
     `signature', meaning that the (last) signature should be removed,
     or other symbol, meaning that the corresponding regular expression
     in `gnus-article-banner-alist' is used.

`W W c'
     Hide citation (`gnus-article-hide-citation').  Some variables for
     customizing the hiding:

    `gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format'
    `gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format'
          Gnus adds buttons to show where the cited text has been
          hidden, and to allow toggle hiding the text.  The format of
          the variable is specified by these format-like variable
          (*note Formatting Variables::).  These specs are valid:

         `b'
               Starting point of the hidden text.

         `e'
               Ending point of the hidden text.

         `l'
               Number of characters in the hidden region.

         `n'
               Number of lines of hidden text.

    `gnus-cited-lines-visible'
          The number of lines at the beginning of the cited text to
          leave shown. This can also be a cons cell with the number of
          lines at the top and bottom of the text, respectively, to
          remain visible.


`W W C-c'
     Hide citation (`gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe') depending on the
     following two variables:

    `gnus-cite-hide-percentage'
          If the cited text is of a bigger percentage than this
          variable (default 50), hide the cited text.

    `gnus-cite-hide-absolute'
          The cited text must have at least this length (default 10)
          before it is hidden.

`W W C'
     Hide cited text in articles that aren't roots
     (`gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups').  This isn't very
     useful as an interactive command, but might be a handy function to
     stick have happen automatically (*note Customizing Articles::).


   All these "hiding" commands are toggles, but if you give a negative
prefix to these commands, they will show what they have previously
hidden.  If you give a positive prefix, they will always hide.

   Also *note Article Highlighting:: for further variables for citation
customization.

   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to hide article elements
automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Washing,  Next: Article Buttons,  Prev: Article Hiding,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.4 Article Washing
----------------------

We call this "article washing" for a really good reason.  Namely, the
`A' key was taken, so we had to use the `W' key instead.

   "Washing" is defined by us as "changing something from something to
something else", but normally results in something looking better.
Cleaner, perhaps.

   *Note Customizing Articles::, if you want to change how Gnus displays
articles by default.

`C-u g'
     This is not really washing, it's sort of the opposite of washing.
     If you type this, you see the article exactly as it exists on disk
     or on the server.

`W l'
     Remove page breaks from the current article
     (`gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking').  *Note Misc Article::, for
     page delimiters.

`W r'
     Do a Caesar rotate (rot13) on the article buffer
     (`gnus-summary-caesar-message').  Unreadable articles that tell
     you to read them with Caesar rotate or rot13.  (Typically
     offensive jokes and such.)

     It's commonly called "rot13" because each letter is rotated 13
     positions in the alphabet, e. g. `B' (letter #2) -> `O' (letter
     #15).  It is sometimes referred to as "Caesar rotate" because
     Caesar is rumored to have employed this form of, uh, somewhat weak
     encryption.

`W t'

`t'
     Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer
     (`gnus-summary-toggle-header').

`W v'
     Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer
     permanently (`gnus-summary-verbose-header').

`W o'
     Treat overstrike (`gnus-article-treat-overstrike').

`W d'
     Treat M******** sm*rtq**t*s according to
     `gnus-article-dumbquotes-map' (`gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes').
     Note that this function guesses whether a character is a
     sm*rtq**t* or not, so it should only be used interactively.

     In reality, this function is translates a subset of the subset of
     the `cp1252' (or `Windows-1252') character set that isn't in ISO
     Latin-1, including the quote characters `\222' and `\264'.
     Messages in this character set often have a MIME header saying that
     they are Latin-1.

`W w'
     Do word wrap (`gnus-article-fill-cited-article').

     You can give the command a numerical prefix to specify the width
     to use when filling.

`W Q'
     Fill long lines (`gnus-article-fill-long-lines').

`W C'
     Capitalize the first word in each sentence
     (`gnus-article-capitalize-sentences').

`W c'
     Translate CRLF pairs (i. e., `^M's on the end of the lines) into LF
     (this takes care of DOS line endings), and then translate any
     remaining CRs into LF (this takes care of Mac line endings)
     (`gnus-article-remove-cr').

`W q'
     Treat quoted-printable (`gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable').
     Quoted-Printable is one common MIME encoding employed when sending
     non-ASCII (i. e., 8-bit) articles.  It typically makes strings like
     `déjà vu' look like `d=E9j=E0 vu', which doesn't look very
     readable to me.  Note that the this is usually done automatically
     by Gnus if the message in question has a
     `Content-Transfer-Encoding' header that says that this encoding
     has been done.

`W 6'
     Treat base64 (`gnus-article-de-base64-unreadable').  Base64 is one
     common MIME encoding employed when sending non-ASCII (i. e.,
     8-bit) articles.  Note that the this is usually done automatically
     by Gnus if the message in question has a
     `Content-Transfer-Encoding' header that says that this encoding has
     been done.

`W Z'
     Treat HZ or HZP (`gnus-article-decode-HZ').  HZ (or HZP) is one
     common encoding employed when sending Chinese articles.  It
     typically makes strings look like `~{<:Ky2;S{#,NpJ)l6HK!#~}'.

`W h'
     Treat HTML (`gnus-article-wash-html').  Note that the this is
     usually done automatically by Gnus if the message in question has
     a `Content-Type' header that says that this type has been done.

`W f'
     Look for and display any X-Face headers
     (`gnus-article-display-x-face').  The command executed by this
     function is given by the `gnus-article-x-face-command' variable.
     If this variable is a string, this string will be executed in a
     sub-shell.  If it is a function, this function will be called with
     the face as the argument.  If the `gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly'
     (which is a regexp) matches the `From' header, the face will not
     be shown.  The default action under Emacs is to fork off the
     `display' program(1) to view the face.  Under XEmacs or Emacs 21+
     with suitable image support, the default action is to display the
     face before the `From' header.  (It's nicer if XEmacs has been
     compiled with X-Face support--that will make display somewhat
     faster.  If there's no native X-Face support, Gnus will try to
     convert the `X-Face' header using external programs from the
     `pbmplus' package and friends.(2))  If you want to have this
     function in the display hook, it should probably come last.

`W b'
     Add clickable buttons to the article (`gnus-article-add-buttons').
     *Note Article Buttons::.

`W B'
     Add clickable buttons to the article headers
     (`gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head').

`W W H'
     Strip headers like the `X-No-Archive' header from the beginning of
     article bodies (`gnus-article-strip-headers-from-body').

`W E l'
     Remove all blank lines from the beginning of the article
     (`gnus-article-strip-leading-blank-lines').

`W E m'
     Replace all blank lines with empty lines and then all multiple
     empty lines with a single empty line.
     (`gnus-article-strip-multiple-blank-lines').

`W E t'
     Remove all blank lines at the end of the article
     (`gnus-article-remove-trailing-blank-lines').

`W E a'
     Do all the three commands above (`gnus-article-strip-blank-lines').

`W E A'
     Remove all blank lines (`gnus-article-strip-all-blank-lines').

`W E s'
     Remove all white space from the beginning of all lines of the
     article body (`gnus-article-strip-leading-space').

`W E e'
     Remove all white space from the end of all lines of the article
     body (`gnus-article-strip-trailing-space').


   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to wash articles automatically.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) `display' is from the ImageMagick package.  For the `uncompface'
and `icontopbm' programs look for a package like `compface' or
`faces-xface' on a GNU/Linux system.

   (2) On a GNU/Linux system look for packages with names like `netpbm'
or `libgr-progs'.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Buttons,  Next: Article Date,  Prev: Article Washing,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.5 Article Buttons
----------------------

People often include references to other stuff in articles, and it would
be nice if Gnus could just fetch whatever it is that people talk about
with the minimum of fuzz when you hit <RET> or use the middle mouse
button on these references.

   Gnus adds "buttons" to certain standard references by default:
Well-formed URLs, mail addresses and Message-IDs.  This is controlled by
two variables, one that handles article bodies and one that handles
article heads:

`gnus-button-alist'
     This is an alist where each entry has this form:

          (REGEXP BUTTON-PAR USE-P FUNCTION DATA-PAR)

    REGEXP
          All text that match this regular expression will be
          considered an external reference.  Here's a typical regexp
          that matches embedded URLs: `<URL:\\([^\n\r>]*\\)>'.

    BUTTON-PAR
          Gnus has to know which parts of the matches is to be
          highlighted.  This is a number that says what sub-expression
          of the regexp is to be highlighted.  If you want it all
          highlighted, you use 0 here.

    USE-P
          This form will be `eval'ed, and if the result is non-`nil',
          this is considered a match.  This is useful if you want extra
          sifting to avoid false matches.

    FUNCTION
          This function will be called when you click on this button.

    DATA-PAR
          As with BUTTON-PAR, this is a sub-expression number, but this
          one says which part of the match is to be sent as data to
          FUNCTION.


     So the full entry for buttonizing URLs is then

          ("<URL:\\([^\n\r>]*\\)>" 0 t gnus-button-url 1)

`gnus-header-button-alist'
     This is just like the other alist, except that it is applied to the
     article head only, and that each entry has an additional element
     that is used to say what headers to apply the buttonize coding to:

          (HEADER REGEXP BUTTON-PAR USE-P FUNCTION DATA-PAR)

     HEADER is a regular expression.

`gnus-button-url-regexp'
     A regular expression that matches embedded URLs.  It is used in the
     default values of the variables above.

`gnus-article-button-face'
     Face used on buttons.

`gnus-article-mouse-face'
     Face used when the mouse cursor is over a button.


   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to buttonize articles
automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Date,  Next: Article Signature,  Prev: Article Buttons,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.6 Article Date
-------------------

The date is most likely generated in some obscure timezone you've never
heard of, so it's quite nice to be able to find out what the time was
when the article was sent.

`W T u'
     Display the date in UT (aka. GMT, aka ZULU)
     (`gnus-article-date-ut').

`W T i'
     Display the date in international format, aka. ISO 8601
     (`gnus-article-date-iso8601').

`W T l'
     Display the date in the local timezone (`gnus-article-date-local').

`W T s'
     Display the date using a user-defined format
     (`gnus-article-date-user').  The format is specified by the
     `gnus-article-time-format' variable, and is a string that's passed
     to `format-time-string'.  See the documentation of that variable
     for a list of possible format specs.

`W T e'
     Say how much time has elapsed between the article was posted and
     now (`gnus-article-date-lapsed').  It looks something like:

          X-Sent: 6 weeks, 4 days, 1 hour, 3 minutes, 8 seconds ago

     The value of `gnus-article-date-lapsed-new-header' determines
     whether this header will just be added below the old Date one, or
     will replace it.

     An advantage of using Gnus to read mail is that it converts simple
     bugs into wonderful absurdities.

     If you want to have this line updated continually, you can put

          (gnus-start-date-timer)

     in your `.gnus.el' file, or you can run it off of some hook.  If
     you want to stop the timer, you can use the `gnus-stop-date-timer'
     command.

`W T o'
     Display the original date (`gnus-article-date-original').  This can
     be useful if you normally use some other conversion function and
     are worried that it might be doing something totally wrong.  Say,
     claiming that the article was posted in 1854.  Although something
     like that is _totally_ impossible.  Don't you trust me? *titter*


   *Note Customizing Articles::, for how to display the date in your
preferred format automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Signature,  Next: Article Miscellania,  Prev: Article Date,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.7 Article Signature
------------------------

Each article is divided into two parts--the head and the body.  The
body can be divided into a signature part and a text part.  The variable
that says what is to be considered a signature is
`gnus-signature-separator'.  This is normally the standard `^-- $' as
mandated by son-of-RFC 1036.  However, many people use non-standard
signature separators, so this variable can also be a list of regular
expressions to be tested, one by one.  (Searches are done from the end
of the body towards the beginning.)  One likely value is:

     (setq gnus-signature-separator
           '("^-- $"         ; The standard
             "^-- *$"        ; A common mangling
             "^-------*$"    ; Many people just use a looong
                             ; line of dashes.  Shame!
             "^ *--------*$" ; Double-shame!
             "^________*$"   ; Underscores are also popular
             "^========*$")) ; Pervert!

   The more permissive you are, the more likely it is that you'll get
false positives.

   `gnus-signature-limit' provides a limit to what is considered a
signature when displaying articles.

  1. If it is an integer, no signature may be longer (in characters)
     than that integer.

  2. If it is a floating point number, no signature may be longer (in
     lines) than that number.

  3. If it is a function, the function will be called without any
     parameters, and if it returns `nil', there is no signature in the
     buffer.

  4. If it is a string, it will be used as a regexp.  If it matches,
     the text in question is not a signature.

   This variable can also be a list where the elements may be of the
types listed above.  Here's an example:

     (setq gnus-signature-limit
           '(200.0 "^---*Forwarded article"))

   This means that if there are more than 200 lines after the signature
separator, or the text after the signature separator is matched by the
regular expression `^---*Forwarded article', then it isn't a signature
after all.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Miscellania,  Prev: Article Signature,  Up: Article Treatment

3.16.8 Article Miscellania
--------------------------

`A t'
     Translate the article from one language to another
     (`gnus-article-babel').



File: gnus,  Node: MIME Commands,  Next: Charsets,  Prev: Article Treatment,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.17 MIME Commands
==================

The following commands all understand the numerical prefix.  For
instance, `3 b' means "view the third MIME part".

`b'
`K v'
     View the MIME part.

`K o'
     Save the MIME part.

`K c'
     Copy the MIME part.

`K e'
     View the MIME part externally.

`K i'
     View the MIME part internally.

`K |'
     Pipe the MIME part to an external command.

   The rest of these MIME commands do not use the numerical prefix in
the same manner:

`K b'
     Make all the MIME parts have buttons in front of them.  This is
     mostly useful if you wish to save (or perform other actions) on
     inlined parts.

`K m'
     Some multipart messages are transmitted with missing or faulty
     headers.  This command will attempt to "repair" these messages so
     that they can be viewed in a more pleasant manner
     (`gnus-summary-repair-multipart').

`X m'
     Save all parts matching a MIME type to a directory
     (`gnus-summary-save-parts').  Understands the process/prefix
     convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`M-t'
     Toggle the buttonized display of the article buffer
     (`gnus-summary-toggle-display-buttonized').

`W M w'
     Decode RFC 2047-encoded words in the article headers
     (`gnus-article-decode-mime-words').

`W M c'
     Decode encoded article bodies as well as charsets
     (`gnus-article-decode-charset').

     This command looks in the `Content-Type' header to determine the
     charset.  If there is no such header in the article, you can give
     it a prefix, which will prompt for the charset to decode as.  In
     regional groups where people post using some common encoding (but
     do not include MIME headers), you can set the `charset'
     group/topic parameter to the required charset (*note Group
     Parameters::).

`W M v'
     View all the MIME parts in the current article
     (`gnus-mime-view-all-parts').


   Relevant variables:

`gnus-ignored-mime-types'
     This is a list of regexps.  MIME types that match a regexp from
     this list will be completely ignored by Gnus.  The default value is
     `nil'.

     To have all Vcards be ignored, you'd say something like this:

          (setq gnus-ignored-mime-types
                '("text/x-vcard"))

`gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types'
     This is a list of regexps.  MIME types that match a regexp from
     this list won't have MIME buttons inserted unless they aren't
     displayed.  The default value is `(".*/.*")'.

`gnus-article-mime-part-function'
     For each MIME part, this function will be called with the MIME
     handle as the parameter.  The function is meant to be used to allow
     users to gather information from the article (e. g., add Vcard
     info to the bbdb database) or to do actions based on parts (e. g.,
     automatically save all jpegs into some directory).

     Here's an example function the does the latter:

          (defun my-save-all-jpeg-parts (handle)
            (when (equal (car (mm-handle-type handle)) "image/jpeg")
              (with-temp-buffer
                (insert (mm-get-part handle))
                (write-region (point-min) (point-max)
                              (read-file-name "Save jpeg to: ")))))
          (setq gnus-article-mime-part-function
                'my-save-all-jpeg-parts)

`gnus-mime-multipart-functions'
     Alist of MIME multipart types and functions to handle them.



File: gnus,  Node: Charsets,  Next: Article Commands,  Prev: MIME Commands,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.18 Charsets
=============

People use different charsets, and we have MIME to let us know what
charsets they use.  Or rather, we wish we had.  Many people use
newsreaders and mailers that do not understand or use MIME, and just
send out messages without saying what character sets they use.  To help
a bit with this, some local news hierarchies have policies that say
what character set is the default.  For instance, the `fj' hierarchy
uses `iso-2022-jp-2'.

   This knowledge is encoded in the `gnus-group-charset-alist'
variable, which is an alist of regexps (to match group names) and
default charsets to be used when reading these groups.

   In addition, some people do use soi-disant MIME-aware agents that
aren't.  These blithely mark messages as being in `iso-8859-1' even if
they really are in `koi-8'.  To help here, the
`gnus-newsgroup-ignored-charsets' variable can be used.  The charsets
that are listed here will be ignored.  The variable can be set on a
group-by-group basis using the group parameters (*note Group
Parameters::).  The default value is `(unknown-8bit)', which is
something some agents insist on having in there.

   When posting, `gnus-group-posting-charset-alist' is used to
determine which charsets should not be encoded using the MIME
encodings.  For instance, some hierarchies discourage using
quoted-printable header encoding.

   This variable is an alist of regexps and permitted unencoded charsets
for posting.  Each element of the alist has the form `('TEST HEADER
BODY-LIST`)', where:

TEST
     is either a regular expression matching the newsgroup header or a
     variable to query,

HEADER
     is the charset which may be left unencoded in the header (`nil'
     means encode all charsets),

BODY-LIST
     is a list of charsets which may be encoded using 8bit
     content-transfer encoding in the body, or one of the special
     values `nil' (always encode using quoted-printable) or `t' (always
     use 8bit).

   Other charset tricks that may be useful, although not Gnus-specific:

   If there are several MIME charsets that encode the same Emacs
charset, you can choose what charset to use by saying the following:

     (put-charset-property 'cyrillic-iso8859-5
                           'preferred-coding-system 'koi8-r)

   This means that Russian will be encoded using `koi8-r' instead of
the default `iso-8859-5' MIME charset.

   If you want to read messages in `koi8-u', you can cheat and say

     (define-coding-system-alias 'koi8-u 'koi8-r)

   This will almost do the right thing.

   And finally, to read charsets like `windows-1251', you can say
something like

     (codepage-setup 1251)
     (define-coding-system-alias 'windows-1251 'cp1251)

   while if you use a non-Latin-1 language environment you could see the
Latin-1 subset of `windows-1252' using:

     (define-coding-system-alias 'windows-1252 'latin-1)


File: gnus,  Node: Article Commands,  Next: Summary Sorting,  Prev: Charsets,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.19 Article Commands
=====================

`A P'
     Generate and print a PostScript image of the article buffer
     (`gnus-summary-print-article').  `gnus-ps-print-hook' will be run
     just before printing the buffer.



File: gnus,  Node: Summary Sorting,  Next: Finding the Parent,  Prev: Article Commands,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.20 Summary Sorting
====================

You can have the summary buffer sorted in various ways, even though I
can't really see why you'd want that.

`C-c C-s C-n'
     Sort by article number (`gnus-summary-sort-by-number').

`C-c C-s C-a'
     Sort by author (`gnus-summary-sort-by-author').

`C-c C-s C-s'
     Sort by subject (`gnus-summary-sort-by-subject').

`C-c C-s C-d'
     Sort by date (`gnus-summary-sort-by-date').

`C-c C-s C-l'
     Sort by lines (`gnus-summary-sort-by-lines').

`C-c C-s C-c'
     Sort by article length (`gnus-summary-sort-by-chars').

`C-c C-s C-i'
     Sort by score (`gnus-summary-sort-by-score').

   These functions will work both when you use threading and when you
don't use threading.  In the latter case, all summary lines will be
sorted, line by line.  In the former case, sorting will be done on a
root-by-root basis, which might not be what you were looking for.  To
toggle whether to use threading, type `T T' (*note Thread Commands::).


File: gnus,  Node: Finding the Parent,  Next: Alternative Approaches,  Prev: Summary Sorting,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.21 Finding the Parent
=======================

`^'
     If you'd like to read the parent of the current article, and it is
     not displayed in the summary buffer, you might still be able to.
     That is, if the current group is fetched by NNTP, the parent
     hasn't expired and the `References' in the current article are not
     mangled, you can just press `^' or `A r'
     (`gnus-summary-refer-parent-article').  If everything goes well,
     you'll get the parent.  If the parent is already displayed in the
     summary buffer, point will just move to this article.

     If given a positive numerical prefix, fetch that many articles
     back into the ancestry.  If given a negative numerical prefix,
     fetch just that ancestor.  So if you say `3 ^', Gnus will fetch
     the parent, the grandparent and the grandgrandparent of the
     current article.  If you say `-3 ^', Gnus will only fetch the
     grandgrandparent of the current article.

`A R (Summary)'
     Fetch all articles mentioned in the `References' header of the
     article (`gnus-summary-refer-references').

`A T (Summary)'
     Display the full thread where the current article appears
     (`gnus-summary-refer-thread').  This command has to fetch all the
     headers in the current group to work, so it usually takes a while.
     If you do it often, you may consider setting
     `gnus-fetch-old-headers' to `invisible' (*note Filling In
     Threads::).  This won't have any visible effects normally, but
     it'll make this command work a whole lot faster.  Of course, it'll
     make group entry somewhat slow.

     The `gnus-refer-thread-limit' variable says how many old (i. e.,
     articles before the first displayed in the current group) headers
     to fetch when doing this command.  The default is 200.  If `t', all
     the available headers will be fetched.  This variable can be
     overridden by giving the `A T' command a numerical prefix.

`M-^ (Summary)'
     You can also ask the NNTP server for an arbitrary article, no
     matter what group it belongs to.  `M-^'
     (`gnus-summary-refer-article') will ask you for a `Message-ID',
     which is one of those long, hard-to-read thingies that look
     something like `<38o6up$6f2@hymir.ifi.uio.no>'.  You have to get
     it all exactly right.  No fuzzy searches, I'm afraid.

   The current select method will be used when fetching by `Message-ID'
from non-news select method, but you can override this by giving this
command a prefix.

   If the group you are reading is located on a back end that does not
support fetching by `Message-ID' very well (like `nnspool'), you can
set `gnus-refer-article-method' to an NNTP method.  It would, perhaps,
be best if the NNTP server you consult is the one updating the spool
you are reading from, but that's not really necessary.

   It can also be a list of select methods, as well as the special
symbol `current', which means to use the current select method.  If it
is a list, Gnus will try all the methods in the list until it finds a
match.

   Here's an example setting that will first try the current method, and
then ask Deja if that fails:

     (setq gnus-refer-article-method
           '(current
             (nnweb "refer" (nnweb-type dejanews))))

   Most of the mail back ends support fetching by `Message-ID', but do
not do a particularly excellent job at it.  That is, `nnmbox' and
`nnbabyl' are able to locate articles from any groups, while `nnml' and
`nnfolder' are only able to locate articles that have been posted to
the current group.  (Anything else would be too time consuming.)
`nnmh' does not support this at all.


File: gnus,  Node: Alternative Approaches,  Next: Tree Display,  Prev: Finding the Parent,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.22 Alternative Approaches
===========================

Different people like to read news using different methods.  This being
Gnus, we offer a small selection of minor modes for the summary buffers.

* Menu:

* Pick and Read::               First mark articles and then read them.
* Binary Groups::               Auto-decode all articles.


File: gnus,  Node: Pick and Read,  Next: Binary Groups,  Up: Alternative Approaches

3.22.1 Pick and Read
--------------------

Some newsreaders (like `nn' and, uhm, `Netnews' on VM/CMS) use a
two-phased reading interface.  The user first marks in a summary buffer
the articles she wants to read.  Then she starts reading the articles
with just an article buffer displayed.

   Gnus provides a summary buffer minor mode that allows
this--`gnus-pick-mode'.  This basically means that a few process mark
commands become one-keystroke commands to allow easy marking, and it
provides one additional command for switching to the summary buffer.

   Here are the available keystrokes when using pick mode:

`.'
     Pick the article or thread on the current line
     (`gnus-pick-article-or-thread').  If the variable
     `gnus-thread-hide-subtree' is true, then this key selects the
     entire thread when used at the first article of the thread.
     Otherwise, it selects just the article.  If given a numerical
     prefix, go to that thread or article and pick it.  (The line
     number is normally displayed at the beginning of the summary pick
     lines.)

`<SPC>'
     Scroll the summary buffer up one page (`gnus-pick-next-page').  If
     at the end of the buffer, start reading the picked articles.

`u'
     Unpick the thread or article
     (`gnus-pick-unmark-article-or-thread').  If the variable
     `gnus-thread-hide-subtree' is true, then this key unpicks the
     thread if used at the first article of the thread.  Otherwise it
     unpicks just the article.  You can give this key a numerical
     prefix to unpick the thread or article at that line.

`<RET>'
     Start reading the picked articles (`gnus-pick-start-reading').  If
     given a prefix, mark all unpicked articles as read first.  If
     `gnus-pick-display-summary' is non-`nil', the summary buffer will
     still be visible when you are reading.


   All the normal summary mode commands are still available in the
pick-mode, with the exception of `u'.  However `!' is available which
is mapped to the same function `gnus-summary-tick-article-forward'.

   If this sounds like a good idea to you, you could say:

     (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)

   `gnus-pick-mode-hook' is run in pick minor mode buffers.

   If `gnus-mark-unpicked-articles-as-read' is non-`nil', mark all
unpicked articles as read.  The default is `nil'.

   The summary line format in pick mode is slightly different from the
standard format.  At the beginning of each line the line number is
displayed.  The pick mode line format is controlled by the
`gnus-summary-pick-line-format' variable (*note Formatting
Variables::).  It accepts the same format specs that
`gnus-summary-line-format' does (*note Summary Buffer Lines::).


File: gnus,  Node: Binary Groups,  Prev: Pick and Read,  Up: Alternative Approaches

3.22.2 Binary Groups
--------------------

If you spend much time in binary groups, you may grow tired of hitting
`X u', `n', <RET> all the time.  `M-x gnus-binary-mode' is a minor mode
for summary buffers that makes all ordinary Gnus article selection
functions uudecode series of articles and display the result instead of
just displaying the articles the normal way.

   The only way, in fact, to see the actual articles is the `g'
command, when you have turned on this mode (`gnus-binary-show-article').

   `gnus-binary-mode-hook' is called in binary minor mode buffers.


File: gnus,  Node: Tree Display,  Next: Mail Group Commands,  Prev: Alternative Approaches,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.23 Tree Display
=================

If you don't like the normal Gnus summary display, you might try setting
`gnus-use-trees' to `t'.  This will create (by default) an additional
"tree buffer".  You can execute all summary mode commands in the tree
buffer.

   There are a few variables to customize the tree display, of course:

`gnus-tree-mode-hook'
     A hook called in all tree mode buffers.

`gnus-tree-mode-line-format'
     A format string for the mode bar in the tree mode buffers (*note
     Mode Line Formatting::).  The default is `Gnus: %%b %S %Z'.  For a
     list of valid specs, *note Summary Buffer Mode Line::.

`gnus-selected-tree-face'
     Face used for highlighting the selected article in the tree
     buffer.  The default is `modeline'.

`gnus-tree-line-format'
     A format string for the tree nodes.  The name is a bit of a
     misnomer, though--it doesn't define a line, but just the node.
     The default value is `%(%[%3,3n%]%)', which displays the first
     three characters of the name of the poster.  It is vital that all
     nodes are of the same length, so you _must_ use `%4,4n'-like
     specifiers.

     Valid specs are:

    `n'
          The name of the poster.

    `f'
          The `From' header.

    `N'
          The number of the article.

    `['
          The opening bracket.

    `]'
          The closing bracket.

    `s'
          The subject.

     *Note Formatting Variables::.

     Variables related to the display are:

    `gnus-tree-brackets'
          This is used for differentiating between "real" articles and
          "sparse" articles.  The format is `((REAL-OPEN . REAL-CLOSE)
          (SPARSE-OPEN . SPARSE-CLOSE) (DUMMY-OPEN . DUMMY-CLOSE))',
          and the default is `((?[ . ?]) (?( . ?)) (?{ . ?}) (?< .
          ?>))'.

    `gnus-tree-parent-child-edges'
          This is a list that contains the characters used for
          connecting parent nodes to their children.  The default is
          `(?- ?\\ ?|)'.


`gnus-tree-minimize-window'
     If this variable is non-`nil', Gnus will try to keep the tree
     buffer as small as possible to allow more room for the other Gnus
     windows.  If this variable is a number, the tree buffer will never
     be higher than that number.  The default is `t'.  Note that if you
     have several windows displayed side-by-side in a frame and the tree
     buffer is one of these, minimizing the tree window will also
     resize all other windows displayed next to it.

`gnus-generate-tree-function'
     The function that actually generates the thread tree.  Two
     predefined functions are available:
     `gnus-generate-horizontal-tree' and `gnus-generate-vertical-tree'
     (which is the default).


   Here's an example from a horizontal tree buffer:

     {***}-(***)-[odd]-[Gun]
          |      \[Jan]
          |      \[odd]-[Eri]
          |      \(***)-[Eri]
          |            \[odd]-[Paa]
          \[Bjo]
          \[Gun]
          \[Gun]-[Jor]

   Here's the same thread displayed in a vertical tree buffer:

     {***}
       |--------------------------\-----\-----\
     (***)                         [Bjo] [Gun] [Gun]
       |--\-----\-----\                          |
     [odd] [Jan] [odd] (***)                   [Jor]
       |           |     |--\
     [Gun]       [Eri] [Eri] [odd]
                               |
                             [Paa]

   If you're using horizontal trees, it might be nice to display the
trees side-by-side with the summary buffer.  You could add something
like the following to your `.gnus.el' file:

     (setq gnus-use-trees t
           gnus-generate-tree-function 'gnus-generate-horizontal-tree
           gnus-tree-minimize-window nil)
     (gnus-add-configuration
      '(article
        (vertical 1.0
                  (horizontal 0.25
                              (summary 0.75 point)
                              (tree 1.0))
                  (article 1.0))))

   *Note Windows Configuration::.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Group Commands,  Next: Various Summary Stuff,  Prev: Tree Display,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.24 Mail Group Commands
========================

Some commands only make sense in mail groups.  If these commands are
invalid in the current group, they will raise a hell and let you know.

   All these commands (except the expiry and edit commands) use the
process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`B e'
     Expire all expirable articles in the group
     (`gnus-summary-expire-articles').

`B M-C-e'
     Delete all the expirable articles in the group
     (`gnus-summary-expire-articles-now').  This means that *all*
     articles eligible for expiry in the current group will disappear
     forever into that big `/dev/null' in the sky.

`B <DEL>'
     Delete the mail article.  This is "delete" as in "delete it from
     your disk forever and ever, never to return again." Use with
     caution.  (`gnus-summary-delete-article').

`B m'
     Move the article from one mail group to another
     (`gnus-summary-move-article').  Marks will be preserved if
     GNUS-PRESERVE-MARKS is non-`nil' (which is the default).

`B c'
     Copy the article from one group (mail group or not) to a mail group
     (`gnus-summary-copy-article').  Marks will be preserved if
     GNUS-PRESERVE-MARKS is non-`nil' (which is the default).

`B B'
     Crosspost the current article to some other group
     (`gnus-summary-crosspost-article').  This will create a new copy of
     the article in the other group, and the Xref headers of the
     article will be properly updated.

`B i'
     Import an arbitrary file into the current mail newsgroup
     (`gnus-summary-import-article').  You will be prompted for a file
     name, a `From' header and a `Subject' header.

`B r'
     Respool the mail article (`gnus-summary-respool-article').
     `gnus-summary-respool-default-method' will be used as the default
     select method when respooling.  This variable is `nil' by default,
     which means that the current group select method will be used
     instead.  Marks will be preserved if GNUS-PRESERVE-MARKS is
     non-`nil' (which is the default).

`B w'
`e'
     Edit the current article (`gnus-summary-edit-article').  To finish
     editing and make the changes permanent, type `C-c C-c'
     (`gnus-summary-edit-article-done').  If you give a prefix to the
     `C-c C-c' command, Gnus won't re-highlight the article.

`B q'
     If you want to re-spool an article, you might be curious as to
     what group the article will end up in before you do the
     re-spooling.  This command will tell you
     (`gnus-summary-respool-query').

`B t'
     Similarly, this command will display all fancy splitting patterns
     used when repooling, if any (`gnus-summary-respool-trace').

`B p'
     Some people have a tendency to send you "courtesy" copies when they
     follow up to articles you have posted.  These usually have a
     `Newsgroups' header in them, but not always.  This command
     (`gnus-summary-article-posted-p') will try to fetch the current
     article from your news server (or rather, from
     `gnus-refer-article-method' or `gnus-select-method') and will
     report back whether it found the article or not.  Even if it says
     that it didn't find the article, it may have been posted
     anyway--mail propagation is much faster than news propagation, and
     the news copy may just not have arrived yet.


   If you move (or copy) articles regularly, you might wish to have Gnus
suggest where to put the articles.  `gnus-move-split-methods' is a
variable that uses the same syntax as `gnus-split-methods' (*note
Saving Articles::).  You may customize that variable to create
suggestions you find reasonable.  (Note that `gnus-move-split-methods'
uses group names where `gnus-split-methods' uses file names.)

     (setq gnus-move-split-methods
           '(("^From:.*Lars Magne" "nnml:junk")
             ("^Subject:.*gnus" "nnfolder:important")
             (".*" "nnml:misc")))


File: gnus,  Node: Various Summary Stuff,  Next: Exiting the Summary Buffer,  Prev: Mail Group Commands,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.25 Various Summary Stuff
==========================

* Menu:

* Summary Group Information::         Information oriented commands.
* Searching for Articles::            Multiple article commands.
* Summary Generation Commands::       (Re)generating the summary buffer.
* Really Various Summary Commands::   Those pesky non-conformant commands.

`gnus-summary-mode-hook'
     This hook is called when creating a summary mode buffer.

`gnus-summary-generate-hook'
     This is called as the last thing before doing the threading and the
     generation of the summary buffer.  It's quite convenient for
     customizing the threading variables based on what data the
     newsgroup has.  This hook is called from the summary buffer after
     most summary buffer variables have been set.

`gnus-summary-prepare-hook'
     It is called after the summary buffer has been generated.  You
     might use it to, for instance, highlight lines or modify the look
     of the buffer in some other ungodly manner.  I don't care.

`gnus-summary-prepared-hook'
     A hook called as the very last thing after the summary buffer has
     been generated.

`gnus-summary-ignore-duplicates'
     When Gnus discovers two articles that have the same `Message-ID',
     it has to do something drastic.  No articles are allowed to have
     the same `Message-ID', but this may happen when reading mail from
     some sources.  Gnus allows you to customize what happens with this
     variable.  If it is `nil' (which is the default), Gnus will rename
     the `Message-ID' (for display purposes only) and display the
     article as any other article.  If this variable is `t', it won't
     display the article--it'll be as if it never existed.

`gnus-alter-articles-to-read-function'
     This function, which takes two parameters (the group name and the
     list of articles to be selected), is called to allow the user to
     alter the list of articles to be selected.

     For instance, the following function adds the list of cached
     articles to the list in one particular group:

          (defun my-add-cached-articles (group articles)
            (if (string= group "some.group")
                (append gnus-newsgroup-cached articles)
              articles))



File: gnus,  Node: Summary Group Information,  Next: Searching for Articles,  Up: Various Summary Stuff

3.25.1 Summary Group Information
--------------------------------

`H f'
     Try to fetch the FAQ (list of frequently asked questions) for the
     current group (`gnus-summary-fetch-faq').  Gnus will try to get the
     FAQ from `gnus-group-faq-directory', which is usually a directory
     on a remote machine.  This variable can also be a list of
     directories.  In that case, giving a prefix to this command will
     allow you to choose between the various sites.  `ange-ftp' or
     `efs' will probably be used for fetching the file.

`H d'
     Give a brief description of the current group
     (`gnus-summary-describe-group').  If given a prefix, force
     rereading the description from the server.

`H h'
     Give an extremely brief description of the most important summary
     keystrokes (`gnus-summary-describe-briefly').

`H i'
     Go to the Gnus info node (`gnus-info-find-node').


File: gnus,  Node: Searching for Articles,  Next: Summary Generation Commands,  Prev: Summary Group Information,  Up: Various Summary Stuff

3.25.2 Searching for Articles
-----------------------------

`M-s'
     Search through all subsequent articles for a regexp
     (`gnus-summary-search-article-forward').

`M-r'
     Search through all previous articles for a regexp
     (`gnus-summary-search-article-backward').

`&'
     This command will prompt you for a header, a regular expression to
     match on this field, and a command to be executed if the match is
     made (`gnus-summary-execute-command').  If the header is an empty
     string, the match is done on the entire article.  If given a
     prefix, search backward instead.

     For instance, `& <RET> some.*string #' will put the process mark on
     all articles that have heads or bodies that match `some.*string'.

`M-&'
     Perform any operation on all articles that have been marked with
     the process mark (`gnus-summary-universal-argument').


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Generation Commands,  Next: Really Various Summary Commands,  Prev: Searching for Articles,  Up: Various Summary Stuff

3.25.3 Summary Generation Commands
----------------------------------

`Y g'
     Regenerate the current summary buffer (`gnus-summary-prepare').

`Y c'
     Pull all cached articles (for the current group) into the summary
     buffer (`gnus-summary-insert-cached-articles').



File: gnus,  Node: Really Various Summary Commands,  Prev: Summary Generation Commands,  Up: Various Summary Stuff

3.25.4 Really Various Summary Commands
--------------------------------------

`A D'
`C-d'
     If the current article is a collection of other articles (for
     instance, a digest), you might use this command to enter a group
     based on the that article (`gnus-summary-enter-digest-group').
     Gnus will try to guess what article type is currently displayed
     unless you give a prefix to this command, which forces a "digest"
     interpretation.  Basically, whenever you see a message that is a
     collection of other messages of some format, you `C-d' and read
     these messages in a more convenient fashion.

`M-C-d'
     This command is very similar to the one above, but lets you gather
     several documents into one biiig group
     (`gnus-summary-read-document').  It does this by opening several
     `nndoc' groups for each document, and then opening an `nnvirtual'
     group on top of these `nndoc' groups.  This command understands
     the process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`C-t'
     Toggle truncation of summary lines
     (`gnus-summary-toggle-truncation').  This will probably confuse the
     line centering function in the summary buffer, so it's not a good
     idea to have truncation switched off while reading articles.

`='
     Expand the summary buffer window (`gnus-summary-expand-window').
     If given a prefix, force an `article' window configuration.

`M-C-e'
     Edit the group parameters (*note Group Parameters::) of the current
     group (`gnus-summary-edit-parameters').

`M-C-a'
     Customize the group parameters (*note Group Parameters::) of the
     current group (`gnus-summary-customize-parameters').



File: gnus,  Node: Exiting the Summary Buffer,  Next: Crosspost Handling,  Prev: Various Summary Stuff,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.26 Exiting the Summary Buffer
===============================

Exiting from the summary buffer will normally update all info on the
group and return you to the group buffer.

`Z Z'
`q'
     Exit the current group and update all information on the group
     (`gnus-summary-exit').  `gnus-summary-prepare-exit-hook' is called
     before doing much of the exiting, which calls
     `gnus-summary-expire-articles' by default.
     `gnus-summary-exit-hook' is called after finishing the exit
     process.  `gnus-group-no-more-groups-hook' is run when returning to
     group mode having no more (unread) groups.

`Z E'
`Q'
     Exit the current group without updating any information on the
     group (`gnus-summary-exit-no-update').

`Z c'
`c'
     Mark all unticked articles in the group as read and then exit
     (`gnus-summary-catchup-and-exit').

`Z C'
     Mark all articles, even the ticked ones, as read and then exit
     (`gnus-summary-catchup-all-and-exit').

`Z n'
     Mark all articles as read and go to the next group
     (`gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-next-group').

`Z R'
     Exit this group, and then enter it again
     (`gnus-summary-reselect-current-group').  If given a prefix, select
     all articles, both read and unread.

`Z G'
`M-g'
     Exit the group, check for new articles in the group, and select the
     group (`gnus-summary-rescan-group').  If given a prefix, select all
     articles, both read and unread.

`Z N'
     Exit the group and go to the next group
     (`gnus-summary-next-group').

`Z P'
     Exit the group and go to the previous group
     (`gnus-summary-prev-group').

`Z s'
     Save the current number of read/marked articles in the dribble
     buffer and then save the dribble buffer
     (`gnus-summary-save-newsrc').  If given a prefix, also save the
     `.newsrc' file(s).  Using this command will make exit without
     updating (the `Q' command) worthless.

   `gnus-exit-group-hook' is called when you exit the current group
with an "updating" exit.  For instance `Q'
(`gnus-summary-exit-no-update') does not call this hook.

   If you're in the habit of exiting groups, and then changing your mind
about it, you might set `gnus-kill-summary-on-exit' to `nil'.  If you
do that, Gnus won't kill the summary buffer when you exit it.  (Quelle
surprise!)  Instead it will change the name of the buffer to something
like `*Dead Summary ... *' and install a minor mode called
`gnus-dead-summary-mode'.  Now, if you switch back to this buffer,
you'll find that all keys are mapped to a function called
`gnus-summary-wake-up-the-dead'.  So tapping any keys in a dead summary
buffer will result in a live, normal summary buffer.

   There will never be more than one dead summary buffer at any one
time.

   The data on the current group will be updated (which articles you
have read, which articles you have replied to, etc.) when you exit the
summary buffer.  If the `gnus-use-cross-reference' variable is `t'
(which is the default), articles that are cross-referenced to this
group and are marked as read, will also be marked as read in the other
subscribed groups they were cross-posted to.  If this variable is
neither `nil' nor `t', the article will be marked as read in both
subscribed and unsubscribed groups (*note Crosspost Handling::).


File: gnus,  Node: Crosspost Handling,  Next: Duplicate Suppression,  Prev: Exiting the Summary Buffer,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.27 Crosspost Handling
=======================

Marking cross-posted articles as read ensures that you'll never have to
read the same article more than once.  Unless, of course, somebody has
posted it to several groups separately.  Posting the same article to
several groups (not cross-posting) is called "spamming", and you are by
law required to send nasty-grams to anyone who perpetrates such a
heinous crime.  You may want to try NoCeM handling to filter out spam
(*note NoCeM::).

   Remember: Cross-posting is kinda ok, but posting the same article
separately to several groups is not.  Massive cross-posting (aka.
"velveeta") is to be avoided at all costs, and you can even use the
`gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint' command to complain about
excessive crossposting (*note Summary Mail Commands::).

   One thing that may cause Gnus to not do the cross-posting thing
correctly is if you use an NNTP server that supports XOVER (which is
very nice, because it speeds things up considerably) which does not
include the `Xref' header in its NOV lines.  This is Evil, but all too
common, alas, alack.  Gnus tries to Do The Right Thing even with XOVER
by registering the `Xref' lines of all articles you actually read, but
if you kill the articles, or just mark them as read without reading
them, Gnus will not get a chance to snoop the `Xref' lines out of these
articles, and will be unable to use the cross reference mechanism.

   To check whether your NNTP server includes the `Xref' header in its
overview files, try `telnet your.nntp.server nntp', `MODE READER' on
`inn' servers, and then say `LIST overview.fmt'.  This may not work,
but if it does, and the last line you get does not read `Xref:full',
then you should shout and whine at your news admin until she includes
the `Xref' header in the overview files.

   If you want Gnus to get the `Xref's right all the time, you have to
set `gnus-nov-is-evil' to `t', which slows things down considerably.

   C'est la vie.

   For an alternative approach, *note Duplicate Suppression::.


File: gnus,  Node: Duplicate Suppression,  Prev: Crosspost Handling,  Up: The Summary Buffer

3.28 Duplicate Suppression
==========================

By default, Gnus tries to make sure that you don't have to read the same
article more than once by utilizing the crossposting mechanism (*note
Crosspost Handling::).  However, that simple and efficient approach may
not work satisfactory for some users for various reasons.

  1. The NNTP server may fail to generate the `Xref' header.  This is
     evil and not very common.

  2. The NNTP server may fail to include the `Xref' header in the
     `.overview' data bases.  This is evil and all too common, alas.

  3. You may be reading the same group (or several related groups) from
     different NNTP servers.

  4. You may be getting mail that duplicates articles posted to groups.

   I'm sure there are other situations where `Xref' handling fails as
well, but these four are the most common situations.

   If, and only if, `Xref' handling fails for you, then you may
consider switching on "duplicate suppression".  If you do so, Gnus will
remember the `Message-ID's of all articles you have read or otherwise
marked as read, and then, as if by magic, mark them as read all
subsequent times you see them--in _all_ groups.  Using this mechanism
is quite likely to be somewhat inefficient, but not overly so.  It's
certainly preferable to reading the same articles more than once.

   Duplicate suppression is not a very subtle instrument.  It's more
like a sledge hammer than anything else.  It works in a very simple
fashion--if you have marked an article as read, it adds this Message-ID
to a cache.  The next time it sees this Message-ID, it will mark the
article as read with the `M' mark.  It doesn't care what group it saw
the article in.

`gnus-suppress-duplicates'
     If non-`nil', suppress duplicates.

`gnus-save-duplicate-list'
     If non-`nil', save the list of duplicates to a file.  This will
     make startup and shutdown take longer, so the default is `nil'.
     However, this means that only duplicate articles read in a single
     Gnus session are suppressed.

`gnus-duplicate-list-length'
     This variable says how many `Message-ID's to keep in the duplicate
     suppression list.  The default is 10000.

`gnus-duplicate-file'
     The name of the file to store the duplicate suppression list in.
     The default is `~/News/suppression'.

   If you have a tendency to stop and start Gnus often, setting
`gnus-save-duplicate-list' to `t' is probably a good idea.  If you
leave Gnus running for weeks on end, you may have it `nil'.  On the
other hand, saving the list makes startup and shutdown much slower, so
that means that if you stop and start Gnus often, you should set
`gnus-save-duplicate-list' to `nil'.  Uhm.  I'll leave this up to you
to figure out, I think.


File: gnus,  Node: The Article Buffer,  Next: Composing Messages,  Prev: The Summary Buffer,  Up: Top

4 The Article Buffer
********************

The articles are displayed in the article buffer, of which there is only
one.  All the summary buffers share the same article buffer unless you
tell Gnus otherwise.

* Menu:

* Hiding Headers::        Deciding what headers should be displayed.
* Using MIME::            Pushing articles through MIME before reading them.
* Customizing Articles::  Tailoring the look of the articles.
* Article Keymap::        Keystrokes available in the article buffer.
* Misc Article::          Other stuff.


File: gnus,  Node: Hiding Headers,  Next: Using MIME,  Up: The Article Buffer

4.1 Hiding Headers
==================

The top section of each article is the "head".  (The rest is the
"body", but you may have guessed that already.)

   There is a lot of useful information in the head: the name of the
person who wrote the article, the date it was written and the subject
of the article.  That's well and nice, but there's also lots of
information most people do not want to see--what systems the article
has passed through before reaching you, the `Message-ID', the
`References', etc. ad nauseum--and you'll probably want to get rid of
some of those lines.  If you want to keep all those lines in the
article buffer, you can set `gnus-show-all-headers' to `t'.

   Gnus provides you with two variables for sifting headers:

`gnus-visible-headers'
     If this variable is non-`nil', it should be a regular expression
     that says what headers you wish to keep in the article buffer.  All
     headers that do not match this variable will be hidden.

     For instance, if you only want to see the name of the person who
     wrote the article and the subject, you'd say:

          (setq gnus-visible-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:")

     This variable can also be a list of regexps to match headers to
     remain visible.

`gnus-ignored-headers'
     This variable is the reverse of `gnus-visible-headers'.  If this
     variable is set (and `gnus-visible-headers' is `nil'), it should
     be a regular expression that matches all lines that you want to
     hide.  All lines that do not match this variable will remain
     visible.

     For instance, if you just want to get rid of the `References' line
     and the `Xref' line, you might say:

          (setq gnus-ignored-headers "^References:\\|^Xref:")

     This variable can also be a list of regexps to match headers to be
     removed.

     Note that if `gnus-visible-headers' is non-`nil', this variable
     will have no effect.


   Gnus can also sort the headers for you.  (It does this by default.)
You can control the sorting by setting the `gnus-sorted-header-list'
variable.  It is a list of regular expressions that says in what order
the headers are to be displayed.

   For instance, if you want the name of the author of the article
first, and then the subject, you might say something like:

     (setq gnus-sorted-header-list '("^From:" "^Subject:"))

   Any headers that are to remain visible, but are not listed in this
variable, will be displayed in random order after all the headers
listed in this variable.

   You can hide further boring headers by setting
`gnus-treat-hide-boring-header' to `head'.  What this function does
depends on the `gnus-boring-article-headers' variable.  It's a list,
but this list doesn't actually contain header names.  Instead is lists
various "boring conditions" that Gnus can check and remove from sight.

   These conditions are:
`empty'
     Remove all empty headers.

`followup-to'
     Remove the `Followup-To' header if it is identical to the
     `Newsgroups' header.

`reply-to'
     Remove the `Reply-To' header if it lists the same address as the
     `From' header.

`newsgroups'
     Remove the `Newsgroups' header if it only contains the current
     group name.

`date'
     Remove the `Date' header if the article is less than three days
     old.

`long-to'
     Remove the `To' header if it is very long.

`many-to'
     Remove all `To' headers if there are more than one.

   To include the four three elements, you could say something like;

     (setq gnus-boring-article-headers
           '(empty followup-to reply-to))

   This is also the default value for this variable.


File: gnus,  Node: Using MIME,  Next: Customizing Articles,  Prev: Hiding Headers,  Up: The Article Buffer

4.2 Using MIME
==============

Mime is a standard for waving your hands through the air, aimlessly,
while people stand around yawning.

   MIME, however, is a standard for encoding your articles, aimlessly,
while all newsreaders die of fear.

   MIME may specify what character set the article uses, the encoding
of the characters, and it also makes it possible to embed pictures and
other naughty stuff in innocent-looking articles.

   Gnus pushes MIME articles through `gnus-display-mime-function' to
display the MIME parts.  This is `gnus-display-mime' by default, which
creates a bundle of clickable buttons that can be used to display, save
and manipulate the MIME objects.

   The following commands are available when you have placed point over
a MIME button:

`<RET> (Article)'
`Mouse-2 (Article)'
     Toggle displaying of the MIME object (`gnus-article-press-button').

`M-<RET> (Article)'
`v (Article)'
     Prompt for a method, and then view the MIME object using this
     method (`gnus-mime-view-part').

`o (Article)'
     Prompt for a file name, and then save the MIME object
     (`gnus-mime-save-part').

`c (Article)'
     Copy the MIME object to a fresh buffer and display this buffer
     (`gnus-mime-copy-part').

`t (Article)'
     View the MIME object as if it were a different MIME media type
     (`gnus-mime-view-part-as-type').

`| (Article)'
     Output the MIME object to a process (`gnus-mime-pipe-part').

`i (Article)'
     Insert the contents of the MIME object into the buffer
     (`gnus-mime-inline-part') as text/plain.  If given a prefix, insert
     the raw contents without decoding.  If given a numerical prefix,
     you can do semi-manual charset stuff (see
     `gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist' in *note Paging the
     Article::).

`. (Article)'
     Interactively run an action on the MIME object
     (`gnus-mime-action-on-part').


   Gnus will display some MIME objects automatically.  The way Gnus
determines which parts to do this with is described in the Emacs MIME
manual.

   It might be best to just use the toggling functions from the article
buffer to avoid getting nasty surprises.  (For instance, you enter the
group `alt.sing-a-long' and, before you know it, MIME has decoded the
sound file in the article and some horrible sing-a-long song comes
screaming out your speakers, and you can't find the volume button,
because there isn't one, and people are starting to look at you, and you
try to stop the program, but you can't, and you can't find the program
to control the volume, and everybody else in the room suddenly decides
to look at you disdainfully, and you'll feel rather stupid.)

   Any similarity to real events and people is purely coincidental.
Ahem.

   Also see *note MIME Commands::.


File: gnus,  Node: Customizing Articles,  Next: Article Keymap,  Prev: Using MIME,  Up: The Article Buffer

4.3 Customizing Articles
========================

A slew of functions for customizing how the articles are to look like
exist.  You can call these functions interactively, or you can have them
called automatically when you select the articles.

   To have them called automatically, you should set the corresponding
"treatment" variable.  For instance, to have headers hidden, you'd set
`gnus-treat-hide-headers'.  Below is a list of variables that can be
set, but first we discuss the values these variables can have.

   Note: Some values, while valid, make little sense.  Check the list
below for sensible values.

  1. `nil': Don't do this treatment.

  2. `t': Do this treatment on all body parts.

  3. `head': Do the treatment on the headers.

  4. `last': Do this treatment on the last part.

  5. An integer: Do this treatment on all body parts that have a length
     less than this number.

  6. A list of strings: Do this treatment on all body parts that are in
     articles that are read in groups that have names that match one of
     the regexps in the list.

  7. A list where the first element is not a string:

     The list is evaluated recursively.  The first element of the list
     is a predicate.  The following predicates are recognized: `or',
     `and', `not' and `typep'.  Here's an example:

          (or last
              (typep "text/x-vcard"))


   You may have noticed that the word "part" is used here.  This refers
to the fact that some messages are MIME multipart articles that may be
divided into several parts.  Articles that are not multiparts are
considered to contain just a single part.

   Are the treatments applied to all sorts of multipart parts?  Yes, if
you want to, but by default, only `text/plain' parts are given the
treatment.  This is controlled by the `gnus-article-treat-types'
variable, which is a list of regular expressions that are matched to the
type of the part.  This variable is ignored if the value of the
controlling variable is a predicate list, as described above.

   The following treatment options are available.  The easiest way to
customize this is to examine the `gnus-article-treat' customization
group.  Values in parenthesis are suggested sensible values.  Others are
possible but those listed are probably sufficient for most people.

`gnus-treat-highlight-signature (t, last)'

`gnus-treat-buttonize (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-buttonize-head (head)'

`gnus-treat-emphasize (t, head, integer)'

`gnus-treat-fill-article (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-cr (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-hide-headers (head)'

`gnus-treat-hide-boring-headers (head)'

`gnus-treat-hide-signature (t, last)'

`gnus-treat-hide-citation (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-pgp (t, last, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-pem (t, last, integer)'

`gnus-treat-highlight-headers (head)'

`gnus-treat-highlight-citation (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-highlight-signature (t, last, integer)'

`gnus-treat-date-ut (head)'

`gnus-treat-date-local (head)'

`gnus-treat-date-lapsed (head)'

`gnus-treat-date-original (head)'

`gnus-treat-strip-headers-in-body (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-trailing-blank-lines (t, last, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-leading-blank-lines (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-strip-multiple-blank-lines (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-overstrike (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-display-xface (head)'

`gnus-treat-display-smileys (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-display-picons (head)'

`gnus-treat-capitalize-sentences (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-fill-long-lines (t, integer)'

`gnus-treat-play-sounds'

`gnus-treat-translate'

   You can, of course, write your own functions to be called from
`gnus-part-display-hook'.  The functions are called narrowed to the
part, and you can do anything you like, pretty much.  There is no
information that you have to keep in the buffer--you can change
everything.


File: gnus,  Node: Article Keymap,  Next: Misc Article,  Prev: Customizing Articles,  Up: The Article Buffer

4.4 Article Keymap
==================

Most of the keystrokes in the summary buffer can also be used in the
article buffer.  They should behave as if you typed them in the summary
buffer, which means that you don't actually have to have a summary
buffer displayed while reading.  You can do it all from the article
buffer.

   A few additional keystrokes are available:

`<SPC>'
     Scroll forwards one page (`gnus-article-next-page').

`<DEL>'
     Scroll backwards one page (`gnus-article-prev-page').

`C-c ^'
     If point is in the neighborhood of a `Message-ID' and you press
     `C-c ^', Gnus will try to get that article from the server
     (`gnus-article-refer-article').

`C-c C-m'
     Send a reply to the address near point (`gnus-article-mail').  If
     given a prefix, include the mail.

`s'
     Reconfigure the buffers so that the summary buffer becomes visible
     (`gnus-article-show-summary').

`?'
     Give a very brief description of the available keystrokes
     (`gnus-article-describe-briefly').

`TAB'
     Go to the next button, if any (`gnus-article-next-button').  This
     only makes sense if you have buttonizing turned on.

`M-TAB'
     Go to the previous button, if any (`gnus-article-prev-button').



File: gnus,  Node: Misc Article,  Prev: Article Keymap,  Up: The Article Buffer

4.5 Misc Article
================

`gnus-single-article-buffer'
     If non-`nil', use the same article buffer for all the groups.
     (This is the default.)  If `nil', each group will have its own
     article buffer.

`gnus-article-decode-hook'
     Hook used to decode MIME articles.  The default value is
     `(article-decode-charset article-decode-encoded-words)'

`gnus-article-prepare-hook'
     This hook is called right after the article has been inserted into
     the article buffer.  It is mainly intended for functions that do
     something depending on the contents; it should probably not be
     used for changing the contents of the article buffer.

`gnus-article-mode-hook'
     Hook called in article mode buffers.

`gnus-article-mode-syntax-table'
     Syntax table used in article buffers.  It is initialized from
     `text-mode-syntax-table'.

`gnus-article-mode-line-format'
     This variable is a format string along the same lines as
     `gnus-summary-mode-line-format' (*note Mode Line Formatting::).  It
     accepts the same format specifications as that variable, with two
     extensions:

    `w'
          The "wash status" of the article.  This is a short string
          with one character for each possible article wash operation
          that may have been performed.

    `m'
          The number of MIME parts in the article.

`gnus-break-pages'
     Controls whether "page breaking" is to take place.  If this
     variable is non-`nil', the articles will be divided into pages
     whenever a page delimiter appears in the article.  If this
     variable is `nil', paging will not be done.

`gnus-page-delimiter'
     This is the delimiter mentioned above.  By default, it is `^L'
     (formfeed).


File: gnus,  Node: Composing Messages,  Next: Select Methods,  Prev: The Article Buffer,  Up: Top

5 Composing Messages
********************

All commands for posting and mailing will put you in a message buffer
where you can edit the article all you like, before you send the
article by pressing `C-c C-c'.  *Note Top: (message)Top.  Where the
message will be posted/mailed to depends on your setup (*note Posting
Server::).

* Menu:

* Mail::                 Mailing and replying.
* Posting Server::       What server should you post via?
* Mail and Post::        Mailing and posting at the same time.
* Archived Messages::    Where Gnus stores the messages you've sent.
* Posting Styles::       An easier way to specify who you are.
* Drafts::               Postponing messages and rejected messages.
* Rejected Articles::    What happens if the server doesn't like your article?

   Also see *note Canceling and Superseding:: for information on how to
remove articles you shouldn't have posted.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail,  Next: Posting Server,  Up: Composing Messages

5.1 Mail
========

Variables for customizing outgoing mail:

`gnus-uu-digest-headers'
     List of regexps to match headers included in digested messages.
     The headers will be included in the sequence they are matched.

`gnus-add-to-list'
     If non-`nil', add a `to-list' group parameter to mail groups that
     have none when you do a `a'.



File: gnus,  Node: Posting Server,  Next: Mail and Post,  Prev: Mail,  Up: Composing Messages

5.2 Posting Server
==================

When you press those magical `C-c C-c' keys to ship off your latest
(extremely intelligent, of course) article, where does it go?

   Thank you for asking.  I hate you.

   It can be quite complicated.  Normally, Gnus will use the same native
server.  However.  If your native server doesn't allow posting, just
reading, you probably want to use some other server to post your
(extremely intelligent and fabulously interesting) articles.  You can
then set the `gnus-post-method' to some other method:

     (setq gnus-post-method '(nnspool ""))

   Now, if you've done this, and then this server rejects your article,
or this server is down, what do you do then?  To override this variable
you can use a non-zero prefix to the `C-c C-c' command to force using
the "current" server for posting.

   If you give a zero prefix (i.e., `C-u 0 C-c C-c') to that command,
Gnus will prompt you for what method to use for posting.

   You can also set `gnus-post-method' to a list of select methods.  If
that's the case, Gnus will always prompt you for what method to use for
posting.

   Finally, if you want to always post using the same select method as
you're reading from (which might be convenient if you're reading lots of
groups from different private servers), you can set this variable to
`current'.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail and Post,  Next: Archived Messages,  Prev: Posting Server,  Up: Composing Messages

5.3 Mail and Post
=================

Here's a list of variables relevant to both mailing and posting:

`gnus-mailing-list-groups'
     If your news server offers groups that are really mailing lists
     gatewayed to the NNTP server, you can read those groups without
     problems, but you can't post/followup to them without some
     difficulty.  One solution is to add a `to-address' to the group
     parameters (*note Group Parameters::).  An easier thing to do is
     set the `gnus-mailing-list-groups' to a regexp that matches the
     groups that really are mailing lists.  Then, at least, followups
     to the mailing lists will work most of the time.  Posting to these
     groups (`a') is still a pain, though.


   You may want to do spell-checking on messages that you send out.
Or, if you don't want to spell-check by hand, you could add automatic
spell-checking via the `ispell' package:

     (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)

   If you want to change the `ispell' dictionary based on what group
you're in, you could say something like the following:

     (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook
               (lambda ()
                 (cond
                  ((string-match "^de\\." gnus-newsgroup-name)
                   (ispell-change-dictionary "deutsch"))
                  (t
                   (ispell-change-dictionary "english")))))

   Modify to suit your needs.


File: gnus,  Node: Archived Messages,  Next: Posting Styles,  Prev: Mail and Post,  Up: Composing Messages

5.4 Archived Messages
=====================

Gnus provides a few different methods for storing the mail and news you
send.  The default method is to use the "archive virtual server" to
store the messages.  If you want to disable this completely, the
`gnus-message-archive-group' variable should be `nil', which is the
default.

   `gnus-message-archive-method' says what virtual server Gnus is to
use to store sent messages.  The default is:

     (nnfolder "archive"
               (nnfolder-directory   "~/Mail/archive")
               (nnfolder-active-file "~/Mail/archive/active")
               (nnfolder-get-new-mail nil)
               (nnfolder-inhibit-expiry t))

   You can, however, use any mail select method (`nnml', `nnmbox',
etc.).  `nnfolder' is a quite likable select method for doing this sort
of thing, though.  If you don't like the default directory chosen, you
could say something like:

     (setq gnus-message-archive-method
           '(nnfolder "archive"
                      (nnfolder-inhibit-expiry t)
                      (nnfolder-active-file "~/News/sent-mail/active")
                      (nnfolder-directory "~/News/sent-mail/")))

   Gnus will insert `Gcc' headers in all outgoing messages that point
to one or more group(s) on that server.  Which group to use is
determined by the `gnus-message-archive-group' variable.

   This variable can be used to do the following:

   * a string Messages will be saved in that group.

     Note that you can include a select method in the group name, then
     the message will not be stored in the select method given by
     `gnus-message-archive-method', but in the select method specified
     by the group name, instead.  Suppose `gnus-message-archive-method'
     has the default value shown above.  Then setting
     `gnus-message-archive-group' to `"foo"' means that outgoing
     messages are stored in `nnfolder+archive:foo', but if you use the
     value `"nnml:foo"', then outgoing messages will be stored in
     `nnml:foo'.

   * a list of strings Messages will be saved in all those groups.

   * an alist of regexps, functions and forms When a key "matches", the
     result is used.

   * `nil' No message archiving will take place.  This is the default.

   Let's illustrate:

   Just saving to a single group called `MisK':
     (setq gnus-message-archive-group "MisK")

   Saving to two groups, `MisK' and `safe':
     (setq gnus-message-archive-group '("MisK" "safe"))

   Save to different groups based on what group you are in:
     (setq gnus-message-archive-group
           '(("^alt" "sent-to-alt")
             ("mail" "sent-to-mail")
             (".*" "sent-to-misc")))

   More complex stuff:
     (setq gnus-message-archive-group
           '((if (message-news-p)
                 "misc-news"
               "misc-mail")))

   How about storing all news messages in one file, but storing all mail
messages in one file per month:

     (setq gnus-message-archive-group
           '((if (message-news-p)
                 "misc-news"
               (concat "mail." (format-time-string "%Y-%m")))))

   (XEmacs 19.13 doesn't have `format-time-string', so you'll have to
use a different value for `gnus-message-archive-group' there.)

   Now, when you send a message off, it will be stored in the
appropriate group.  (If you want to disable storing for just one
particular message, you can just remove the `Gcc' header that has been
inserted.)  The archive group will appear in the group buffer the next
time you start Gnus, or the next time you press `F' in the group
buffer.  You can enter it and read the articles in it just like you'd
read any other group.  If the group gets really big and annoying, you
can simply rename if (using `G r' in the group buffer) to something
nice--`misc-mail-september-1995', or whatever.  New messages will
continue to be stored in the old (now empty) group.

   That's the default method of archiving sent messages.  Gnus offers a
different way for the people who don't like the default method.  In that
case you should set `gnus-message-archive-group' to `nil'; this will
disable archiving.

`gnus-outgoing-message-group'
     All outgoing messages will be put in this group.  If you want to
     store all your outgoing mail and articles in the group
     `nnml:archive', you set this variable to that value.  This
     variable can also be a list of group names.

     If you want to have greater control over what group to put each
     message in, you can set this variable to a function that checks the
     current newsgroup name and then returns a suitable group name (or
     list of names).

     This variable can be used instead of `gnus-message-archive-group',
     but the latter is the preferred method.


File: gnus,  Node: Posting Styles,  Next: Drafts,  Prev: Archived Messages,  Up: Composing Messages

5.5 Posting Styles
==================

All them variables, they make my head swim.

   So what if you want a different `Organization' and signature based
on what groups you post to?  And you post both from your home machine
and your work machine, and you want different `From' lines, and so on?

   One way to do stuff like that is to write clever hooks that change
the variables you need to have changed.  That's a bit boring, so
somebody came up with the bright idea of letting the user specify these
things in a handy alist.  Here's an example of a `gnus-posting-styles'
variable:

     ((".*"
       (signature "Peace and happiness")
       (organization "What me?"))
      ("^comp"
       (signature "Death to everybody"))
      ("comp.emacs.i-love-it"
       (organization "Emacs is it")))

   As you might surmise from this example, this alist consists of
several "styles".  Each style will be applicable if the first element
"matches", in some form or other.  The entire alist will be iterated
over, from the beginning towards the end, and each match will be
applied, which means that attributes in later styles that match override
the same attributes in earlier matching styles.  So
`comp.programming.literate' will have the `Death to everybody'
signature and the `What me?' `Organization' header.

   The first element in each style is called the `match'.  If it's a
string, then Gnus will try to regexp match it against the group name.
If it is the symbol `header', then Gnus will look for header that match
the next element in the match, and compare that to the last header in
the match.  If it's a function symbol, that function will be called
with no arguments.  If it's a variable symbol, then the variable will be
referenced.  If it's a list, then that list will be `eval'ed.  In any
case, if this returns a non-`nil' value, then the style is said to
"match".

   Each style may contain a arbitrary amount of "attributes".  Each
attribute consists of a `(NAME . VALUE)' pair.  The attribute name can
be one of `signature', `signature-file', `organization', `address',
`name' or `body'.  The attribute name can also be a string.  In that
case, this will be used as a header name, and the value will be
inserted in the headers of the article; if the value is `nil', the
header name will be removed.  If the attribute name is `eval', the form
is evaluated, and the result is thrown away.

   The attribute value can be a string (used verbatim), a function with
zero arguments (the return value will be used), a variable (its value
will be used) or a list (it will be `eval'ed and the return value will
be used).  The functions and sexps are called/`eval'ed in the message
buffer that is being set up.  The headers of the current article are
available through the `message-reply-headers' variable.

   If you wish to check whether the message you are about to compose is
meant to be a news article or a mail message, you can check the values
of the `message-news-p' and `message-mail-p' functions.

   So here's a new example:

     (setq gnus-posting-styles
           '((".*"
              (signature-file "~/.signature")
              (name "User Name")
              ("X-Home-Page" (getenv "WWW_HOME"))
              (organization "People's Front Against MWM"))
             ("^rec.humor"
              (signature my-funny-signature-randomizer))
             ((equal (system-name) "gnarly")
              (signature my-quote-randomizer))
             ((message-news-p)
              (signature my-news-signature))
             (header "From\\|To" "larsi.*org"
                     (Organization "Somewhere, Inc."))
             ((posting-from-work-p)
              (signature-file "~/.work-signature")
              (address "user@bar.foo")
              (body "You are fired.\n\nSincerely, your boss.")
              (organization "Important Work, Inc"))
             ("nnml:.*"
              (From (save-excursion
                      (set-buffer gnus-article-buffer)
                      (message-fetch-field "to"))))
             ("^nn.+:"
              (signature-file "~/.mail-signature"))))

   The `nnml:.*' rule means that you use the `To' address as the `From'
address in all your outgoing replies, which might be handy if you fill
many roles.


File: gnus,  Node: Drafts,  Next: Rejected Articles,  Prev: Posting Styles,  Up: Composing Messages

5.6 Drafts
==========

If you are writing a message (mail or news) and suddenly remember that
you have a steak in the oven (or some pesto in the food processor, you
craaazy vegetarians), you'll probably wish there was a method to save
the message you are writing so that you can continue editing it some
other day, and send it when you feel its finished.

   Well, don't worry about it.  Whenever you start composing a message
of some sort using the Gnus mail and post commands, the buffer you get
will automatically associate to an article in a special "draft" group.
If you save the buffer the normal way (`C-x C-s', for instance), the
article will be saved there.  (Auto-save files also go to the draft
group.)

   The draft group is a special group (which is implemented as an
`nndraft' group, if you absolutely have to know) called
`nndraft:drafts'.  The variable `nndraft-directory' says where
`nndraft' is to store its files.  What makes this group special is that
you can't tick any articles in it or mark any articles as read--all
articles in the group are permanently unread.

   If the group doesn't exist, it will be created and you'll be
subscribed to it.  The only way to make it disappear from the Group
buffer is to unsubscribe it.

   When you want to continue editing the article, you simply enter the
draft group and push `D e' (`gnus-draft-edit-message') to do that.  You
will be placed in a buffer where you left off.

   Rejected articles will also be put in this draft group (*note
Rejected Articles::).

   If you have lots of rejected messages you want to post (or mail)
without doing further editing, you can use the `D s' command
(`gnus-draft-send-message').  This command understands the
process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).  The `D S' command
(`gnus-draft-send-all-messages') will ship off all messages in the
buffer.

   If you have some messages that you wish not to send, you can use the
`D t' (`gnus-draft-toggle-sending') command to mark the message as
unsendable.  This is a toggling command.


File: gnus,  Node: Rejected Articles,  Prev: Drafts,  Up: Composing Messages

5.7 Rejected Articles
=====================

Sometimes a news server will reject an article.  Perhaps the server
doesn't like your face.  Perhaps it just feels miserable.  Perhaps
_there be demons_.  Perhaps you have included too much cited text.
Perhaps the disk is full.  Perhaps the server is down.

   These situations are, of course, totally beyond the control of Gnus.
(Gnus, of course, loves the way you look, always feels great, has angels
fluttering around inside of it, doesn't care about how much cited text
you include, never runs full and never goes down.)  So Gnus saves these
articles until some later time when the server feels better.

   The rejected articles will automatically be put in a special draft
group (*note Drafts::).  When the server comes back up again, you'd then
typically enter that group and send all the articles off.


File: gnus,  Node: Select Methods,  Next: Scoring,  Prev: Composing Messages,  Up: Top

6 Select Methods
****************

A "foreign group" is a group not read by the usual (or default) means.
It could be, for instance, a group from a different NNTP server, it
could be a virtual group, or it could be your own personal mail group.

   A foreign group (or any group, really) is specified by a "name" and
a "select method".  To take the latter first, a select method is a list
where the first element says what back end to use (e.g. `nntp',
`nnspool', `nnml') and the second element is the "server name".  There
may be additional elements in the select method, where the value may
have special meaning for the back end in question.

   One could say that a select method defines a "virtual server"--so we
do just that (*note The Server Buffer::).

   The "name" of the group is the name the back end will recognize the
group as.

   For instance, the group `soc.motss' on the NNTP server
`some.where.edu' will have the name `soc.motss' and select method
`(nntp "some.where.edu")'.  Gnus will call this group
`nntp+some.where.edu:soc.motss', even though the `nntp' back end just
knows this group as `soc.motss'.

   The different methods all have their peculiarities, of course.

* Menu:

* The Server Buffer::     Making and editing virtual servers.
* Getting News::          Reading USENET news with Gnus.
* Getting Mail::          Reading your personal mail with Gnus.
* Browsing the Web::      Getting messages from a plethora of Web sources.
* Other Sources::         Reading directories, files, SOUP packets.
* Combined Groups::       Combining groups into one group.
* Gnus Unplugged::        Reading news and mail offline.


File: gnus,  Node: The Server Buffer,  Next: Getting News,  Up: Select Methods

6.1 The Server Buffer
=====================

Traditionally, a "server" is a machine or a piece of software that one
connects to, and then requests information from.  Gnus does not connect
directly to any real servers, but does all transactions through one
back end or other.  But that's just putting one layer more between the
actual media and Gnus, so we might just as well say that each back end
represents a virtual server.

   For instance, the `nntp' back end may be used to connect to several
different actual NNTP servers, or, perhaps, to many different ports on
the same actual NNTP server.  You tell Gnus which back end to use, and
what parameters to set by specifying a "select method".

   These select method specifications can sometimes become quite
complicated--say, for instance, that you want to read from the NNTP
server `news.funet.fi' on port number 13, which hangs if queried for
NOV headers and has a buggy select.  Ahem.  Anyway, if you had to
specify that for each group that used this server, that would be too
much work, so Gnus offers a way of naming select methods, which is what
you do in the server buffer.

   To enter the server buffer, use the `^'
(`gnus-group-enter-server-mode') command in the group buffer.

* Menu:

* Server Buffer Format::      You can customize the look of this buffer.
* Server Commands::           Commands to manipulate servers.
* Example Methods::           Examples server specifications.
* Creating a Virtual Server:: An example session.
* Server Variables::          Which variables to set.
* Servers and Methods::       You can use server names as select methods.
* Unavailable Servers::       Some servers you try to contact may be down.

   `gnus-server-mode-hook' is run when creating the server buffer.


File: gnus,  Node: Server Buffer Format,  Next: Server Commands,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.1 Server Buffer Format
--------------------------

You can change the look of the server buffer lines by changing the
`gnus-server-line-format' variable.  This is a `format'-like variable,
with some simple extensions:

`h'
     How the news is fetched--the back end name.

`n'
     The name of this server.

`w'
     Where the news is to be fetched from--the address.

`s'
     The opened/closed/denied status of the server.

   The mode line can also be customized by using the
`gnus-server-mode-line-format' variable (*note Mode Line Formatting::).
The following specs are understood:

`S'
     Server name.

`M'
     Server method.

   Also *note Formatting Variables::.


File: gnus,  Node: Server Commands,  Next: Example Methods,  Prev: Server Buffer Format,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.2 Server Commands
---------------------

`a'
     Add a new server (`gnus-server-add-server').

`e'
     Edit a server (`gnus-server-edit-server').

`<SPC>'
     Browse the current server (`gnus-server-read-server').

`q'
     Return to the group buffer (`gnus-server-exit').

`k'
     Kill the current server (`gnus-server-kill-server').

`y'
     Yank the previously killed server (`gnus-server-yank-server').

`c'
     Copy the current server (`gnus-server-copy-server').

`l'
     List all servers (`gnus-server-list-servers').

`s'
     Request that the server scan its sources for new articles
     (`gnus-server-scan-server').  This is mainly sensible with mail
     servers.

`g'
     Request that the server regenerate all its data structures
     (`gnus-server-regenerate-server').  This can be useful if you have
     a mail back end that has gotten out of sync.



File: gnus,  Node: Example Methods,  Next: Creating a Virtual Server,  Prev: Server Commands,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.3 Example Methods
---------------------

Most select methods are pretty simple and self-explanatory:

     (nntp "news.funet.fi")

   Reading directly from the spool is even simpler:

     (nnspool "")

   As you can see, the first element in a select method is the name of
the back end, and the second is the "address", or "name", if you will.

   After these two elements, there may be an arbitrary number of
`(VARIABLE FORM)' pairs.

   To go back to the first example--imagine that you want to read from
port 15 on that machine.  This is what the select method should look
like then:

     (nntp "news.funet.fi" (nntp-port-number 15))

   You should read the documentation to each back end to find out what
variables are relevant, but here's an `nnmh' example:

   `nnmh' is a mail back end that reads a spool-like structure.  Say
you have two structures that you wish to access: One is your private
mail spool, and the other is a public one.  Here's the possible spec for
your private mail:

     (nnmh "private" (nnmh-directory "~/private/mail/"))

   (This server is then called `private', but you may have guessed
that.)

   Here's the method for a public spool:

     (nnmh "public"
           (nnmh-directory "/usr/information/spool/")
           (nnmh-get-new-mail nil))

   If you are behind a firewall and only have access to the NNTP server
from the firewall machine, you can instruct Gnus to `rlogin' on the
firewall machine and telnet from there to the NNTP server.  Doing this
can be rather fiddly, but your virtual server definition should
probably look something like this:

     (nntp "firewall"
           (nntp-address "the.firewall.machine")
           (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-rlogin)
           (nntp-end-of-line "\n")
           (nntp-rlogin-parameters
            ("telnet" "the.real.nntp.host" "nntp")))

   If you want to use the wonderful `ssh' program to provide a
compressed connection over the modem line, you could create a virtual
server that would look something like this:

     (nntp "news"
            (nntp-address "copper.uio.no")
            (nntp-rlogin-program "ssh")
            (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-rlogin)
            (nntp-end-of-line "\n")
            (nntp-rlogin-parameters
             ("telnet" "news.uio.no" "nntp")))

   This means that you have to have set up `ssh-agent' correctly to
provide automatic authorization, of course.  And to get a compressed
connection, you have to have the `Compression' option in the `ssh'
`config' file.


File: gnus,  Node: Creating a Virtual Server,  Next: Server Variables,  Prev: Example Methods,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.4 Creating a Virtual Server
-------------------------------

If you're saving lots of articles in the cache by using persistent
articles, you may want to create a virtual server to read the cache.

   First you need to add a new server.  The `a' command does that.  It
would probably be best to use `nnspool' to read the cache.  You could
also use `nnml' or `nnmh', though.

   Type `a nnspool <RET> cache <RET>'.

   You should now have a brand new `nnspool' virtual server called
`cache'.  You now need to edit it to have the right definitions.  Type
`e' to edit the server.  You'll be entered into a buffer that will
contain the following:

     (nnspool "cache")

   Change that to:

     (nnspool "cache"
              (nnspool-spool-directory "~/News/cache/")
              (nnspool-nov-directory "~/News/cache/")
              (nnspool-active-file "~/News/cache/active"))

   Type `C-c C-c' to return to the server buffer.  If you now press
<RET> over this virtual server, you should be entered into a browse
buffer, and you should be able to enter any of the groups displayed.


File: gnus,  Node: Server Variables,  Next: Servers and Methods,  Prev: Creating a Virtual Server,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.5 Server Variables
----------------------

One sticky point when defining variables (both on back ends and in Emacs
in general) is that some variables are typically initialized from other
variables when the definition of the variables is being loaded.  If you
change the "base" variable after the variables have been loaded, you
won't change the "derived" variables.

   This typically affects directory and file variables.  For instance,
`nnml-directory' is `~/Mail/' by default, and all `nnml' directory
variables are initialized from that variable, so `nnml-active-file'
will be `~/Mail/active'.  If you define a new virtual `nnml' server, it
will _not_ suffice to set just `nnml-directory'--you have to explicitly
set all the file variables to be what you want them to be.  For a
complete list of variables for each back end, see each back end's
section later in this manual, but here's an example `nnml' definition:

     (nnml "public"
           (nnml-directory "~/my-mail/")
           (nnml-active-file "~/my-mail/active")
           (nnml-newsgroups-file "~/my-mail/newsgroups"))


File: gnus,  Node: Servers and Methods,  Next: Unavailable Servers,  Prev: Server Variables,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.6 Servers and Methods
-------------------------

Wherever you would normally use a select method (e.g.
`gnus-secondary-select-method', in the group select method, when
browsing a foreign server) you can use a virtual server name instead.
This could potentially save lots of typing.  And it's nice all over.


File: gnus,  Node: Unavailable Servers,  Prev: Servers and Methods,  Up: The Server Buffer

6.1.7 Unavailable Servers
-------------------------

If a server seems to be unreachable, Gnus will mark that server as
`denied'.  That means that any subsequent attempt to make contact with
that server will just be ignored.  "It can't be opened," Gnus will tell
you, without making the least effort to see whether that is actually
the case or not.

   That might seem quite naughty, but it does make sense most of the
time.  Let's say you have 10 groups subscribed to on server
`nephelococcygia.com'.  This server is located somewhere quite far away
from you and the machine is quite slow, so it takes 1 minute just to
find out that it refuses connection to you today.  If Gnus were to
attempt to do that 10 times, you'd be quite annoyed, so Gnus won't
attempt to do that.  Once it has gotten a single "connection refused",
it will regard that server as "down".

   So, what happens if the machine was only feeling unwell temporarily?
How do you test to see whether the machine has come up again?

   You jump to the server buffer (*note The Server Buffer::) and poke it
with the following commands:

`O'
     Try to establish connection to the server on the current line
     (`gnus-server-open-server').

`C'
     Close the connection (if any) to the server
     (`gnus-server-close-server').

`D'
     Mark the current server as unreachable (`gnus-server-deny-server').

`M-o'
     Open the connections to all servers in the buffer
     (`gnus-server-open-all-servers').

`M-c'
     Close the connections to all servers in the buffer
     (`gnus-server-close-all-servers').

`R'
     Remove all marks to whether Gnus was denied connection from any
     servers (`gnus-server-remove-denials').



File: gnus,  Node: Getting News,  Next: Getting Mail,  Prev: The Server Buffer,  Up: Select Methods

6.2 Getting News
================

A newsreader is normally used for reading news.  Gnus currently provides
only two methods of getting news--it can read from an NNTP server, or
it can read from a local spool.

* Menu:

* NNTP::               Reading news from an NNTP server.
* News Spool::         Reading news from the local spool.


File: gnus,  Node: NNTP,  Next: News Spool,  Up: Getting News

6.2.1 NNTP
----------

Subscribing to a foreign group from an NNTP server is rather easy.  You
just specify `nntp' as method and the address of the NNTP server as
the, uhm, address.

   If the NNTP server is located at a non-standard port, setting the
third element of the select method to this port number should allow you
to connect to the right port.  You'll have to edit the group info for
that (*note Foreign Groups::).

   The name of the foreign group can be the same as a native group.  In
fact, you can subscribe to the same group from as many different servers
you feel like.  There will be no name collisions.

   The following variables can be used to create a virtual `nntp'
server:

`nntp-server-opened-hook'
     is run after a connection has been made.  It can be used to send
     commands to the NNTP server after it has been contacted.  By
     default it sends the command `MODE READER' to the server with the
     `nntp-send-mode-reader' function.  This function should always be
     present in this hook.

`nntp-authinfo-function'
     This function will be used to send `AUTHINFO' to the NNTP server.
     The default function is `nntp-send-authinfo', which looks through
     your `~/.authinfo' (or whatever you've set the
     `nntp-authinfo-file' variable to) for applicable entries.  If none
     are found, it will prompt you for a login name and a password.  The
     format of the `~/.authinfo' file is (almost) the same as the `ftp'
     `~/.netrc' file, which is defined in the `ftp' manual page, but
     here are the salient facts:

       1. The file contains one or more line, each of which define one
          server.

       2. Each line may contain an arbitrary number of token/value
          pairs.

          The valid tokens include `machine', `login', `password',
          `default'.  In addition Gnus introduces two new tokens, not
          present in the original `.netrc'/`ftp' syntax, namely `port'
          and `force'.  (This is the only way the `.authinfo' file
          format deviates from the `.netrc' file format.)  `port' is
          used to indicate what port on the server the credentials
          apply to and `force' is explained below.


     Here's an example file:

          machine news.uio.no login larsi password geheimnis
          machine nntp.ifi.uio.no login larsi force yes

     The token/value pairs may appear in any order; `machine' doesn't
     have to be first, for instance.

     In this example, both login name and password have been supplied
     for the former server, while the latter has only the login name
     listed, and the user will be prompted for the password.  The
     latter also has the `force' tag, which means that the authinfo
     will be sent to the NNTP server upon connection; the default
     (i.e., when there is not `force' tag) is to not send authinfo to
     the NNTP server until the NNTP server asks for it.

     You can also add `default' lines that will apply to all servers
     that don't have matching `machine' lines.

          default force yes

     This will force sending `AUTHINFO' commands to all servers not
     previously mentioned.

     Remember to not leave the `~/.authinfo' file world-readable.

`nntp-server-action-alist'
     This is a list of regexps to match on server types and actions to
     be taken when matches are made.  For instance, if you want Gnus to
     beep every time you connect to innd, you could say something like:

          (setq nntp-server-action-alist
                '(("innd" (ding))))

     You probably don't want to do that, though.

     The default value is

          '(("nntpd 1\\.5\\.11t"
             (remove-hook 'nntp-server-opened-hook
                          'nntp-send-mode-reader)))

     This ensures that Gnus doesn't send the `MODE READER' command to
     nntpd 1.5.11t, since that command chokes that server, I've been
     told.

`nntp-maximum-request'
     If the NNTP server doesn't support NOV headers, this back end will
     collect headers by sending a series of `head' commands.  To speed
     things up, the back end sends lots of these commands without
     waiting for reply, and then reads all the replies.  This is
     controlled by the `nntp-maximum-request' variable, and is 400 by
     default.  If your network is buggy, you should set this to 1.

`nntp-connection-timeout'
     If you have lots of foreign `nntp' groups that you connect to
     regularly, you're sure to have problems with NNTP servers not
     responding properly, or being too loaded to reply within reasonable
     time.  This is can lead to awkward problems, which can be helped
     somewhat by setting `nntp-connection-timeout'.  This is an integer
     that says how many seconds the `nntp' back end should wait for a
     connection before giving up.  If it is `nil', which is the default,
     no timeouts are done.

`nntp-server-hook'
     This hook is run as the last step when connecting to an NNTP
     server.

`nntp-open-connection-function'
     This function is used to connect to the remote system.  Four
     pre-made functions are supplied:

    `nntp-open-network-stream'
          This is the default, and simply connects to some port or
          other on the remote system.

    `nntp-open-rlogin'
          Does an `rlogin' on the remote system, and then does a
          `telnet' to the NNTP server available there.

          `nntp-open-rlogin'-related variables:

         `nntp-rlogin-program'
               Program used to log in on remote machines.  The default
               is `rsh', but `ssh' is a popular alternative.

         `nntp-rlogin-parameters'
               This list will be used as the parameter list given to
               `rsh'.

         `nntp-rlogin-user-name'
               User name on the remote system.


    `nntp-open-telnet'
          Does a `telnet' to the remote system and then another `telnet'
          to get to the NNTP server.

          `nntp-open-telnet'-related variables:

         `nntp-telnet-command'
               Command used to start `telnet'.

         `nntp-telnet-switches'
               List of strings to be used as the switches to the
               `telnet' command.

         `nntp-telnet-user-name'
               User name for log in on the remote system.

         `nntp-telnet-passwd'
               Password to use when logging in.

         `nntp-telnet-parameters'
               A list of strings executed as a command after logging in
               via `telnet'.

         `nntp-telnet-shell-prompt'
               Regexp matching the shell prompt on the remote machine.
               The default is `bash\\|\$ *\r?$\\|> *\r?'.

         `nntp-open-telnet-envuser'
               If non-`nil', the `telnet' session (client and server
               both) will support the `ENVIRON' option and not prompt
               for login name.  This works for Solaris `telnet', for
               instance.


    `nntp-open-ssl-stream'
          Opens a connection to a server over a "secure" channel.  To
          use this you must have SSLay installed
          (`ftp://ftp.psy.uq.oz.au/pub/Crypto/SSL', and you also need
          `ssl.el' (from the W3 distribution, for instance).  You then
          define a server as follows:

               ;; Type `C-c C-c' after you've finished editing.
               ;;
               ;; "snews" is port 563 and is predefined
               ;; in our /etc/services
               ;;
               (nntp "snews.bar.com"
                     (nntp-open-connection-function
                       nntp-open-ssl-stream)
                     (nntp-port-number "snews")
                     (nntp-address "snews.bar.com"))


`nntp-end-of-line'
     String to use as end-of-line marker when talking to the NNTP
     server.  This is `\r\n' by default, but should be `\n' when using
     `rlogin' to talk to the server.

`nntp-rlogin-user-name'
     User name on the remote system when using the `rlogin' connect
     function.

`nntp-address'
     The address of the remote system running the NNTP server.

`nntp-port-number'
     Port number to connect to when using the `nntp-open-network-stream'
     connect function.

`nntp-buggy-select'
     Set this to non-`nil' if your select routine is buggy.

`nntp-nov-is-evil'
     If the NNTP server does not support NOV, you could set this
     variable to `t', but `nntp' usually checks automatically whether
     NOV can be used.

`nntp-xover-commands'
     List of strings used as commands to fetch NOV lines from a server.
     The default value of this variable is `("XOVER" "XOVERVIEW")'.

`nntp-nov-gap'
     `nntp' normally sends just one big request for NOV lines to the
     server.  The server responds with one huge list of lines.  However,
     if you have read articles 2-5000 in the group, and only want to
     read article 1 and 5001, that means that `nntp' will fetch 4999 NOV
     lines that you will not need.  This variable says how big a gap
     between two consecutive articles is allowed to be before the
     `XOVER' request is split into several request.  Note that if your
     network is fast, setting this variable to a really small number
     means that fetching will probably be slower.  If this variable is
     `nil', `nntp' will never split requests.  The default is 5.

`nntp-prepare-server-hook'
     A hook run before attempting to connect to an NNTP server.

`nntp-warn-about-losing-connection'
     If this variable is non-`nil', some noise will be made when a
     server closes connection.

`nntp-record-commands'
     If non-`nil', `nntp' will log all commands it sends to the NNTP
     server (along with a timestamp) in the `*nntp-log*' buffer.  This
     is useful if you are debugging a Gnus/NNTP connection that doesn't
     seem to work.



File: gnus,  Node: News Spool,  Prev: NNTP,  Up: Getting News

6.2.2 News Spool
----------------

Subscribing to a foreign group from the local spool is extremely easy,
and might be useful, for instance, to speed up reading groups that
contain very big articles--`alt.binaries.pictures.furniture', for
instance.

   Anyway, you just specify `nnspool' as the method and `""' (or
anything else) as the address.

   If you have access to a local spool, you should probably use that as
the native select method (*note Finding the News::).  It is normally
faster than using an `nntp' select method, but might not be.  It
depends.  You just have to try to find out what's best at your site.

`nnspool-inews-program'
     Program used to post an article.

`nnspool-inews-switches'
     Parameters given to the inews program when posting an article.

`nnspool-spool-directory'
     Where `nnspool' looks for the articles.  This is normally
     `/usr/spool/news/'.

`nnspool-nov-directory'
     Where `nnspool' will look for NOV files.  This is normally
     `/usr/spool/news/over.view/'.

`nnspool-lib-dir'
     Where the news lib dir is (`/usr/lib/news/' by default).

`nnspool-active-file'
     The path to the active file.

`nnspool-newsgroups-file'
     The path to the group descriptions file.

`nnspool-history-file'
     The path to the news history file.

`nnspool-active-times-file'
     The path to the active date file.

`nnspool-nov-is-evil'
     If non-`nil', `nnspool' won't try to use any NOV files that it
     finds.

`nnspool-sift-nov-with-sed'
     If non-`nil', which is the default, use `sed' to get the relevant
     portion from the overview file.  If nil, `nnspool' will load the
     entire file into a buffer and process it there.



File: gnus,  Node: Getting Mail,  Next: Browsing the Web,  Prev: Getting News,  Up: Select Methods

6.3 Getting Mail
================

Reading mail with a newsreader--isn't that just plain WeIrD? But of
course.

* Menu:

* Mail in a Newsreader::         Important introductory notes.
* Getting Started Reading Mail:: A simple cookbook example.
* Splitting Mail::               How to create mail groups.
* Mail Sources::                 How to tell Gnus where to get mail from.
* Mail Back End Variables::      Variables for customizing mail handling.
* Fancy Mail Splitting::         Gnus can do hairy splitting of incoming mail.
* Group Mail Splitting::         Use group customize to drive mail splitting.
* Incorporating Old Mail::       What about the old mail you have?
* Expiring Mail::                Getting rid of unwanted mail.
* Washing Mail::                 Removing gruft from the mail you get.
* Duplicates::                   Dealing with duplicated mail.
* Not Reading Mail::             Using mail back ends for reading other files.
* Choosing a Mail Back End::     Gnus can read a variety of mail formats.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail in a Newsreader,  Next: Getting Started Reading Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.1 Mail in a Newsreader
--------------------------

If you are used to traditional mail readers, but have decided to switch
to reading mail with Gnus, you may find yourself experiencing something
of a culture shock.

   Gnus does not behave like traditional mail readers.  If you want to
make it behave that way, you can, but it's an uphill battle.

   Gnus, by default, handles all its groups using the same approach.
This approach is very newsreaderly--you enter a group, see the
new/unread messages, and when you read the messages, they get marked as
read, and you don't see them any more.  (Unless you explicitly ask for
them.)

   In particular, you do not do anything explicitly to delete messages.

   Does this mean that all the messages that have been marked as read
are deleted?  How awful!

   But, no, it means that old messages are "expired" according to some
scheme or other.  For news messages, the expire process is controlled by
the news administrator; for mail, the expire process is controlled by
you.  The expire process for mail is covered in depth in *note Expiring
Mail::.

   What many Gnus users find, after using it a while for both news and
mail, is that the transport mechanism has very little to do with how
they want to treat a message.

   Many people subscribe to several mailing lists.  These are
transported via SMTP, and are therefore mail.  But we might go for
weeks without answering, or even reading these messages very carefully.
We may not need to save them because if we should need to read one
again, they are archived somewhere else.

   Some people have local news groups which have only a handful of
readers.  These are transported via NNTP, and are therefore news.  But
we may need to read and answer a large fraction of the messages very
carefully in order to do our work.  And there may not be an archive, so
we may need to save the interesting messages the same way we would
personal mail.

   The important distinction turns out to be not the transport
mechanism, but other factors such as how interested we are in the
subject matter, or how easy it is to retrieve the message if we need to
read it again.

   Gnus provides many options for sorting mail into "groups" which
behave like newsgroups, and for treating each group (whether mail or
news) differently.

   Some users never get comfortable using the Gnus (ahem) paradigm and
wish that Gnus should grow up and be a male, er, mail reader.  It is
possible to whip Gnus into a more mailreaderly being, but, as said
before, it's not easy.  People who prefer proper mail readers should
try VM instead, which is an excellent, and proper, mail reader.

   I don't mean to scare anybody off, but I want to make it clear that
you may be required to learn a new way of thinking about messages.
After you've been subjected to The Gnus Way, you will come to love it.
I can guarantee it.  (At least the guy who sold me the Emacs Subliminal
Brain-Washing Functions that I've put into Gnus did guarantee it.  You
Will Be Assimilated.  You Love Gnus.  You Love The Gnus Mail Way.  You
Do.)


File: gnus,  Node: Getting Started Reading Mail,  Next: Splitting Mail,  Prev: Mail in a Newsreader,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.2 Getting Started Reading Mail
----------------------------------

It's quite easy to use Gnus to read your new mail.  You just plonk the
mail back end of your choice into `gnus-secondary-select-methods', and
things will happen automatically.

   For instance, if you want to use `nnml' (which is a "one file per
mail" back end), you could put the following in your `.gnus' file:

     (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods
           '((nnml "private")))

   Now, the next time you start Gnus, this back end will be queried for
new articles, and it will move all the messages in your spool file to
its directory, which is `~/Mail/' by default.  The new group that will
be created (`mail.misc') will be subscribed, and you can read it like
any other group.

   You will probably want to split the mail into several groups, though:

     (setq nnmail-split-methods
           '(("junk" "^From:.*Lars Ingebrigtsen")
             ("crazy" "^Subject:.*die\\|^Organization:.*flabby")
             ("other" "")))

   This will result in three new `nnml' mail groups being created:
`nnml:junk', `nnml:crazy', and `nnml:other'.  All the mail that doesn't
fit into the first two groups will be placed in the last group.

   This should be sufficient for reading mail with Gnus.  You might
want to give the other sections in this part of the manual a perusal,
though.  Especially *note Choosing a Mail Back End:: and *note Expiring
Mail::.


File: gnus,  Node: Splitting Mail,  Next: Mail Sources,  Prev: Getting Started Reading Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.3 Splitting Mail
--------------------

The `nnmail-split-methods' variable says how the incoming mail is to be
split into groups.

     (setq nnmail-split-methods
       '(("mail.junk" "^From:.*Lars Ingebrigtsen")
         ("mail.crazy" "^Subject:.*die\\|^Organization:.*flabby")
         ("mail.other" "")))

   This variable is a list of lists, where the first element of each of
these lists is the name of the mail group (they do not have to be called
something beginning with `mail', by the way), and the second element is
a regular expression used on the header of each mail to determine if it
belongs in this mail group.  The first string may contain `\\1' forms,
like the ones used by `replace-match' to insert sub-expressions from
the matched text.  For instance:

     ("list.\\1" "From:.* \\(.*\\)-list@majordomo.com")

   The second element can also be a function.  In that case, it will be
called narrowed to the headers with the first element of the rule as the
argument.  It should return a non-`nil' value if it thinks that the
mail belongs in that group.

   The last of these groups should always be a general one, and the
regular expression should _always_ be `' so that it matches any mails
that haven't been matched by any of the other regexps.  (These rules are
processed from the beginning of the alist toward the end.  The first
rule to make a match will "win", unless you have crossposting enabled.
In that case, all matching rules will "win".)

   If you like to tinker with this yourself, you can set this variable
to a function of your choice.  This function will be called without any
arguments in a buffer narrowed to the headers of an incoming mail
message.  The function should return a list of group names that it
thinks should carry this mail message.

   Note that the mail back ends are free to maul the poor, innocent,
incoming headers all they want to.  They all add `Lines' headers; some
add `X-Gnus-Group' headers; most rename the Unix mbox `From ' line to
something else.

   The mail back ends all support cross-posting.  If several regexps
match, the mail will be "cross-posted" to all those groups.
`nnmail-crosspost' says whether to use this mechanism or not.  Note
that no articles are crossposted to the general (`') group.

   `nnmh' and `nnml' makes crossposts by creating hard links to the
crossposted articles.  However, not all file systems support hard
links.  If that's the case for you, set
`nnmail-crosspost-link-function' to `copy-file'.  (This variable is
`add-name-to-file' by default.)

   If you wish to see where the previous mail split put the messages,
you can use the `M-x nnmail-split-history' command.  If you wish to see
where re-spooling messages would put the messages, you can use
`gnus-summary-respool-trace' and related commands (*note Mail Group
Commands::).

   Gnus gives you all the opportunity you could possibly want for
shooting yourself in the foot.  Let's say you create a group that will
contain all the mail you get from your boss.  And then you accidentally
unsubscribe from the group.  Gnus will still put all the mail from your
boss in the unsubscribed group, and so, when your boss mails you "Have
that report ready by Monday or you're fired!", you'll never see it and,
come Tuesday, you'll still believe that you're gainfully employed while
you really should be out collecting empty bottles to save up for next
month's rent money.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Sources,  Next: Mail Back End Variables,  Prev: Splitting Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.4 Mail Sources
------------------

Mail can be gotten from many different sources--the mail spool, from a
POP mail server, from a procmail directory, or from a maildir, for
instance.

* Menu:

* Mail Source Specifiers::       How to specify what a mail source is.
* Mail Source Customization::    Some variables that influence things.
* Fetching Mail::                Using the mail source specifiers.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Source Specifiers,  Next: Mail Source Customization,  Up: Mail Sources

6.3.4.1 Mail Source Specifiers
..............................

You tell Gnus how to fetch mail by setting `mail-sources' (*note
Fetching Mail::) to a "mail source specifier".

   Here's an example:

     (pop :server "pop3.mailserver.com" :user "myname")

   As can be observed, a mail source specifier is a list where the first
element is a "mail source type", followed by an arbitrary number of
"keywords".  Keywords that are not explicitly specified are given
default values.

   The following mail source types are available:

`file'
     Get mail from a single file; typically from the mail spool.

     Keywords:

    `:path'
          The path of the file.  Defaults to the value of the `MAIL'
          environment variable or `/usr/mail/spool/user-name'.

     An example file mail source:

          (file :path "/usr/spool/mail/user-name")

     Or using the default path:

          (file)

     If the mail spool file is not located on the local machine, it's
     best to use POP or IMAP or the like to fetch the mail.  You can
     not use ange-ftp file names here--it has no way to lock the mail
     spool while moving the mail.

     If it's impossible to set up a proper server, you can use ssh
     instead.

          (setq mail-sources
                '((file :prescript "ssh host bin/getmail >%t")))

     The `getmail' script would look something like the following:

          #!/bin/sh
          #  getmail - move mail from spool to stdout
          #  flu@iki.fi

          MOVEMAIL=/usr/lib/emacs/20.3/i386-redhat-linux/movemail
          TMP=$HOME/Mail/tmp
          rm -f $TMP; $MOVEMAIL $MAIL $TMP >/dev/null && cat $TMP

     Alter this script to fit find the `movemail' you want to use.

`directory'
     Get mail from several files in a directory.  This is typically
     used when you have procmail split the incoming mail into several
     files.  Setting `nnmail-scan-directory-mail-source-once' to
     non-nil force Gnus to scan the mail source only once.

     Keywords:

    `:path'
          The path of the directory where the files are.  There is no
          default value.

    `:suffix'
          Only files ending with this suffix are used.  The default is
          `.spool'.

    `:predicate'
          Only files that have this predicate return non-`nil' are
          returned.  The default is `identity'.  This is used as an
          additional filter--only files that have the right suffix
          _and_ satisfy this predicate are considered.

    `:prescript'
    `:postscript'
          Script run before/after fetching mail.


     An example directory mail source:

          (directory :path "/home/user-name/procmail-dir/"
                     :suffix ".prcml")

`pop'
     Get mail from a POP server.

     Keywords:

    `:server'
          The name of the POP server.  The default is taken from the
          `MAILHOST' environment variable.

    `:port'
          The port number of the POP server.  This can be a number (e.g.
          `:port 110') or a string (e.g. `:port "pop3"').  If it is a
          string, it should be a service name as listed in
          `/etc/services' on Unix systems.  The default is `"pop3"'.
          On some systems you might need to specify it as `"pop-3"'
          instead.

    `:user'
          The user name to give to the POP server.  The default is the
          login name.

    `:password'
          The password to give to the POP server.  If not specified,
          the user is prompted.

    `:program'
          The program to use to fetch mail from the POP server.  This
          should be a `format'-like string.  Here's an example:

               fetchmail %u@%s -P %p %t

          The valid format specifier characters are:

         `t'
               The name of the file the mail is to be moved to.  This
               must always be included in this string.

         `s'
               The name of the server.

         `P'
               The port number of the server.

         `u'
               The user name to use.

         `p'
               The password to use.

          The values used for these specs are taken from the values you
          give the corresponding keywords.

    `:prescript'
          A script to be run before fetching the mail.  The syntax is
          the same as the `:program' keyword.  This can also be a
          function to be run.

    `:postscript'
          A script to be run after fetching the mail.  The syntax is
          the same as the `:program' keyword.  This can also be a
          function to be run.

    `:function'
          The function to use to fetch mail from the POP server.  The
          function is called with one parameter--the name of the file
          where the mail should be moved to.

    `:authentication'
          This can be either the symbol `password' or the symbol `apop'
          and says what authentication scheme to use.  The default is
          `password'.


     If the `:program' and `:function' keywords aren't specified,
     `pop3-movemail' will be used.

     Here are some examples.  Fetch from the default POP server, using
     the default user name, and default fetcher:

          (pop)

     Fetch from a named server with a named user and password:

          (pop :server "my.pop.server"
               :user "user-name" :password "secret")

     Use `movemail' to move the mail:

          (pop :program "movemail po:%u %t %p")

`maildir'
     Get mail from a maildir.  This is a type of mailbox that is
     supported by at least qmail and postfix, where each file in a
     special directory contains exactly one mail.

     Keywords:

    `:path'
          The path of the directory where the mails are stored.  The
          default is taken from the `MAILDIR' environment variable or
          `~/Maildir/'.

    `:subdirs'
          The subdirectories of the Maildir.  The default is `("new"
          "cur")'.

          You can also get mails from remote hosts (because maildirs
          don't suffer from locking problems).


     Two example maildir mail sources:

          (maildir :path "/home/user-name/Maildir/"
                   :subdirs ("cur" "new"))

          (maildir :path "/user@remotehost.org:~/Maildir/"
                   :subdirs ("new"))

`imap'
     Get mail from a IMAP server.  If you don't want to use IMAP as
     intended, as a network mail reading protocol (ie with nnimap), for
     some reason or other, Gnus let you treat it similar to a POP server
     and fetches articles from a given IMAP mailbox.  *Note IMAP::, for
     more information.

     Note that for SSL support you may need external programs and
     libraries, *Note IMAP::.

     Keywords:

    `:server'
          The name of the IMAP server.  The default is taken from the
          `MAILHOST' environment variable.

    `:port'
          The port number of the IMAP server.  The default is `143', or
          `993' for SSL connections.

    `:user'
          The user name to give to the IMAP server.  The default is the
          login name.

    `:password'
          The password to give to the IMAP server.  If not specified,
          the user is prompted.

    `:stream'
          What stream to use for connecting to the server, this is one
          of the symbols in `imap-stream-alist'.  Right now, this means
          `kerberos4', `ssl' or the default `network'.

    `:authentication'
          Which authenticator to use for authenticating to the server,
          this is one of the symbols in `imap-authenticator-alist'.
          Right now, this means `kerberos4', `cram-md5', `anonymous' or
          the default `login'.

    `:program'
          When using the `shell' :stream, the contents of this variable
          is mapped into the `imap-shell-program' variable.  This
          should be a `format'-like string (or list of strings).
          Here's an example:

               ssh %s imapd

          The valid format specifier characters are:

         `s'
               The name of the server.

         `l'
               User name from `imap-default-user'.

         `p'
               The port number of the server.

          The values used for these specs are taken from the values you
          give the corresponding keywords.

    `:mailbox'
          The name of the mailbox to get mail from.  The default is
          `INBOX' which normally is the mailbox which receive incoming
          mail.

    `:predicate'
          The predicate used to find articles to fetch.  The default,
          `UNSEEN UNDELETED', is probably the best choice for most
          people, but if you sometimes peek in your mailbox with a IMAP
          client and mark some articles as read (or; SEEN) you might
          want to set this to `nil'.  Then all articles in the mailbox
          is fetched, no matter what.  For a complete list of
          predicates, see RFC 2060 §6.4.4.

    `:fetchflag'
          How to flag fetched articles on the server, the default
          `\Deleted' will mark them as deleted, an alternative would be
          `\Seen' which would simply mark them as read.  These are the
          two most likely choices, but more flags are defined in RFC
          2060 §2.3.2.

    `:dontexpunge'
          If non-nil, don't remove all articles marked as deleted in
          the mailbox after finishing the fetch.


     An example IMAP mail source:

          (imap :server "mail.mycorp.com"
                :stream kerberos4
                :fetchflag "\\Seen")

`webmail'
     Get mail from a webmail server, such as www.hotmail.com,
     webmail.netscape.com, www.netaddress.com, www.my-deja.com.

     NOTE: Now mail.yahoo.com provides POP3 service, so POP mail source
     is suggested.

     NOTE: Webmail largely depends cookies. A "one-line-cookie" patch is
     required for url "4.0pre.46".

     WARNING: Mails may lost.  NO WARRANTY.

     Keywords:

    `:subtype'
          The type of the webmail server.  The default is `hotmail'.
          The alternatives are `netscape', `netaddress', `my-deja'.

    `:user'
          The user name to give to the webmail server.  The default is
          the login name.

    `:password'
          The password to give to the webmail server.  If not
          specified, the user is prompted.

    `:dontexpunge'
          If non-nil, only fetch unread articles and don't move them to
          trash folder after finishing the fetch.


     An example webmail source:

          (webmail :subtype 'hotmail
                   :user "user-name"
                   :password "secret")

"Common Keywords"
     Common keywords can be used in any type of mail source.

     Keywords:

    `:plugged'
          If non-nil, fetch the mail even when Gnus is unplugged.  If
          you use directory source to get mail, you can specify it as
          in this example:

               (setq mail-sources
                     '((directory :path "/home/pavel/.Spool/"
                                  :suffix ""
                                  :plugged t)))

          Gnus will then fetch your mail even when you are unplugged.
          This is useful when you use local mail and news.


6.3.4.2 Function Interface
..........................

Some of the above keywords specify a Lisp function to be executed.  For
each keyword `:foo', the Lisp variable `foo' is bound to the value of
the keyword while the function is executing.  For example, consider the
following mail-source setting:

     (setq mail-sources '((pop :user "jrl"
                               :server "pophost" :function fetchfunc)))

   While the function `fetchfunc' is executing, the symbol `user' is
bound to `"jrl"', and the symbol `server' is bound to `"pophost"'.  The
symbols `port', `password', `program', `prescript', `postscript',
`function', and `authentication' are also bound (to their default
values).

   See above for a list of keywords for each type of mail source.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Source Customization,  Next: Fetching Mail,  Prev: Mail Source Specifiers,  Up: Mail Sources

6.3.4.3 Mail Source Customization
.................................

The following is a list of variables that influence how the mail is
fetched.  You would normally not need to set or change any of these
variables.

`mail-source-crash-box'
     File where mail will be stored while processing it.  The default is
     `~/.emacs-mail-crash-box'.

`mail-source-delete-incoming'
     If non-`nil', delete incoming files after handling them.

`mail-source-directory'
     Directory where files (if any) will be stored.  The default is
     `~/Mail/'.  At present, the only thing this is used for is to say
     where the incoming files will be stored if the previous variable is
     `nil'.

`mail-source-incoming-file-prefix'
     Prefix for file name for storing incoming mail.  The default is
     `Incoming', in which case files will end up with names like
     `Incoming30630D_' or `Incoming298602ZD'.  This is really only
     relevant if `mail-source-delete-incoming' is `nil'.

`mail-source-default-file-modes'
     All new mail files will get this file mode.  The default is 384.



File: gnus,  Node: Fetching Mail,  Prev: Mail Source Customization,  Up: Mail Sources

6.3.4.4 Fetching Mail
.....................

The way to actually tell Gnus where to get new mail from is to set
`mail-sources' to a list of mail source specifiers (*note Mail Source
Specifiers::).

   If this variable (and the obsolescent `nnmail-spool-file') is `nil',
the mail back ends will never attempt to fetch mail by themselves.

   If you want to fetch mail both from your local spool as well as a POP
mail server, you'd say something like:

     (setq mail-sources
           '((file)
             (pop :server "pop3.mail.server"
                  :password "secret")))

   Or, if you don't want to use any of the keyword defaults:

     (setq mail-sources
           '((file :path "/var/spool/mail/user-name")
             (pop :server "pop3.mail.server"
                  :user "user-name"
                  :port "pop3"
                  :password "secret")))

   When you use a mail back end, Gnus will slurp all your mail from your
inbox and plonk it down in your home directory.  Gnus doesn't move any
mail if you're not using a mail back end--you have to do a lot of magic
invocations first.  At the time when you have finished drawing the
pentagram, lightened the candles, and sacrificed the goat, you really
shouldn't be too surprised when Gnus moves your mail.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Back End Variables,  Next: Fancy Mail Splitting,  Prev: Mail Sources,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.5 Mail Back End Variables
-----------------------------

These variables are (for the most part) pertinent to all the various
mail back ends.

`nnmail-read-incoming-hook'
     The mail back ends all call this hook after reading new mail.  You
     can use this hook to notify any mail watch programs, if you want
     to.

`nnmail-split-hook'
     Hook run in the buffer where the mail headers of each message is
     kept just before the splitting based on these headers is done.
     The hook is free to modify the buffer contents in any way it sees
     fit--the buffer is discarded after the splitting has been done,
     and no changes performed in the buffer will show up in any files.
     `gnus-article-decode-encoded-words' is one likely function to add
     to this hook.

`nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'
`nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook'
     These are two useful hooks executed when treating new incoming
     mail--`nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook' (is called just before
     starting to handle the new mail) and
     `nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook' (is called when the mail handling
     is done).  Here's and example of using these two hooks to change
     the default file modes the new mail files get:

          (add-hook 'gnus-pre-get-new-mail-hook
                    (lambda () (set-default-file-modes 511)))

          (add-hook 'gnus-post-get-new-mail-hook
                    (lambda () (set-default-file-modes 551)))

`nnmail-use-long-file-names'
     If non-`nil', the mail back ends will use long file and directory
     names.  Groups like `mail.misc' will end up in directories
     (assuming use of `nnml' back end) or files (assuming use of
     `nnfolder' back end) like `mail.misc'.  If it is `nil', the same
     group will end up in `mail/misc'.

`nnmail-delete-file-function'
     Function called to delete files.  It is `delete-file' by default.

`nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids'
     If non-`nil', put the `Message-ID's of articles imported into the
     back end (via `Gcc', for instance) into the mail duplication
     discovery cache.  The default is `nil'.



File: gnus,  Node: Fancy Mail Splitting,  Next: Group Mail Splitting,  Prev: Mail Back End Variables,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.6 Fancy Mail Splitting
--------------------------

If the rather simple, standard method for specifying how to split mail
doesn't allow you to do what you want, you can set
`nnmail-split-methods' to `nnmail-split-fancy'.  Then you can play with
the `nnmail-split-fancy' variable.

   Let's look at an example value of this variable first:

     ;; Messages from the mailer daemon are not crossposted to any of
     ;; the ordinary groups.  Warnings are put in a separate group
     ;; from real errors.
     (| ("from" mail (| ("subject" "warn.*" "mail.warning")
                        "mail.misc"))
        ;; Non-error messages are crossposted to all relevant
        ;; groups, but we don't crosspost between the group for the
        ;; (ding) list and the group for other (ding) related mail.
        (& (| (any "ding@ifi\\.uio\\.no" "ding.list")
              ("subject" "ding" "ding.misc"))
           ;; Other mailing lists...
           (any "procmail@informatik\\.rwth-aachen\\.de" "procmail.list")
           (any "SmartList@informatik\\.rwth-aachen\\.de" "SmartList.list")
           ;; Both lists below have the same suffix, so prevent
           ;; cross-posting to mkpkg.list of messages posted only to
           ;; the bugs- list, but allow cross-posting when the
           ;; message was really cross-posted.
           (any "bugs-mypackage@somewhere" "mypkg.bugs")
           (any "mypackage@somewhere\" - "bugs-mypackage" "mypkg.list")
           ;; People...
           (any "larsi@ifi\\.uio\\.no" "people.Lars_Magne_Ingebrigtsen"))
        ;; Unmatched mail goes to the catch all group.
        "misc.misc")

   This variable has the format of a "split".  A split is a (possibly)
recursive structure where each split may contain other splits.  Here are
the five possible split syntaxes:

  1. `group': If the split is a string, that will be taken as a group
     name.  Normal regexp match expansion will be done.  See below for
     examples.

  2. `(FIELD VALUE `[-' RESTRICT `[...]'`]' SPLIT)': If the split is a
     list, the first element of which is a string, then store the
     message as specified by SPLIT, if header FIELD (a regexp) contains
     VALUE (also a regexp).  If RESTRICT (yet another regexp) matches
     some string after FIELD and before the end of the matched VALUE,
     the SPLIT is ignored.  If none of the RESTRICT clauses match,
     SPLIT is processed.

  3. `(| SPLIT...)': If the split is a list, and the first element is
     `|' (vertical bar), then process each SPLIT until one of them
     matches.  A SPLIT is said to match if it will cause the mail
     message to be stored in one or more groups.

  4. `(& SPLIT...)': If the split is a list, and the first element is
     `&', then process all SPLITs in the list.

  5. `junk': If the split is the symbol `junk', then don't save this
     message.  Use with extreme caution.

  6. `(: FUNCTION ARG1 ARG2 ...)':  If the split is a list, and the
     first element is `:', then the second element will be called as a
     function with ARGS given as arguments.  The function should return
     a SPLIT.

     For instance, the following function could be used to split based
     on the body of the messages:

          (defun split-on-body ()
            (save-excursion
              (set-buffer " *nnmail incoming*")
              (goto-char (point-min))
              (when (re-search-forward "Some.*string" nil t)
                "string.group")))

  7. `(! FUNC SPLIT)': If the split is a list, and the first element is
     `!', then SPLIT will be processed, and FUNC will be called as a
     function with the result of SPLIT as argument.  FUNC should return
     a split.

  8. `nil': If the split is `nil', it is ignored.


   In these splits, FIELD must match a complete field name.  VALUE must
match a complete word according to the fundamental mode syntax table.
You can use `.*' in the regexps to match partial field names or words.
In other words, all VALUE's are wrapped in `\<' and `\>' pairs.

   FIELD and VALUE can also be lisp symbols, in that case they are
expanded as specified by the variable `nnmail-split-abbrev-alist'.
This is an alist of cons cells, where the `car' of a cell contains the
key, and the `cdr' contains the associated value.

   `nnmail-split-fancy-syntax-table' is the syntax table in effect when
all this splitting is performed.

   If you want to have Gnus create groups dynamically based on some
information in the headers (i.e., do `replace-match'-like substitutions
in the group names), you can say things like:

     (any "debian-\\b\\(\\w+\\)@lists.debian.org" "mail.debian.\\1")

   In this example, messages sent to `debian-foo@lists.debian.org' will
be filed in `mail.debian.foo'.

   If the string contains the element `\&', then the previously matched
string will be substituted.  Similarly, the elements `\\1' up to `\\9'
will be substituted with the text matched by the groupings 1 through 9.

   `nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent' is a function which allows you to
split followups into the same groups their parents are in.  Sometimes
you can't make splitting rules for all your mail.  For example, your
boss might send you personal mail regarding different projects you are
working on, and as you can't tell your boss to put a distinguishing
string into the subject line, you have to resort to manually moving the
messages into the right group.  With this function, you only have to do
it once per thread.

   To use this feature, you have to set `nnmail-treat-duplicates' to a
non-nil value.  And then you can include
`nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent' using the colon feature, like so:
     (setq nnmail-split-fancy
           '(| (: nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent)
               ;; other splits go here
             ))

   This feature works as follows: when `nnmail-treat-duplicates' is
non-nil, Gnus records the message id of every message it sees in the
file specified by the variable `nnmail-message-id-cache-file', together
with the group it is in (the group is omitted for non-mail messages).
When mail splitting is invoked, the function
`nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent' then looks at the References (and
In-Reply-To) header of each message to split and searches the file
specified by `nnmail-message-id-cache-file' for the message ids.  When
it has found a parent, it returns the corresponding group name.  It is
recommended that you set `nnmail-message-id-cache-length' to a somewhat
higher number than the default so that the message ids are still in the
cache.  (A value of 5000 appears to create a file some 300 kBytes in
size.)  When `nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids' is non-`nil', Gnus
also records the message ids of moved articles, so that the followup
messages goes into the new group.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Mail Splitting,  Next: Incorporating Old Mail,  Prev: Fancy Mail Splitting,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.7 Group Mail Splitting
--------------------------

If you subscribe to dozens of mailing lists but you don't want to
maintain mail splitting rules manually, group mail splitting is for you.
You just have to set TO-LIST and/or TO-ADDRESS in group parameters or
group customization and set `nnmail-split-methods' to
`gnus-group-split'.  This splitting function will scan all groups for
those parameters and split mail accordingly, i.e., messages posted from
or to the addresses specified in the parameters TO-LIST or TO-ADDRESS
of a mail group will be stored in that group.

   Sometimes, mailing lists have multiple addresses, and you may want
mail splitting to recognize them all: just set the EXTRA-ALIASES group
parameter to the list of additional addresses and it's done.  If you'd
rather use a regular expression, set SPLIT-REGEXP.

   All these parameters in a group will be used to create an
`nnmail-split-fancy' split, in which the FIELD is `any', the VALUE is a
single regular expression that matches TO-LIST, TO-ADDRESS, all of
EXTRA-ALIASES and all matches of SPLIT-REGEXP, and the SPLIT is the
name of the group.  RESTRICTs are also supported: just set the
SPLIT-EXCLUDE parameter to a list of regular expressions.

   If you can't get the right split to be generated using all these
parameters, or you just need something fancier, you can set the
parameter SPLIT-SPEC to an `nnmail-split-fancy' split.  In this case,
all other aforementioned parameters will be ignored by
`gnus-group-split'.  In particular, SPLIT-SPEC may be set to `nil', in
which case the group will be ignored by `gnus-group-split'.

   `gnus-group-split' will do cross-posting on all groups that match,
by defining a single `&' fancy split containing one split for each
group.  If a message doesn't match any split, it will be stored in the
group named in `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group', unless some
group has SPLIT-SPEC set to `catch-all', in which case that group is
used as the catch-all group.  Even though this variable is often used
just to name a group, it may also be set to an arbitrarily complex
fancy split (after all, a group name is a fancy split), and this may be
useful to split mail that doesn't go to any mailing list to personal
mail folders.  Note that this fancy split is added as the last element
of a `|' split list that also contains a `&' split with the rules
extracted from group parameters.

   It's time for an example.  Assume the following group parameters have
been defined:

     nnml:mail.bar:
     ((to-address . "bar@femail.com")
      (split-regexp . ".*@femail\\.com"))
     nnml:mail.foo:
     ((to-list . "foo@nowhere.gov")
      (extra-aliases "foo@localhost" "foo-redist@home")
      (split-exclude "bugs-foo" "rambling-foo")
      (admin-address . "foo-request@nowhere.gov"))
     nnml:mail.others:
     ((split-spec . catch-all))

   Setting `nnmail-split-methods' to `gnus-group-split' will behave as
if `nnmail-split-fancy' had been selected and variable
`nnmail-split-fancy' had been set as follows:

     (| (& (any "\\(bar@femail\\.com\\|.*@femail\\.com\\)" "mail.bar")
           (any "\\(foo@nowhere\\.gov\\|foo@localhost\\|foo-redist@home\\)"
                - "bugs-foo" - "rambling-foo" "mail.foo"))
        "mail.others")

   If you'd rather not use group splitting for all your mail groups, you
may use it for only some of them, by using `nnmail-split-fancy' splits
like this:

     (: gnus-mlsplt-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)

   GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names whose
parameters will be scanned to generate the output split.  NO-CROSSPOST
can be used to disable cross-posting; in this case, a single `|' split
will be output.  CATCH-ALL is the fallback fancy split, used like
GNUS-GROUP-SPLIT-DEFAULT-CATCH-ALL-GROUP.  If CATCH-ALL is `nil', or if
SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string in any selected group, no
catch-all split will be issued.  Otherwise, if some group has
SPLIT-SPEC set to `catch-all', this group will override the value of
the CATCH-ALL argument.

   Unfortunately, scanning all groups and their parameters can be quite
slow, especially considering that it has to be done for every message.
But don't despair!  The function `gnus-group-split-setup' can be used
to enable `gnus-group-split' in a much more efficient way.  It sets
`nnmail-split-methods' to `nnmail-split-fancy' and sets
`nnmail-split-fancy' to the split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy'.
Thus, the group parameters are only scanned once, no matter how many
messages are split.

   However, if you change group parameters, you have to update
`nnmail-split-fancy' manually.  You can do it by running
`gnus-group-split-update'.  If you'd rather have it updated
automatically, just tell `gnus-group-split-setup' to do it for you.
For example, add to your `.gnus':

     (gnus-group-split-setup AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)

   If AUTO-UPDATE is non-`nil', `gnus-group-split-update' will be added
to `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook', so you won't ever have to worry
about updating `nnmail-split-fancy' again.  If you don't omit CATCH-ALL
(it's optional, equivalent to `nil'),
`gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' will be set to its value.

   Because you may want to change `nnmail-split-fancy' after it is set
by `gnus-group-split-update', this function will run
`gnus-group-split-updated-hook' just before finishing.


File: gnus,  Node: Incorporating Old Mail,  Next: Expiring Mail,  Prev: Group Mail Splitting,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.8 Incorporating Old Mail
----------------------------

Most people have lots of old mail stored in various file formats.  If
you have set up Gnus to read mail using one of the spiffy Gnus mail
back ends, you'll probably wish to have that old mail incorporated into
your mail groups.

   Doing so can be quite easy.

   To take an example: You're reading mail using `nnml' (*note Mail
Spool::), and have set `nnmail-split-methods' to a satisfactory value
(*note Splitting Mail::).  You have an old Unix mbox file filled with
important, but old, mail.  You want to move it into your `nnml' groups.

   Here's how:

  1. Go to the group buffer.

  2. Type `G f' and give the path to the mbox file when prompted to
     create an `nndoc' group from the mbox file (*note Foreign
     Groups::).

  3. Type <SPC> to enter the newly created group.

  4. Type `M P b' to process-mark all articles in this group's buffer
     (*note Setting Process Marks::).

  5. Type `B r' to respool all the process-marked articles, and answer
     `nnml' when prompted (*note Mail Group Commands::).

   All the mail messages in the mbox file will now also be spread out
over all your `nnml' groups.  Try entering them and check whether things
have gone without a glitch.  If things look ok, you may consider
deleting the mbox file, but I wouldn't do that unless I was absolutely
sure that all the mail has ended up where it should be.

   Respooling is also a handy thing to do if you're switching from one
mail back end to another.  Just respool all the mail in the old mail
groups using the new mail back end.


File: gnus,  Node: Expiring Mail,  Next: Washing Mail,  Prev: Incorporating Old Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.9 Expiring Mail
-------------------

Traditional mail readers have a tendency to remove mail articles when
you mark them as read, in some way.  Gnus takes a fundamentally
different approach to mail reading.

   Gnus basically considers mail just to be news that has been received
in a rather peculiar manner.  It does not think that it has the power to
actually change the mail, or delete any mail messages.  If you enter a
mail group, and mark articles as "read", or kill them in some other
fashion, the mail articles will still exist on the system.  I repeat:
Gnus will not delete your old, read mail.  Unless you ask it to, of
course.

   To make Gnus get rid of your unwanted mail, you have to mark the
articles as "expirable".  This does not mean that the articles will
disappear right away, however.  In general, a mail article will be
deleted from your system if, 1) it is marked as expirable, AND 2) it is
more than one week old.  If you do not mark an article as expirable, it
will remain on your system until hell freezes over.  This bears
repeating one more time, with some spurious capitalizations: IF you do
NOT mark articles as EXPIRABLE, Gnus will NEVER delete those ARTICLES.

   You do not have to mark articles as expirable by hand.  Groups that
match the regular expression `gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups' will have
all articles that you read marked as expirable automatically.  All
articles marked as expirable have an `E' in the first column in the
summary buffer.

   By default, if you have auto expiry switched on, Gnus will mark all
the articles you read as expirable, no matter if they were read or
unread before.  To avoid having articles marked as read marked as
expirable automatically, you can put something like the following in
your `.gnus' file:

     (remove-hook 'gnus-mark-article-hook
                  'gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read)
     (add-hook 'gnus-mark-article-hook 'gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read)

   Note that making a group auto-expirable doesn't mean that all read
articles are expired--only the articles marked as expirable will be
expired.  Also note that using the `d' command won't make groups
expirable--only semi-automatic marking of articles as read will mark
the articles as expirable in auto-expirable groups.

   Let's say you subscribe to a couple of mailing lists, and you want
the articles you have read to disappear after a while:

     (setq gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups
           "mail.nonsense-list\\|mail.nice-list")

   Another way to have auto-expiry happen is to have the element
`auto-expire' in the group parameters of the group.

   If you use adaptive scoring (*note Adaptive Scoring::) and
auto-expiring, you'll have problems.  Auto-expiring and adaptive scoring
don't really mix very well.

   The `nnmail-expiry-wait' variable supplies the default time an
expirable article has to live.  Gnus starts counting days from when the
message _arrived_, not from when it was sent.  The default is seven
days.

   Gnus also supplies a function that lets you fine-tune how long
articles are to live, based on what group they are in.  Let's say you
want to have one month expiry period in the `mail.private' group, a one
day expiry period in the `mail.junk' group, and a six day expiry period
everywhere else:

     (setq nnmail-expiry-wait-function
           (lambda (group)
            (cond ((string= group "mail.private")
                    31)
                  ((string= group "mail.junk")
                    1)
                  ((string= group "important")
                    'never)
                  (t
                    6))))

   The group names this function is fed are "unadorned" group names--no
`nnml:' prefixes and the like.

   The `nnmail-expiry-wait' variable and `nnmail-expiry-wait-function'
function can either be a number (not necessarily an integer) or one of
the symbols `immediate' or `never'.

   You can also use the `expiry-wait' group parameter to selectively
change the expiry period (*note Group Parameters::).

   The normal action taken when expiring articles is to delete them.
However, in some circumstances it might make more sense to move them to
other groups instead of deleting them.  The variable
`nnmail-expiry-target' (and the `expiry-target' group parameter)
controls this.  The variable supplies a default value for all groups,
which can be overridden for specific groups by the group parameter.
default value is `delete', but this can also be a string (which should
be the name of the group the message should be moved to), or a function
(which will be called in a buffer narrowed to the message in question,
and with the name of the group being moved from as its parameter) which
should return a target - either a group name or `delete'.

   Here's an example for specifying a group name:
     (setq nnmail-expiry-target "nnml:expired")

   If `nnmail-keep-last-article' is non-`nil', Gnus will never expire
the final article in a mail newsgroup.  This is to make life easier for
procmail users.

   By the way: That line up there, about Gnus never expiring
non-expirable articles, is a lie.  If you put `total-expire' in the
group parameters, articles will not be marked as expirable, but all read
articles will be put through the expiry process.  Use with extreme
caution.  Even more dangerous is the `gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups'
variable.  All groups that match this regexp will have all read
articles put through the expiry process, which means that _all_ old
mail articles in the groups in question will be deleted after a while.
Use with extreme caution, and don't come crying to me when you discover
that the regexp you used matched the wrong group and all your important
mail has disappeared.  Be a _man_!  Or a _woman_!  Whatever you feel
more comfortable with!  So there!

   Most people make most of their mail groups total-expirable, though.

   If `gnus-inhibit-user-auto-expire' is non-`nil', user marking
commands will not mark an article as expirable, even if the group has
auto-expire turned on.


File: gnus,  Node: Washing Mail,  Next: Duplicates,  Prev: Expiring Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.10 Washing Mail
-------------------

Mailers and list servers are notorious for doing all sorts of really,
really stupid things with mail.  "Hey, RFC 822 doesn't explicitly
prohibit us from adding the string `wE aRe ElItE!!!!!1!!' to the end of
all lines passing through our server, so let's do that!!!!1!"  Yes, but
RFC 822 wasn't designed to be read by morons.  Things that were
considered to be self-evident were not discussed.  So.  Here we are.

   Case in point:  The German version of Microsoft Exchange adds `AW: '
to the subjects of replies instead of `Re: '.  I could pretend to be
shocked and dismayed by this, but I haven't got the energy.  It is to
laugh.

   Gnus provides a plethora of functions for washing articles while
displaying them, but it might be nicer to do the filtering before
storing the mail to disc.  For that purpose, we have three hooks and
various functions that can be put in these hooks.

`nnmail-prepare-incoming-hook'
     This hook is called before doing anything with the mail and is
     meant for grand, sweeping gestures.  It is called in a buffer that
     contains all the new, incoming mail.  Functions to be used include:

    `nnheader-ms-strip-cr'
          Remove trailing carriage returns from each line.  This is
          default on Emacs running on MS machines.


`nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'
     This hook is called narrowed to each header.  It can be used when
     cleaning up the headers.  Functions that can be used include:

    `nnmail-remove-leading-whitespace'
          Clear leading white space that "helpful" listservs have added
          to the headers to make them look nice.  Aaah.

    `nnmail-remove-list-identifiers'
          Some list servers add an identifier--for example, `(idm)'--to
          the beginning of all `Subject' headers.  I'm sure that's nice
          for people who use stone age mail readers.  This function
          will remove strings that match the `nnmail-list-identifiers'
          regexp, which can also be a list of regexp.
          `nnmail-list-identifiers' may not contain `\\(..\\)'.

          For instance, if you want to remove the `(idm)' and the
          `nagnagnag' identifiers:

               (setq nnmail-list-identifiers
                     '("(idm)" "nagnagnag"))

          This can also be done non-destructively with
          `gnus-list-identifiers', *Note Article Hiding::.

    `nnmail-remove-tabs'
          Translate all tab characters into space characters.

    `nnmail-fix-eudora-headers'
          Eudora produces broken `References' headers, but OK
          `In-Reply-To' headers.  This function will get rid of the
          `References' headers.


`nnmail-prepare-incoming-message-hook'
     This hook is called narrowed to each message.  Functions to be used
     include:

    `article-de-quoted-unreadable'
          Decode Quoted Readable encoding.



File: gnus,  Node: Duplicates,  Next: Not Reading Mail,  Prev: Washing Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.11 Duplicates
-----------------

If you are a member of a couple of mailing lists, you will sometimes
receive two copies of the same mail.  This can be quite annoying, so
`nnmail' checks for and treats any duplicates it might find.  To do
this, it keeps a cache of old `Message-ID's--
`nnmail-message-id-cache-file', which is `~/.nnmail-cache' by default.
The approximate maximum number of `Message-ID's stored there is
controlled by the `nnmail-message-id-cache-length' variable, which is
1000 by default.  (So 1000 `Message-ID's will be stored.) If all this
sounds scary to you, you can set `nnmail-treat-duplicates' to `warn'
(which is what it is by default), and `nnmail' won't delete duplicate
mails.  Instead it will insert a warning into the head of the mail
saying that it thinks that this is a duplicate of a different message.

   This variable can also be a function.  If that's the case, the
function will be called from a buffer narrowed to the message in
question with the `Message-ID' as a parameter.  The function must
return either `nil', `warn', or `delete'.

   You can turn this feature off completely by setting the variable to
`nil'.

   If you want all the duplicate mails to be put into a special
"duplicates" group, you could do that using the normal mail split
methods:

     (setq nnmail-split-fancy
           '(| ;; Messages duplicates go to a separate group.
               ("gnus-warning" "duplication of message" "duplicate")
               ;; Message from daemons, postmaster, and the like to another.
               (any mail "mail.misc")
               ;; Other rules.
               [ ... ] ))

   Or something like:
     (setq nnmail-split-methods
           '(("duplicates" "^Gnus-Warning:")
             ;; Other rules.
             [...]))

   Here's a neat feature: If you know that the recipient reads her mail
with Gnus, and that she has `nnmail-treat-duplicates' set to `delete',
you can send her as many insults as you like, just by using a
`Message-ID' of a mail that you know that she's already received.
Think of all the fun!  She'll never see any of it!  Whee!


File: gnus,  Node: Not Reading Mail,  Next: Choosing a Mail Back End,  Prev: Duplicates,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.12 Not Reading Mail
-----------------------

If you start using any of the mail back ends, they have the annoying
habit of assuming that you want to read mail with them.  This might not
be unreasonable, but it might not be what you want.

   If you set `mail-sources' and `nnmail-spool-file' to `nil', none of
the back ends will ever attempt to read incoming mail, which should
help.

   This might be too much, if, for instance, you are reading mail quite
happily with `nnml' and just want to peek at some old RMAIL file you
have stashed away with `nnbabyl'.  All back ends have variables called
back-end-`get-new-mail'.  If you want to disable the `nnbabyl' mail
reading, you edit the virtual server for the group to have a setting
where `nnbabyl-get-new-mail' to `nil'.

   All the mail back ends will call `nn'*`-prepare-save-mail-hook'
narrowed to the article to be saved before saving it when reading
incoming mail.


File: gnus,  Node: Choosing a Mail Back End,  Prev: Not Reading Mail,  Up: Getting Mail

6.3.13 Choosing a Mail Back End
-------------------------------

Gnus will read the mail spool when you activate a mail group.  The mail
file is first copied to your home directory.  What happens after that
depends on what format you want to store your mail in.

   There are five different mail back ends in the standard Gnus, and
more back ends are available separately.  The mail back end most people
use (because it is the fastest and most flexible) is `nnml' (*note Mail
Spool::).

* Menu:

* Unix Mail Box::               Using the (quite) standard Un*x mbox.
* Rmail Babyl::                 Emacs programs use the rmail babyl format.
* Mail Spool::                  Store your mail in a private spool?
* MH Spool::                    An mhspool-like back end.
* Mail Folders::                Having one file for each group.
* Comparing Mail Back Ends::    An in-depth looks at pros and cons.


File: gnus,  Node: Unix Mail Box,  Next: Rmail Babyl,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.1 Unix Mail Box
......................

The "nnmbox" back end will use the standard Un*x mbox file to store
mail.  `nnmbox' will add extra headers to each mail article to say
which group it belongs in.

   Virtual server settings:

`nnmbox-mbox-file'
     The name of the mail box in the user's home directory.

`nnmbox-active-file'
     The name of the active file for the mail box.

`nnmbox-get-new-mail'
     If non-`nil', `nnmbox' will read incoming mail and split it into
     groups.


File: gnus,  Node: Rmail Babyl,  Next: Mail Spool,  Prev: Unix Mail Box,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.2 Rmail Babyl
....................

The "nnbabyl" back end will use a babyl mail box (aka. "rmail mbox") to
store mail.  `nnbabyl' will add extra headers to each mail article to
say which group it belongs in.

   Virtual server settings:

`nnbabyl-mbox-file'
     The name of the rmail mbox file.

`nnbabyl-active-file'
     The name of the active file for the rmail box.

`nnbabyl-get-new-mail'
     If non-`nil', `nnbabyl' will read incoming mail.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Spool,  Next: MH Spool,  Prev: Rmail Babyl,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.3 Mail Spool
...................

The "nnml" spool mail format isn't compatible with any other known
format.  It should be used with some caution.

   If you use this back end, Gnus will split all incoming mail into
files, one file for each mail, and put the articles into the
corresponding directories under the directory specified by the
`nnml-directory' variable.  The default value is `~/Mail/'.

   You do not have to create any directories beforehand; Gnus will take
care of all that.

   If you have a strict limit as to how many files you are allowed to
store in your account, you should not use this back end.  As each mail
gets its own file, you might very well occupy thousands of inodes
within a few weeks.  If this is no problem for you, and it isn't a
problem for you having your friendly systems administrator walking
around, madly, shouting "Who is eating all my inodes?! Who? Who!?!",
then you should know that this is probably the fastest format to use.
You do not have to trudge through a big mbox file just to read your new
mail.

   `nnml' is probably the slowest back end when it comes to article
splitting.  It has to create lots of files, and it also generates NOV
databases for the incoming mails.  This makes it the fastest back end
when it comes to reading mail.

   Virtual server settings:

`nnml-directory'
     All `nnml' directories will be placed under this directory.

`nnml-active-file'
     The active file for the `nnml' server.

`nnml-newsgroups-file'
     The `nnml' group descriptions file.  *Note Newsgroups File
     Format::.

`nnml-get-new-mail'
     If non-`nil', `nnml' will read incoming mail.

`nnml-nov-is-evil'
     If non-`nil', this back end will ignore any NOV files.

`nnml-nov-file-name'
     The name of the NOV files.  The default is `.overview'.

`nnml-prepare-save-mail-hook'
     Hook run narrowed to an article before saving.


   If your `nnml' groups and NOV files get totally out of whack, you
can do a complete update by typing `M-x nnml-generate-nov-databases'.
This command will trawl through the entire `nnml' hierarchy, looking at
each and every article, so it might take a while to complete.  A better
interface to this functionality can be found in the server buffer
(*note Server Commands::).


File: gnus,  Node: MH Spool,  Next: Mail Folders,  Prev: Mail Spool,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.4 MH Spool
.................

`nnmh' is just like `nnml', except that is doesn't generate NOV
databases and it doesn't keep an active file.  This makes `nnmh' a
_much_ slower back end than `nnml', but it also makes it easier to
write procmail scripts for.

   Virtual server settings:

`nnmh-directory'
     All `nnmh' directories will be located under this directory.

`nnmh-get-new-mail'
     If non-`nil', `nnmh' will read incoming mail.

`nnmh-be-safe'
     If non-`nil', `nnmh' will go to ridiculous lengths to make sure
     that the articles in the folder are actually what Gnus thinks they
     are.  It will check date stamps and stat everything in sight, so
     setting this to `t' will mean a serious slow-down.  If you never
     use anything but Gnus to read the `nnmh' articles, you do not have
     to set this variable to `t'.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail Folders,  Next: Comparing Mail Back Ends,  Prev: MH Spool,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.5 Mail Folders
.....................

`nnfolder' is a back end for storing each mail group in a separate
file.  Each file is in the standard Un*x mbox format.  `nnfolder' will
add extra headers to keep track of article numbers and arrival dates.

   Virtual server settings:

`nnfolder-directory'
     All the `nnfolder' mail boxes will be stored under this directory.

`nnfolder-active-file'
     The name of the active file.

`nnfolder-newsgroups-file'
     The name of the group descriptions file.  *Note Newsgroups File
     Format::.

`nnfolder-get-new-mail'
     If non-`nil', `nnfolder' will read incoming mail.

`nnfolder-save-buffer-hook'
     Hook run before saving the folders.  Note that Emacs does the
     normal backup renaming of files even with the `nnfolder' buffers.
     If you wish to switch this off, you could say something like the
     following in your `.emacs' file:

          (defun turn-off-backup ()
            (set (make-local-variable 'backup-inhibited) t))

          (add-hook 'nnfolder-save-buffer-hook 'turn-off-backup)

`nnfolder-delete-mail-hook'
     Hook run in a buffer narrowed to the message that is to be deleted.
     This function can be used to copy the message to somewhere else,
     or to extract some information from it before removing it.


   If you have lots of `nnfolder'-like files you'd like to read with
`nnfolder', you can use the `M-x nnfolder-generate-active-file' command
to make `nnfolder' aware of all likely files in `nnfolder-directory'.
This only works if you use long file names, though.


File: gnus,  Node: Comparing Mail Back Ends,  Prev: Mail Folders,  Up: Choosing a Mail Back End

6.3.13.6 Comparing Mail Back Ends
.................................

First, just for terminology, the "back end" is the common word for a
low-level access method--a transport, if you will, by which something
is acquired.  The sense is that one's mail has to come from somewhere,
and so selection of a suitable back end is required in order to get that
mail within spitting distance of Gnus.

   The same concept exists for Usenet itself: Though access to articles
is typically done by NNTP these days, once upon a midnight dreary,
everyone in the world got at Usenet by running a reader on the machine
where the articles lay (the machine which today we call an NNTP
server), and access was by the reader stepping into the articles'
directory spool area directly.  One can still select between either the
`nntp' or `nnspool' back ends, to select between these methods, if one
happens actually to live on the server (or can see its spool directly,
anyway, via NFS).

   The goal in selecting a mail back end is to pick one which
simultaneously represents a suitable way of dealing with the original
format plus leaving mail in a form that is convenient to use in the
future.  Here are some high and low points on each:

`nnmbox'
     UNIX systems have historically had a single, very common, and well-
     defined format.  All messages arrive in a single "spool file", and
     they are delineated by a line whose regular expression matches
     `^From_'.  (My notational use of `_' is to indicate a space, to
     make it clear in this instance that this is not the RFC-specified
     `From:' header.)  Because Emacs and therefore Gnus emanate
     historically from the Unix environment, it is simplest if one does
     not mess a great deal with the original mailbox format, so if one
     chooses this back end, Gnus' primary activity in getting mail from
     the real spool area to Gnus' preferred directory is simply to copy
     it, with no (appreciable) format change in the process.  It is the
     "dumbest" way to move mail into availability in the Gnus
     environment.  This makes it fast to move into place, but slow to
     parse, when Gnus has to look at what's where.

`nnbabyl'
     Once upon a time, there was the DEC-10 and DEC-20, running
     operating systems called TOPS and related things, and the usual
     (only?) mail reading environment was a thing called Babyl.  I
     don't know what format was used for mail landing on the system,
     but Babyl had its own internal format to which mail was converted,
     primarily involving creating a spool-file-like entity with a
     scheme for inserting Babyl-specific headers and status bits above
     the top of each message in the file.  RMAIL was Emacs' first mail
     reader, it was written by Richard Stallman, and Stallman came out
     of that TOPS/Babyl environment, so he wrote RMAIL to understand
     the mail files folks already had in existence.  Gnus (and VM, for
     that matter) continue to support this format because it's
     perceived as having some good qualities in those mailer-specific
     headers/status bits stuff.  RMAIL itself still exists as well, of
     course, and is still maintained by Stallman.

     Both of the above forms leave your mail in a single file on your
     filesystem, and they must parse that entire file each time you
     take a look at your mail.

`nnml'
     `nnml' is the back end which smells the most as though you were
     actually operating with an `nnspool'-accessed Usenet system.  (In
     fact, I believe `nnml' actually derived from `nnspool' code, lo
     these years ago.)  One's mail is taken from the original spool
     file, and is then cut up into individual message files, 1:1.  It
     maintains a Usenet-style active file (analogous to what one finds
     in an INN- or CNews-based news system in (for instance)
     `/var/lib/news/active', or what is returned via the `NNTP LIST'
     verb) and also creates "overview" files for efficient group entry,
     as has been defined for NNTP servers for some years now.  It is
     slower in mail-splitting, due to the creation of lots of files,
     updates to the `nnml' active file, and additions to overview files
     on a per-message basis, but it is extremely fast on access because
     of what amounts to the indexing support provided by the active
     file and overviews.

     `nnml' costs "inodes" in a big way; that is, it soaks up the
     resource which defines available places in the filesystem to put
     new files.  Sysadmins take a dim view of heavy inode occupation
     within tight, shared filesystems.  But if you live on a personal
     machine where the filesystem is your own and space is not at a
     premium, `nnml' wins big.

     It is also problematic using this back end if you are living in a
     FAT16-based Windows world, since much space will be wasted on all
     these tiny files.

`nnmh'
     The Rand MH mail-reading system has been around UNIX systems for a
     very long time; it operates by splitting one's spool file of
     messages into individual files, but with little or no indexing
     support - `nnmh' is considered to be semantically equivalent to
     "`nnml' without active file or overviews".  This is arguably the
     worst choice, because one gets the slowness of individual file
     creation married to the slowness of access parsing when learning
     what's new in one's groups.

`nnfolder'
     Basically the effect of `nnfolder' is `nnmbox' (the first method
     described above) on a per-group basis.  That is, `nnmbox' itself
     puts *all* one's mail in one file; `nnfolder' provides a little
     bit of optimization to this so that each of one's mail groups has
     a Unix mail box file.  It's faster than `nnmbox' because each group
     can be parsed separately, and still provides the simple Unix mail
     box format requiring minimal effort in moving the mail around.  In
     addition, it maintains an "active" file making it much faster for
     Gnus to figure out how many messages there are in each separate
     group.

     If you have groups that are expected to have a massive amount of
     messages, `nnfolder' is not the best choice, but if you receive
     only a moderate amount of mail, `nnfolder' is probably the most
     friendly mail back end all over.



File: gnus,  Node: Browsing the Web,  Next: Other Sources,  Prev: Getting Mail,  Up: Select Methods

6.4 Browsing the Web
====================

Web-based discussion forums are getting more and more popular.  On many
subjects, the web-based forums have become the most important forums,
eclipsing the importance of mailing lists and news groups.  The reason
is easy to understand--they are friendly to new users; you just point
and click, and there's the discussion.  With mailing lists, you have to
go through a cumbersome subscription procedure, and most people don't
even know what a news group is.

   The problem with this scenario is that web browsers are not very
good at being newsreaders.  They do not keep track of what articles
you've read; they do not allow you to score on subjects you're
interested in; they do not allow off-line browsing; they require you to
click around and drive you mad in the end.

   So--if web browsers suck at reading discussion forums, why not use
Gnus to do it instead?

   Gnus has been getting a bit of a collection of back ends for
providing interfaces to these sources.

* Menu:

* Web Searches::          Creating groups from articles that match a string.
* Slashdot::              Reading the Slashdot comments.
* Ultimate::              The Ultimate Bulletin Board systems.
* Web Archive::           Reading mailing list archived on web.
* Customizing w3::        Doing stuff to Emacs/w3 from Gnus.

   All the web sources require Emacs/w3 and the url library to work.

   The main caveat with all these web sources is that they probably
won't work for a very long time.  Gleaning information from the HTML
data is guesswork at best, and when the layout is altered, the Gnus
back end will fail.  If you have reasonably new versions of these back
ends, though, you should be ok.

   One thing all these Web methods have in common is that the Web
sources are often down, unavailable or just plain too slow to be fun.
In those cases, it makes a lot of sense to let the Gnus Agent (*note
Gnus Unplugged::) handle downloading articles, and then you can read
them at leisure from your local disk.  No more World Wide Wait for you.


File: gnus,  Node: Web Searches,  Next: Slashdot,  Up: Browsing the Web

6.4.1 Web Searches
------------------

It's, like, too neat to search the Usenet for articles that match a
string, but it, like, totally _sucks_, like, totally, to use one of
those, like, Web browsers, and you, like, have to, rilly, like, look at
the commercials, so, like, with Gnus you can do _rad_, rilly, searches
without having to use a browser.

   The `nnweb' back end allows an easy interface to the mighty search
engine.  You create an `nnweb' group, enter a search pattern, and then
enter the group and read the articles like you would any normal group.
The `G w' command in the group buffer (*note Foreign Groups::) will do
this in an easy-to-use fashion.

   `nnweb' groups don't really lend themselves to being solid
groups--they have a very fleeting idea of article numbers.  In fact,
each time you enter an `nnweb' group (not even changing the search
pattern), you are likely to get the articles ordered in a different
manner.  Not even using duplicate suppression (*note Duplicate
Suppression::) will help, since `nnweb' doesn't even know the
`Message-ID' of the articles before reading them using some search
engines (DejaNews, for instance).  The only possible way to keep track
of which articles you've read is by scoring on the `Date' header--mark
all articles posted before the last date you read the group as read.

   If the search engine changes its output substantially, `nnweb' won't
be able to parse it and will fail.  One could hardly fault the Web
providers if they were to do this--their _raison d'être_ is to make
money off of advertisements, not to provide services to the community.
Since `nnweb' washes the ads off all the articles, one might think that
the providers might be somewhat miffed.  We'll see.

   You must have the `url' and `w3' package installed to be able to use
`nnweb'.

   Virtual server variables:

`nnweb-type'
     What search engine type is being used.  The currently supported
     types are `dejanews', `dejanewsold', `altavista' and `reference'.

`nnweb-search'
     The search string to feed to the search engine.

`nnweb-max-hits'
     Advisory maximum number of hits per search to display.  The
     default is 100.

`nnweb-type-definition'
     Type-to-definition alist.  This alist says what `nnweb' should do
     with the various search engine types.  The following elements must
     be present:

    `article'
          Function to decode the article and provide something that Gnus
          understands.

    `map'
          Function to create an article number to message header and
          URL alist.

    `search'
          Function to send the search string to the search engine.

    `address'
          The address the aforementioned function should send the
          search string to.

    `id'
          Format string URL to fetch an article by `Message-ID'.



File: gnus,  Node: Slashdot,  Next: Ultimate,  Prev: Web Searches,  Up: Browsing the Web

6.4.2 Slashdot
--------------

Slashdot (`http://slashdot.org/') is a popular news site, with lively
discussion following the news articles.  `nnslashdot' will let you read
this forum in a convenient manner.

   The easiest way to read this source is to put something like the
following in your `.gnus.el' file:

     (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods
           '((nnslashdot "")))

   This will make Gnus query the `nnslashdot' back end for new comments
and groups.  The `F' command will subscribe each new news article as a
new Gnus group, and you can read the comments by entering these groups.
(Note that the default subscription method is to subscribe new groups
as zombies.  Other methods are available (*note Subscription Methods::).

   If you want to remove an old `nnslashdot' group, the `G <DEL>'
command is the most handy tool (*note Foreign Groups::).

   When following up to `nnslashdot' comments (or posting new
comments), some light HTMLizations will be performed.  In particular,
text quoted with `> ' will be quoted with `blockquote' instead, and
signatures will have `br' added to the end of each line.  Other than
that, you can just write HTML directly into the message buffer.  Note
that Slashdot filters out some HTML forms.

   The following variables can be altered to change its behavior:

`nnslashdot-threaded'
     Whether `nnslashdot' should display threaded groups or not.  The
     default is `t'.  To be able to display threads, `nnslashdot' has
     to retrieve absolutely all comments in a group upon entry.  If a
     threaded display is not required, `nnslashdot' will only retrieve
     the comments that are actually wanted by the user.  Threading is
     nicer, but much, much slower than untreaded.

`nnslashdot-login-name'
     The login name to use when posting.

`nnslashdot-password'
     The password to use when posting.

`nnslashdot-directory'
     Where `nnslashdot' will store its files.  The default is
     `~/News/slashdot/'.

`nnslashdot-active-url'
     The URL format string that will be used to fetch the information on
     news articles and comments.  Default:
     `http://slashdot.org/search.pl?section=&min=%d'.

`nnslashdot-comments-url'
     The URL format string that will be used to fetch comments.  The
     default is
     `http://slashdot.org/comments.pl?sid=%s&threshold=%d&commentsort=%d&mode=flat&startat=%d'.

`nnslashdot-article-url'
     The URL format string that will be used to fetch the news article.
     The default is
     `http://slashdot.org/article.pl?sid=%s&mode=nocomment'.

`nnslashdot-threshold'
     The score threshold.  The default is -1.

`nnslashdot-group-number'
     The number of old groups, in addition to the ten latest, to keep
     updated.  The default is 0.



File: gnus,  Node: Ultimate,  Next: Web Archive,  Prev: Slashdot,  Up: Browsing the Web

6.4.3 Ultimate
--------------

The Ultimate Bulletin Board (`http://www.ultimatebb.com/') is probably
the most popular Web bulletin board system used.  It has a quite
regular and nice interface, and it's possible to get the information
Gnus needs to keep groups updated.

   The easiest way to get started with `nnultimate' is to say something
like the following in the group buffer:  `B nnultimate <RET>
http://www.tcj.com/messboard/ubbcgi/ <RET>'.  (Substitute the URL (not
including `Ultimate.cgi' or the like at the end) for a forum you're
interested in; there's quite a list of them on the Ultimate web site.)
Then subscribe to the groups you're interested in from the server
buffer, and read them from the group buffer.

   The following `nnultimate' variables can be altered:

`nnultimate-directory'
     The directory where `nnultimate' stores its files.  The default is
     `~/News/ultimate/'.


File: gnus,  Node: Web Archive,  Next: Customizing w3,  Prev: Ultimate,  Up: Browsing the Web

6.4.4 Web Archive
-----------------

Some mailing lists only have archives on Web servers, such as
`http://www.egroups.com/' and `http://www.mail-archive.com/'.  It has a
quite regular and nice interface, and it's possible to get the
information Gnus needs to keep groups updated.

   The easiest way to get started with `nnwarchive' is to say something
like the following in the group buffer: `M-x
gnus-group-make-warchive-group <RET> an_egroup <RET> egroups <RET>
www.egroups.com <RET> your@email.address <RET>'.  (Substitute the
AN_EGROUP with the mailing list you subscribed, the YOUR@EMAIL.ADDRESS
with your email address.), or to browse the back end by `B nnwarchive
<RET> mail-archive <RET>'.

   The following `nnwarchive' variables can be altered:

`nnwarchive-directory'
     The directory where `nnwarchive' stores its files.  The default is
     `~/News/warchive/'.

`nnwarchive-login'
     The account name on the web server.

`nnwarchive-passwd'
     The password for your account on the web server.


File: gnus,  Node: Customizing w3,  Prev: Web Archive,  Up: Browsing the Web

6.4.5 Customizing w3
--------------------

Gnus uses the url library to fetch web pages and Emacs/w3 to display web
pages.  Emacs/w3 is documented in its own manual, but there are some
things that may be more relevant for Gnus users.

   For instance, a common question is how to make Emacs/w3 follow links
using the `browse-url' functions (which will call some external web
browser like Netscape).  Here's one way:

     (eval-after-load "w3"
       '(progn
         (fset 'w3-fetch-orig (symbol-function 'w3-fetch))
         (defun w3-fetch (&optional url target)
           (interactive (list (w3-read-url-with-default)))
           (if (eq major-mode 'gnus-article-mode)
               (browse-url url)
             (w3-fetch-orig url target)))))

   Put that in your `.emacs' file, and hitting links in w3-rendered
HTML in the Gnus article buffers will use `browse-url' to follow the
link.


File: gnus,  Node: Other Sources,  Next: Combined Groups,  Prev: Browsing the Web,  Up: Select Methods

6.5 Other Sources
=================

Gnus can do more than just read news or mail.  The methods described
below allow Gnus to view directories and files as if they were
newsgroups.

* Menu:

* Directory Groups::      You can read a directory as if it was a newsgroup.
* Anything Groups::       Dired?  Who needs dired?
* Document Groups::       Single files can be the basis of a group.
* SOUP::                  Reading SOUP packets ``offline''.
* Mail-To-News Gateways:: Posting articles via mail-to-news gateways.
* IMAP::                  Using Gnus as a IMAP client.


File: gnus,  Node: Directory Groups,  Next: Anything Groups,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.1 Directory Groups
----------------------

If you have a directory that has lots of articles in separate files in
it, you might treat it as a newsgroup.  The files have to have numerical
names, of course.

   This might be an opportune moment to mention `ange-ftp' (and its
successor `efs'), that most wonderful of all wonderful Emacs packages.
When I wrote `nndir', I didn't think much about it--a back end to read
directories.  Big deal.

   `ange-ftp' changes that picture dramatically.  For instance, if you
enter the `ange-ftp' file name `/ftp.hpc.uh.edu:/pub/emacs/ding-list/'
as the directory name, `ange-ftp' or `efs' will actually allow you to
read this directory over at `sina' as a newsgroup.  Distributed news
ahoy!

   `nndir' will use NOV files if they are present.

   `nndir' is a "read-only" back end--you can't delete or expire
articles with this method.  You can use `nnmh' or `nnml' for whatever
you use `nndir' for, so you could switch to any of those methods if you
feel the need to have a non-read-only `nndir'.


File: gnus,  Node: Anything Groups,  Next: Document Groups,  Prev: Directory Groups,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.2 Anything Groups
---------------------

From the `nndir' back end (which reads a single spool-like directory),
it's just a hop and a skip to `nneething', which pretends that any
arbitrary directory is a newsgroup.  Strange, but true.

   When `nneething' is presented with a directory, it will scan this
directory and assign article numbers to each file.  When you enter such
a group, `nneething' must create "headers" that Gnus can use.  After
all, Gnus is a newsreader, in case you're forgetting.  `nneething' does
this in a two-step process.  First, it snoops each file in question.
If the file looks like an article (i.e., the first few lines look like
headers), it will use this as the head.  If this is just some arbitrary
file without a head (e.g. a C source file), `nneething' will cobble up
a header out of thin air.  It will use file ownership, name and date
and do whatever it can with these elements.

   All this should happen automatically for you, and you will be
presented with something that looks very much like a newsgroup.
Totally like a newsgroup, to be precise.  If you select an article, it
will be displayed in the article buffer, just as usual.

   If you select a line that represents a directory, Gnus will pop you
into a new summary buffer for this `nneething' group.  And so on.  You
can traverse the entire disk this way, if you feel like, but remember
that Gnus is not dired, really, and does not intend to be, either.

   There are two overall modes to this action--ephemeral or solid.  When
doing the ephemeral thing (i.e., `G D' from the group buffer), Gnus
will not store information on what files you have read, and what files
are new, and so on.  If you create a solid `nneething' group the normal
way with `G m', Gnus will store a mapping table between article numbers
and file names, and you can treat this group like any other groups.
When you activate a solid `nneething' group, you will be told how many
unread articles it contains, etc., etc.

   Some variables:

`nneething-map-file-directory'
     All the mapping files for solid `nneething' groups will be stored
     in this directory, which defaults to `~/.nneething/'.

`nneething-exclude-files'
     All files that match this regexp will be ignored.  Nice to use to
     exclude auto-save files and the like, which is what it does by
     default.

`nneething-include-files'
     Regexp saying what files to include in the group.  If this
     variable is non-`nil', only files matching this regexp will be
     included.

`nneething-map-file'
     Name of the map files.


File: gnus,  Node: Document Groups,  Next: SOUP,  Prev: Anything Groups,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.3 Document Groups
---------------------

`nndoc' is a cute little thing that will let you read a single file as
a newsgroup.  Several files types are supported:

`babyl'
     The babyl (rmail) mail box.  

`mbox'
     The standard Unix mbox file.

`mmdf'
     The MMDF mail box format.

`news'
     Several news articles appended into a file.

`rnews'
     The rnews batch transport format.  

`forward'
     Forwarded articles.

`nsmail'
     Netscape mail boxes.

`mime-parts'
     MIME multipart messages.

`standard-digest'
     The standard (RFC 1153) digest format.

`slack-digest'
     Non-standard digest format--matches most things, but does it badly.

   You can also use the special "file type" `guess', which means that
`nndoc' will try to guess what file type it is looking at.  `digest'
means that `nndoc' should guess what digest type the file is.

   `nndoc' will not try to change the file or insert any extra headers
into it--it will simply, like, let you use the file as the basis for a
group.  And that's it.

   If you have some old archived articles that you want to insert into
your new & spiffy Gnus mail back end, `nndoc' can probably help you with
that.  Say you have an old `RMAIL' file with mail that you now want to
split into your new `nnml' groups.  You look at that file using `nndoc'
(using the `G f' command in the group buffer (*note Foreign Groups::)),
set the process mark on all the articles in the buffer (`M P b', for
instance), and then re-spool (`B r') using `nnml'.  If all goes well,
all the mail in the `RMAIL' file is now also stored in lots of `nnml'
directories, and you can delete that pesky `RMAIL' file.  If you have
the guts!

   Virtual server variables:

`nndoc-article-type'
     This should be one of `mbox', `babyl', `digest', `news', `rnews',
     `mmdf', `forward', `rfc934', `rfc822-forward', `mime-parts',
     `standard-digest', `slack-digest', `clari-briefs', `nsmail' or
     `guess'.

`nndoc-post-type'
     This variable says whether Gnus is to consider the group a news
     group or a mail group.  There are two valid values:  `mail' (the
     default) and `news'.

* Menu:

* Document Server Internals::   How to add your own document types.


File: gnus,  Node: Document Server Internals,  Up: Document Groups

6.5.3.1 Document Server Internals
.................................

Adding new document types to be recognized by `nndoc' isn't difficult.
You just have to whip up a definition of what the document looks like,
write a predicate function to recognize that document type, and then
hook into `nndoc'.

   First, here's an example document type definition:

     (mmdf
      (article-begin .  "^\^A\^A\^A\^A\n")
      (body-end .  "^\^A\^A\^A\^A\n"))

   The definition is simply a unique "name" followed by a series of
regexp pseudo-variable settings.  Below are the possible
variables--don't be daunted by the number of variables; most document
types can be defined with very few settings:

`first-article'
     If present, `nndoc' will skip past all text until it finds
     something that match this regexp.  All text before this will be
     totally ignored.

`article-begin'
     This setting has to be present in all document type definitions.
     It says what the beginning of each article looks like.

`head-begin-function'
     If present, this should be a function that moves point to the head
     of the article.

`nndoc-head-begin'
     If present, this should be a regexp that matches the head of the
     article.

`nndoc-head-end'
     This should match the end of the head of the article.  It defaults
     to `^$'--the empty line.

`body-begin-function'
     If present, this function should move point to the beginning of
     the body of the article.

`body-begin'
     This should match the beginning of the body of the article.  It
     defaults to `^\n'.

`body-end-function'
     If present, this function should move point to the end of the body
     of the article.

`body-end'
     If present, this should match the end of the body of the article.

`file-end'
     If present, this should match the end of the file.  All text after
     this regexp will be totally ignored.


   So, using these variables `nndoc' is able to dissect a document file
into a series of articles, each with a head and a body.  However, a few
more variables are needed since not all document types are all that
news-like--variables needed to transform the head or the body into
something that's palatable for Gnus:

`prepare-body-function'
     If present, this function will be called when requesting an
     article.  It will be called with point at the start of the body,
     and is useful if the document has encoded some parts of its
     contents.

`article-transform-function'
     If present, this function is called when requesting an article.
     It's meant to be used for more wide-ranging transformation of both
     head and body of the article.

`generate-head-function'
     If present, this function is called to generate a head that Gnus
     can understand.  It is called with the article number as a
     parameter, and is expected to generate a nice head for the article
     in question.  It is called when requesting the headers of all
     articles.


   Let's look at the most complicated example I can come up
with--standard digests:

     (standard-digest
      (first-article . ,(concat "^" (make-string 70 ?-) "\n\n+"))
      (article-begin . ,(concat "\n\n" (make-string 30 ?-) "\n\n+"))
      (prepare-body-function . nndoc-unquote-dashes)
      (body-end-function . nndoc-digest-body-end)
      (head-end . "^ ?$")
      (body-begin . "^ ?\n")
      (file-end . "^End of .*digest.*[0-9].*\n\\*\\*\\|^End of.*Digest *$")
      (subtype digest guess))

   We see that all text before a 70-width line of dashes is ignored; all
text after a line that starts with that `^End of' is also ignored; each
article begins with a 30-width line of dashes; the line separating the
head from the body may contain a single space; and that the body is run
through `nndoc-unquote-dashes' before being delivered.

   To hook your own document definition into `nndoc', use the
`nndoc-add-type' function.  It takes two parameters--the first is the
definition itself and the second (optional) parameter says where in the
document type definition alist to put this definition.  The alist is
traversed sequentially, and `nndoc-TYPE-type-p' is called for a given
type `TYPE'.  So `nndoc-mmdf-type-p' is called to see whether a document
is of `mmdf' type, and so on.  These type predicates should return
`nil' if the document is not of the correct type; `t' if it is of the
correct type; and a number if the document might be of the correct
type.  A high number means high probability; a low number means low
probability with `0' being the lowest valid number.


File: gnus,  Node: SOUP,  Next: Mail-To-News Gateways,  Prev: Document Groups,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.4 SOUP
----------

In the PC world people often talk about "offline" newsreaders.  These
are thingies that are combined reader/news transport monstrosities.
With built-in modem programs.  Yecchh!

   Of course, us Unix Weenie types of human beans use things like
`uucp' and, like, `nntpd' and set up proper news and mail transport
things like Ghod intended.  And then we just use normal newsreaders.

   However, it can sometimes be convenient to do something that's a bit
easier on the brain if you have a very slow modem, and you're not really
that interested in doing things properly.

   A file format called SOUP has been developed for transporting news
and mail from servers to home machines and back again.  It can be a bit
fiddly.

   First some terminology:

"server"
     This is the machine that is connected to the outside world and
     where you get news and/or mail from.

"home machine"
     This is the machine that you want to do the actual reading and
     responding on.  It is typically not connected to the rest of the
     world in any way.

"packet"
     Something that contains messages and/or commands.  There are two
     kinds of packets:

    "message packets"
          These are packets made at the server, and typically contain
          lots of messages for you to read.  These are called
          `SoupoutX.tgz' by default, where X is a number.

    "response packets"
          These are packets made at the home machine, and typically
          contains replies that you've written.  These are called
          `SoupinX.tgz' by default, where X is a number.



  1. You log in on the server and create a SOUP packet.  You can either
     use a dedicated SOUP thingie (like the `awk' program), or you can
     use Gnus to create the packet with its SOUP commands (`O s' and/or
     `G s b'; and then `G s p') (*note SOUP Commands::).

  2. You transfer the packet home.  Rail, boat, car or modem will do
     fine.

  3. You put the packet in your home directory.

  4. You fire up Gnus on your home machine using the `nnsoup' back end
     as the native or secondary server.

  5. You read articles and mail and answer and followup to the things
     you want (*note SOUP Replies::).

  6. You do the `G s r' command to pack these replies into a SOUP
     packet.

  7. You transfer this packet to the server.

  8. You use Gnus to mail this packet out with the `G s s' command.

  9. You then repeat until you die.


   So you basically have a bipartite system--you use `nnsoup' for
reading and Gnus for packing/sending these SOUP packets.

* Menu:

* SOUP Commands::     Commands for creating and sending SOUP packets
* SOUP Groups::       A back end for reading SOUP packets.
* SOUP Replies::      How to enable `nnsoup' to take over mail and news.


File: gnus,  Node: SOUP Commands,  Next: SOUP Groups,  Up: SOUP

6.5.4.1 SOUP Commands
.....................

These are commands for creating and manipulating SOUP packets.

`G s b'
     Pack all unread articles in the current group
     (`gnus-group-brew-soup').  This command understands the
     process/prefix convention.

`G s w'
     Save all SOUP data files (`gnus-soup-save-areas').

`G s s'
     Send all replies from the replies packet
     (`gnus-soup-send-replies').

`G s p'
     Pack all files into a SOUP packet (`gnus-soup-pack-packet').

`G s r'
     Pack all replies into a replies packet (`nnsoup-pack-replies').

`O s'
     This summary-mode command adds the current article to a SOUP packet
     (`gnus-soup-add-article').  It understands the process/prefix
     convention (*note Process/Prefix::).


   There are a few variables to customize where Gnus will put all these
thingies:

`gnus-soup-directory'
     Directory where Gnus will save intermediate files while composing
     SOUP packets.  The default is `~/SoupBrew/'.

`gnus-soup-replies-directory'
     This is what Gnus will use as a temporary directory while sending
     our reply packets.  `~/SoupBrew/SoupReplies/' is the default.

`gnus-soup-prefix-file'
     Name of the file where Gnus stores the last used prefix.  The
     default is `gnus-prefix'.

`gnus-soup-packer'
     A format string command for packing a SOUP packet.  The default is
     `tar cf - %s | gzip > $HOME/Soupout%d.tgz'.

`gnus-soup-unpacker'
     Format string command for unpacking a SOUP packet.  The default is
     `gunzip -c %s | tar xvf -'.

`gnus-soup-packet-directory'
     Where Gnus will look for reply packets.  The default is `~/'.

`gnus-soup-packet-regexp'
     Regular expression matching SOUP reply packets in
     `gnus-soup-packet-directory'.



File: gnus,  Node: SOUP Groups,  Next: SOUP Replies,  Prev: SOUP Commands,  Up: SOUP

6.5.4.2 SOUP Groups
...................

`nnsoup' is the back end for reading SOUP packets.  It will read
incoming packets, unpack them, and put them in a directory where you
can read them at leisure.

   These are the variables you can use to customize its behavior:

`nnsoup-tmp-directory'
     When `nnsoup' unpacks a SOUP packet, it does it in this directory.
     (`/tmp/' by default.)

`nnsoup-directory'
     `nnsoup' then moves each message and index file to this directory.
     The default is `~/SOUP/'.

`nnsoup-replies-directory'
     All replies will be stored in this directory before being packed
     into a reply packet.  The default is `~/SOUP/replies/"'.

`nnsoup-replies-format-type'
     The SOUP format of the replies packets.  The default is `?n'
     (rnews), and I don't think you should touch that variable.  I
     probably shouldn't even have documented it.  Drats!  Too late!

`nnsoup-replies-index-type'
     The index type of the replies packet.  The default is `?n', which
     means "none".  Don't fiddle with this one either!

`nnsoup-active-file'
     Where `nnsoup' stores lots of information.  This is not an "active
     file" in the `nntp' sense; it's an Emacs Lisp file.  If you lose
     this file or mess it up in any way, you're dead.  The default is
     `~/SOUP/active'.

`nnsoup-packer'
     Format string command for packing a reply SOUP packet.  The default
     is `tar cf - %s | gzip > $HOME/Soupin%d.tgz'.

`nnsoup-unpacker'
     Format string command for unpacking incoming SOUP packets.  The
     default is `gunzip -c %s | tar xvf -'.

`nnsoup-packet-directory'
     Where `nnsoup' will look for incoming packets.  The default is
     `~/'.

`nnsoup-packet-regexp'
     Regular expression matching incoming SOUP packets.  The default is
     `Soupout'.

`nnsoup-always-save'
     If non-`nil', save the replies buffer after each posted message.



File: gnus,  Node: SOUP Replies,  Prev: SOUP Groups,  Up: SOUP

6.5.4.3 SOUP Replies
....................

Just using `nnsoup' won't mean that your postings and mailings end up
in SOUP reply packets automagically.  You have to work a bit more for
that to happen.

   The `nnsoup-set-variables' command will set the appropriate
variables to ensure that all your followups and replies end up in the
SOUP system.

   In specific, this is what it does:

     (setq message-send-news-function 'nnsoup-request-post)
     (setq message-send-mail-function 'nnsoup-request-mail)

   And that's it, really.  If you only want news to go into the SOUP
system you just use the first line.  If you only want mail to be SOUPed
you use the second.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail-To-News Gateways,  Next: IMAP,  Prev: SOUP,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.5 Mail-To-News Gateways
---------------------------

If your local `nntp' server doesn't allow posting, for some reason or
other, you can post using one of the numerous mail-to-news gateways.
The `nngateway' back end provides the interface.

   Note that you can't read anything from this back end--it can only be
used to post with.

   Server variables:

`nngateway-address'
     This is the address of the mail-to-news gateway.

`nngateway-header-transformation'
     News headers often have to be transformed in some odd way or other
     for the mail-to-news gateway to accept it.  This variable says what
     transformation should be called, and defaults to
     `nngateway-simple-header-transformation'.  The function is called
     narrowed to the headers to be transformed and with one
     parameter--the gateway address.

     This default function just inserts a new `To' header based on the
     `Newsgroups' header and the gateway address.  For instance, an
     article with this `Newsgroups' header:

          Newsgroups: alt.religion.emacs

     will get this `From' header inserted:

          To: alt-religion-emacs@GATEWAY

     The following pre-defined functions exist:

    `nngateway-simple-header-transformation'
          Creates a `To' header that looks like
          NEWSGROUP@`nngateway-address'.

    `nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation'
          Creates a `To' header that looks like `nngateway-address'.

          Here's an example:

               (setq gnus-post-method
                     '(nngateway
                       "mail2news@replay.com"
                       (nngateway-header-transformation
                        nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation)))



   So, to use this, simply say something like:

     (setq gnus-post-method '(nngateway "GATEWAY.ADDRESS"))


File: gnus,  Node: IMAP,  Prev: Mail-To-News Gateways,  Up: Other Sources

6.5.6 IMAP
----------

IMAP is a network protocol for reading mail (or news, or...), think of
it as a modernized NNTP.  Connecting to a IMAP server is much similar
to connecting to a news server, you just specify the network address of
the server.

   IMAP has two properties.  First, IMAP can do everything that POP
can, it can hence be viewed as POP++.  Secondly, IMAP is a mail storage
protocol, similar to NNTP being a news storage protocol.  (IMAP offers
more features than NNTP because news is more or less read-only whereas
mail is read-write.)

   If you want to use IMAP as POP++, use an imap entry in mail-sources.
With this, Gnus will fetch mails from the IMAP server and store them
on the local disk.  This is not the usage described in this section.
*Note Mail Sources::.

   If you want to use IMAP as a mail storage protocol, use an nnimap
entry in gnus-secondary-select-methods.  With this, Gnus will
manipulate mails stored on the IMAP server.  This is the kind of usage
explained in this section.

   A server configuration in `~/.gnus' with a few IMAP servers might
look something like the following. (Note that for SSL, you need
external programs and libraries, see below.)

     (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods
           '((nnimap "simpleserver") ; no special configuration
             ; perhaps a ssh port forwarded server:
             (nnimap "dolk"
                     (nnimap-address "localhost")
                     (nnimap-server-port 1430))
             ; a UW server running on localhost
             (nnimap "barbar"
                     (nnimap-server-port 143)
                     (nnimap-address "localhost")
                     (nnimap-list-pattern ("INBOX" "mail/*")))
             ; anonymous public cyrus server:
             (nnimap "cyrus.andrew.cmu.edu"
                     (nnimap-authenticator anonymous)
                     (nnimap-list-pattern "archive.*")
                     (nnimap-stream network))
             ; a ssl server on a non-standard port:
             (nnimap "vic20"
                     (nnimap-address "vic20.somewhere.com")
                     (nnimap-server-port 9930)
                     (nnimap-stream ssl))))

   The following variables can be used to create a virtual `nnimap'
server:

`nnimap-address'
     The address of the remote IMAP server.  Defaults to the virtual
     server name if not specified.

`nnimap-server-port'
     Port on server to contact.  Defaults to port 143, or 993 for SSL.

     Note that this should be a integer, example server specification:

          (nnimap "mail.server.com"
                  (nnimap-server-port 4711))

`nnimap-list-pattern'
     String or list of strings of mailboxes to limit available groups
     to.  This is used when the server has very many mailboxes and
     you're only interested in a few - some servers export your home
     directory via IMAP, you'll probably want to limit the mailboxes to
     those in `~/Mail/*' then.

     The string can also be a cons of REFERENCE and the string as
     above, what REFERENCE is used for is server specific, but on the
     University of Washington server it's a directory that will be
     concatenated with the mailbox.

     Example server specification:

          (nnimap "mail.server.com"
                  (nnimap-list-pattern ("INBOX" "Mail/*" "alt.sex.*"
                                         ("~friend/Mail/" . "list/*"))))

`nnimap-stream'
     The type of stream used to connect to your server.  By default,
     nnimap will detect and automatically use all of the below, with
     the exception of SSL. (SSL is being replaced by STARTTLS, which
     can be automatically detected, but it's not widely deployed yet).

     Example server specification:

          (nnimap "mail.server.com"
                  (nnimap-stream ssl))

     Please note that the value of `nnimap-stream' is a symbol!

        * "gssapi:" Connect with GSSAPI (usually Kerberos 5).  Requires
          the `imtest' program.

        * "kerberos4:" Connect with Kerberos 4.  Requires the `imtest'
          program.

        * "starttls:" Connect via the STARTTLS extension (similar to
          SSL).  Requires the library `starttls.el' and program
          `starttls'.

        * "ssl:" Connect through SSL.  Requires OpenSSL (the program
          `openssl') or SSLeay (`s_client') as well as the external
          library `ssl.el'.

        * "shell:" Use a shell command to start an IMAP connection.

        * "network:" Plain, TCP/IP network connection.

     The `imtest' program is shipped with Cyrus IMAPD.  Nnimap supports
     both `imtest' version 1.5.x and version 1.6.x.  The variable
     `imap-kerberos4-program' contains parameters to pass to the
     `imtest' program.

     For SSL connections, the OpenSSL program is available from
     `http://www.openssl.org/'. OpenSSL was formerly known as SSLeay,
     and nnimap supports it too.  However, the most recent versions of
     SSLeay, 0.9.x, are known to have serious bugs making it useless.
     Earlier versions, especially 0.8.x, of SSLeay are known to work.
     The variable `imap-ssl-program' contains parameters to pass to
     OpenSSL/SSLeay.  You also need `ssl.el' (from the W3 distribution,
     for instance).

     For IMAP connections using the `shell' stream, the variable
     `imap-shell-program' specifies what program to call.

`nnimap-authenticator'
     The authenticator used to connect to the server.  By default,
     nnimap will use the most secure authenticator your server supports.

     Example server specification:

          (nnimap "mail.server.com"
                  (nnimap-authenticator anonymous))

     Please note that the value of `nnimap-authenticator' is a symbol!

        * "gssapi:" GSSAPI (usually Kerberos 5) authentication.
          Requires the external program `imtest'.

        * "kerberos4:" Kerberos authentication.  Requires the external
          program `imtest'.

        * "digest-md5:" Encrypted username/password via DIGEST-MD5.
          Requires external library `digest-md5.el'.

        * "cram-md5:" Encrypted username/password via CRAM-MD5.

        * "login:" Plain-text username/password via LOGIN.

        * "anonymous:" Login as `anonymous', supplying your email
          address as password.

`nnimap-expunge-on-close'
     Unlike Parmenides, the IMAP designers decided that things that
     don't exist actually do exist.  More specifically, IMAP has the
     concept of marking articles `Deleted' which doesn't actually
     delete them, and this (marking them `Deleted', that is) is what
     nnimap does when you delete a article in Gnus (with `G <DEL>' or
     similar).

     Since the articles aren't really removed when we mark them with the
     `Deleted' flag we'll need a way to actually delete them.  Feel like
     running in circles yet?

     Traditionally, nnimap has removed all articles marked as `Deleted'
     when closing a mailbox but this is now configurable by this server
     variable.

     The possible options are:

    `always'
          The default behavior, delete all articles marked as "Deleted"
          when closing a mailbox.

    `never'
          Never actually delete articles.  Currently there is no way of
          showing the articles marked for deletion in nnimap, but other
          IMAP clients may allow you to do this.  If you ever want to
          run the EXPUNGE command manually, *Note Expunging mailboxes::.

    `ask'
          When closing mailboxes, nnimap will ask if you wish to
          expunge deleted articles or not.


`nnimap-authinfo-file'
     A file containing credentials used to log in on servers.  The
     format is (almost) the same as the `ftp' `~/.netrc' file.  See
     `nntp-authinfo-file' for exact syntax.

     A file containing credentials used to log in on servers.  The
     format is (almost) the same as the `ftp' `~/.netrc' file.  See the
     variable `nntp-authinfo-file' for exact syntax; also see *Note
     NNTP::.


* Menu:

* Splitting in IMAP::     Splitting mail with nnimap.
* Editing IMAP ACLs::     Limiting/enabling other users access to a mailbox.
* Expunging mailboxes::   Equivalent of a "compress mailbox" button.


File: gnus,  Node: Splitting in IMAP,  Next: Editing IMAP ACLs,  Up: IMAP

6.5.6.1 Splitting in IMAP
.........................

Splitting is something Gnus users have loved and used for years, and now
the rest of the world is catching up.  Yeah, dream on; not many IMAP
servers have server side splitting and those that have splitting seem
to use some non-standard protocol.  This means that IMAP support for
Gnus has to do its own splitting.

   And it does.

   Here are the variables of interest:

`nnimap-split-crosspost'
     If non-nil, do crossposting if several split methods match the
     mail.  If nil, the first match in `nnimap-split-rule' found will
     be used.

     Nnmail equivalent: `nnmail-crosspost'.

`nnimap-split-inbox'
     A string or a list of strings that gives the name(s) of IMAP
     mailboxes to split from.  Defaults to `nil', which means that
     splitting is disabled!

          (setq nnimap-split-inbox
                '("INBOX" ("~/friend/Mail" . "lists/*") "lists.imap"))

     No nnmail equivalent.

`nnimap-split-rule'
     New mail found in `nnimap-split-inbox' will be split according to
     this variable.

     This variable contains a list of lists, where the first element in
     the sublist gives the name of the IMAP mailbox to move articles
     matching the regexp in the second element in the sublist.  Got
     that?  Neither did I, we need examples.

          (setq nnimap-split-rule
                '(("INBOX.nnimap"
                   "^Sender: owner-nnimap@vic20.globalcom.se")
                  ("INBOX.junk"    "^Subject:.*MAKE MONEY")
                  ("INBOX.private" "")))

     This will put all articles from the nnimap mailing list into
     mailbox INBOX.nnimap, all articles containing MAKE MONEY in the
     Subject: line into INBOX.spam and everything else in INBOX.private.

     The first string may contain `\\DIGIT' forms, like the ones used by
     replace-match to insert sub-expressions from the matched text.  For
     instance:

          ("INBOX.lists.\\1"     "^Sender: owner-\\([a-z-]+\\)@")

     The second element can also be a function.  In that case, it will
     be called with the first element of the rule as the argument, in a
     buffer containing the headers of the article.  It should return a
     non-nil value if it thinks that the mail belongs in that group.

     Nnmail users might recollect that the last regexp had to be empty
     to match all articles (like in the example above).  This is not
     required in nnimap.  Articles not matching any of the regexps will
     not be moved out of your inbox.  (This might affect performance if
     you keep lots of unread articles in your inbox, since the
     splitting code would go over them every time you fetch new mail.)

     These rules are processed from the beginning of the alist toward
     the end.  The first rule to make a match will `win', unless you
     have crossposting enabled.  In that case, all matching rules will
     `win'.

     This variable can also have a function as its value, the function
     will be called with the headers narrowed and should return a group
     to where it thinks the article should be split.  See
     `nnimap-split-fancy'.

     The splitting code tries to create mailboxes if it needs too.

     To allow for different split rules on different virtual servers,
     and even different split rules in different inboxes on the same
     server, the syntax of this variable has been extended along the
     lines of:

          (setq nnimap-split-rule
                '(("my1server"    (".*"    (("ding"    "ding@gnus.org")
                                            ("junk"    "From:.*Simon")))
                  ("my2server"    ("INBOX" nnimap-split-fancy))
                  ("my[34]server" (".*"    (("private" "To:.*Simon")
                                            ("junk"    my-junk-func)))))

     The virtual server name is in fact a regexp, so that the same rules
     may apply to several servers.  In the example, the servers
     `my3server' and `my4server' both use the same rules.  Similarly,
     the inbox string is also a regexp.  The actual splitting rules are
     as before, either a function, or a list with group/regexp or
     group/function elements.

     Nnmail equivalent: `nnmail-split-methods'.

`nnimap-split-predicate'
     Mail matching this predicate in `nnimap-split-inbox' will be
     split; it is a string and the default is `UNSEEN UNDELETED'.

     This might be useful if you use another IMAP client to read mail in
     your inbox but would like Gnus to split all articles in the inbox
     regardless of readedness. Then you might change this to
     `UNDELETED'.

`nnimap-split-fancy'
     It's possible to set `nnimap-split-rule' to `nnmail-split-fancy'
     if you want to use fancy splitting. *Note Fancy Mail Splitting::.

     However, to be able to have different fancy split rules for nnmail
     and nnimap back ends you can set `nnimap-split-rule' to
     `nnimap-split-fancy' and define the nnimap specific fancy split
     rule in `nnimap-split-fancy'.

     Example:

          (setq nnimap-split-rule 'nnimap-split-fancy
                nnimap-split-fancy ...)

     Nnmail equivalent: `nnmail-split-fancy'.



File: gnus,  Node: Editing IMAP ACLs,  Next: Expunging mailboxes,  Prev: Splitting in IMAP,  Up: IMAP

6.5.6.2 Editing IMAP ACLs
.........................

ACL stands for Access Control List.  ACLs are used in IMAP for limiting
(or enabling) other users access to your mail boxes.  Not all IMAP
servers support this, this function will give an error if it doesn't.

   To edit a ACL for a mailbox, type `G l'
(`gnus-group-edit-nnimap-acl') and you'll be presented with a ACL
editing window with detailed instructions.

   Some possible uses:

   * Giving "anyone" the "lrs" rights (lookup, read, keep seen/unseen
     flags) on your mailing list mailboxes enables other users on the
     same server to follow the list without subscribing to it.

   * At least with the Cyrus server, you are required to give the user
     "anyone" posting ("p") capabilities to have "plussing" work (that
     is, mail sent to user+mailbox@domain ending up in the IMAP mailbox
     INBOX.mailbox).


File: gnus,  Node: Expunging mailboxes,  Prev: Editing IMAP ACLs,  Up: IMAP

6.5.6.3 Expunging mailboxes
...........................

If you're using the `never' setting of `nnimap-expunge-close', you may
want the option of expunging all deleted articles in a mailbox
manually.  This is exactly what `G x' does.

   Currently there is no way of showing deleted articles, you can just
delete them.


File: gnus,  Node: Combined Groups,  Next: Gnus Unplugged,  Prev: Other Sources,  Up: Select Methods

6.6 Combined Groups
===================

Gnus allows combining a mixture of all the other group types into bigger
groups.

* Menu:

* Virtual Groups::     Combining articles from many groups.
* Kibozed Groups::     Looking through parts of the newsfeed for articles.


File: gnus,  Node: Virtual Groups,  Next: Kibozed Groups,  Up: Combined Groups

6.6.1 Virtual Groups
--------------------

An "nnvirtual group" is really nothing more than a collection of other
groups.

   For instance, if you are tired of reading many small groups, you can
put them all in one big group, and then grow tired of reading one big,
unwieldy group.  The joys of computing!

   You specify `nnvirtual' as the method.  The address should be a
regexp to match component groups.

   All marks in the virtual group will stick to the articles in the
component groups.  So if you tick an article in a virtual group, the
article will also be ticked in the component group from whence it came.
(And vice versa--marks from the component groups will also be shown in
the virtual group.)

   Here's an example `nnvirtual' method that collects all Andrea Dworkin
newsgroups into one, big, happy newsgroup:

     (nnvirtual "^alt\\.fan\\.andrea-dworkin$\\|^rec\\.dworkin.*")

   The component groups can be native or foreign; everything should work
smoothly, but if your computer explodes, it was probably my fault.

   Collecting the same group from several servers might actually be a
good idea if users have set the Distribution header to limit
distribution.  If you would like to read `soc.motss' both from a server
in Japan and a server in Norway, you could use the following as the
group regexp:

     "^nntp\\+server\\.jp:soc\\.motss$\\|^nntp\\+server\\.no:soc\\.motss$"

   (Remember, though, that if you're creating the group with `G m', you
shouldn't double the backslashes, and you should leave off the quote
characters at the beginning and the end of the string.)

   This should work kinda smoothly--all articles from both groups should
end up in this one, and there should be no duplicates.  Threading (and
the rest) will still work as usual, but there might be problems with the
sequence of articles.  Sorting on date might be an option here (*note
Selecting a Group::).

   One limitation, however--all groups included in a virtual group have
to be alive (i.e., subscribed or unsubscribed).  Killed or zombie
groups can't be component groups for `nnvirtual' groups.

   If the `nnvirtual-always-rescan' is non-`nil', `nnvirtual' will
always scan groups for unread articles when entering a virtual group.
If this variable is `nil' (which is the default) and you read articles
in a component group after the virtual group has been activated, the
read articles from the component group will show up when you enter the
virtual group.  You'll also see this effect if you have two virtual
groups that have a component group in common.  If that's the case, you
should set this variable to `t'.  Or you can just tap `M-g' on the
virtual group every time before you enter it--it'll have much the same
effect.

   `nnvirtual' can have both mail and news groups as component groups.
When responding to articles in `nnvirtual' groups, `nnvirtual' has to
ask the back end of the component group the article comes from whether
it is a news or mail back end.  However, when you do a `^', there is
typically no sure way for the component back end to know this, and in
that case `nnvirtual' tells Gnus that the article came from a not-news
back end.  (Just to be on the safe side.)

   `C-c C-t' in the message buffer will insert the `Newsgroups' line
from the article you respond to in these cases.


File: gnus,  Node: Kibozed Groups,  Prev: Virtual Groups,  Up: Combined Groups

6.6.2 Kibozed Groups
--------------------

"Kibozing" is defined by OED as "grepping through (parts of) the news
feed".  `nnkiboze' is a back end that will do this for you.  Oh joy!
Now you can grind any NNTP server down to a halt with useless requests!
Oh happiness!

   To create a kibozed group, use the `G k' command in the group buffer.

   The address field of the `nnkiboze' method is, as with `nnvirtual',
a regexp to match groups to be "included" in the `nnkiboze' group.
That's where most similarities between `nnkiboze' and `nnvirtual' end.

   In addition to this regexp detailing component groups, an `nnkiboze'
group must have a score file to say what articles are to be included in
the group (*note Scoring::).

   You must run `M-x nnkiboze-generate-groups' after creating the
`nnkiboze' groups you want to have.  This command will take time.  Lots
of time.  Oodles and oodles of time.  Gnus has to fetch the headers from
all the articles in all the component groups and run them through the
scoring process to determine if there are any articles in the groups
that are to be part of the `nnkiboze' groups.

   Please limit the number of component groups by using restrictive
regexps.  Otherwise your sysadmin may become annoyed with you, and the
NNTP site may throw you off and never let you back in again.  Stranger
things have happened.

   `nnkiboze' component groups do not have to be alive--they can be
dead, and they can be foreign.  No restrictions.

   The generation of an `nnkiboze' group means writing two files in
`nnkiboze-directory', which is `~/News/' by default.  One contains the
NOV header lines for all the articles in the group, and the other is an
additional `.newsrc' file to store information on what groups have been
searched through to find component articles.

   Articles marked as read in the `nnkiboze' group will have their NOV
lines removed from the NOV file.


File: gnus,  Node: Gnus Unplugged,  Prev: Combined Groups,  Up: Select Methods

6.7 Gnus Unplugged
==================

In olden times (ca. February '88), people used to run their newsreaders
on big machines with permanent connections to the net.  News transport
was dealt with by news servers, and all the newsreaders had to do was to
read news.  Believe it or not.

   Nowadays most people read news and mail at home, and use some sort of
modem to connect to the net.  To avoid running up huge phone bills, it
would be nice to have a way to slurp down all the news and mail, hang up
the phone, read for several hours, and then upload any responses you
have to make.  And then you repeat the procedure.

   Of course, you can use news servers for doing this as well.  I've
used `inn' together with `slurp', `pop' and `sendmail' for some years,
but doing that's a bore.  Moving the news server functionality up to
the newsreader makes sense if you're the only person reading news on a
machine.

   Using Gnus as an "offline" newsreader is quite simple.

   * First, set up Gnus as you would do if you were running it on a
     machine that has full connection to the net.  Go ahead.  I'll
     still be waiting here.

   * Then, put the following magical incantation at the end of your
     `.gnus.el' file:

          (gnus-agentize)

   That's it.  Gnus is now an "offline" newsreader.

   Of course, to use it as such, you have to learn a few new commands.

* Menu:

* Agent Basics::           How it all is supposed to work.
* Agent Categories::       How to tell the Gnus Agent what to download.
* Agent Commands::         New commands for all the buffers.
* Agent Expiry::           How to make old articles go away.
* Agent and IMAP::         How to use the Agent with IMAP.
* Outgoing Messages::      What happens when you post/mail something?
* Agent Variables::        Customizing is fun.
* Example Setup::          An example `.gnus.el' file for offline people.
* Batching Agents::        How to fetch news from a `cron' job.
* Agent Caveats::          What you think it'll do and what it does.


File: gnus,  Node: Agent Basics,  Next: Agent Categories,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.1 Agent Basics
------------------

First, let's get some terminology out of the way.

   The Gnus Agent is said to be "unplugged" when you have severed the
connection to the net (and notified the Agent that this is the case).
When the connection to the net is up again (and Gnus knows this), the
Agent is "plugged".

   The "local" machine is the one you're running on, and which isn't
connected to the net continuously.

   "Downloading" means fetching things from the net to your local
machine.  "Uploading" is doing the opposite.

   Let's take a typical Gnus session using the Agent.

   * You start Gnus with `gnus-unplugged'.  This brings up the Gnus
     Agent in a disconnected state.  You can read all the news that you
     have already fetched while in this mode.

   * You then decide to see whether any new news has arrived.  You
     connect your machine to the net (using PPP or whatever), and then
     hit `J j' to make Gnus become "plugged" and use `g' to check for
     new mail as usual.  To check for new mail in unplugged mode, see
     (*note Mail Source Specifiers::).

   * You can then read the new news immediately, or you can download
     the news onto your local machine.  If you want to do the latter,
     you press `g' to check if there are any new news and then `J s' to
     fetch all the eligible articles in all the groups.  (To let Gnus
     know which articles you want to download, *note Agent
     Categories::.)

   * After fetching the articles, you press `J j' to make Gnus become
     unplugged again, and you shut down the PPP thing (or whatever).
     And then you read the news offline.

   * And then you go to step 2.

   Here are some things you should do the first time (or so) that you
use the Agent.

   * Decide which servers should be covered by the Agent.  If you have
     a mail back end, it would probably be nonsensical to have it
     covered by the Agent.  Go to the server buffer (`^' in the group
     buffer) and press `J a' the server (or servers) that you wish to
     have covered by the Agent (*note Server Agent Commands::).  This
     will typically be only the primary select method, which is listed
     on the bottom in the buffer.

   * Decide on download policy.  *Note Agent Categories::.

   * Uhm... that's it.


File: gnus,  Node: Agent Categories,  Next: Agent Commands,  Prev: Agent Basics,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.2 Agent Categories
----------------------

One of the main reasons to integrate the news transport layer into the
newsreader is to allow greater control over what articles to download.
There's not much point in downloading huge amounts of articles, just to
find out that you're not interested in reading any of them.  It's better
to be somewhat more conservative in choosing what to download, and then
mark the articles for downloading manually if it should turn out that
you're interested in the articles anyway.

   The main way to control what is to be downloaded is to create a
"category" and then assign some (or all) groups to this category.
Groups that do not belong in any other category belong to the `default'
category.  Gnus has its own buffer for creating and managing categories.

* Menu:

* Category Syntax::       What a category looks like.
* The Category Buffer::   A buffer for maintaining categories.
* Category Variables::    Customize'r'Us.


File: gnus,  Node: Category Syntax,  Next: The Category Buffer,  Up: Agent Categories

6.7.2.1 Category Syntax
.......................

A category consists of two things.

  1. A predicate which (generally) gives a rough outline of which
     articles are eligible for downloading; and

  2. a score rule which (generally) gives you a finer granularity when
     deciding what articles to download.  (Note that this "download
     score" is not necessarily related to normal scores.)

   A predicate in its simplest form can be a single predicate such as
`true' or `false'.  These two will download every available article or
nothing respectively.  In the case of these two special predicates an
additional score rule is superfluous.

   Predicates of `high' or `low' download articles in respect of their
scores in relationship to `gnus-agent-high-score' and
`gnus-agent-low-score' as described below.

   To gain even finer control of what is to be regarded eligible for
download a predicate can consist of a number of predicates with logical
operators sprinkled in between.

   Perhaps some examples are in order.

   Here's a simple predicate.  (It's the default predicate, in fact,
used for all groups that don't belong to any other category.)

     short

   Quite simple, eh?  This predicate is true if and only if the article
is short (for some value of "short").

   Here's a more complex predicate:

     (or high
         (and
          (not low)
          (not long)))

   This means that an article should be downloaded if it has a high
score, or if the score is not low and the article is not long.  You get
the drift.

   The available logical operators are `or', `and' and `not'.  (If you
prefer, you can use the more "C"-ish operators `|', `&' and `!'
instead.)

   The following predicates are pre-defined, but if none of these fit
what you want to do, you can write your own.

`short'
     True iff the article is shorter than `gnus-agent-short-article'
     lines; default 100.

`long'
     True iff the article is longer than `gnus-agent-long-article'
     lines; default 200.

`low'
     True iff the article has a download score less than
     `gnus-agent-low-score'; default 0.

`high'
     True iff the article has a download score greater than
     `gnus-agent-high-score'; default 0.

`spam'
     True iff the Gnus Agent guesses that the article is spam.  The
     heuristics may change over time, but at present it just computes a
     checksum and sees whether articles match.

`true'
     Always true.

`false'
     Always false.

   If you want to create your own predicate function, here's what you
have to know:  The functions are called with no parameters, but the
`gnus-headers' and `gnus-score' dynamic variables are bound to useful
values.

   For example, you could decide that you don't want to download
articles that were posted more than a certain number of days ago (e.g.
posted more than `gnus-agent-expire-days' ago) you might write a
function something along the lines of the following:

     (defun my-article-old-p ()
       "Say whether an article is old."
       (< (time-to-days (date-to-time (mail-header-date gnus-headers)))
          (- (time-to-days (current-time)) gnus-agent-expire-days)))

   with the predicate then defined as:

     (not my-article-old-p)

   or you could append your predicate to the predefined
`gnus-category-predicate-alist' in your `~/.gnus.el' or wherever.
(Note: this would have to be at a point *after* `gnus-agent' has been
loaded via `(gnus-agentize)')

     (setq  gnus-category-predicate-alist
       (append gnus-category-predicate-alist
     	 '((old . my-article-old-p))))

   and simply specify your predicate as:

     (not old)

   If/when using something like the above, be aware that there are many
misconfigured systems/mailers out there and so an article's date is not
always a reliable indication of when it was posted.  Hell, some people
just don't give a damn.

   The above predicates apply to *all* the groups which belong to the
category.  However, if you wish to have a specific predicate for an
individual group within a category, or you're just too lazy to set up a
new category, you can enter a group's individual predicate in it's group
parameters like so:

     (agent-predicate . short)

   This is the group parameter equivalent of the agent category default.
Note that when specifying a single word predicate like this, the
`agent-predicate' specification must be in dotted pair notation.

   The equivalent of the longer example from above would be:

     (agent-predicate or high (and (not low) (not long)))

   The outer parenthesis required in the category specification are not
entered here as, not being in dotted pair notation, the value of the
predicate is assumed to be a list.

   Now, the syntax of the download score is the same as the syntax of
normal score files, except that all elements that require actually
seeing the article itself are verboten.  This means that only the
following headers can be scored on: `Subject', `From', `Date',
`Message-ID', `References', `Chars', `Lines', and `Xref'.

   As with predicates, the specification of the `download score rule'
to use in respect of a group can be in either the category definition if
it's to be applicable to all groups in therein, or a group's parameters
if it's to be specific to that group.

   In both of these places the `download score rule' can take one of
three forms:

  1. Score rule

     This has the same syntax as a normal gnus score file except only a
     subset of scoring keywords are available as mentioned above.

     example:

        * Category specification

               (("from"
                      ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" 1000000 nil s))
               ("lines"
                      (500 -100 nil <)))

        * Group Parameter specification

               (agent-score ("from"
                                  ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" 1000000 nil s))
                            ("lines"
                                  (500 -100 nil <)))

          Again, note the omission of the outermost parenthesis here.

  2. Agent score file

     These score files must *only* contain the permitted scoring
     keywords stated above.

     example:

        * Category specification

               ("~/News/agent.SCORE")

          or perhaps

               ("~/News/agent.SCORE" "~/News/agent.group.SCORE")

        * Group Parameter specification

               (agent-score "~/News/agent.SCORE")

          Additional score files can be specified as above.  Need I say
          anything about parenthesis?

  3. Use `normal' score files

     If you don't want to maintain two sets of scoring rules for a
     group, and your desired `downloading' criteria for a group are the
     same as your `reading' criteria then you can tell the agent to
     refer to your `normal' score files when deciding what to download.

     These directives in either the category definition or a group's
     parameters will cause the agent to read in all the applicable score
     files for a group, *filtering out* those sections that do not
     relate to one of the permitted subset of scoring keywords.

        * Category Specification

               file

        * Group Parameter specification

               (agent-score . file)


File: gnus,  Node: The Category Buffer,  Next: Category Variables,  Prev: Category Syntax,  Up: Agent Categories

6.7.2.2 The Category Buffer
...........................

You'd normally do all category maintenance from the category buffer.
When you enter it for the first time (with the `J c' command from the
group buffer), you'll only see the `default' category.

   The following commands are available in this buffer:

`q'
     Return to the group buffer (`gnus-category-exit').

`k'
     Kill the current category (`gnus-category-kill').

`c'
     Copy the current category (`gnus-category-copy').

`a'
     Add a new category (`gnus-category-add').

`p'
     Edit the predicate of the current category
     (`gnus-category-edit-predicate').

`g'
     Edit the list of groups belonging to the current category
     (`gnus-category-edit-groups').

`s'
     Edit the download score rule of the current category
     (`gnus-category-edit-score').

`l'
     List all the categories (`gnus-category-list').


File: gnus,  Node: Category Variables,  Prev: The Category Buffer,  Up: Agent Categories

6.7.2.3 Category Variables
..........................

`gnus-category-mode-hook'
     Hook run in category buffers.

`gnus-category-line-format'
     Format of the lines in the category buffer (*note Formatting
     Variables::).  Valid elements are:

    `c'
          The name of the category.

    `g'
          The number of groups in the category.

`gnus-category-mode-line-format'
     Format of the category mode line (*note Mode Line Formatting::).

`gnus-agent-short-article'
     Articles that have fewer lines than this are short.  Default 100.

`gnus-agent-long-article'
     Articles that have more lines than this are long.  Default 200.

`gnus-agent-low-score'
     Articles that have a score lower than this have a low score.
     Default 0.

`gnus-agent-high-score'
     Articles that have a score higher than this have a high score.
     Default 0.



File: gnus,  Node: Agent Commands,  Next: Agent Expiry,  Prev: Agent Categories,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.3 Agent Commands
--------------------

All the Gnus Agent commands are on the `J' submap.  The `J j'
(`gnus-agent-toggle-plugged' command works in all modes, and toggles
the plugged/unplugged state of the Gnus Agent.

* Menu:

* Group Agent Commands::
* Summary Agent Commands::
* Server Agent Commands::

   You can run a complete batch fetch from the command line with the
following incantation:

     $ emacs -batch -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-agent-batch-fetch


File: gnus,  Node: Group Agent Commands,  Next: Summary Agent Commands,  Up: Agent Commands

6.7.3.1 Group Agent Commands
............................

`J u'
     Fetch all eligible articles in the current group
     (`gnus-agent-fetch-groups').

`J c'
     Enter the Agent category buffer (`gnus-enter-category-buffer').

`J s'
     Fetch all eligible articles in all groups
     (`gnus-agent-fetch-session').

`J S'
     Send all sendable messages in the draft group
     (`gnus-group-send-drafts').  *Note Drafts::.

`J a'
     Add the current group to an Agent category
     (`gnus-agent-add-group').  This command understands the
     process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`J r'
     Remove the current group from its category, if any
     (`gnus-agent-remove-group').  This command understands the
     process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).

`J Y'
     Synchronize flags changed while unplugged with remote server, if
     any.



File: gnus,  Node: Summary Agent Commands,  Next: Server Agent Commands,  Prev: Group Agent Commands,  Up: Agent Commands

6.7.3.2 Summary Agent Commands
..............................

`J #'
     Mark the article for downloading (`gnus-agent-mark-article').

`J M-#'
     Remove the downloading mark from the article
     (`gnus-agent-unmark-article').

`@'
     Toggle whether to download the article (`gnus-agent-toggle-mark').

`J c'
     Mark all undownloaded articles as read (`gnus-agent-catchup').



File: gnus,  Node: Server Agent Commands,  Prev: Summary Agent Commands,  Up: Agent Commands

6.7.3.3 Server Agent Commands
.............................

`J a'
     Add the current server to the list of servers covered by the Gnus
     Agent (`gnus-agent-add-server').

`J r'
     Remove the current server from the list of servers covered by the
     Gnus Agent (`gnus-agent-remove-server').



File: gnus,  Node: Agent Expiry,  Next: Agent and IMAP,  Prev: Agent Commands,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.4 Agent Expiry
------------------

`nnagent' doesn't handle expiry.  Instead, there's a special
`gnus-agent-expire' command that will expire all read articles that are
older than `gnus-agent-expire-days' days.  It can be run whenever you
feel that you're running out of space.  It's not particularly fast or
efficient, and it's not a particularly good idea to interrupt it (with
`C-g' or anything else) once you've started it.

   if `gnus-agent-expire-all' is non-`nil', this command will expire
all articles--unread, read, ticked and dormant.  If `nil' (which is the
default), only read articles are eligible for expiry, and unread,
ticked and dormant articles will be kept indefinitely.


File: gnus,  Node: Agent and IMAP,  Next: Outgoing Messages,  Prev: Agent Expiry,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.5 Agent and IMAP
--------------------

The Agent work with any Gnus back end, including nnimap.  However,
since there are some conceptual differences between NNTP and IMAP, this
section (should) provide you with some information to make Gnus Agent
work smoother as a IMAP Disconnected Mode client.

   The first thing to keep in mind is that all flags (read, ticked, etc)
are kept on the IMAP server, rather than in `.newsrc' as is the case
for nntp.  Thus Gnus need to remember flag changes when disconnected,
and synchronize these flags when you plug back in.

   Gnus keep track of flag changes when reading nnimap groups under the
Agent by default.  When you plug back in, by default Gnus will check if
you have any changed any flags and ask if you wish to synchronize these
with the server.  This behavior is customizable with
`gnus-agent-synchronize-flags'.

   If `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags' is `nil', the Agent will never
automatically synchronize flags.  If it is `ask', the default, the
Agent will check if you made any changes and if so ask if you wish to
synchronize these when you re-connect.  If it has any other value, all
flags will be synchronized automatically.

   If you do not wish to automatically synchronize flags when you
re-connect, this can be done manually with the
`gnus-agent-synchronize-flags' command that is bound to `J Y' in the
group buffer by default.

   Some things are currently not implemented in the Agent that you'd
might expect from a disconnected IMAP client, including:

   * Copying/moving articles into nnimap groups when unplugged.

   * Creating/deleting nnimap groups when unplugged.


   Technical note: the synchronization algorithm does not work by
"pushing" all local flags to the server, but rather incrementally
update the server view of flags by changing only those flags that were
changed by the user.  Thus, if you set one flag on a article, quit the
group and re-select the group and remove the flag; the flag will be set
and removed from the server when you "synchronize".  The queued flag
operations can be found in the per-server `flags' file in the Agent
directory.  It's emptied when you synchronize flags.


File: gnus,  Node: Outgoing Messages,  Next: Agent Variables,  Prev: Agent and IMAP,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.6 Outgoing Messages
-----------------------

When Gnus is unplugged, all outgoing messages (both mail and news) are
stored in the draft groups (*note Drafts::).  You can view them there
after posting, and edit them at will.

   When Gnus is plugged again, you can send the messages either from the
draft group with the special commands available there, or you can use
the `J S' command in the group buffer to send all the sendable messages
in the draft group.


File: gnus,  Node: Agent Variables,  Next: Example Setup,  Prev: Outgoing Messages,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.7 Agent Variables
---------------------

`gnus-agent-directory'
     Where the Gnus Agent will store its files.  The default is
     `~/News/agent/'.

`gnus-agent-handle-level'
     Groups on levels (*note Group Levels::) higher than this variable
     will be ignored by the Agent.  The default is
     `gnus-level-subscribed', which means that only subscribed group
     will be considered by the Agent by default.

`gnus-agent-plugged-hook'
     Hook run when connecting to the network.

`gnus-agent-unplugged-hook'
     Hook run when disconnecting from the network.



File: gnus,  Node: Example Setup,  Next: Batching Agents,  Prev: Agent Variables,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.8 Example Setup
-------------------

If you don't want to read this manual, and you have a fairly standard
setup, you may be able to use something like the following as your
`.gnus.el' file to get started.

     ;;; Define how Gnus is to fetch news.  We do this over NNTP
     ;;; from your ISP's server.
     (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.your-isp.com"))

     ;;; Define how Gnus is to read your mail.  We read mail from
     ;;; your ISP's POP server.
     (setq mail-sources '((pop :server "pop.your-isp.com")))

     ;;; Say how Gnus is to store the mail.  We use nnml groups.
     (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnml "")))

     ;;; Make Gnus into an offline newsreader.
     (gnus-agentize)

   That should be it, basically.  Put that in your `~/.gnus.el' file,
edit to suit your needs, start up PPP (or whatever), and type `M-x
gnus'.

   If this is the first time you've run Gnus, you will be subscribed
automatically to a few default newsgroups.  You'll probably want to
subscribe to more groups, and to do that, you have to query the NNTP
server for a complete list of groups with the `A A' command.  This
usually takes quite a while, but you only have to do it once.

   After reading and parsing a while, you'll be presented with a list of
groups.  Subscribe to the ones you want to read with the `u' command.
`l' to make all the killed groups disappear after you've subscribe to
all the groups you want to read.  (`A k' will bring back all the killed
groups.)

   You can now read the groups at once, or you can download the articles
with the `J s' command.  And then read the rest of this manual to find
out which of the other gazillion things you want to customize.


File: gnus,  Node: Batching Agents,  Next: Agent Caveats,  Prev: Example Setup,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.9 Batching Agents
---------------------

Having the Gnus Agent fetch articles (and post whatever messages you've
written) is quite easy once you've gotten things set up properly.  The
following shell script will do everything that is necessary:

     #!/bin/sh
     emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -f gnus-agent-batch >/dev/null


File: gnus,  Node: Agent Caveats,  Prev: Batching Agents,  Up: Gnus Unplugged

6.7.10 Agent Caveats
--------------------

The Gnus Agent doesn't seem to work like most other offline
newsreaders.  Here are some common questions that some imaginary people
may ask:

"If I read an article while plugged, do they get entered into the"
     Agent?

     *No.*

"If I read an article while plugged, and the article already exists"
     in the Agent, will it get downloaded once more?

     *Yes.*


   In short, when Gnus is unplugged, it only looks into the locally
stored articles; when it's plugged, it only talks to your ISP.


File: gnus,  Node: Scoring,  Next: Various,  Prev: Select Methods,  Up: Top

7 Scoring
*********

Other people use "kill files", but we here at Gnus Towers like scoring
better than killing, so we'd rather switch than fight.  They do
something completely different as well, so sit up straight and pay
attention!

   All articles have a default score (`gnus-summary-default-score'),
which is 0 by default.  This score may be raised or lowered either
interactively or by score files.  Articles that have a score lower than
`gnus-summary-mark-below' are marked as read.

   Gnus will read any "score files" that apply to the current group
before generating the summary buffer.

   There are several commands in the summary buffer that insert score
entries based on the current article.  You can, for instance, ask Gnus
to lower or increase the score of all articles with a certain subject.

   There are two sorts of scoring entries: Permanent and temporary.
Temporary score entries are self-expiring entries.  Any entries that are
temporary and have not been used for, say, a week, will be removed
silently to help keep the sizes of the score files down.

* Menu:

* Summary Score Commands::   Adding score entries for the current group.
* Group Score Commands::     General score commands.
* Score Variables::          Customize your scoring.  (My, what terminology).
* Score File Format::        What a score file may contain.
* Score File Editing::       You can edit score files by hand as well.
* Adaptive Scoring::         Big Sister Gnus knows what you read.
* Home Score File::          How to say where new score entries are to go.
* Followups To Yourself::    Having Gnus notice when people answer you.
* Scoring Tips::             How to score effectively.
* Reverse Scoring::          That problem child of old is not problem.
* Global Score Files::       Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files.
* Kill Files::               They are still here, but they can be ignored.
* Converting Kill Files::    Translating kill files to score files.
* GroupLens::                Getting predictions on what you like to read.
* Advanced Scoring::         Using logical expressions to build score rules.
* Score Decays::             It can be useful to let scores wither away.


File: gnus,  Node: Summary Score Commands,  Next: Group Score Commands,  Up: Scoring

7.1 Summary Score Commands
==========================

The score commands that alter score entries do not actually modify real
score files.  That would be too inefficient.  Gnus maintains a cache of
previously loaded score files, one of which is considered the "current
score file alist".  The score commands simply insert entries into this
list, and upon group exit, this list is saved.

   The current score file is by default the group's local score file,
even if no such score file actually exists.  To insert score commands
into some other score file (e.g. `all.SCORE'), you must first make this
score file the current one.

   General score commands that don't actually change the score file:

`V s'
     Set the score of the current article (`gnus-summary-set-score').

`V S'
     Display the score of the current article
     (`gnus-summary-current-score').

`V t'
     Display all score rules that have been used on the current article
     (`gnus-score-find-trace').

`V R'
     Run the current summary through the scoring process
     (`gnus-summary-rescore').  This might be useful if you're playing
     around with your score files behind Gnus' back and want to see the
     effect you're having.

`V c'
     Make a different score file the current
     (`gnus-score-change-score-file').

`V e'
     Edit the current score file (`gnus-score-edit-current-scores').
     You will be popped into a `gnus-score-mode' buffer (*note Score
     File Editing::).

`V f'
     Edit a score file and make this score file the current one
     (`gnus-score-edit-file').

`V F'
     Flush the score cache (`gnus-score-flush-cache').  This is useful
     after editing score files.

`V C'
     Customize a score file in a visually pleasing manner
     (`gnus-score-customize').


   The rest of these commands modify the local score file.

`V m'
     Prompt for a score, and mark all articles with a score below this
     as read (`gnus-score-set-mark-below').

`V x'
     Prompt for a score, and add a score rule to the current score file
     to expunge all articles below this score
     (`gnus-score-set-expunge-below').

   The keystrokes for actually making score entries follow a very
regular pattern, so there's no need to list all the commands.
(Hundreds of them.)

  1. The first key is either `I' (upper case i) for increasing the score
     or `L' for lowering the score.

  2. The second key says what header you want to score on.  The
     following keys are available:
    `a'
          Score on the author name.

    `s'
          Score on the subject line.

    `x'
          Score on the `Xref' line--i.e., the cross-posting line.

    `r'
          Score on the `References' line.

    `d'
          Score on the date.

    `l'
          Score on the number of lines.

    `i'
          Score on the `Message-ID' header.

    `f'
          Score on followups--this matches the author name, and adds
          scores to the followups to this author.

    `b'
          Score on the body.

    `h'
          Score on the head.

    `t'
          Score on thread.


  3. The third key is the match type.  Which match types are valid
     depends on what headers you are scoring on.

    `strings'

         `e'
               Exact matching.

         `s'
               Substring matching.

         `f'
               Fuzzy matching (*note Fuzzy Matching::).

         `r'
               Regexp matching

    `date'

         `b'
               Before date.

         `a'
               After date.

         `n'
               This date.

    `number'

         `<'
               Less than number.

         `='
               Equal to number.

         `>'
               Greater than number.

  4. The fourth and final key says whether this is a temporary (i.e.,
     expiring) score entry, or a permanent (i.e., non-expiring) score
     entry, or whether it is to be done immediately, without adding to
     the score file.
    `t'
          Temporary score entry.

    `p'
          Permanent score entry.

    `i'
          Immediately scoring.


   So, let's say you want to increase the score on the current author
with exact matching permanently: `I a e p'.  If you want to lower the
score based on the subject line, using substring matching, and make a
temporary score entry: `L s s t'.  Pretty easy.

   To make things a bit more complicated, there are shortcuts.  If you
use a capital letter on either the second or third keys, Gnus will use
defaults for the remaining one or two keystrokes.  The defaults are
"substring" and "temporary".  So `I A' is the same as `I a s t', and `I
a R' is the same as `I a r t'.

   These functions take both the numerical prefix and the symbolic
prefix (*note Symbolic Prefixes::).  A numerical prefix says how much
to lower (or increase) the score of the article.  A symbolic prefix of
`a' says to use the `all.SCORE' file for the command instead of the
current score file.

   The `gnus-score-mimic-keymap' says whether these commands will
pretend they are keymaps or not.


File: gnus,  Node: Group Score Commands,  Next: Score Variables,  Prev: Summary Score Commands,  Up: Scoring

7.2 Group Score Commands
========================

There aren't many of these as yet, I'm afraid.

`W f'
     Gnus maintains a cache of score alists to avoid having to reload
     them all the time.  This command will flush the cache
     (`gnus-score-flush-cache').


   You can do scoring from the command line by saying something like:

     $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-batch-score


File: gnus,  Node: Score Variables,  Next: Score File Format,  Prev: Group Score Commands,  Up: Scoring

7.3 Score Variables
===================

`gnus-use-scoring'
     If `nil', Gnus will not check for score files, and will not, in
     general, do any score-related work.  This is `t' by default.

`gnus-kill-killed'
     If this variable is `nil', Gnus will never apply score files to
     articles that have already been through the kill process.  While
     this may save you lots of time, it also means that if you apply a
     kill file to a group, and then change the kill file and want to
     run it over you group again to kill more articles, it won't work.
     You have to set this variable to `t' to do that.  (It is `t' by
     default.)

`gnus-kill-files-directory'
     All kill and score files will be stored in this directory, which is
     initialized from the `SAVEDIR' environment variable by default.
     This is `~/News/' by default.

`gnus-score-file-suffix'
     Suffix to add to the group name to arrive at the score file name
     (`SCORE' by default.)

`gnus-score-uncacheable-files'
     All score files are normally cached to avoid excessive re-loading
     of score files.  However, if this might make your Emacs grow big
     and bloated, so this regexp can be used to weed out score files
     unlikely to be needed again.  It would be a bad idea to deny
     caching of `all.SCORE', while it might be a good idea to not cache
     `comp.infosystems.www.authoring.misc.ADAPT'.  In fact, this
     variable is `ADAPT$' by default, so no adaptive score files will
     be cached.

`gnus-save-score'
     If you have really complicated score files, and do lots of batch
     scoring, then you might set this variable to `t'.  This will make
     Gnus save the scores into the `.newsrc.eld' file.

     If you do not set this to `t', then manual scores (like those set
     with `V s' (`gnus-summary-set-score')) will not be preserved
     across group visits.

`gnus-score-interactive-default-score'
     Score used by all the interactive raise/lower commands to
     raise/lower score with.  Default is 1000, which may seem
     excessive, but this is to ensure that the adaptive scoring scheme
     gets enough room to play with.  We don't want the small changes
     from the adaptive scoring to overwrite manually entered data.

`gnus-summary-default-score'
     Default score of an article, which is 0 by default.

`gnus-summary-expunge-below'
     Don't display the summary lines of articles that have scores lower
     than this variable.  This is `nil' by default, which means that no
     articles will be hidden.  This variable is local to the summary
     buffers, and has to be set from `gnus-summary-mode-hook'.

`gnus-score-over-mark'
     Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score over the
     default.  Default is `+'.

`gnus-score-below-mark'
     Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score below the
     default.  Default is `-'.

`gnus-score-find-score-files-function'
     Function used to find score files for the current group.  This
     function is called with the name of the group as the argument.

     Predefined functions available are:
    `gnus-score-find-single'
          Only apply the group's own score file.

    `gnus-score-find-bnews'
          Apply all score files that match, using bnews syntax.  This
          is the default.  If the current group is `gnu.emacs.gnus',
          for instance, `all.emacs.all.SCORE', `not.alt.all.SCORE' and
          `gnu.all.SCORE' would all apply.  In short, the instances of
          `all' in the score file names are translated into `.*', and
          then a regexp match is done.

          This means that if you have some score entries that you want
          to apply to all groups, then you put those entries in the
          `all.SCORE' file.

          The score files are applied in a semi-random order, although
          Gnus will try to apply the more general score files before
          the more specific score files.  It does this by looking at
          the number of elements in the score file names--discarding
          the `all' elements.

    `gnus-score-find-hierarchical'
          Apply all score files from all the parent groups.  This means
          that you can't have score files like `all.SCORE', but you can
          have `SCORE', `comp.SCORE' and `comp.emacs.SCORE' for each
          server.

     This variable can also be a list of functions.  In that case, all
     these functions will be called with the group name as argument,
     and all the returned lists of score files will be applied.  These
     functions can also return lists of score alists directly.  In that
     case, the functions that return these non-file score alists should
     probably be placed before the "real" score file functions, to
     ensure that the last score file returned is the local score file.
     Phu.

     For example, to do hierarchical scoring but use a
     non-server-specific overall score file, you could use the value
          (list (lambda (group) ("all.SCORE"))
                'gnus-score-find-hierarchical)

`gnus-score-expiry-days'
     This variable says how many days should pass before an unused
     score file entry is expired.  If this variable is `nil', no score
     file entries are expired.  It's 7 by default.

`gnus-update-score-entry-dates'
     If this variable is non-`nil', matching score entries will have
     their dates updated.  (This is how Gnus controls expiry--all
     non-matching entries will become too old while matching entries
     will stay fresh and young.)  However, if you set this variable to
     `nil', even matching entries will grow old and will have to face
     that oh-so grim reaper.

`gnus-score-after-write-file-function'
     Function called with the name of the score file just written.

`gnus-score-thread-simplify'
     If this variable is non-`nil', article subjects will be simplified
     for subject scoring purposes in the same manner as with
     threading--according to the current value of
     gnus-simplify-subject-functions.  If the scoring entry uses
     `substring' or `exact' matching, the match will also be simplified
     in this manner.



File: gnus,  Node: Score File Format,  Next: Score File Editing,  Prev: Score Variables,  Up: Scoring

7.4 Score File Format
=====================

A score file is an `emacs-lisp' file that normally contains just a
single form.  Casual users are not expected to edit these files;
everything can be changed from the summary buffer.

   Anyway, if you'd like to dig into it yourself, here's an example:

     (("from"
       ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" -10000)
       ("Per Abrahamsen")
       ("larsi\\|lmi" -50000 nil R))
      ("subject"
       ("Ding is Badd" nil 728373))
      ("xref"
       ("alt.politics" -1000 728372 s))
      ("lines"
       (2 -100 nil <))
      (mark 0)
      (expunge -1000)
      (mark-and-expunge -10)
      (read-only nil)
      (orphan -10)
      (adapt t)
      (files "/hom/larsi/News/gnu.SCORE")
      (exclude-files "all.SCORE")
      (local (gnus-newsgroup-auto-expire t)
             (gnus-summary-make-false-root empty))
      (eval (ding)))

   This example demonstrates most score file elements.  For a different
approach, see *note Advanced Scoring::.

   Even though this looks much like lisp code, nothing here is actually
`eval'ed.  The lisp reader is used to read this form, though, so it has
to be valid syntactically, if not semantically.

   Six keys are supported by this alist:

`STRING'
     If the key is a string, it is the name of the header to perform the
     match on.  Scoring can only be performed on these eight headers:
     `From', `Subject', `References', `Message-ID', `Xref', `Lines',
     `Chars' and `Date'.  In addition to these headers, there are three
     strings to tell Gnus to fetch the entire article and do the match
     on larger parts of the article: `Body' will perform the match on
     the body of the article, `Head' will perform the match on the head
     of the article, and `All' will perform the match on the entire
     article.  Note that using any of these last three keys will slow
     down group entry _considerably_.  The final "header" you can score
     on is `Followup'.  These score entries will result in new score
     entries being added for all follow-ups to articles that matches
     these score entries.

     Following this key is a arbitrary number of score entries, where
     each score entry has one to four elements.
       1. The first element is the "match element".  On most headers
          this will be a string, but on the Lines and Chars headers,
          this must be an integer.

       2. If the second element is present, it should be a number--the
          "score element".  This number should be an integer in the
          neginf to posinf interval.  This number is added to the score
          of the article if the match is successful.  If this element
          is not present, the `gnus-score-interactive-default-score'
          number will be used instead.  This is 1000 by default.

       3. If the third element is present, it should be a number--the
          "date element".  This date says when the last time this score
          entry matched, which provides a mechanism for expiring the
          score entries.  It this element is not present, the score
          entry is permanent.  The date is represented by the number of
          days since December 31, 1 BCE.

       4. If the fourth element is present, it should be a symbol--the
          "type element".  This element specifies what function should
          be used to see whether this score entry matches the article.
          What match types that can be used depends on what header you
          wish to perform the match on.
         "From, Subject, References, Xref, Message-ID"
               For most header types, there are the `r' and `R'
               (regexp), as well as `s' and `S' (substring) types, and
               `e' and `E' (exact match), and `w' (word match) types.
               If this element is not present, Gnus will assume that
               substring matching should be used.  `R', `S', and `E'
               differ from the others in that the matches will be done
               in a case-sensitive manner.  All these one-letter types
               are really just abbreviations for the `regexp',
               `string', `exact', and `word' types, which you can use
               instead, if you feel like.

         "Lines, Chars"
               These two headers use different match types: `<', `>',
               `=', `>=' and `<='.

               These predicates are true if

                    (PREDICATE HEADER MATCH)

               evaluates to non-`nil'.  For instance, the advanced match
               `("lines" 4 <)' (*note Advanced Scoring::) will result
               in the following form:

                    (< header-value 4)

               Or to put it another way: When using `<' on `Lines' with
               4 as the match, we get the score added if the article
               has less than 4 lines.  (It's easy to get confused and
               think it's the other way around.  But it's not.  I
               think.)

               When matching on `Lines', be careful because some back
               ends (like `nndir') do not generate `Lines' header, so
               every article ends up being marked as having 0 lines.
               This can lead to strange results if you happen to lower
               score of the articles with few lines.

         "Date"
               For the Date header we have three kinda silly match
               types: `before', `at' and `after'.  I can't really
               imagine this ever being useful, but, like, it would feel
               kinda silly not to provide this function.  Just in case.
               You never know.  Better safe than sorry.  Once burnt,
               twice shy.  Don't judge a book by its cover.  Never not
               have sex on a first date.  (I have been told that at
               least one person, and I quote, "found this function
               indispensable", however.)

               A more useful match type is `regexp'.  With it, you can
               match the date string using a regular expression.  The
               date is normalized to ISO8601 compact format
               first--YYYYMMDD`T'HHMMSS.  If you want to match all
               articles that have been posted on April 1st in every
               year, you could use `....0401.........' as a match
               string, for instance.  (Note that the date is kept in
               its original time zone, so this will match articles that
               were posted when it was April 1st where the article was
               posted from.  Time zones are such wholesome fun for the
               whole family, eh?)

         "Head, Body, All"
               These three match keys use the same match types as the
               `From' (etc) header uses.

         "Followup"
               This match key is somewhat special, in that it will
               match the `From' header, and affect the score of not
               only the matching articles, but also all followups to
               the matching articles.  This allows you e.g. increase
               the score of followups to your own articles, or decrease
               the score of followups to the articles of some known
               trouble-maker.  Uses the same match types as the `From'
               header uses.  (Using this match key will lead to
               creation of `ADAPT' files.)

         "Thread"
               This match key works along the same lines as the
               `Followup' match key.  If you say that you want to score
               on a (sub-)thread started by an article with a
               `Message-ID' X, then you add a `thread' match.  This
               will add a new `thread' match for each article that has
               X in its `References' header.  (These new `thread'
               matches will use the `Message-ID's of these matching
               articles.)  This will ensure that you can raise/lower
               the score of an entire thread, even though some articles
               in the thread may not have complete `References'
               headers.  Note that using this may lead to
               undeterministic scores of the articles in the thread.
               (Using this match key will lead to creation of `ADAPT'
               files.)

`mark'
     The value of this entry should be a number.  Any articles with a
     score lower than this number will be marked as read.

`expunge'
     The value of this entry should be a number.  Any articles with a
     score lower than this number will be removed from the summary
     buffer.

`mark-and-expunge'
     The value of this entry should be a number.  Any articles with a
     score lower than this number will be marked as read and removed
     from the summary buffer.

`thread-mark-and-expunge'
     The value of this entry should be a number.  All articles that
     belong to a thread that has a total score below this number will
     be marked as read and removed from the summary buffer.
     `gnus-thread-score-function' says how to compute the total score
     for a thread.

`files'
     The value of this entry should be any number of file names.  These
     files are assumed to be score files as well, and will be loaded
     the same way this one was.

`exclude-files'
     The clue of this entry should be any number of files.  These files
     will not be loaded, even though they would normally be so, for
     some reason or other.

`eval'
     The value of this entry will be `eval'el.  This element will be
     ignored when handling global score files.

`read-only'
     Read-only score files will not be updated or saved.  Global score
     files should feature this atom (*note Global Score Files::).
     (Note: "Global" here really means "global"; not your personal
     apply-to-all-groups score files.)

`orphan'
     The value of this entry should be a number.  Articles that do not
     have parents will get this number added to their scores.  Imagine
     you follow some high-volume newsgroup, like `comp.lang.c'.  Most
     likely you will only follow a few of the threads, also want to see
     any new threads.

     You can do this with the following two score file entries:

                  (orphan -500)
                  (mark-and-expunge -100)

     When you enter the group the first time, you will only see the new
     threads.  You then raise the score of the threads that you find
     interesting (with `I T' or `I S'), and ignore (`C y') the rest.
     Next time you enter the group, you will see new articles in the
     interesting threads, plus any new threads.

     I.e.--the orphan score atom is for high-volume groups where there
     exist a few interesting threads which can't be found automatically
     by ordinary scoring rules.

`adapt'
     This entry controls the adaptive scoring.  If it is `t', the
     default adaptive scoring rules will be used.  If it is `ignore', no
     adaptive scoring will be performed on this group.  If it is a
     list, this list will be used as the adaptive scoring rules.  If it
     isn't present, or is something other than `t' or `ignore', the
     default adaptive scoring rules will be used.  If you want to use
     adaptive scoring on most groups, you'd set
     `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `t', and insert an `(adapt ignore)'
     in the groups where you do not want adaptive scoring.  If you only
     want adaptive scoring in a few groups, you'd set
     `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `nil', and insert `(adapt t)' in
     the score files of the groups where you want it.

`adapt-file'
     All adaptive score entries will go to the file named by this
     entry.  It will also be applied when entering the group.  This
     atom might be handy if you want to adapt on several groups at
     once, using the same adaptive file for a number of groups.

`local'
     The value of this entry should be a list of `(VAR VALUE)' pairs.
     Each VAR will be made buffer-local to the current summary buffer,
     and set to the value specified.  This is a convenient, if somewhat
     strange, way of setting variables in some groups if you don't like
     hooks much.  Note that the VALUE won't be evaluated.


File: gnus,  Node: Score File Editing,  Next: Adaptive Scoring,  Prev: Score File Format,  Up: Scoring

7.5 Score File Editing
======================

You normally enter all scoring commands from the summary buffer, but you
might feel the urge to edit them by hand as well, so we've supplied you
with a mode for that.

   It's simply a slightly customized `emacs-lisp' mode, with these
additional commands:

`C-c C-c'
     Save the changes you have made and return to the summary buffer
     (`gnus-score-edit-done').

`C-c C-d'
     Insert the current date in numerical format
     (`gnus-score-edit-insert-date').  This is really the day number, if
     you were wondering.

`C-c C-p'
     The adaptive score files are saved in an unformatted fashion.  If
     you intend to read one of these files, you want to "pretty print"
     it first.  This command (`gnus-score-pretty-print') does that for
     you.


   Type `M-x gnus-score-mode' to use this mode.

   `gnus-score-menu-hook' is run in score mode buffers.

   In the summary buffer you can use commands like `V f' and `V e' to
begin editing score files.


File: gnus,  Node: Adaptive Scoring,  Next: Home Score File,  Prev: Score File Editing,  Up: Scoring

7.6 Adaptive Scoring
====================

If all this scoring is getting you down, Gnus has a way of making it all
happen automatically--as if by magic.  Or rather, as if by artificial
stupidity, to be precise.

   When you read an article, or mark an article as read, or kill an
article, you leave marks behind.  On exit from the group, Gnus can sniff
these marks and add score elements depending on what marks it finds.
You turn on this ability by setting `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `t'
or `(line)'.  If you want score adaptively on separate words appearing
in the subjects, you should set this variable to `(word)'.  If you want
to use both adaptive methods, set this variable to `(word line)'.

   To give you complete control over the scoring process, you can
customize the `gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist' variable.  For
instance, it might look something like this:

     (setq gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist
       '((gnus-unread-mark)
         (gnus-ticked-mark (from 4))
         (gnus-dormant-mark (from 5))
         (gnus-del-mark (from -4) (subject -1))
         (gnus-read-mark (from 4) (subject 2))
         (gnus-expirable-mark (from -1) (subject -1))
         (gnus-killed-mark (from -1) (subject -3))
         (gnus-kill-file-mark)
         (gnus-ancient-mark)
         (gnus-low-score-mark)
         (gnus-catchup-mark (from -1) (subject -1))))

   As you see, each element in this alist has a mark as a key (either a
variable name or a "real" mark--a character).  Following this key is a
arbitrary number of header/score pairs.  If there are no header/score
pairs following the key, no adaptive scoring will be done on articles
that have that key as the article mark.  For instance, articles with
`gnus-unread-mark' in the example above will not get adaptive score
entries.

   Each article can have only one mark, so just a single of these rules
will be applied to each article.

   To take `gnus-del-mark' as an example--this alist says that all
articles that have that mark (i.e., are marked with `D') will have a
score entry added to lower based on the `From' header by -4, and
lowered by `Subject' by -1.  Change this to fit your prejudices.

   If you have marked 10 articles with the same subject with
`gnus-del-mark', the rule for that mark will be applied ten times.
That means that that subject will get a score of ten times -1, which
should be, unless I'm much mistaken, -10.

   If you have auto-expirable (mail) groups (*note Expiring Mail::), all
the read articles will be marked with the `E' mark.  This'll probably
make adaptive scoring slightly impossible, so auto-expiring and
adaptive scoring doesn't really mix very well.

   The headers you can score on are `from', `subject', `message-id',
`references', `xref', `lines', `chars' and `date'.  In addition, you
can score on `followup', which will create an adaptive score entry that
matches on the `References' header using the `Message-ID' of the
current article, thereby matching the following thread.

   You can also score on `thread', which will try to score all articles
that appear in a thread.  `thread' matches uses a `Message-ID' to match
on the `References' header of the article.  If the match is made, the
`Message-ID' of the article is added to the `thread' rule.  (Think
about it.  I'd recommend two aspirins afterwards.)

   If you use this scheme, you should set the score file atom `mark' to
something small--like -300, perhaps, to avoid having small random
changes result in articles getting marked as read.

   After using adaptive scoring for a week or so, Gnus should start to
become properly trained and enhance the authors you like best, and kill
the authors you like least, without you having to say so explicitly.

   You can control what groups the adaptive scoring is to be performed
on by using the score files (*note Score File Format::).  This will also
let you use different rules in different groups.

   The adaptive score entries will be put into a file where the name is
the group name with `gnus-adaptive-file-suffix' appended.  The default
is `ADAPT'.

   When doing adaptive scoring, substring or fuzzy matching would
probably give you the best results in most cases.  However, if the
header one matches is short, the possibility for false positives is
great, so if the length of the match is less than
`gnus-score-exact-adapt-limit', exact matching will be used.  If this
variable is `nil', exact matching will always be used to avoid this
problem.

   As mentioned above, you can adapt either on individual words or
entire headers.  If you adapt on words, the
`gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist' variable says what score each
instance of a word should add given a mark.

     (setq gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist
           `((,gnus-read-mark . 30)
             (,gnus-catchup-mark . -10)
             (,gnus-killed-mark . -20)
             (,gnus-del-mark . -15)))

   This is the default value.  If you have adaption on words enabled,
every word that appears in subjects of articles marked with
`gnus-read-mark' will result in a score rule that increase the score
with 30 points.

   Words that appear in the `gnus-default-ignored-adaptive-words' list
will be ignored.  If you wish to add more words to be ignored, use the
`gnus-ignored-adaptive-words' list instead.

   When the scoring is done, `gnus-adaptive-word-syntax-table' is the
syntax table in effect.  It is similar to the standard syntax table, but
it considers numbers to be non-word-constituent characters.

   If `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' is set to a number, the adaptive
word scoring process will never bring down the score of an article to
below this number.  The default is `nil'.

   If `gnus-adaptive-word-no-group-words' is set to `t', gnus won't
adaptively word score any of the words in the group name.  Useful for
groups like `comp.editors.emacs', where most of the subject lines
contain the word `emacs'.

   After using this scheme for a while, it might be nice to write a
`gnus-psychoanalyze-user' command to go through the rules and see what
words you like and what words you don't like.  Or perhaps not.

   Note that the adaptive word scoring thing is highly experimental and
is likely to change in the future.  Initial impressions seem to indicate
that it's totally useless as it stands.  Some more work (involving more
rigorous statistical methods) will have to be done to make this useful.


File: gnus,  Node: Home Score File,  Next: Followups To Yourself,  Prev: Adaptive Scoring,  Up: Scoring

7.7 Home Score File
===================

The score file where new score file entries will go is called the "home
score file".  This is normally (and by default) the score file for the
group itself.  For instance, the home score file for `gnu.emacs.gnus'
is `gnu.emacs.gnus.SCORE'.

   However, this may not be what you want.  It is often convenient to
share a common home score file among many groups--all `emacs' groups
could perhaps use the same home score file.

   The variable that controls this is `gnus-home-score-file'.  It can
be:

  1. A string.  Then this file will be used as the home score file for
     all groups.

  2. A function.  The result of this function will be used as the home
     score file.  The function will be called with the name of the
     group as the parameter.

  3. A list.  The elements in this list can be:

       1. `(REGEXP FILE-NAME)'.  If the REGEXP matches the group name,
          the FILE-NAME will be used as the home score file.

       2. A function.  If the function returns non-nil, the result will
          be used as the home score file.

       3. A string.  Use the string as the home score file.

     The list will be traversed from the beginning towards the end
     looking for matches.


   So, if you want to use just a single score file, you could say:

     (setq gnus-home-score-file
           "my-total-score-file.SCORE")

   If you want to use `gnu.SCORE' for all `gnu' groups and `rec.SCORE'
for all `rec' groups (and so on), you can say:

     (setq gnus-home-score-file
           'gnus-hierarchial-home-score-file)

   This is a ready-made function provided for your convenience.  Other
functions include

`gnus-current-home-score-file'
     Return the "current" regular score file.  This will make scoring
     commands add entry to the "innermost" matching score file.


   If you want to have one score file for the `emacs' groups and
another for the `comp' groups, while letting all other groups use their
own home score files:

     (setq gnus-home-score-file
           ;; All groups that match the regexp "\\.emacs"
           '(("\\.emacs" "emacs.SCORE")
             ;; All the comp groups in one score file
             ("^comp" "comp.SCORE")))

   `gnus-home-adapt-file' works exactly the same way as
`gnus-home-score-file', but says what the home adaptive score file is
instead.  All new adaptive file entries will go into the file specified
by this variable, and the same syntax is allowed.

   In addition to using `gnus-home-score-file' and
`gnus-home-adapt-file', you can also use group parameters (*note Group
Parameters::) and topic parameters (*note Topic Parameters::) to
achieve much the same.  Group and topic parameters take precedence over
this variable.


File: gnus,  Node: Followups To Yourself,  Next: Scoring Tips,  Prev: Home Score File,  Up: Scoring

7.8 Followups To Yourself
=========================

Gnus offers two commands for picking out the `Message-ID' header in the
current buffer.  Gnus will then add a score rule that scores using this
`Message-ID' on the `References' header of other articles.  This will,
in effect, increase the score of all articles that respond to the
article in the current buffer.  Quite useful if you want to easily note
when people answer what you've said.

`gnus-score-followup-article'
     This will add a score to articles that directly follow up your own
     article.

`gnus-score-followup-thread'
     This will add a score to all articles that appear in a thread
     "below" your own article.

   These two functions are both primarily meant to be used in hooks like
`message-sent-hook', like this:
     (add-hook 'message-sent-hook 'gnus-score-followup-thread)

   If you look closely at your own `Message-ID', you'll notice that the
first two or three characters are always the same.  Here's two of mine:

     <x6u3u47icf.fsf@eyesore.no>
     <x6sp9o7ibw.fsf@eyesore.no>

   So "my" ident on this machine is `x6'.  This can be exploited--the
following rule will raise the score on all followups to myself:

     ("references"
      ("<x6[0-9a-z]+\\.fsf\\(_-_\\)?@.*eyesore\\.no>"
       1000 nil r))

   Whether it's the first two or first three characters that are "yours"
is system-dependent.


File: gnus,  Node: Scoring Tips,  Next: Reverse Scoring,  Prev: Followups To Yourself,  Up: Scoring

7.9 Scoring Tips
================

"Crossposts"
     If you want to lower the score of crossposts, the line to match on
     is the `Xref' header.
          ("xref" (" talk.politics.misc:" -1000))

"Multiple crossposts"
     If you want to lower the score of articles that have been
     crossposted to more than, say, 3 groups:
          ("xref"
            ("[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+"
             -1000 nil r))

"Matching on the body"
     This is generally not a very good idea--it takes a very long time.
     Gnus actually has to fetch each individual article from the
     server.  But you might want to anyway, I guess.  Even though there
     are three match keys (`Head', `Body' and `All'), you should choose
     one and stick with it in each score file.  If you use any two,
     each article will be fetched _twice_.  If you want to match a bit
     on the `Head' and a bit on the `Body', just use `All' for all the
     matches.

"Marking as read"
     You will probably want to mark articles that have scores below a
     certain number as read.  This is most easily achieved by putting
     the following in your `all.SCORE' file:
          ((mark -100))
     You may also consider doing something similar with `expunge'.

"Negated character classes"
     If you say stuff like `[^abcd]*', you may get unexpected results.
     That will match newlines, which might lead to, well, The Unknown.
     Say `[^abcd\n]*' instead.


File: gnus,  Node: Reverse Scoring,  Next: Global Score Files,  Prev: Scoring Tips,  Up: Scoring

7.10 Reverse Scoring
====================

If you want to keep just articles that have `Sex with Emacs' in the
subject header, and expunge all other articles, you could put something
like this in your score file:

     (("subject"
       ("Sex with Emacs" 2))
      (mark 1)
      (expunge 1))

   So, you raise all articles that match `Sex with Emacs' and mark the
rest as read, and expunge them to boot.


File: gnus,  Node: Global Score Files,  Next: Kill Files,  Prev: Reverse Scoring,  Up: Scoring

7.11 Global Score Files
=======================

Sure, other newsreaders have "global kill files".  These are usually
nothing more than a single kill file that applies to all groups, stored
in the user's home directory.  Bah!  Puny, weak newsreaders!

   What I'm talking about here are Global Score Files.  Score files from
all over the world, from users everywhere, uniting all nations in one
big, happy score file union!  Ange-score!  New and untested!

   All you have to do to use other people's score files is to set the
`gnus-global-score-files' variable.  One entry for each score file, or
each score file directory.  Gnus will decide by itself what score files
are applicable to which group.

   To use the score file
`/ftp@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE' and all score
files in the `/ftp@ftp.some-where:/pub/score' directory, say this:

     (setq gnus-global-score-files
           '("/ftp@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE"
             "/ftp@ftp.some-where:/pub/score/"))

Simple, eh?  Directory names must end with a `/'.  These directories
are typically scanned only once during each Gnus session.  If you feel
the need to manually re-scan the remote directories, you can use the
`gnus-score-search-global-directories' command.

   Note that, at present, using this option will slow down group entry
somewhat.  (That is--a lot.)

   If you want to start maintaining score files for other people to use,
just put your score file up for anonymous ftp and announce it to the
world.  Become a retro-moderator!  Participate in the retro-moderator
wars sure to ensue, where retro-moderators battle it out for the
sympathy of the people, luring them to use their score files on false
premises!  Yay!  The net is saved!

   Here are some tips for the would-be retro-moderator, off the top of
my head:

   * Articles heavily crossposted are probably junk.

   * To lower a single inappropriate article, lower by `Message-ID'.

   * Particularly brilliant authors can be raised on a permanent basis.

   * Authors that repeatedly post off-charter for the group can safely
     be lowered out of existence.

   * Set the `mark' and `expunge' atoms to obliterate the nastiest
     articles completely.

   * Use expiring score entries to keep the size of the file down.  You
     should probably have a long expiry period, though, as some sites
     keep old articles for a long time.

   ... I wonder whether other newsreaders will support global score
files in the future.  _Snicker_.  Yup, any day now, newsreaders like
Blue Wave, xrn and 1stReader are bound to implement scoring.  Should we
start holding our breath yet?


File: gnus,  Node: Kill Files,  Next: Converting Kill Files,  Prev: Global Score Files,  Up: Scoring

7.12 Kill Files
===============

Gnus still supports those pesky old kill files.  In fact, the kill file
entries can now be expiring, which is something I wrote before Daniel
Quinlan thought of doing score files, so I've left the code in there.

   In short, kill processing is a lot slower (and I do mean _a lot_)
than score processing, so it might be a good idea to rewrite your kill
files into score files.

   Anyway, a kill file is a normal `emacs-lisp' file.  You can put any
forms into this file, which means that you can use kill files as some
sort of primitive hook function to be run on group entry, even though
that isn't a very good idea.

   Normal kill files look like this:

     (gnus-kill "From" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
     (gnus-kill "Subject" "ding")
     (gnus-expunge "X")

   This will mark every article written by me as read, and remove the
marked articles from the summary buffer.  Very useful, you'll agree.

   Other programs use a totally different kill file syntax.  If Gnus
encounters what looks like a `rn' kill file, it will take a stab at
interpreting it.

   Two summary functions for editing a GNUS kill file:

`M-k'
     Edit this group's kill file (`gnus-summary-edit-local-kill').

`M-K'
     Edit the general kill file (`gnus-summary-edit-global-kill').

   Two group mode functions for editing the kill files:

`M-k'
     Edit this group's kill file (`gnus-group-edit-local-kill').

`M-K'
     Edit the general kill file (`gnus-group-edit-global-kill').

   Kill file variables:

`gnus-kill-file-name'
     A kill file for the group `soc.motss' is normally called
     `soc.motss.KILL'.  The suffix appended to the group name to get
     this file name is detailed by the `gnus-kill-file-name' variable.
     The "global" kill file (not in the score file sense of "global", of
     course) is just called `KILL'.

`gnus-kill-save-kill-file'
     If this variable is non-`nil', Gnus will save the kill file after
     processing, which is necessary if you use expiring kills.

`gnus-apply-kill-hook'
     A hook called to apply kill files to a group.  It is
     `(gnus-apply-kill-file)' by default.  If you want to ignore the
     kill file if you have a score file for the same group, you can set
     this hook to `(gnus-apply-kill-file-unless-scored)'.  If you don't
     want kill files to be processed, you should set this variable to
     `nil'.

`gnus-kill-file-mode-hook'
     A hook called in kill-file mode buffers.



File: gnus,  Node: Converting Kill Files,  Next: GroupLens,  Prev: Kill Files,  Up: Scoring

7.13 Converting Kill Files
==========================

If you have loads of old kill files, you may want to convert them into
score files.  If they are "regular", you can use the
`gnus-kill-to-score.el' package; if not, you'll have to do it by hand.

   The kill to score conversion package isn't included in Gnus by
default.  You can fetch it from
`http://www.stud.ifi.uio.no/~larsi/ding-various/gnus-kill-to-score.el'.

   If your old kill files are very complex--if they contain more
non-`gnus-kill' forms than not, you'll have to convert them by hand.
Or just let them be as they are.  Gnus will still use them as before.


File: gnus,  Node: GroupLens,  Next: Advanced Scoring,  Prev: Converting Kill Files,  Up: Scoring

7.14 GroupLens
==============

GroupLens is a collaborative filtering system that helps you work
together with other people to find the quality news articles out of the
huge volume of news articles generated every day.

   To accomplish this the GroupLens system combines your opinions about
articles you have already read with the opinions of others who have done
likewise and gives you a personalized prediction for each unread news
article.  Think of GroupLens as a matchmaker.  GroupLens watches how you
rate articles, and finds other people that rate articles the same way.
Once it has found some people you agree with it tells you, in the form
of a prediction, what they thought of the article.  You can use this
prediction to help you decide whether or not you want to read the
article.

* Menu:

* Using GroupLens::          How to make Gnus use GroupLens.
* Rating Articles::          Letting GroupLens know how you rate articles.
* Displaying Predictions::   Displaying predictions given by GroupLens.
* GroupLens Variables::      Customizing GroupLens.


File: gnus,  Node: Using GroupLens,  Next: Rating Articles,  Up: GroupLens

7.14.1 Using GroupLens
----------------------

To use GroupLens you must register a pseudonym with your local Better
Bit Bureau (BBB).  `http://www.cs.umn.edu/Research/GroupLens/bbb.html'
is the only better bit in town at the moment.

   Once you have registered you'll need to set a couple of variables.

`gnus-use-grouplens'
     Setting this variable to a non-`nil' value will make Gnus hook into
     all the relevant GroupLens functions.

`grouplens-pseudonym'
     This variable should be set to the pseudonym you got when
     registering with the Better Bit Bureau.

`grouplens-newsgroups'
     A list of groups that you want to get GroupLens predictions for.


   That's the minimum of what you need to get up and running with
GroupLens.  Once you've registered, GroupLens will start giving you
scores for articles based on the average of what other people think.
But, to get the real benefit of GroupLens you need to start rating
articles yourself.  Then the scores GroupLens gives you will be
personalized for you, based on how the people you usually agree with
have already rated.


File: gnus,  Node: Rating Articles,  Next: Displaying Predictions,  Prev: Using GroupLens,  Up: GroupLens

7.14.2 Rating Articles
----------------------

In GroupLens, an article is rated on a scale from 1 to 5, inclusive.
Where 1 means something like this article is a waste of bandwidth and 5
means that the article was really good.  The basic question to ask
yourself is, "on a scale from 1 to 5 would I like to see more articles
like this one?"

   There are four ways to enter a rating for an article in GroupLens.

`r'
     This function will prompt you for a rating on a scale of one to
     five.

`k'
     This function will prompt you for a rating, and rate all the
     articles in the thread.  This is really useful for some of those
     long running giant threads in rec.humor.


   The next two commands, `n' and `,' take a numerical prefix to be the
score of the article you're reading.

`1-5 n'
     Rate the article and go to the next unread article.

`1-5 ,'
     Rate the article and go to the next unread article with the
     highest score.


   If you want to give the current article a score of 4 and then go to
the next article, just type `4 n'.


File: gnus,  Node: Displaying Predictions,  Next: GroupLens Variables,  Prev: Rating Articles,  Up: GroupLens

7.14.3 Displaying Predictions
-----------------------------

GroupLens makes a prediction for you about how much you will like a
news article.  The predictions from GroupLens are on a scale from 1 to
5, where 1 is the worst and 5 is the best.  You can use the predictions
from GroupLens in one of three ways controlled by the variable
`gnus-grouplens-override-scoring'.

   There are three ways to display predictions in grouplens.  You may
choose to have the GroupLens scores contribute to, or override the
regular gnus scoring mechanism.  override is the default; however, some
people prefer to see the Gnus scores plus the grouplens scores.  To get
the separate scoring behavior you need to set
`gnus-grouplens-override-scoring' to `'separate'.  To have the
GroupLens predictions combined with the grouplens scores set it to
`'override' and to combine the scores set
`gnus-grouplens-override-scoring' to `'combine'.  When you use the
combine option you will also want to set the values for
`grouplens-prediction-offset' and `grouplens-score-scale-factor'.

   In either case, GroupLens gives you a few choices for how you would
like to see your predictions displayed.  The display of predictions is
controlled by the `grouplens-prediction-display' variable.

   The following are valid values for that variable.

`prediction-spot'
     The higher the prediction, the further to the right an `*' is
     displayed.

`confidence-interval'
     A numeric confidence interval.

`prediction-bar'
     The higher the prediction, the longer the bar.

`confidence-bar'
     Numerical confidence.

`confidence-spot'
     The spot gets bigger with more confidence.

`prediction-num'
     Plain-old numeric value.

`confidence-plus-minus'
     Prediction +/- confidence.



File: gnus,  Node: GroupLens Variables,  Prev: Displaying Predictions,  Up: GroupLens

7.14.4 GroupLens Variables
--------------------------

`gnus-summary-grouplens-line-format'
     The summary line format used in GroupLens-enhanced summary
     buffers.  It accepts the same specs as the normal summary line
     format (*note Summary Buffer Lines::).  The default is
     `%U%R%z%l%I%(%[%4L: %-20,20n%]%) %s\n'.

`grouplens-bbb-host'
     Host running the bbbd server.  `grouplens.cs.umn.edu' is the
     default.

`grouplens-bbb-port'
     Port of the host running the bbbd server.  The default is 9000.

`grouplens-score-offset'
     Offset the prediction by this value.  In other words, subtract the
     prediction value by this number to arrive at the effective score.
     The default is 0.

`grouplens-score-scale-factor'
     This variable allows the user to magnify the effect of GroupLens
     scores.  The scale factor is applied after the offset.  The
     default is 1.



File: gnus,  Node: Advanced Scoring,  Next: Score Decays,  Prev: GroupLens,  Up: Scoring

7.15 Advanced Scoring
=====================

Scoring on Subjects and From headers is nice enough, but what if you're
really interested in what a person has to say only when she's talking
about a particular subject?  Or what if you really don't want to read
what person A has to say when she's following up to person B, but want
to read what she says when she's following up to person C?

   By using advanced scoring rules you may create arbitrarily complex
scoring patterns.

* Menu:

* Advanced Scoring Syntax::     A definition.
* Advanced Scoring Examples::   What they look like.
* Advanced Scoring Tips::       Getting the most out of it.


File: gnus,  Node: Advanced Scoring Syntax,  Next: Advanced Scoring Examples,  Up: Advanced Scoring

7.15.1 Advanced Scoring Syntax
------------------------------

Ordinary scoring rules have a string as the first element in the rule.
Advanced scoring rules have a list as the first element.  The second
element is the score to be applied if the first element evaluated to a
non-`nil' value.

   These lists may consist of three logical operators, one redirection
operator, and various match operators.

   Logical operators:

`&'
`and'
     This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it
     finds one that evaluates to `false', and then it'll stop.  If all
     arguments evaluate to `true' values, then this operator will return
     `true'.

`|'
`or'
     This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it
     finds one that evaluates to `true'.  If no arguments are `true',
     then this operator will return `false'.

`!'
`not'
`¬'
     This logical operator only takes a single argument.  It returns the
     logical negation of the value of its argument.


   There is an "indirection operator" that will make its arguments
apply to the ancestors of the current article being scored.  For
instance, `1-' will make score rules apply to the parent of the current
article.  `2-' will make score rules apply to the grandparent of the
current article.  Alternatively, you can write `^^', where the number
of `^'s (carets) says how far back into the ancestry you want to go.

   Finally, we have the match operators.  These are the ones that do the
real work.  Match operators are header name strings followed by a match
and a match type.  A typical match operator looks like `("from" "Lars
Ingebrigtsen" s)'.  The header names are the same as when using simple
scoring, and the match types are also the same.


File: gnus,  Node: Advanced Scoring Examples,  Next: Advanced Scoring Tips,  Prev: Advanced Scoring Syntax,  Up: Advanced Scoring

7.15.2 Advanced Scoring Examples
--------------------------------

Let's say you want to increase the score of articles written by Lars
when he's talking about Gnus:

     ((&
       ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
       ("subject" "Gnus"))
      1000)

   Quite simple, huh?

   When he writes long articles, he sometimes has something nice to say:

     ((&
       ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
       (|
        ("subject" "Gnus")
        ("lines" 100 >)))
      1000)

   However, when he responds to things written by Reig Eigil Logge, you
really don't want to read what he's written:

     ((&
       ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
       (1- ("from" "Reig Eigir Logge")))
      -100000)

   Everybody that follows up Redmondo when he writes about disappearing
socks should have their scores raised, but only when they talk about
white socks.  However, when Lars talks about socks, it's usually not
very interesting:

     ((&
       (1-
        (&
         ("from" "redmondo@.*no" r)
         ("body" "disappearing.*socks" t)))
       (! ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen"))
       ("body" "white.*socks"))
      1000)

   The possibilities are endless.


File: gnus,  Node: Advanced Scoring Tips,  Prev: Advanced Scoring Examples,  Up: Advanced Scoring

7.15.3 Advanced Scoring Tips
----------------------------

The `&' and `|' logical operators do short-circuit logic.  That is,
they stop processing their arguments when it's clear what the result of
the operation will be.  For instance, if one of the arguments of an `&'
evaluates to `false', there's no point in evaluating the rest of the
arguments.  This means that you should put slow matches (`body',
`header') last and quick matches (`from', `subject') first.

   The indirection arguments (`1-' and so on) will make their arguments
work on previous generations of the thread.  If you say something like:

     ...
     (1-
      (1-
       ("from" "lars")))
     ...

   Then that means "score on the from header of the grandparent of the
current article".  An indirection is quite fast, but it's better to say:

     (1-
      (&
       ("from" "Lars")
       ("subject" "Gnus")))

   than it is to say:

     (&
      (1- ("from" "Lars"))
      (1- ("subject" "Gnus")))


File: gnus,  Node: Score Decays,  Prev: Advanced Scoring,  Up: Scoring

7.16 Score Decays
=================

You may find that your scores have a tendency to grow without bounds,
especially if you're using adaptive scoring.  If scores get too big,
they lose all meaning--they simply max out and it's difficult to use
them in any sensible way.

   Gnus provides a mechanism for decaying scores to help with this
problem.  When score files are loaded and `gnus-decay-scores' is
non-`nil', Gnus will run the score files through the decaying mechanism
thereby lowering the scores of all non-permanent score rules.  The
decay itself if performed by the `gnus-decay-score-function' function,
which is `gnus-decay-score' by default.  Here's the definition of that
function:

     (defun gnus-decay-score (score)
       "Decay SCORE.
     This is done according to `gnus-score-decay-constant'
     and `gnus-score-decay-scale'."
       (floor
        (- score
           (* (if (< score 0) 1 -1)
              (min (abs score)
                   (max gnus-score-decay-constant
                        (* (abs score)
                           gnus-score-decay-scale)))))))

   `gnus-score-decay-constant' is 3 by default and
`gnus-score-decay-scale' is 0.05.  This should cause the following:

  1. Scores between -3 and 3 will be set to 0 when this function is
     called.

  2. Scores with magnitudes between 3 and 60 will be shrunk by 3.

  3. Scores with magnitudes greater than 60 will be shrunk by 5% of the
     score.

   If you don't like this decay function, write your own.  It is called
with the score to be decayed as its only parameter, and it should return
the new score, which should be an integer.

   Gnus will try to decay scores once a day.  If you haven't run Gnus
for four days, Gnus will decay the scores four times, for instance.


File: gnus,  Node: Various,  Next: The End,  Prev: Scoring,  Up: Top

8 Various
*********

* Menu:

* Process/Prefix::             A convention used by many treatment commands.
* Interactive::                Making Gnus ask you many questions.
* Symbolic Prefixes::          How to supply some Gnus functions with options.
* Formatting Variables::       You can specify what buffers should look like.
* Windows Configuration::      Configuring the Gnus buffer windows.
* Faces and Fonts::            How to change how faces look.
* Compilation::                How to speed Gnus up.
* Mode Lines::                 Displaying information in the mode lines.
* Highlighting and Menus::     Making buffers look all nice and cozy.
* Buttons::                    Get tendonitis in ten easy steps!
* Daemons::                    Gnus can do things behind your back.
* NoCeM::                      How to avoid spam and other fatty foods.
* Undo::                       Some actions can be undone.
* Moderation::                 What to do if you're a moderator.
* Emacs Enhancements::         There can be more pictures and stuff under
                               Emacs 21.
* XEmacs Enhancements::        There are more pictures and stuff under XEmacs.
* Fuzzy Matching::             What's the big fuzz?
* Thwarting Email Spam::       A how-to on avoiding unsolicited commercial email.
* Various Various::            Things that are really various.


File: gnus,  Node: Process/Prefix,  Next: Interactive,  Up: Various

8.1 Process/Prefix
==================

Many functions, among them functions for moving, decoding and saving
articles, use what is known as the "Process/Prefix convention".

   This is a method for figuring out what articles the user wants the
command to be performed on.

   It goes like this:

   If the numeric prefix is N, perform the operation on the next N
articles, starting with the current one.  If the numeric prefix is
negative, perform the operation on the previous N articles, starting
with the current one.

   If `transient-mark-mode' in non-`nil' and the region is active, all
articles in the region will be worked upon.

   If there is no numeric prefix, but some articles are marked with the
process mark, perform the operation on the articles marked with the
process mark.

   If there is neither a numeric prefix nor any articles marked with the
process mark, just perform the operation on the current article.

   Quite simple, really, but it needs to be made clear so that surprises
are avoided.

   Commands that react to the process mark will push the current list of
process marked articles onto a stack and will then clear all process
marked articles.  You can restore the previous configuration with the
`M P y' command (*note Setting Process Marks::).

   One thing that seems to shock & horrify lots of people is that, for
instance, `3 d' does exactly the same as `d' `d' `d'.  Since each `d'
(which marks the current article as read) by default goes to the next
unread article after marking, this means that `3 d' will mark the next
three unread articles as read, no matter what the summary buffer looks
like.  Set `gnus-summary-goto-unread' to `nil' for a more
straightforward action.

   Many commands do not use the process/prefix convention.  All commands
that do explicitly say so in this manual.  To apply the process/prefix
convention to commands that do not use it, you can use the `M-&'
command.  For instance, to mark all the articles in the group as
expirable, you could say `M P b M-& E'.


File: gnus,  Node: Interactive,  Next: Symbolic Prefixes,  Prev: Process/Prefix,  Up: Various

8.2 Interactive
===============

`gnus-novice-user'
     If this variable is non-`nil', you are either a newcomer to the
     World of Usenet, or you are very cautious, which is a nice thing
     to be, really.  You will be given questions of the type "Are you
     sure you want to do this?" before doing anything dangerous.  This
     is `t' by default.

`gnus-expert-user'
     If this variable is non-`nil', you will seldom be asked any
     questions by Gnus.  It will simply assume you know what you're
     doing, no matter how strange.

`gnus-interactive-catchup'
     Require confirmation before catching up a group if non-`nil'.  It
     is `t' by default.

`gnus-interactive-exit'
     Require confirmation before exiting Gnus.  This variable is `t' by
     default.


File: gnus,  Node: Symbolic Prefixes,  Next: Formatting Variables,  Prev: Interactive,  Up: Various

8.3 Symbolic Prefixes
=====================

Quite a lot of Emacs commands react to the (numeric) prefix.  For
instance, `C-u 4 C-f' moves point four characters forward, and `C-u 9 0
0 I s s p' adds a permanent `Subject' substring score rule of 900 to
the current article.

   This is all nice and well, but what if you want to give a command
some additional information?  Well, what most commands do is interpret
the "raw" prefix in some special way.  `C-u 0 C-x C-s' means that one
doesn't want a backup file to be created when saving the current buffer,
for instance.  But what if you want to save without making a backup
file, and you want Emacs to flash lights and play a nice tune at the
same time?  You can't, and you're probably perfectly happy that way.

   I'm not, so I've added a second prefix--the "symbolic prefix".  The
prefix key is `M-i' (`gnus-symbolic-argument'), and the next character
typed in is the value.  You can stack as many `M-i' prefixes as you
want.  `M-i a M-C-u' means "feed the `M-C-u' command the symbolic
prefix `a'".  `M-i a M-i b M-C-u' means "feed the `M-C-u' command the
symbolic prefixes `a' and `b'".  You get the drift.

   Typing in symbolic prefixes to commands that don't accept them
doesn't hurt, but it doesn't do any good either.  Currently not many
Gnus functions make use of the symbolic prefix.

   If you're interested in how Gnus implements this, *note Extended
Interactive::.


File: gnus,  Node: Formatting Variables,  Next: Windows Configuration,  Prev: Symbolic Prefixes,  Up: Various

8.4 Formatting Variables
========================

Throughout this manual you've probably noticed lots of variables called
things like `gnus-group-line-format' and
`gnus-summary-mode-line-format'.  These control how Gnus is to output
lines in the various buffers.  There's quite a lot of them.
Fortunately, they all use the same syntax, so there's not that much to
be annoyed by.

   Here's an example format spec (from the group buffer): `%M%S%5y:
%(%g%)\n'.  We see that it is indeed extremely ugly, and that there are
lots of percentages everywhere.

* Menu:

* Formatting Basics::     A formatting variable is basically a format string.
* Mode Line Formatting::  Some rules about mode line formatting variables.
* Advanced Formatting::   Modifying output in various ways.
* User-Defined Specs::    Having Gnus call your own functions.
* Formatting Fonts::      Making the formatting look colorful and nice.

   Currently Gnus uses the following formatting variables:
`gnus-group-line-format', `gnus-summary-line-format',
`gnus-server-line-format', `gnus-topic-line-format',
`gnus-group-mode-line-format', `gnus-summary-mode-line-format',
`gnus-article-mode-line-format', `gnus-server-mode-line-format', and
`gnus-summary-pick-line-format'.

   All these format variables can also be arbitrary elisp forms.  In
that case, they will be `eval'ed to insert the required lines.

   Gnus includes a command to help you while creating your own format
specs.  `M-x gnus-update-format' will `eval' the current form, update
the spec in question and pop you to a buffer where you can examine the
resulting lisp code to be run to generate the line.


File: gnus,  Node: Formatting Basics,  Next: Mode Line Formatting,  Up: Formatting Variables

8.4.1 Formatting Basics
-----------------------

Each `%' element will be replaced by some string or other when the
buffer in question is generated.  `%5y' means "insert the `y' spec, and
pad with spaces to get a 5-character field".

   As with normal C and Emacs Lisp formatting strings, the numerical
modifier between the `%' and the formatting type character will "pad"
the output so that it is always at least that long.  `%5y' will make
the field always (at least) five characters wide by padding with spaces
to the left.  If you say `%-5y', it will pad to the right instead.

   You may also wish to limit the length of the field to protect against
particularly wide values.  For that you can say `%4,6y', which means
that the field will never be more than 6 characters wide and never less
than 4 characters wide.


File: gnus,  Node: Mode Line Formatting,  Next: Advanced Formatting,  Prev: Formatting Basics,  Up: Formatting Variables

8.4.2 Mode Line Formatting
--------------------------

Mode line formatting variables (e.g., `gnus-summary-mode-line-format')
follow the same rules as other, buffer line oriented formatting
variables (*note Formatting Basics::) with the following two
differences:

  1. There must be no newline (`\n') at the end.

  2. The special `%%b' spec can be used to display the buffer name.
     Well, it's no spec at all, really--`%%' is just a way to quote `%'
     to allow it to pass through the formatting machinery unmangled, so
     that Emacs receives `%b', which is something the Emacs mode line
     display interprets to mean "show the buffer name".  For a full
     list of mode line specs Emacs understands, see the documentation
     of the `mode-line-format' variable.



File: gnus,  Node: Advanced Formatting,  Next: User-Defined Specs,  Prev: Mode Line Formatting,  Up: Formatting Variables

8.4.3 Advanced Formatting
-------------------------

It is frequently useful to post-process the fields in some way.
Padding, limiting, cutting off parts and suppressing certain values can
be achieved by using "tilde modifiers".  A typical tilde spec might
look like `%~(cut 3)~(ignore "0")y'.

   These are the valid modifiers:

`pad'
`pad-left'
     Pad the field to the left with spaces until it reaches the required
     length.

`pad-right'
     Pad the field to the right with spaces until it reaches the
     required length.

`max'
`max-left'
     Cut off characters from the left until it reaches the specified
     length.

`max-right'
     Cut off characters from the right until it reaches the specified
     length.

`cut'
`cut-left'
     Cut off the specified number of characters from the left.

`cut-right'
     Cut off the specified number of characters from the right.

`ignore'
     Return an empty string if the field is equal to the specified
     value.

`form'
     Use the specified form as the field value when the `@' spec is
     used.

   Let's take an example.  The `%o' spec in the summary mode lines will
return a date in compact ISO8601 format--`19960809T230410'.  This is
quite a mouthful, so we want to shave off the century number and the
time, leaving us with a six-character date.  That would be `%~(cut-left
2)~(max-right 6)~(pad 6)o'.  (Cutting is done before maxing, and we
need the padding to ensure that the date is never less than 6
characters to make it look nice in columns.)

   Ignoring is done first; then cutting; then maxing; and then as the
very last operation, padding.

   If you use lots of these advanced thingies, you'll find that Gnus
gets quite slow.  This can be helped enormously by running `M-x
gnus-compile' when you are satisfied with the look of your lines.
*Note Compilation::.


File: gnus,  Node: User-Defined Specs,  Next: Formatting Fonts,  Prev: Advanced Formatting,  Up: Formatting Variables

8.4.4 User-Defined Specs
------------------------

All the specs allow for inserting user defined specifiers--`u'.  The
next character in the format string should be a letter.  Gnus will call
the function `gnus-user-format-function-'`X', where `X' is the letter
following `%u'.  The function will be passed a single parameter--what
the parameter means depends on what buffer it's being called from.  The
function should return a string, which will be inserted into the buffer
just like information from any other specifier.  This function may also
be called with dummy values, so it should protect against that.

   You can also use tilde modifiers (*note Advanced Formatting:: to
achieve much the same without defining new functions.  Here's an
example: `%~(form (count-lines (point-min) (point)))@'.  The form given
here will be evaluated to yield the current line number, and then
inserted.


File: gnus,  Node: Formatting Fonts,  Prev: User-Defined Specs,  Up: Formatting Variables

8.4.5 Formatting Fonts
----------------------

There are specs for highlighting, and these are shared by all the format
variables.  Text inside the `%(' and `%)' specifiers will get the
special `mouse-face' property set, which means that it will be
highlighted (with `gnus-mouse-face') when you put the mouse pointer
over it.

   Text inside the `%{' and `%}' specifiers will have their normal
faces set using `gnus-face-0', which is `bold' by default.  If you say
`%1{', you'll get `gnus-face-1' instead, and so on.  Create as many
faces as you wish.  The same goes for the `mouse-face' specs--you can
say `%3(hello%)' to have `hello' mouse-highlighted with
`gnus-mouse-face-3'.

   Text inside the `%<' and `%>' specifiers will get the special
`balloon-help' property set to `gnus-balloon-face-0'.  If you say
`%1<', you'll get `gnus-balloon-face-1' and so on.  The
`gnus-balloon-face-*' variables should be either strings or symbols
naming functions that return a string.  Under `balloon-help-mode', when
the mouse passes over text with this property set, a balloon window
will appear and display the string.  Please refer to the doc string of
`balloon-help-mode' for more information on this.

   Here's an alternative recipe for the group buffer:

     ;; Create three face types.
     (setq gnus-face-1 'bold)
     (setq gnus-face-3 'italic)

     ;; We want the article count to be in
     ;; a bold and green face.  So we create
     ;; a new face called `my-green-bold'.
     (copy-face 'bold 'my-green-bold)
     ;; Set the color.
     (set-face-foreground 'my-green-bold "ForestGreen")
     (setq gnus-face-2 'my-green-bold)

     ;; Set the new & fancy format.
     (setq gnus-group-line-format
           "%M%S%3{%5y%}%2[:%] %(%1{%g%}%)\n")

   I'm sure you'll be able to use this scheme to create totally
unreadable and extremely vulgar displays.  Have fun!

   Note that the `%(' specs (and friends) do not make any sense on the
mode-line variables.


File: gnus,  Node: Windows Configuration,  Next: Faces and Fonts,  Prev: Formatting Variables,  Up: Various

8.5 Windows Configuration
=========================

No, there's nothing here about X, so be quiet.

   If `gnus-use-full-window' non-`nil', Gnus will delete all other
windows and occupy the entire Emacs screen by itself.  It is `t' by
default.

   Setting this variable to `nil' kinda works, but there are glitches.
Use at your own peril.

   `gnus-buffer-configuration' describes how much space each Gnus
buffer should be given.  Here's an excerpt of this variable:

     ((group (vertical 1.0 (group 1.0 point)
                           (if gnus-carpal (group-carpal 4))))
      (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point)
                             (article 1.0))))

   This is an alist.  The "key" is a symbol that names some action or
other.  For instance, when displaying the group buffer, the window
configuration function will use `group' as the key.  A full list of
possible names is listed below.

   The "value" (i.e., the "split") says how much space each buffer
should occupy.  To take the `article' split as an example -

     (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point)
                            (article 1.0)))

   This "split" says that the summary buffer should occupy 25% of upper
half of the screen, and that it is placed over the article buffer.  As
you may have noticed, 100% + 25% is actually 125% (yup, I saw y'all
reaching for that calculator there).  However, the special number `1.0'
is used to signal that this buffer should soak up all the rest of the
space available after the rest of the buffers have taken whatever they
need.  There should be only one buffer with the `1.0' size spec per
split.

   Point will be put in the buffer that has the optional third element
`point'.  In a `frame' split, the last subsplit having a leaf split
where the tag `frame-focus' is a member (i.e. is the third or fourth
element in the list, depending on whether the `point' tag is present)
gets focus.

   Here's a more complicated example:

     (article (vertical 1.0 (group 4)
                            (summary 0.25 point)
                            (if gnus-carpal (summary-carpal 4))
                            (article 1.0)))

   If the size spec is an integer instead of a floating point number,
then that number will be used to say how many lines a buffer should
occupy, not a percentage.

   If the "split" looks like something that can be `eval'ed (to be
precise--if the `car' of the split is a function or a subr), this split
will be `eval'ed.  If the result is non-`nil', it will be used as a
split.  This means that there will be three buffers if `gnus-carpal' is
`nil', and four buffers if `gnus-carpal' is non-`nil'.

   Not complicated enough for you?  Well, try this on for size:

     (article (horizontal 1.0
                  (vertical 0.5
                      (group 1.0)
                      (gnus-carpal 4))
                  (vertical 1.0
                      (summary 0.25 point)
                      (summary-carpal 4)
                      (article 1.0))))

   Whoops.  Two buffers with the mystery 100% tag.  And what's that
`horizontal' thingie?

   If the first element in one of the split is `horizontal', Gnus will
split the window horizontally, giving you two windows side-by-side.
Inside each of these strips you may carry on all you like in the normal
fashion.  The number following `horizontal' says what percentage of the
screen is to be given to this strip.

   For each split, there _must_ be one element that has the 100% tag.
The splitting is never accurate, and this buffer will eat any leftover
lines from the splits.

   To be slightly more formal, here's a definition of what a valid split
may look like:

     split      = frame | horizontal | vertical | buffer | form
     frame      = "(frame " size *split ")"
     horizontal = "(horizontal " size *split ")"
     vertical   = "(vertical " size *split ")"
     buffer     = "(" buf-name " " size *[ "point" ] *[ "frame-focus"] ")"
     size       = number | frame-params
     buf-name   = group | article | summary ...

   The limitations are that the `frame' split can only appear as the
top-level split.  FORM should be an Emacs Lisp form that should return
a valid split.  We see that each split is fully recursive, and may
contain any number of `vertical' and `horizontal' splits.

   Finding the right sizes can be a bit complicated.  No window may be
less than `gnus-window-min-height' (default 1) characters high, and all
windows must be at least `gnus-window-min-width' (default 1) characters
wide.  Gnus will try to enforce this before applying the splits.  If
you want to use the normal Emacs window width/height limit, you can
just set these two variables to `nil'.

   If you're not familiar with Emacs terminology, `horizontal' and
`vertical' splits may work the opposite way of what you'd expect.
Windows inside a `horizontal' split are shown side-by-side, and windows
within a `vertical' split are shown above each other.

   If you want to experiment with window placement, a good tip is to
call `gnus-configure-frame' directly with a split.  This is the function
that does all the real work when splitting buffers.  Below is a pretty
nonsensical configuration with 5 windows; two for the group buffer and
three for the article buffer.  (I said it was nonsensical.)  If you
`eval' the statement below, you can get an idea of how that would look
straight away, without going through the normal Gnus channels.  Play
with it until you're satisfied, and then use `gnus-add-configuration'
to add your new creation to the buffer configuration list.

     (gnus-configure-frame
      '(horizontal 1.0
         (vertical 10
           (group 1.0)
           (article 0.3 point))
         (vertical 1.0
           (article 1.0)
           (horizontal 4
             (group 1.0)
             (article 10)))))

   You might want to have several frames as well.  No prob--just use the
`frame' split:

     (gnus-configure-frame
      '(frame 1.0
              (vertical 1.0
                        (summary 0.25 point frame-focus)
                        (article 1.0))
              (vertical ((height . 5) (width . 15)
                         (user-position . t)
                         (left . -1) (top . 1))
                        (picon 1.0))))

   This split will result in the familiar summary/article window
configuration in the first (or "main") frame, while a small additional
frame will be created where picons will be shown.  As you can see,
instead of the normal `1.0' top-level spec, each additional split
should have a frame parameter alist as the size spec.  *Note Frame
Parameters: (elisp)Frame Parameters.  Under XEmacs, a frame property
list will be accepted, too--for instance, `(height 5 width 15 left -1
top 1)' is such a plist.  The list of all possible keys for
`gnus-buffer-configuration' can be found in its default value.

   Note that the `message' key is used for both `gnus-group-mail' and
`gnus-summary-mail-other-window'.  If it is desirable to distinguish
between the two, something like this might be used:

     (message (horizontal 1.0
                          (vertical 1.0 (message 1.0 point))
                          (vertical 0.24
                                    (if (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer)
                                        '(summary 0.5))
                                    (group 1.0)))))

   One common desire for a multiple frame split is to have a separate
frame for composing mail and news while leaving the original frame
intact.  To accomplish that, something like the following can be done:

     (message
       (frame 1.0
              (if (not (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer))
                  (car (cdr (assoc 'group gnus-buffer-configuration)))
                (car (cdr (assoc 'summary gnus-buffer-configuration))))
              (vertical ((user-position . t) (top . 1) (left . 1)
                         (name . "Message"))
                        (message 1.0 point))))

   Since the `gnus-buffer-configuration' variable is so long and
complicated, there's a function you can use to ease changing the config
of a single setting: `gnus-add-configuration'.  If, for instance, you
want to change the `article' setting, you could say:

     (gnus-add-configuration
      '(article (vertical 1.0
                    (group 4)
                    (summary .25 point)
                    (article 1.0))))

   You'd typically stick these `gnus-add-configuration' calls in your
`.gnus.el' file or in some startup hook--they should be run after Gnus
has been loaded.

   If all windows mentioned in the configuration are already visible,
Gnus won't change the window configuration.  If you always want to
force the "right" window configuration, you can set
`gnus-always-force-window-configuration' to non-`nil'.

   If you're using tree displays (*note Tree Display::), and the tree
window is displayed vertically next to another window, you may also want
to fiddle with `gnus-tree-minimize-window' to avoid having the windows
resized.

8.5.1 Example Window Configurations
-----------------------------------

   * Narrow left hand side occupied by group buffer.  Right hand side
     split between summary buffer (top one-sixth) and article buffer
     (bottom).

          +---+---------+
          | G | Summary |
          | r +---------+
          | o |         |
          | u | Article |
          | p |         |
          +---+---------+

          (gnus-add-configuration
           '(article
             (horizontal 1.0
                         (vertical 25 (group 1.0))
                         (vertical 1.0
                                   (summary 0.16 point)
                                   (article 1.0)))))

          (gnus-add-configuration
           '(summary
             (horizontal 1.0
                         (vertical 25 (group 1.0))
                         (vertical 1.0 (summary 1.0 point)))))



File: gnus,  Node: Faces and Fonts,  Next: Compilation,  Prev: Windows Configuration,  Up: Various

8.6 Faces and Fonts
===================

Fiddling with fonts and faces used to be very difficult, but these days
it is very simple.  You simply say `M-x customize-face', pick out the
face you want to alter, and alter it via the standard Customize
interface.


File: gnus,  Node: Compilation,  Next: Mode Lines,  Prev: Faces and Fonts,  Up: Various

8.7 Compilation
===============

Remember all those line format specification variables?
`gnus-summary-line-format', `gnus-group-line-format', and so on.  Now,
Gnus will of course heed whatever these variables are, but,
unfortunately, changing them will mean a quite significant slow-down.
(The default values of these variables have byte-compiled functions
associated with them, while the user-generated versions do not, of
course.)

   To help with this, you can run `M-x gnus-compile' after you've
fiddled around with the variables and feel that you're (kind of)
satisfied.  This will result in the new specs being byte-compiled, and
you'll get top speed again.  Gnus will save these compiled specs in the
`.newsrc.eld' file.  (User-defined functions aren't compiled by this
function, though--you should compile them yourself by sticking them
into the `.gnus.el' file and byte-compiling that file.)


File: gnus,  Node: Mode Lines,  Next: Highlighting and Menus,  Prev: Compilation,  Up: Various

8.8 Mode Lines
==============

`gnus-updated-mode-lines' says what buffers should keep their mode
lines updated.  It is a list of symbols.  Supported symbols include
`group', `article', `summary', `server', `browse', and `tree'.  If the
corresponding symbol is present, Gnus will keep that mode line updated
with information that may be pertinent.  If this variable is `nil',
screen refresh may be quicker.

   By default, Gnus displays information on the current article in the
mode lines of the summary and article buffers.  The information Gnus
wishes to display (e.g. the subject of the article) is often longer
than the mode lines, and therefore have to be cut off at some point.
The `gnus-mode-non-string-length' variable says how long the other
elements on the line is (i.e., the non-info part).  If you put
additional elements on the mode line (e.g. a clock), you should modify
this variable:

     (add-hook 'display-time-hook
               (lambda () (setq gnus-mode-non-string-length
                                (+ 21
                                   (if line-number-mode 5 0)
                                   (if column-number-mode 4 0)
                                   (length display-time-string)))))

   If this variable is `nil' (which is the default), the mode line
strings won't be chopped off, and they won't be padded either.  Note
that the default is unlikely to be desirable, as even the percentage
complete in the buffer may be crowded off the mode line; the user should
configure this variable appropriately for her configuration.


File: gnus,  Node: Highlighting and Menus,  Next: Buttons,  Prev: Mode Lines,  Up: Various

8.9 Highlighting and Menus
==========================

The `gnus-visual' variable controls most of the Gnus-prettifying
aspects.  If `nil', Gnus won't attempt to create menus or use fancy
colors or fonts.  This will also inhibit loading the `gnus-vis.el' file.

   This variable can be a list of visual properties that are enabled.
The following elements are valid, and are all included by default:

`group-highlight'
     Do highlights in the group buffer.

`summary-highlight'
     Do highlights in the summary buffer.

`article-highlight'
     Do highlights in the article buffer.

`highlight'
     Turn on highlighting in all buffers.

`group-menu'
     Create menus in the group buffer.

`summary-menu'
     Create menus in the summary buffers.

`article-menu'
     Create menus in the article buffer.

`browse-menu'
     Create menus in the browse buffer.

`server-menu'
     Create menus in the server buffer.

`score-menu'
     Create menus in the score buffers.

`menu'
     Create menus in all buffers.

   So if you only want highlighting in the article buffer and menus in
all buffers, you could say something like:

     (setq gnus-visual '(article-highlight menu))

   If you want highlighting only and no menus whatsoever, you'd say:

     (setq gnus-visual '(highlight))

   If `gnus-visual' is `t', highlighting and menus will be used in all
Gnus buffers.

   Other general variables that influence the look of all buffers
include:

`gnus-mouse-face'
     This is the face (i.e., font) used for mouse highlighting in Gnus.
     No mouse highlights will be done if `gnus-visual' is `nil'.


   There are hooks associated with the creation of all the different
menus:

`gnus-article-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the article mode menu.

`gnus-group-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the group mode menu.

`gnus-summary-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the summary mode menu.

`gnus-server-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the server mode menu.

`gnus-browse-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the browse mode menu.

`gnus-score-menu-hook'
     Hook called after creating the score mode menu.



File: gnus,  Node: Buttons,  Next: Daemons,  Prev: Highlighting and Menus,  Up: Various

8.10 Buttons
============

Those new-fangled "mouse" contraptions are very popular with the young,
hep kids who don't want to learn the proper way to do things these
days.  Why, I remember way back in the summer of '89, when I was using
Emacs on a Tops 20 system.  Three hundred users on one single machine,
and every user was running Simula compilers.  Bah!

   Right.

   Well, you can make Gnus display buffers full of buttons you can
click to do anything by setting `gnus-carpal' to `t'.  Pretty simple,
really.  Tell the chiropractor I sent you.

`gnus-carpal-mode-hook'
     Hook run in all carpal mode buffers.

`gnus-carpal-button-face'
     Face used on buttons.

`gnus-carpal-header-face'
     Face used on carpal buffer headers.

`gnus-carpal-group-buffer-buttons'
     Buttons in the group buffer.

`gnus-carpal-summary-buffer-buttons'
     Buttons in the summary buffer.

`gnus-carpal-server-buffer-buttons'
     Buttons in the server buffer.

`gnus-carpal-browse-buffer-buttons'
     Buttons in the browse buffer.

   All the `buttons' variables are lists.  The elements in these list
are either cons cells where the `car' contains a text to be displayed
and the `cdr' contains a function symbol, or a simple string.


File: gnus,  Node: Daemons,  Next: NoCeM,  Prev: Buttons,  Up: Various

8.11 Daemons
============

Gnus, being larger than any program ever written (allegedly), does lots
of strange stuff that you may wish to have done while you're not
present.  For instance, you may want it to check for new mail once in a
while.  Or you may want it to close down all connections to all servers
when you leave Emacs idle.  And stuff like that.

   Gnus will let you do stuff like that by defining various "handlers".
Each handler consists of three elements:  A FUNCTION, a TIME, and an
IDLE parameter.

   Here's an example of a handler that closes connections when Emacs has
been idle for thirty minutes:

     (gnus-demon-close-connections nil 30)

   Here's a handler that scans for PGP headers every hour when Emacs is
idle:

     (gnus-demon-scan-pgp 60 t)

   This TIME parameter and than IDLE parameter work together in a
strange, but wonderful fashion.  Basically, if IDLE is `nil', then the
function will be called every TIME minutes.

   If IDLE is `t', then the function will be called after TIME minutes
only if Emacs is idle.  So if Emacs is never idle, the function will
never be called.  But once Emacs goes idle, the function will be called
every TIME minutes.

   If IDLE is a number and TIME is a number, the function will be
called every TIME minutes only when Emacs has been idle for IDLE
minutes.

   If IDLE is a number and TIME is `nil', the function will be called
once every time Emacs has been idle for IDLE minutes.

   And if TIME is a string, it should look like `07:31', and the
function will then be called once every day somewhere near that time.
Modified by the IDLE parameter, of course.

   (When I say "minute" here, I really mean `gnus-demon-timestep'
seconds.  This is 60 by default.  If you change that variable, all the
timings in the handlers will be affected.)

   So, if you want to add a handler, you could put something like this
in your `.gnus' file:

     (gnus-demon-add-handler 'gnus-demon-close-connections 30 t)

   Some ready-made functions to do this have been created:
`gnus-demon-add-nocem', `gnus-demon-add-disconnection',
`gnus-demon-add-nntp-close-connection',
`gnus-demon-add-scan-timestamps', `gnus-demon-add-rescan', and
`gnus-demon-add-scanmail'.  Just put those functions in your `.gnus' if
you want those abilities.

   If you add handlers to `gnus-demon-handlers' directly, you should
run `gnus-demon-init' to make the changes take hold.  To cancel all
daemons, you can use the `gnus-demon-cancel' function.

   Note that adding daemons can be pretty naughty if you over do it.
Adding functions that scan all news and mail from all servers every two
seconds is a sure-fire way of getting booted off any respectable
system.  So behave.


File: gnus,  Node: NoCeM,  Next: Undo,  Prev: Daemons,  Up: Various

8.12 NoCeM
==========

"Spamming" is posting the same article lots and lots of times.
Spamming is bad.  Spamming is evil.

   Spamming is usually canceled within a day or so by various
anti-spamming agencies.  These agencies usually also send out "NoCeM"
messages.  NoCeM is pronounced "no see-'em", and means what the name
implies--these are messages that make the offending articles, like, go
away.

   What use are these NoCeM messages if the articles are canceled
anyway?  Some sites do not honor cancel messages and some sites just
honor cancels from a select few people.  Then you may wish to make use
of the NoCeM messages, which are distributed in the `alt.nocem.misc'
newsgroup.

   Gnus can read and parse the messages in this group automatically, and
this will make spam disappear.

   There are some variables to customize, of course:

`gnus-use-nocem'
     Set this variable to `t' to set the ball rolling.  It is `nil' by
     default.

`gnus-nocem-groups'
     Gnus will look for NoCeM messages in the groups in this list.  The
     default is `("news.lists.filters" "news.admin.net-abuse.bulletins"
     "alt.nocem.misc" "news.admin.net-abuse.announce")'.

`gnus-nocem-issuers'
     There are many people issuing NoCeM messages.  This list says what
     people you want to listen to.  The default is `("Automoose-1"
     "clewis@ferret.ocunix.on.ca" "cosmo.roadkill" "SpamHippo"
     "hweede@snafu.de")'; fine, upstanding citizens all of them.

     Known despammers that you can put in this list are listed at
     `http://www.xs4all.nl/~rosalind/nocemreg/nocemreg.html'.

     You do not have to heed NoCeM messages from all these people--just
     the ones you want to listen to.  You also don't have to accept all
     NoCeM messages from the people you like.  Each NoCeM message has a
     "type" header that gives the message a (more or less, usually
     less) rigorous definition.  Common types are `spam', `spew', `mmf',
     `binary', and `troll'.  To specify this, you have to use `(ISSUER
     CONDITIONS ...)' elements in the list.  Each condition is either a
     string (which is a regexp that matches types you want to use) or a
     list on the form `(not STRING)', where STRING is a regexp that
     matches types you don't want to use.

     For instance, if you want all NoCeM messages from Chris Lewis
     except his `troll' messages, you'd say:

          ("clewis@ferret.ocunix.on.ca" ".*" (not "troll"))

     On the other hand, if you just want nothing but his `spam' and
     `spew' messages, you'd say:

          ("clewis@ferret.ocunix.on.ca" (not ".*") "spew" "spam")

     The specs are applied left-to-right.

`gnus-nocem-verifyer'
     This should be a function for verifying that the NoCeM issuer is
     who she says she is.  The default is `mc-verify', which is a
     Mailcrypt function.  If this is too slow and you don't care for
     verification (which may be dangerous), you can set this variable
     to `nil'.

     If you want signed NoCeM messages to be verified and unsigned
     messages not to be verified (but used anyway), you could do
     something like:

          (setq gnus-nocem-verifyer 'my-gnus-mc-verify)

          (defun my-gnus-mc-verify ()
            (not (eq 'forged
                     (ignore-errors
                       (if (mc-verify)
                           t
                         'forged)))))

     This might be dangerous, though.

`gnus-nocem-directory'
     This is where Gnus will store its NoCeM cache files.  The default
     is `~/News/NoCeM/'.

`gnus-nocem-expiry-wait'
     The number of days before removing old NoCeM entries from the
     cache.  The default is 15.  If you make it shorter Gnus will be
     faster, but you might then see old spam.

`gnus-nocem-check-from'
     Non-`nil' means check for valid issuers in message bodies.
     Otherwise don't bother fetching articles unless their author
     matches a valid issuer; that is much faster if you are selective
     about the issuers.

`gnus-nocem-check-article-limit'
     If non-`nil', the maximum number of articles to check in any NoCeM
     group.  NoCeM groups can be huge and very slow to process.


   Using NoCeM could potentially be a memory hog.  If you have many
living (i. e., subscribed or unsubscribed groups), your Emacs process
will grow big.  If this is a problem, you should kill off all (or most)
of your unsubscribed groups (*note Subscription Commands::).


File: gnus,  Node: Undo,  Next: Moderation,  Prev: NoCeM,  Up: Various

8.13 Undo
=========

It is very useful to be able to undo actions one has done.  In normal
Emacs buffers, it's easy enough--you just push the `undo' button.  In
Gnus buffers, however, it isn't that simple.

   The things Gnus displays in its buffer is of no value whatsoever to
Gnus--it's all just data designed to look nice to the user.  Killing a
group in the group buffer with `C-k' makes the line disappear, but
that's just a side-effect of the real action--the removal of the group
in question from the internal Gnus structures.  Undoing something like
that can't be done by the normal Emacs `undo' function.

   Gnus tries to remedy this somewhat by keeping track of what the user
does and coming up with actions that would reverse the actions the user
takes.  When the user then presses the `undo' key, Gnus will run the
code to reverse the previous action, or the previous actions.  However,
not all actions are easily reversible, so Gnus currently offers a few
key functions to be undoable.  These include killing groups, yanking
groups, and changing the list of read articles of groups.  That's it,
really.  More functions may be added in the future, but each added
function means an increase in data to be stored, so Gnus will never be
totally undoable.

   The undoability is provided by the `gnus-undo-mode' minor mode.  It
is used if `gnus-use-undo' is non-`nil', which is the default.  The
`M-C-_' key performs the `gnus-undo' command, which should feel kinda
like the normal Emacs `undo' command.


File: gnus,  Node: Moderation,  Next: Emacs Enhancements,  Prev: Undo,  Up: Various

8.14 Moderation
===============

If you are a moderator, you can use the `gnus-mdrtn.el' package.  It is
not included in the standard Gnus package.  Write a mail to
`larsi@gnus.org' and state what group you moderate, and you'll get a
copy.

   The moderation package is implemented as a minor mode for summary
buffers.  Put

     (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-moderate)

   in your `.gnus.el' file.

   If you are the moderator of `rec.zoofle', this is how it's supposed
to work:

  1. You split your incoming mail by matching on
     `Newsgroups:.*rec.zoofle', which will put all the to-be-posted
     articles in some mail group--for instance, `nnml:rec.zoofle'.

  2. You enter that group once in a while and post articles using the
     `e' (edit-and-post) or `s' (just send unedited) commands.

  3. If, while reading the `rec.zoofle' newsgroup, you happen upon some
     articles that weren't approved by you, you can cancel them with the
     `c' command.

   To use moderation mode in these two groups, say:

     (setq gnus-moderated-list
           "^nnml:rec.zoofle$\\|^rec.zoofle$")


File: gnus,  Node: Emacs Enhancements,  Next: XEmacs Enhancements,  Prev: Moderation,  Up: Various

8.15 Emacs Enhancements
=======================

Starting with version 21, Emacs is able to display pictures and stuff,
so Gnus has taken advantage of that.

   Gnus-specific tool bars will be used if Tool Bar mode is on.
Currently the group, summary and message buffers have tool bars defined.

   MIME image types may be displayed internally if Emacs was built with
appropriate support (see variable `image-types').  `X-Face' headers may
be rendered as images internally if you have appropriate support
programs (*note X-Face::).  You can play sounds internally if Emacs was
built with suitable audio support; otherwise Gnus will attempt to play
sounds externally.

   A simplified version of the XEmacs Smiley support for "emoticons"
(*note Smileys::) is available on graphical displays under the control
of `gnus-treat-display-smileys'.  Text `smiley' faces--`:-)', `:-/',
`:-(' and the like--are mapped to pictures which are displayed instead.
The mapping is controlled by a list of regexps `smiley-regexp-alist'
mapping matched text to image file names.  It contains matches for
`smiley', `wry' and `frowny' by default.

   There is currently no Emacs support for `Picons' (*note Picons::),
but there is no reason why it couldn't be added.


File: gnus,  Node: XEmacs Enhancements,  Next: Fuzzy Matching,  Prev: Emacs Enhancements,  Up: Various

8.16 XEmacs Enhancements
========================

XEmacs is able to display pictures and stuff, so Gnus has taken
advantage of that.

* Menu:

* Picons::    How to display pictures of what your reading.
* Smileys::   Show all those happy faces the way they were meant to be shown.
* Toolbar::   Click'n'drool.
* XVarious::  Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables.


File: gnus,  Node: Picons,  Next: Smileys,  Up: XEmacs Enhancements

8.16.1 Picons
-------------

So...  You want to slow down your news reader even more!  This is a
good way to do so.  Its also a great way to impress people staring over
your shoulder as you read news.

* Menu:

* Picon Basics::           What are picons and How do I get them.
* Picon Requirements::     Don't go further if you aren't using XEmacs.
* Easy Picons::            Displaying Picons---the easy way.
* Hard Picons::            The way you should do it.  You'll learn something.
* Picon Useless Configuration:: Other variables you can trash/tweak/munge/play with.


File: gnus,  Node: Picon Basics,  Next: Picon Requirements,  Up: Picons

8.16.1.1 Picon Basics
.....................

What are Picons?  To quote directly from the Picons Web site:

     "Picons" is short for "personal icons".  They're small,
     constrained images used to represent users and domains on the net,
     organized into databases so that the appropriate image for a given
     e-mail address can be found.  Besides users and domains, there are
     picon databases for Usenet newsgroups and weather forecasts.  The
     picons are in either monochrome `XBM' format or color `XPM' and
     `GIF' formats.

   If you have a permanent connection to the Internet you can use Steve
Kinzler's Picons Search engine by setting `gnus-picons-piconsearch-url'
to the string
`http://www.cs.indiana.edu/picons/search.html'.

   Otherwise you need a local copy of his database.  For instructions on
obtaining and installing the picons databases, point your Web browser
at
`http://www.cs.indiana.edu/picons/ftp/index.html'.  Gnus expects picons
to be installed into a location pointed to by `gnus-picons-database'.


File: gnus,  Node: Picon Requirements,  Next: Easy Picons,  Prev: Picon Basics,  Up: Picons

8.16.1.2 Picon Requirements
...........................

To have Gnus display Picons for you, you must be running XEmacs 19.13
or greater since all other versions of Emacs aren't yet able to display
images.

   Additionally, you must have `x' support compiled into XEmacs.  To
display color picons which are much nicer than the black & white one,
you also need one of `xpm' or `gif' compiled into XEmacs.

   If you want to display faces from `X-Face' headers, you should have
the `xface' support compiled into XEmacs.  Otherwise you must have the
`netpbm' utilities installed, or munge the `gnus-picons-convert-x-face'
variable to use something else.


File: gnus,  Node: Easy Picons,  Next: Hard Picons,  Prev: Picon Requirements,  Up: Picons

8.16.1.3 Easy Picons
....................

To enable displaying picons, simply put the following line in your
`~/.gnus' file and start Gnus.

     (setq gnus-use-picons t)
     (setq gnus-treat-display-picons t)

   and make sure `gnus-picons-database' points to the directory
containing the Picons databases.

   Alternatively if you want to use the web piconsearch engine add this:

     (setq gnus-picons-piconsearch-url
           "http://www.cs.indiana.edu:800/piconsearch")


File: gnus,  Node: Hard Picons,  Next: Picon Useless Configuration,  Prev: Easy Picons,  Up: Picons

8.16.1.4 Hard Picons
....................

Gnus can display picons for you as you enter and leave groups and
articles.  It knows how to interact with three sections of the picons
database.  Namely, it can display the picons newsgroup pictures,
author's face picture(s), and the authors domain.  To enable this
feature, you need to select where to get the picons from, and where to
display them.

`gnus-picons-database'
     The location of the picons database.  Should point to a directory
     containing the `news', `domains', `users' (and so on)
     subdirectories.  This is only useful if
     `gnus-picons-piconsearch-url' is `nil'.  Defaults to
     `/usr/local/faces/'.

`gnus-picons-piconsearch-url'
     The URL for the web picons search engine.  The only currently known
     engine is `http://www.cs.indiana.edu:800/piconsearch'.  To
     workaround network delays, icons will be fetched in the
     background.  If this is `nil' 'the default), then picons are
     fetched from local database indicated by `gnus-picons-database'.

`gnus-picons-display-where'
     Where the picon images should be displayed.  It is `picons' by
     default (which by default maps to the buffer `*Picons*').  Other
     valid places could be `article', `summary', or `*scratch*' for all
     I care.  Just make sure that you've made the buffer visible using
     the standard Gnus window configuration routines--*note Windows
     Configuration::.

`gnus-picons-group-excluded-groups'
     Groups that are matched by this regexp won't have their group icons
     displayed.


   Note: If you set `gnus-use-picons' to `t', it will set up your
window configuration for you to include the `picons' buffer.

   Now that you've made those decision, you need to add the following
functions to the appropriate hooks so these pictures will get displayed
at the right time.

`gnus-article-display-picons'
     Looks up and displays the picons for the author and the author's
     domain in the `gnus-picons-display-where' buffer.

`gnus-picons-article-display-x-face'
     Decodes and displays the X-Face header if present.



File: gnus,  Node: Picon Useless Configuration,  Prev: Hard Picons,  Up: Picons

8.16.1.5 Picon Useless Configuration
....................................

The following variables offer further control over how things are done,
where things are located, and other useless stuff you really don't need
to worry about.

`gnus-picons-news-directories'
     List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picons-database' for
     newsgroups faces.  `("news")' is the default.

`gnus-picons-user-directories'
     List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picons-database' for user
     faces.  `("local" "users" "usenix" "misc")' is the default.

`gnus-picons-domain-directories'
     List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picons-database' for
     domain name faces.  Defaults to `("domains")'.  Some people may
     want to add `"unknown"' to this list.

`gnus-picons-convert-x-face'
     If you don't have `xface' support builtin XEmacs, this is the
     command to use to convert the `X-Face' header to an X bitmap
     (`xbm').  Defaults to `(format "{ echo '/* Width=48, Height=48
     */'; uncompface; } | icontopbm | pbmtoxbm > %s"
     gnus-picons-x-face-file-name)'

`gnus-picons-x-face-file-name'
     Names a temporary file to store the `X-Face' bitmap in.  Defaults
     to `(format "/tmp/picon-xface.%s.xbm" (user-login-name))'.

`gnus-picons-has-modeline-p'
     If you have set `gnus-picons-display-where' to `picons', your
     XEmacs frame will become really cluttered.  To alleviate this a
     bit you can set `gnus-picons-has-modeline-p' to `nil'; this will
     remove the mode line from the Picons buffer.  This is only useful
     if `gnus-picons-display-where' is `picons'.

`gnus-picons-refresh-before-display'
     If non-nil, display the article buffer before computing the picons.
     Defaults to `nil'.

`gnus-picons-display-as-address'
     If `t' display textual email addresses along with pictures.
     Defaults to `t'.

`gnus-picons-file-suffixes'
     Ordered list of suffixes on picon file names to try.  Defaults to
     `("xpm" "gif" "xbm")' minus those not builtin your XEmacs.

`gnus-picons-setup-hook'
     Hook run in the picon buffer, if that is displayed.

`gnus-picons-display-article-move-p'
     Whether to move point to first empty line when displaying picons.
     This has only an effect if `gnus-picons-display-where' has value
     `article'.

     If `nil', display the picons in the `From' and `Newsgroups' lines.
     This is the default.

`gnus-picons-clear-cache-on-shutdown'
     Whether to clear the picons cache when exiting gnus.  Gnus caches
     every picons it finds while it is running.  This saves some time
     in the search process but eats some memory.  If this variable is
     set to `nil', Gnus will never clear the cache itself; you will
     have to manually call `gnus-picons-clear-cache' to clear it.
     Otherwise the cache will be cleared every time you exit Gnus.
     Defaults to `t'.



File: gnus,  Node: Smileys,  Next: Toolbar,  Prev: Picons,  Up: XEmacs Enhancements

8.16.2 Smileys
--------------

"Smiley" is a package separate from Gnus, but since Gnus is currently
the only package that uses Smiley, it is documented here.

   In short--to use Smiley in Gnus, put the following in your
`.gnus.el' file:

     (setq gnus-treat-display-smileys t)

   Smiley maps text smiley faces--`:-)', `:-=', `:-(' and the like--to
pictures and displays those instead of the text smiley faces.  The
conversion is controlled by a list of regexps that matches text and
maps that to file names.

   Smiley supplies two example conversion alists by default:
`smiley-deformed-regexp-alist' (which matches `:)', `:(' and so on),
and `smiley-nosey-regexp-alist' (which matches `:-)', `:-(' and so on).

   The alist used is specified by the `smiley-regexp-alist' variable,
which defaults to the value of `smiley-deformed-regexp-alist'.

   The first item in each element is the regexp to be matched; the
second element is the regexp match group that is to be replaced by the
picture; and the third element is the name of the file to be displayed.

   The following variables customize where Smiley will look for these
files, as well as the color to be used and stuff:

`smiley-data-directory'
     Where Smiley will look for smiley faces files.

`smiley-flesh-color'
     Skin color.  The default is `yellow', which is really racist.

`smiley-features-color'
     Color of the features of the face.  The default is `black'.

`smiley-tongue-color'
     Color of the tongue.  The default is `red'.

`smiley-circle-color'
     Color of the circle around the face.  The default is `black'.

`smiley-mouse-face'
     Face used for mouse highlighting over the smiley face.



File: gnus,  Node: Toolbar,  Next: XVarious,  Prev: Smileys,  Up: XEmacs Enhancements

8.16.3 Toolbar
--------------

`gnus-use-toolbar'
     If `nil', don't display toolbars.  If non-`nil', it should be one
     of `default-toolbar', `top-toolbar', `bottom-toolbar',
     `right-toolbar', or `left-toolbar'.

`gnus-group-toolbar'
     The toolbar in the group buffer.

`gnus-summary-toolbar'
     The toolbar in the summary buffer.

`gnus-summary-mail-toolbar'
     The toolbar in the summary buffer of mail groups.



File: gnus,  Node: XVarious,  Prev: Toolbar,  Up: XEmacs Enhancements

8.16.4 Various XEmacs Variables
-------------------------------

`gnus-xmas-glyph-directory'
     This is where Gnus will look for pictures.  Gnus will normally
     auto-detect this directory, but you may set it manually if you
     have an unusual directory structure.

`gnus-xmas-logo-color-alist'
     This is an alist where the key is a type symbol and the values are
     the foreground and background color of the splash page glyph.

`gnus-xmas-logo-color-style'
     This is the key used to look up the color in the alist described
     above.  Valid values include `flame', `pine', `moss', `irish',
     `sky', `tin', `velvet', `grape', `labia', `berry', `neutral', and
     `september'.

`gnus-xmas-modeline-glyph'
     A glyph displayed in all Gnus mode lines.  It is a tiny gnu head by
     default.



File: gnus,  Node: Fuzzy Matching,  Next: Thwarting Email Spam,  Prev: XEmacs Enhancements,  Up: Various

8.17 Fuzzy Matching
===================

Gnus provides "fuzzy matching" of `Subject' lines when doing things
like scoring, thread gathering and thread comparison.

   As opposed to regular expression matching, fuzzy matching is very
fuzzy.  It's so fuzzy that there's not even a definition of what
"fuzziness" means, and the implementation has changed over time.

   Basically, it tries to remove all noise from lines before comparing.
`Re: ', parenthetical remarks, white space, and so on, are filtered out
of the strings before comparing the results.  This often leads to
adequate results--even when faced with strings generated by text
manglers masquerading as newsreaders.


File: gnus,  Node: Thwarting Email Spam,  Next: Various Various,  Prev: Fuzzy Matching,  Up: Various

8.18 Thwarting Email Spam
=========================

In these last days of the Usenet, commercial vultures are hanging about
and grepping through news like crazy to find email addresses they can
foist off their scams and products to.  As a reaction to this, many
people have started putting nonsense addresses into their `From' lines.
I think this is counterproductive--it makes it difficult for people to
send you legitimate mail in response to things you write, as well as
making it difficult to see who wrote what.  This rewriting may perhaps
be a bigger menace than the unsolicited commercial email itself in the
end.

   The biggest problem I have with email spam is that it comes in under
false pretenses.  I press `g' and Gnus merrily informs me that I have
10 new emails.  I say "Golly gee!  Happy is me!" and select the mail
group, only to find two pyramid schemes, seven advertisements ("New!
Miracle tonic for growing full, lustrous hair on your toes!")  and one
mail asking me to repent and find some god.

   This is annoying.

   The way to deal with this is having Gnus split out all spam into a
`spam' mail group (*note Splitting Mail::).

   First, pick one (1) valid mail address that you can be reached at,
and put it in your `From' header of all your news articles.  (I've
chosen `larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no', but for many addresses on the form
`larsi+usenet@ifi.uio.no' will be a better choice.  Ask your sysadmin
whether your sendmail installation accepts keywords in the local part
of the mail address.)

     (setq message-default-news-headers
           "From: Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen <larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no>\n")

   Then put the following split rule in `nnmail-split-fancy' (*note
Fancy Mail Splitting::):

     (
      ...
      (to "larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no"
           (| ("subject" "re:.*" "misc")
              ("references" ".*@.*" "misc")
              "spam"))
      ...
     )

   This says that all mail to this address is suspect, but if it has a
`Subject' that starts with a `Re:' or has a `References' header, it's
probably ok.  All the rest goes to the `spam' group.  (This idea
probably comes from Tim Pierce.)

   In addition, many mail spammers talk directly to your `smtp' server
and do not include your email address explicitly in the `To' header.
Why they do this is unknown--perhaps it's to thwart this thwarting
scheme?  In any case, this is trivial to deal with--you just put
anything not addressed to you in the `spam' group by ending your fancy
split rule in this way:

     (
      ...
      (to "larsi" "misc")
      "spam")

   In my experience, this will sort virtually everything into the right
group.  You still have to check the `spam' group from time to time to
check for legitimate mail, though.  If you feel like being a good net
citizen, you can even send off complaints to the proper authorities on
each unsolicited commercial email--at your leisure.

   If you are also a lazy net citizen, you will probably prefer
complaining automatically with the `gnus-junk.el' package, available as
free software at
`http://stud2.tuwien.ac.at/~e9426626/gnus-junk.html'.  Since most
e-mail spam is sent automatically, this may reconcile the cosmic
balance somewhat.

   This works for me.  It allows people an easy way to contact me (they
can just press `r' in the usual way), and I'm not bothered at all with
spam.  It's a win-win situation.  Forging `From' headers to point to
non-existent domains is yucky, in my opinion.


File: gnus,  Node: Various Various,  Prev: Thwarting Email Spam,  Up: Various

8.19 Various Various
====================

`gnus-home-directory'
     All Gnus path variables will be initialized from this variable,
     which defaults to `~/'.

`gnus-directory'
     Most Gnus storage path variables will be initialized from this
     variable, which defaults to the `SAVEDIR' environment variable, or
     `~/News/' if that variable isn't set.

     Note that Gnus is mostly loaded when the `.gnus.el' file is read.
     This means that other directory variables that are initialized
     from this variable won't be set properly if you set this variable
     in `.gnus.el'.  Set this variable in `.emacs' instead.

`gnus-default-directory'
     Not related to the above variable at all--this variable says what
     the default directory of all Gnus buffers should be.  If you issue
     commands like `C-x C-f', the prompt you'll get starts in the
     current buffer's default directory.  If this variable is `nil'
     (which is the default), the default directory will be the default
     directory of the buffer you were in when you started Gnus.

`gnus-verbose'
     This variable is an integer between zero and ten.  The higher the
     value, the more messages will be displayed.  If this variable is
     zero, Gnus will never flash any messages, if it is seven (which is
     the default), most important messages will be shown, and if it is
     ten, Gnus won't ever shut up, but will flash so many messages it
     will make your head swim.

`gnus-verbose-backends'
     This variable works the same way as `gnus-verbose', but it applies
     to the Gnus back ends instead of Gnus proper.

`nnheader-max-head-length'
     When the back ends read straight heads of articles, they all try
     to read as little as possible.  This variable (default 4096)
     specifies the absolute max length the back ends will try to read
     before giving up on finding a separator line between the head and
     the body.  If this variable is `nil', there is no upper read
     bound.  If it is `t', the back ends won't try to read the articles
     piece by piece, but read the entire articles.  This makes sense
     with some versions of `ange-ftp' or `efs'.

`nnheader-head-chop-length'
     This variable (default 2048) says how big a piece of each article
     to read when doing the operation described above.

`nnheader-file-name-translation-alist'
     This is an alist that says how to translate characters in file
     names.  For instance, if `:' is invalid as a file character in
     file names on your system (you OS/2 user you), you could say
     something like:

          (setq nnheader-file-name-translation-alist
                '((?: . ?_)))

     In fact, this is the default value for this variable on OS/2 and MS
     Windows (phooey) systems.

`gnus-hidden-properties'
     This is a list of properties to use to hide "invisible" text.  It
     is `(invisible t intangible t)' by default on most systems, which
     makes invisible text invisible and intangible.

`gnus-parse-headers-hook'
     A hook called before parsing headers.  It can be used, for
     instance, to gather statistics on the headers fetched, or perhaps
     you'd like to prune some headers.  I don't see why you'd want
     that, though.

`gnus-shell-command-separator'
     String used to separate two shell commands.  The default is `;'.

`gnus-invalid-group-regexp'
     Regexp to match "invalid" group names when querying user for a
     group name.  The default value catches some *really* invalid group
     names who could possibly mess up Gnus internally (like allowing
     `:' in a group name, which is normally used to delimit method and
     group).

     IMAP users might want to allow `/' in group names though.



File: gnus,  Node: The End,  Next: Appendices,  Prev: Various,  Up: Top

9 The End
*********

Well, that's the manual--you can get on with your life now.  Keep in
touch.  Say hello to your cats from me.

   My *ghod*--I just can't stand goodbyes.  Sniffle.

   Ol' Charles Reznikoff said it pretty well, so I leave the floor to
him:

     *Te Deum*


     Not because of victories
     I sing,
     having none,
     but for the common sunshine,
     the breeze,
     the largess of the spring.


     Not for victory
     but for the day's work done
     as well as I was able;
     not for a seat upon the dais
     but at the common table.


File: gnus,  Node: Appendices,  Next: Index,  Prev: The End,  Up: Top

10 Appendices
*************

* Menu:

* History::                        How Gnus got where it is today.
* On Writing Manuals::             Why this is not a beginner's guide.
* Terminology::                    We use really difficult, like, words here.
* Customization::                  Tailoring Gnus to your needs.
* Troubleshooting::                What you might try if things do not work.
* Gnus Reference Guide::           Rilly, rilly technical stuff.
* Emacs for Heathens::             A short introduction to Emacsian terms.
* Frequently Asked Questions::     A question-and-answer session.


File: gnus,  Node: History,  Next: On Writing Manuals,  Up: Appendices

10.1 History
============

GNUS was written by Masanobu UMEDA.  When autumn crept up in '94, Lars
Magne Ingebrigtsen grew bored and decided to rewrite Gnus.

   If you want to investigate the person responsible for this outrage,
you can point your (feh!) web browser to `http://quimby.gnus.org/'.
This is also the primary distribution point for the new and spiffy
versions of Gnus, and is known as The Site That Destroys Newsrcs And
Drives People Mad.

   During the first extended alpha period of development, the new Gnus
was called "(ding) Gnus".  "(ding)" is, of course, short for "ding is
not Gnus", which is a total and utter lie, but who cares?  (Besides,
the "Gnus" in this abbreviation should probably be pronounced "news" as
UMEDA intended, which makes it a more appropriate name, don't you
think?)

   In any case, after spending all that energy on coming up with a new
and spunky name, we decided that the name was _too_ spunky, so we
renamed it back again to "Gnus".  But in mixed case.  "Gnus" vs.
"GNUS".  New vs. old.

* Menu:

* Gnus Versions::       What Gnus versions have been released.
* Other Gnus Versions:: Other Gnus versions that also have been released.
* Why?::                What's the point of Gnus?
* Compatibility::       Just how compatible is Gnus with GNUS?
* Conformity::          Gnus tries to conform to all standards.
* Emacsen::             Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen.
* Gnus Development::    How Gnus is developed.
* Contributors::        Oodles of people.
* New Features::        Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus.


File: gnus,  Node: Gnus Versions,  Next: Other Gnus Versions,  Up: History

10.1.1 Gnus Versions
--------------------

The first "proper" release of Gnus 5 was done in November 1995 when it
was included in the Emacs 19.30 distribution (132 (ding) Gnus releases
plus 15 Gnus 5.0 releases).

   In May 1996 the next Gnus generation (aka. "September Gnus" (after 99
releases)) was released under the name "Gnus 5.2" (40 releases).

   On July 28th 1996 work on Red Gnus was begun, and it was released on
January 25th 1997 (after 84 releases) as "Gnus 5.4" (67 releases).

   On September 13th 1997, Quassia Gnus was started and lasted 37
releases.  If was released as "Gnus 5.6" on March 8th 1998 (46
releases).

   Gnus 5.6 begat Pterodactyl Gnus on August 29th 1998 and was released
as "Gnus 5.8" (after 99 releases and a CVS repository) on December 3rd
1999.

   If you happen upon a version of Gnus that has a prefixed name -
"(ding) Gnus", "September Gnus", "Red Gnus", "Quassia Gnus" - don't
panic.  Don't let it know that you're frightened.  Back away.  Slowly.
Whatever you do, don't run.  Walk away, calmly, until you're out of its
reach.  Find a proper released version of Gnus and snuggle up to that
instead.


File: gnus,  Node: Other Gnus Versions,  Next: Why?,  Prev: Gnus Versions,  Up: History

10.1.2 Other Gnus Versions
--------------------------

In addition to the versions of Gnus which have had their releases
coordinated by Lars, one major development has been Semi-gnus from
Japan.  It's based on a library called SEMI, which provides MIME
capabilities.

   These Gnusae are based mainly on Gnus 5.6 and Pterodactyl Gnus.
Collectively, they are called "Semi-gnus", and different strains are
called T-gnus, ET-gnus, Nana-gnus and Chaos.  These provide powerful
MIME and multilingualization things, especially important for Japanese
users.


File: gnus,  Node: Why?,  Next: Compatibility,  Prev: Other Gnus Versions,  Up: History

10.1.3 Why?
-----------

What's the point of Gnus?

   I want to provide a "rad", "happening", "way cool" and "hep"
newsreader, that lets you do anything you can think of.  That was my
original motivation, but while working on Gnus, it has become clear to
me that this generation of newsreaders really belong in the stone age.
Newsreaders haven't developed much since the infancy of the net.  If the
volume continues to rise with the current rate of increase, all current
newsreaders will be pretty much useless.  How do you deal with
newsgroups that have thousands of new articles each day?  How do you
keep track of millions of people who post?

   Gnus offers no real solutions to these questions, but I would very
much like to see Gnus being used as a testing ground for new methods of
reading and fetching news.  Expanding on UMEDA-san's wise decision to
separate the newsreader from the back ends, Gnus now offers a simple
interface for anybody who wants to write new back ends for fetching mail
and news from different sources.  I have added hooks for customizations
everywhere I could imagine it being useful.  By doing so, I'm inviting
every one of you to explore and invent.

   May Gnus never be complete.  `C-u 100 M-x all-hail-emacs' and `C-u
100 M-x all-hail-xemacs'.


File: gnus,  Node: Compatibility,  Next: Conformity,  Prev: Why?,  Up: History

10.1.4 Compatibility
--------------------

Gnus was designed to be fully compatible with GNUS.  Almost all key
bindings have been kept.  More key bindings have been added, of course,
but only in one or two obscure cases have old bindings been changed.

   Our motto is:

                         In a cloud bones of steel.

   All commands have kept their names.  Some internal functions have
changed their names.

   The `gnus-uu' package has changed drastically.  *Note Decoding
Articles::.

   One major compatibility question is the presence of several summary
buffers.  All variables relevant while reading a group are buffer-local
to the summary buffer they belong in.  Although many important
variables have their values copied into their global counterparts
whenever a command is executed in the summary buffer, this change might
lead to incorrect values being used unless you are careful.

   All code that relies on knowledge of GNUS internals will probably
fail.  To take two examples: Sorting `gnus-newsrc-alist' (or changing
it in any way, as a matter of fact) is strictly verboten.  Gnus
maintains a hash table that points to the entries in this alist (which
speeds up many functions), and changing the alist directly will lead to
peculiar results.

   Old hilit19 code does not work at all.  In fact, you should probably
remove all hilit code from all Gnus hooks (`gnus-group-prepare-hook'
and `gnus-summary-prepare-hook').  Gnus provides various integrated
functions for highlighting.  These are faster and more accurate.  To
make life easier for everybody, Gnus will by default remove all hilit
calls from all hilit hooks.  Uncleanliness!  Away!

   Packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work.  As a matter of
fact, you should probably remove all old GNUS packages (and other code)
when you start using Gnus.  More likely than not, Gnus already does
what you have written code to make GNUS do.  (Snicker.)

   Even though old methods of doing things are still supported, only the
new methods are documented in this manual.  If you detect a new method
of doing something while reading this manual, that does not mean you
have to stop doing it the old way.

   Gnus understands all GNUS startup files.

   Overall, a casual user who hasn't written much code that depends on
GNUS internals should suffer no problems.  If problems occur, please
let me know by issuing that magic command `M-x gnus-bug'.

   If you are in the habit of sending bug reports _very_ often, you may
find the helpful help buffer annoying after a while.  If so, set
`gnus-bug-create-help-buffer' to `nil' to avoid having it pop up at you.


File: gnus,  Node: Conformity,  Next: Emacsen,  Prev: Compatibility,  Up: History

10.1.5 Conformity
-----------------

No rebels without a clue here, ma'am.  We conform to all standards known
to (wo)man.  Except for those standards and/or conventions we disagree
with, of course.

*RFC 822*
     There are no known breaches of this standard.

*RFC 1036*
     There are no known breaches of this standard, either.

*Son-of-RFC 1036*
     We do have some breaches to this one.

    _X-Newsreader_
    _User-Agent_
          These are considered to be "vanity headers", while I consider
          them to be consumer information.  After seeing so many badly
          formatted articles coming from `tin' and `Netscape' I know
          not to use either of those for posting articles.  I would not
          have known that if it wasn't for the `X-Newsreader' header.

*USEFOR*
     USEFOR is an IETF working group writing a successor to RFC 1036,
     based on Son-of-RFC 1036.  They have produced a number of drafts
     proposing various changes to the format of news articles.  The
     Gnus towers will look into implementing the changes when the draft
     is accepted as an RFC.


   If you ever notice Gnus acting non-compliant with regards to the
texts mentioned above, don't hesitate to drop a note to Gnus Towers and
let us know.


File: gnus,  Node: Emacsen,  Next: Gnus Development,  Prev: Conformity,  Up: History

10.1.6 Emacsen
--------------

Gnus should work on :

   * Emacs 20.3 and up.

   * XEmacs 20.4 and up.


   This Gnus version will absolutely not work on any Emacsen older than
that.  Not reliably, at least.  Older versions of Gnus may work on older
Emacs versions.

   There are some vague differences between Gnus on the various
platforms--XEmacs features more graphics (a logo and a toolbar)--but
other than that, things should look pretty much the same under all
Emacsen.


File: gnus,  Node: Gnus Development,  Next: Contributors,  Prev: Emacsen,  Up: History

10.1.7 Gnus Development
-----------------------

Gnus is developed in a two-phased cycle.  The first phase involves much
discussion on the `ding@gnus.org' mailing list, where people propose
changes and new features, post patches and new back ends.  This phase
is called the "alpha" phase, since the Gnusae released in this phase
are "alpha releases", or (perhaps more commonly in other circles)
"snapshots".  During this phase, Gnus is assumed to be unstable and
should not be used by casual users.  Gnus alpha releases have names
like "Red Gnus" and "Quassia Gnus".

   After futzing around for 50-100 alpha releases, Gnus is declared
"frozen", and only bug fixes are applied.  Gnus loses the prefix, and
is called things like "Gnus 5.6.32" instead.  Normal people are
supposed to be able to use these, and these are mostly discussed on the
`gnu.emacs.gnus' newsgroup.

   Some variable defaults differ between alpha Gnusae and released
Gnusae.  In particular, `mail-source-delete-incoming' defaults to `nil'
in alpha Gnusae and `t' in released Gnusae.  This is to prevent lossage
of mail if an alpha release hiccups while handling the mail.

   The division of discussion between the ding mailing list and the Gnus
newsgroup is not purely based on publicity concerns.  It's true that
having people write about the horrible things that an alpha Gnus release
can do (sometimes) in a public forum may scare people off, but more
importantly, talking about new experimental features that have been
introduced may confuse casual users.  New features are frequently
introduced, fiddled with, and judged to be found wanting, and then
either discarded or totally rewritten.  People reading the mailing list
usually keep up with these rapid changes, while people on the newsgroup
can't be assumed to do so.


File: gnus,  Node: Contributors,  Next: New Features,  Prev: Gnus Development,  Up: History

10.1.8 Contributors
-------------------

The new Gnus version couldn't have been done without the help of all the
people on the (ding) mailing list.  Every day for over a year I have
gotten billions of nice bug reports from them, filling me with joy,
every single one of them.  Smooches.  The people on the list have been
tried beyond endurance, what with my "oh, that's a neat idea <type
type>, yup, I'll release it right away <ship off> no wait, that doesn't
work at all <type type>, yup, I'll ship that one off right away <ship
off> no, wait, that absolutely does not work" policy for releases.
Micro$oft--bah.  Amateurs.  I'm _much_ worse.  (Or is that "worser"?
"much worser"?  "worsest"?)

   I would like to take this opportunity to thank the Academy for...
oops, wrong show.

   * Masanobu UMEDA--the writer of the original GNUS.

   * Shenghuo Zhu--uudecode.el, mm-uu.el, rfc1843.el, webmail.el,
     nnwarchive and many, many other things connected with MIME and
     other types of en/decoding, as well as general bug fixing, new
     functionality and stuff.

   * Per Abrahamsen--custom, scoring, highlighting and SOUP code (as
     well as numerous other things).

   * Luis Fernandes--design and graphics.

   * Justin Sheehy-the FAQ maintainer.

   * Erik Naggum--help, ideas, support, code and stuff.

   * Wes Hardaker--`gnus-picon.el' and the manual section on "picons"
     (*note Picons::).

   * Kim-Minh Kaplan--further work on the picon code.

   * Brad Miller--`gnus-gl.el' and the GroupLens manual section (*note
     GroupLens::).

   * Sudish Joseph--innumerable bug fixes.

   * Ilja Weis--`gnus-topic.el'.

   * Steven L. Baur--lots and lots and lots of bugs detections and
     fixes.

   * Vladimir Alexiev--the refcard and reference booklets.

   * Felix Lee & Jamie Zawinski--I stole some pieces from the XGnus
     distribution by Felix Lee and JWZ.

   * Scott Byer--`nnfolder.el' enhancements & rewrite.

   * Peter Mutsaers--orphan article scoring code.

   * Ken Raeburn--POP mail support.

   * Hallvard B Furuseth--various bits and pieces, especially dealing
     with .newsrc files.

   * Brian Edmonds--`gnus-bbdb.el'.

   * David Moore--rewrite of `nnvirtual.el' and many other things.

   * Kevin Davidson--came up with the name "ding", so blame him.

   * François Pinard--many, many interesting and thorough bug reports,
     as well as autoconf support.


   This manual was proof-read by Adrian Aichner, with Ricardo Nassif,
Mark Borges, and Jost Krieger proof-reading parts of the manual.

   The following people have contributed many patches and suggestions:

   Christopher Davis, Andrew Eskilsson, Kai Grossjohann, David Kågedal,
Richard Pieri, Fabrice Popineau, Daniel Quinlan, Jason L. Tibbitts, III,
and Jack Vinson.

   Also thanks to the following for patches and stuff:

   Jari Aalto, Adrian Aichner, Vladimir Alexiev, Russ Allbery, Peter
Arius, Matt Armstrong, Marc Auslander, Miles Bader, Alexei V. Barantsev,
Frank Bennett, Robert Bihlmeyer, Chris Bone, Mark Borges, Mark Boyns,
Lance A. Brown, Rob Browning, Kees de Bruin, Martin Buchholz, Joe
Buehler, Kevin Buhr, Alastair Burt, Joao Cachopo, Zlatko Calusic,
Massimo Campostrini, Castor, David Charlap, Dan Christensen, Kevin
Christian, Jae-you Chung, James H. Cloos, Jr., Laura Conrad, Michael R.
Cook, Glenn Coombs, Andrew J. Cosgriff, Neil Crellin, Frank D. Cringle,
Geoffrey T. Dairiki, Andre Deparade, Ulrik Dickow, Dave Disser, Rui-Tao
Dong, Joev Dubach, Michael Welsh Duggan, Dave Edmondson, Paul Eggert,
Mark W. Eichin, Karl Eichwalder, Enami Tsugutomo, Michael Ernst, Luc
Van Eycken, Sam Falkner, Nelson Jose dos Santos Ferreira, Sigbjorn
Finne, Sven Fischer, Paul Fisher, Decklin Foster, Gary D. Foster, Paul
Franklin, Guy Geens, Arne Georg Gleditsch, David S. Goldberg,
Michelangelo Grigni, Dale Hagglund, D. Hall, Magnus Hammerin, Kenichi
Handa, Raja R. Harinath, Yoshiki Hayashi, P. E. Jareth Hein, Hisashige
Kenji, Scott Hofmann, Marc Horowitz, Gunnar Horrigmo, Richard Hoskins,
Brad Howes, Miguel de Icaza, François Felix Ingrand, Tatsuya Ichikawa,
Ishikawa Ichiro, Lee Iverson, Iwamuro Motonori, Rajappa Iyer, Andreas
Jaeger, Adam P. Jenkins, Randell Jesup, Fred Johansen, Gareth Jones,
Simon Josefsson, Greg Klanderman, Karl Kleinpaste, Michael Klingbeil,
Peter Skov Knudsen, Shuhei Kobayashi, Petr Konecny, Koseki Yoshinori,
Thor Kristoffersen, Jens Lautenbacher, Martin Larose, Seokchan Lee,
Joerg Lenneis, Carsten Leonhardt, James LewisMoss, Christian Limpach,
Markus Linnala, Dave Love, Mike McEwan, Tonny Madsen, Shlomo Mahlab,
Nat Makarevitch, Istvan Marko, David Martin, Jason R. Mastaler, Gordon
Matzigkeit, Timo Metzemakers, Richard Mlynarik, Lantz Moore, Morioka
Tomohiko, Erik Toubro Nielsen, Hrvoje Niksic, Andy Norman, Fred
Oberhauser, C. R. Oldham, Alexandre Oliva, Ken Olstad, Masaharu Onishi,
Hideki Ono, Ettore Perazzoli, William Perry, Stephen Peters, Jens-Ulrik
Holger Petersen, Ulrich Pfeifer, Matt Pharr, Andy Piper, John McClary
Prevost, Bill Pringlemeir, Mike Pullen, Jim Radford, Colin Rafferty,
Lasse Rasinen, Lars Balker Rasmussen, Joe Reiss, Renaud Rioboo, Roland
B. Roberts, Bart Robinson, Christian von Roques, Markus Rost, Jason
Rumney, Wolfgang Rupprecht, Jay Sachs, Dewey M. Sasser, Conrad
Sauerwald, Loren Schall, Dan Schmidt, Ralph Schleicher, Philippe
Schnoebelen, Andreas Schwab, Randal L. Schwartz, Danny Siu, Matt
Simmons, Paul D. Smith, Jeff Sparkes, Toby Speight, Michael Sperber,
Darren Stalder, Richard Stallman, Greg Stark, Sam Steingold, Paul
Stevenson, Jonas Steverud, Paul Stodghill, Kiyokazu Suto, Kurt Swanson,
Samuel Tardieu, Teddy, Chuck Thompson, Tozawa Akihiko, Philippe Troin,
James Troup, Trung Tran-Duc, Jack Twilley, Aaron M. Ucko, Aki Vehtari,
Didier Verna, Vladimir Volovich, Jan Vroonhof, Stefan Waldherr, Pete
Ware, Barry A. Warsaw, Christoph Wedler, Joe Wells, Lee Willis, Katsumi
Yamaoka and Lloyd Zusman.

   For a full overview of what each person has done, the ChangeLogs
included in the Gnus alpha distributions should give ample reading
(550kB and counting).

   Apologies to everybody that I've forgotten, of which there are many,
I'm sure.

   Gee, that's quite a list of people.  I guess that must mean that
there actually are people who are using Gnus.  Who'd'a thunk it!


File: gnus,  Node: New Features,  Prev: Contributors,  Up: History

10.1.9 New Features
-------------------

* Menu:

* ding Gnus::          New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus.
* September Gnus::     The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3.
* Red Gnus::           Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5.
* Quassia Gnus::       Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7.
* Pterodactyl Gnus::   Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9.

   These lists are, of course, just _short_ overviews of the _most_
important new features.  No, really.  There are tons more.  Yes, we
have feeping creaturism in full effect.


File: gnus,  Node: ding Gnus,  Next: September Gnus,  Up: New Features

10.1.9.1 (ding) Gnus
....................

New features in Gnus 5.0/5.1:

   * The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like
     variables (*note Group Buffer Format:: and *note Summary Buffer
     Format::).

   * Local spool and several NNTP servers can be used at once (*note
     Select Methods::).

   * You can combine groups into virtual groups (*note Virtual
     Groups::).

   * You can read a number of different mail formats (*note Getting
     Mail::).  All the mail back ends implement a convenient mail
     expiry scheme (*note Expiring Mail::).

   * Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have
     lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one
     thread) or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a
     complete thread (*note Customizing Threading::).

   * Killed groups can be displayed in the group buffer, and you can
     read them as well (*note Listing Groups::).

   * Gnus can do partial group updates--you do not have to retrieve the
     entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups
     (*note The Active File::).

   * Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups (*note
     Group Levels::).

   * You can score articles according to any number of criteria (*note
     Scoring::).  You can even get Gnus to find out how to score
     articles for you (*note Adaptive Scoring::).

   * Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal Emacs
     manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you
     have read if your machine should go down (*note Auto Save::).

   * Gnus now has its own startup file (`.gnus') to avoid cluttering up
     the `.emacs' file.

   * You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and
     perform operations on all the marked items (*note
     Process/Prefix::).

   * You can grep through a subset of groups and create a group from the
     results (*note Kibozed Groups::).

   * You can list subsets of groups according to, well, anything (*note
     Listing Groups::).

   * You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those
     servers (*note Browse Foreign Server::).

   * Gnus can fetch articles, asynchronously, on a second connection to
     the server (*note Asynchronous Fetching::).

   * You can cache articles locally (*note Article Caching::).

   * The uudecode functions have been expanded and generalized (*note
     Decoding Articles::).

   * You can still post uuencoded articles, which was a little-known
     feature of GNUS' past (*note Uuencoding and Posting::).

   * Fetching parents (and other articles) now actually works without
     glitches (*note Finding the Parent::).

   * Gnus can fetch FAQs and group descriptions (*note Group
     Information::).

   * Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups
     (*note Document Groups::).

   * Articles can be highlighted and customized (*note Customizing
     Articles::).

   * URLs and other external references can be buttonized (*note
     Article Buttons::).

   * You can do lots of strange stuff with the Gnus window & frame
     configuration (*note Windows Configuration::).

   * You can click on buttons instead of using the keyboard (*note
     Buttons::).



File: gnus,  Node: September Gnus,  Next: Red Gnus,  Prev: ding Gnus,  Up: New Features

10.1.9.2 September Gnus
.......................

New features in Gnus 5.2/5.3:

   * A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization
     variables for `mail-mode', `rnews-reply-mode' and `gnus-msg' are
     now obsolete.

   * Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads--threads where
     missing articles are represented by empty nodes (*note Customizing
     Threading::).

          (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)

   * Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server (*note
     Archived Messages::).

   * Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are referred.

   * Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions (*note GroupLens::).

   * Picons (personal icons) can be displayed under XEmacs (*note
     Picons::).

   * A `trn'-like tree buffer can be displayed (*note Tree Display::).

          (setq gnus-use-trees t)

   * An `nn'-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
     buffers (*note Pick and Read::).

          (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)

   * In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode (*note
     Binary Groups::).

   * Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy (*note Group
     Topics::).

          (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)

   * Gnus can re-send and bounce mail (*note Summary Mail Commands::).

   * Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
     is possible (*note Group Score::).

          (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)

   * Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
     groups of groups (*note Marking Groups::).

   * Caching is possible in virtual groups.

   * `nndoc' now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews
     news batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about
     everything else (*note Document Groups::).

   * Gnus has a new back end (`nnsoup') to create/read SOUP packets
     (*note SOUP::).

   * The Gnus cache is much faster.

   * Groups can be sorted according to many criteria (*note Sorting
     Groups::).

   * New group parameters have been introduced to set list-addresses and
     expiry times (*note Group Parameters::).

   * All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used (*note
     Formatting Fonts::).

   * There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
     process marked articles on the `M P' submap (*note Setting Process
     Marks::).

   * The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
     articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have
     been bound to keys on the `/' submap (*note Limiting::).

   * Articles can be made persistent with the `*' command (*note
     Persistent Articles::).

   * All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.

   * Article headers can be buttonized (*note Article Washing::).

   * All mail back ends support fetching articles by `Message-ID'.

   * Duplicate mail can now be treated properly (*note Duplicates::).

   * All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
     buffer (*note Article Keymap::).

   * Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration' (*note Windows
     Configuration::).

   * Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process (*note Daemons::).

   * Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to weed out spam (*note NoCeM::).

          (setq gnus-use-nocem t)

   * Groups can be made permanently visible (*note Listing Groups::).

          (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")

   * Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.

   * Gnus respects the `Mail-Copies-To' header.

   * Threads can be gathered by looking at the `References' header
     (*note Customizing Threading::).

          (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
                'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)

   * Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
     refetching (*note Article Backlog::).

          (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)

   * A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
     buffer to allow easier treatment.

   * Gnus can suggest where to save articles (*note Saving Articles::).

   * Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving (*note
     Saving Articles::).

          (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)

   * `gnus-uu' can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
     articles (*note Other Decode Variables::).

          (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)

   * Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text
     (*note Article Washing::).

   * Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
     cited text to hide is now customizable (*note Article Hiding::).

          (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)

   * Boring headers can be hidden (*note Article Hiding::).

   * Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.

   * Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.



File: gnus,  Node: Red Gnus,  Next: Quassia Gnus,  Prev: September Gnus,  Up: New Features

10.1.9.3 Red Gnus
.................

New features in Gnus 5.4/5.5:

   * `nntp.el' has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.

   * Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into Gnus
     (*note Asynchronous Fetching::).

   * Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like `and',
     `or', `not', and parent redirection (*note Advanced Scoring::).

   * Article washing status can be displayed in the article mode line
     (*note Misc Article::).

   * `gnus.el' has been split into many smaller files.

   * Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID can be done
     (*note Duplicate Suppression::).

          (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)

   * New variables for specifying what score and adapt files are to be
     considered home score and adapt files (*note Home Score File::)
     have been added.

   * `nndoc' was rewritten to be easily extendable (*note Document
     Server Internals::).

   * Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics (*note
     Topic Parameters::).

   * Article editing has been revamped and is now actually usable.

   * Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions (*note
     Article Signature::).

   * Summary pick mode has been made to look more `nn'-like.  Line
     numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be used to pick
     articles (`Pick and Read').

   * Commands for moving the `.newsrc.eld' from one server to another
     have been added (*note Changing Servers::).

   * There's a way now to specify that "uninteresting" fields be
     suppressed when generating lines in buffers (*note Advanced
     Formatting::).

   * Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with `M-C-_'
     (*note Undo::).

   * Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w' (*note
     Score File Format::).

   * Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis
     (*note Adaptive Scoring::).

          (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))

   * Scores can be decayed (*note Score Decays::).

          (setq gnus-decay-scores t)

   * Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
     Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first (*note Score
     File Format::).

   * A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
     the native server (*note Changing Servers::).

   * A new command for reading collections of documents (`nndoc' with
     `nnvirtual' on top) has been added--`M-C-d' (*note Really Various
     Summary Commands::).

   * Process mark sets can be pushed and popped (*note Setting Process
     Marks::).

   * A new mail-to-news back end makes it possible to post even when
     the NNTP server doesn't allow posting (*note Mail-To-News
     Gateways::).

   * A new back end for reading searches from Web search engines
     ("DejaNews", "Alta Vista", "InReference") has been added (*note
     Web Searches::).

   * Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard sorting
     functions, and each topic can be sorted independently (*note Topic
     Sorting::).

   * Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently (`Sorting
     Groups').

   * Cached articles can be pulled into the groups (*note Summary
     Generation Commands::).

   * Score files are now applied in a more reliable order (*note Score
     Variables::).

   * Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated (*note
     Splitting Mail::).

   * More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk from
     incoming mail before saving the mail (*note Washing Mail::).

   * Emphasized text can be properly fontisized:



File: gnus,  Node: Quassia Gnus,  Next: Pterodactyl Gnus,  Prev: Red Gnus,  Up: New Features

10.1.9.4 Quassia Gnus
.....................

New features in Gnus 5.6:

   * New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
     added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See
     *note Gnus Unplugged:: for the full story.

   *  The `nndraft' back end has returned, but works differently than
     before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the `nndraft'
     group, which is created automatically.

   * `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
     values.

   *  `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.

   *  A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
     outside the region: `C-c C-v'.

   *  You can now post to component group in `nnvirtual' groups with
     `C-u C-c C-c'.

   *  `nntp-rlogin-program'--new variable to ease customization.

   *  `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
     re-highlighting of the article buffer.

   *  New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers'--`long-to'.

   *  `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
     Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.

   *  `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
     `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.

   *  `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
     control over simplification.

   *  `A T'--new command for fetching the current thread.

   *  `/ T'--new command for including the current thread in the limit.

   *  `M-<RET>' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.

   *  `\\1'-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.

   *  The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.  If you used
     this function in your initialization files, you must rewrite them
     to use `face-spec-set' instead.

   *  Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
     `a' forces normal posting method.

   *  New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper
     text--`W d'.

   *  For easier debugging of `nntp', you can set
     `nntp-record-commands' to a non-`nil' value.

   *  `nntp' now uses `~/.authinfo', a `.netrc'-like file, for
     controlling where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.

   *  A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
     has been added.

   *  A history of where mails have been split is available.

   *  A new article date command has been added--`article-date-iso8601'.

   *  Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
     `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.

   *  A new function for citing in Message has been
     added--`message-cite-original-without-signature'.

   *  `article-strip-all-blank-lines'--new article command.

   *  A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has been
     added.

   *  A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
     `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.

   *  The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually updated
     by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.

   *  Web listserv archives can be read with the `nnlistserv' back end.

   *  Old dejanews archives can now be read by `nnweb'.



File: gnus,  Node: Pterodactyl Gnus,  Prev: Quassia Gnus,  Up: New Features

10.1.9.5 Pterodactyl Gnus
.........................

New features in Gnus 5.8:

   * The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
     many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are
     gone.

     If you used procmail like in

          (setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
          (setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
          (setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
          (setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")

     this now has changed to

          (setq mail-sources
                '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
          		   :suffix ".in")))

     More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
     Getting Mail -> Mail Sources

   * Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
     Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.

   * Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
     parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.

   * `gnus-auto-select-first' can now be a function to be called to
     position point.

   * The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
     summary buffers and NOV files.

   * `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
     of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.

   * The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now works in a
     subtly different manner.

   * New web-based back ends have been added: `nnslashdot',
     `nnwarchive' and `nnultimate'.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to
     keep up with ever-changing layouts.

   * Gnus can now read IMAP mail via `nnimap'.



File: gnus,  Node: On Writing Manuals,  Next: Terminology,  Prev: History,  Up: Appendices

10.2 On Writing Manuals
=======================

I guess most manuals are written after-the-fact; documenting a program
that's already there.  This is not how this manual is written.  When
implementing something, I write the manual entry for that something
straight away.  I then see that it's difficult to explain the
functionality, so I write how it's supposed to be, and then I change the
implementation.  Writing the documentation and writing the code goes
hand in hand.

   This, of course, means that this manual has no, or little, flow.  It
documents absolutely everything in Gnus, but often not where you're
looking for it.  It is a reference manual, and not a guide to how to get
started with Gnus.

   That would be a totally different book, that should be written using
the reference manual as source material.  It would look quite
differently.


File: gnus,  Node: Terminology,  Next: Customization,  Prev: On Writing Manuals,  Up: Appendices

10.3 Terminology
================

"news"
     This is what you are supposed to use this thing for--reading news.
     News is generally fetched from a nearby NNTP server, and is
     generally publicly available to everybody.  If you post news, the
     entire world is likely to read just what you have written, and
     they'll all snigger mischievously.  Behind your back.

"mail"
     Everything that's delivered to you personally is mail.  Some
     news/mail readers (like Gnus) blur the distinction between mail
     and news, but there is a difference.  Mail is private.  News is
     public.  Mailing is not posting, and replying is not following up.

"reply"
     Send a mail to the person who has written what you are reading.

"follow up"
     Post an article to the current newsgroup responding to the article
     you are reading.

"back end"
     Gnus gets fed articles from a number of back ends, both news and
     mail back ends.  Gnus does not handle the underlying media, so to
     speak--this is all done by the back ends.

"native"
     Gnus will always use one method (and back end) as the "native", or
     default, way of getting news.

"foreign"
     You can also have any number of foreign groups active at the same
     time.  These are groups that use non-native non-secondary back
     ends for getting news.

"secondary"
     Secondary back ends are somewhere half-way between being native
     and being foreign, but they mostly act like they are native.

"article"
     A message that has been posted as news.

"mail message"
     A message that has been mailed.

"message"
     A mail message or news article

"head"
     The top part of a message, where administrative information (etc.)
     is put.

"body"
     The rest of an article.  Everything not in the head is in the body.

"header"
     A line from the head of an article.

"headers"
     A collection of such lines, or a collection of heads.  Or even a
     collection of NOV lines.

"NOV"
     When Gnus enters a group, it asks the back end for the headers of
     all unread articles in the group.  Most servers support the News
     OverView format, which is more compact and much faster to read and
     parse than the normal HEAD format.

"level"
     Each group is subscribed at some "level" or other (1-9).  The ones
     that have a lower level are "more" subscribed than the groups with
     a higher level.  In fact, groups on levels 1-5 are considered
     "subscribed"; 6-7 are "unsubscribed"; 8 are "zombies"; and 9 are
     "killed".  Commands for listing groups and scanning for new
     articles will all use the numeric prefix as "working level".

"killed groups"
     No information on killed groups is stored or updated, which makes
     killed groups much easier to handle than subscribed groups.

"zombie groups"
     Just like killed groups, only slightly less dead.

"active file"
     The news server has to keep track of what articles it carries, and
     what groups exist.  All this information in stored in the active
     file, which is rather large, as you might surmise.

"bogus groups"
     A group that exists in the `.newsrc' file, but isn't known to the
     server (i.e.,  it isn't in the active file), is a _bogus group_.
     This means that the group probably doesn't exist (any more).

"activating"
     The act of asking the server for info on a group and computing the
     number of unread articles is called "activating the group".
     Un-activated groups are listed with `*' in the group buffer.

"server"
     A machine one can connect to and get news (or mail) from.

"select method"
     A structure that specifies the back end, the server and the virtual
     server settings.

"virtual server"
     A named select method.  Since a select method defines all there is
     to know about connecting to a (physical) server, taking the thing
     as a whole is a virtual server.

"washing"
     Taking a buffer and running it through a filter of some sort.  The
     result will (more often than not) be cleaner and more pleasing
     than the original.

"ephemeral groups"
     Most groups store data on what articles you have read.  "Ephemeral"
     groups are groups that will have no data stored--when you exit the
     group, it'll disappear into the aether.

"solid groups"
     This is the opposite of ephemeral groups.  All groups listed in the
     group buffer are solid groups.

"sparse articles"
     These are article placeholders shown in the summary buffer when
     `gnus-build-sparse-threads' has been switched on.

"threading"
     To put responses to articles directly after the articles they
     respond to--in a hierarchical fashion.

"root"
     The first article in a thread is the root.  It is the ancestor of
     all articles in the thread.

"parent"
     An article that has responses.

"child"
     An article that responds to a different article--its parent.

"digest"
     A collection of messages in one file.  The most common digest
     format is specified by RFC 1153.



File: gnus,  Node: Customization,  Next: Troubleshooting,  Prev: Terminology,  Up: Appendices

10.4 Customization
==================

All variables are properly documented elsewhere in this manual.  This
section is designed to give general pointers on how to customize Gnus
for some quite common situations.

* Menu:

* Slow/Expensive Connection:: You run a local Emacs and get the news elsewhere.
* Slow Terminal Connection::  You run a remote Emacs.
* Little Disk Space::         You feel that having large setup files is icky.
* Slow Machine::              You feel like buying a faster machine.


File: gnus,  Node: Slow/Expensive Connection,  Next: Slow Terminal Connection,  Up: Customization

10.4.1 Slow/Expensive NNTP Connection
-------------------------------------

If you run Emacs on a machine locally, and get your news from a machine
over some very thin strings, you want to cut down on the amount of data
Gnus has to get from the NNTP server.

`gnus-read-active-file'
     Set this to `nil', which will inhibit Gnus from requesting the
     entire active file from the server.  This file is often very
     large.  You also have to set `gnus-check-new-newsgroups' and
     `gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups' to `nil' to make sure that Gnus
     doesn't suddenly decide to fetch the active file anyway.

`gnus-nov-is-evil'
     This one has to be `nil'.  If not, grabbing article headers from
     the NNTP server will not be very fast.  Not all NNTP servers
     support XOVER; Gnus will detect this by itself.


File: gnus,  Node: Slow Terminal Connection,  Next: Little Disk Space,  Prev: Slow/Expensive Connection,  Up: Customization

10.4.2 Slow Terminal Connection
-------------------------------

Let's say you use your home computer for dialing up the system that runs
Emacs and Gnus.  If your modem is slow, you want to reduce (as much as
possible) the amount of data sent over the wires.

`gnus-auto-center-summary'
     Set this to `nil' to inhibit Gnus from re-centering the summary
     buffer all the time.  If it is `vertical', do only vertical
     re-centering.  If it is neither `nil' nor `vertical', do both
     horizontal and vertical recentering.

`gnus-visible-headers'
     Cut down on the headers included in the articles to the minimum.
     You can, in fact, make do without them altogether--most of the
     useful data is in the summary buffer, anyway.  Set this variable to
     `^NEVVVVER' or `From:', or whatever you feel you need.

     Set this hook to all the available hiding commands:
          (setq gnus-treat-hide-headers 'head
                gnus-treat-hide-signature t
                gnus-treat-hide-citation t)

`gnus-use-full-window'
     By setting this to `nil', you can make all the windows smaller.
     While this doesn't really cut down much generally, it means that
     you have to see smaller portions of articles before deciding that
     you didn't want to read them anyway.

`gnus-thread-hide-subtree'
     If this is non-`nil', all threads in the summary buffer will be
     hidden initially.

`gnus-updated-mode-lines'
     If this is `nil', Gnus will not put information in the buffer mode
     lines, which might save some time.


File: gnus,  Node: Little Disk Space,  Next: Slow Machine,  Prev: Slow Terminal Connection,  Up: Customization

10.4.3 Little Disk Space
------------------------

The startup files can get rather large, so you may want to cut their
sizes a bit if you are running out of space.

`gnus-save-newsrc-file'
     If this is `nil', Gnus will never save `.newsrc'--it will only
     save `.newsrc.eld'.  This means that you will not be able to use
     any other newsreaders than Gnus.  This variable is `t' by default.

`gnus-read-newsrc-file'
     If this is `nil', Gnus will never read `.newsrc'--it will only
     read `.newsrc.eld'.  This means that you will not be able to use
     any other newsreaders than Gnus.  This variable is `t' by default.

`gnus-save-killed-list'
     If this is `nil', Gnus will not save the list of dead groups.  You
     should also set `gnus-check-new-newsgroups' to `ask-server' and
     `gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups' to `nil' if you set this variable to
     `nil'.  This variable is `t' by default.



File: gnus,  Node: Slow Machine,  Prev: Little Disk Space,  Up: Customization

10.4.4 Slow Machine
-------------------

If you have a slow machine, or are just really impatient, there are a
few things you can do to make Gnus run faster.

   Set `gnus-check-new-newsgroups' and `gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups' to
`nil' to make startup faster.

   Set `gnus-show-threads', `gnus-use-cross-reference' and
`gnus-nov-is-evil' to `nil' to make entering and exiting the summary
buffer faster.


File: gnus,  Node: Troubleshooting,  Next: Gnus Reference Guide,  Prev: Customization,  Up: Appendices

10.5 Troubleshooting
====================

Gnus works _so_ well straight out of the box--I can't imagine any
problems, really.

   Ahem.

  1. Make sure your computer is switched on.

  2. Make sure that you really load the current Gnus version.  If you
     have been running GNUS, you need to exit Emacs and start it up
     again before Gnus will work.

  3. Try doing an `M-x gnus-version'.  If you get something that looks
     like `Gnus v5.46; nntp 4.0' you have the right files loaded.  If,
     on the other hand, you get something like `NNTP 3.x' or `nntp
     flee', you have some old `.el' files lying around.  Delete these.

  4. Read the help group (`G h' in the group buffer) for a FAQ and a
     how-to.

  5. Gnus works on many recursive structures, and in some extreme (and
     very rare) cases Gnus may recurse down "too deeply" and Emacs will
     beep at you.  If this happens to you, set `max-lisp-eval-depth' to
     500 or something like that.

   If all else fails, report the problem as a bug.

   If you find a bug in Gnus, you can report it with the `M-x gnus-bug'
command.  `M-x set-variable <RET> debug-on-error <RET> t <RET>', and
send me the backtrace.  I will fix bugs, but I can only fix them if you
send me a precise description as to how to reproduce the bug.

   You really can never be too detailed in a bug report.  Always use the
`M-x gnus-bug' command when you make bug reports, even if it creates a
10Kb mail each time you use it, and even if you have sent me your
environment 500 times before.  I don't care.  I want the full info each
time.

   It is also important to remember that I have no memory whatsoever.
If you send a bug report, and I send you a reply, and then you just send
back "No, it's not! Moron!", I will have no idea what you are insulting
me about.  Always over-explain everything.  It's much easier for all of
us--if I don't have all the information I need, I will just mail you
and ask for more info, and everything takes more time.

   If the problem you're seeing is very visual, and you can't quite
explain it, copy the Emacs window to a file (with `xwd', for instance),
put it somewhere it can be reached, and include the URL of the picture
in the bug report.

   If you just need help, you are better off asking on
`gnu.emacs.gnus'.  I'm not very helpful.

   You can also ask on the ding mailing list--`ding@gnus.org'.  Write
to `ding-request@gnus.org' to subscribe.


File: gnus,  Node: Gnus Reference Guide,  Next: Emacs for Heathens,  Prev: Troubleshooting,  Up: Appendices

10.6 Gnus Reference Guide
=========================

It is my hope that other people will figure out smart stuff that Gnus
can do, and that other people will write those smart things as well.  To
facilitate that I thought it would be a good idea to describe the inner
workings of Gnus.  And some of the not-so-inner workings, while I'm at
it.

   You can never expect the internals of a program not to change, but I
will be defining (in some details) the interface between Gnus and its
back ends (this is written in stone), the format of the score files
(ditto), data structures (some are less likely to change than others)
and general methods of operation.

* Menu:

* Gnus Utility Functions::   Common functions and variable to use.
* Back End Interface::       How Gnus communicates with the servers.
* Score File Syntax::        A BNF definition of the score file standard.
* Headers::                  How Gnus stores headers internally.
* Ranges::                   A handy format for storing mucho numbers.
* Group Info::               The group info format.
* Extended Interactive::     Symbolic prefixes and stuff.
* Emacs/XEmacs Code::        Gnus can be run under all modern Emacsen.
* Various File Formats::     Formats of files that Gnus use.


File: gnus,  Node: Gnus Utility Functions,  Next: Back End Interface,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.1 Gnus Utility Functions
-----------------------------

When writing small functions to be run from hooks (and stuff), it's
vital to have access to the Gnus internal functions and variables.
Below is a list of the most common ones.

`gnus-newsgroup-name'
     This variable holds the name of the current newsgroup.

`gnus-find-method-for-group'
     A function that returns the select method for GROUP.

`gnus-group-real-name'
     Takes a full (prefixed) Gnus group name, and returns the unprefixed
     name.

`gnus-group-prefixed-name'
     Takes an unprefixed group name and a select method, and returns
     the full (prefixed) Gnus group name.

`gnus-get-info'
     Returns the group info list for GROUP.

`gnus-group-unread'
     The number of unread articles in GROUP, or `t' if that is unknown.

`gnus-active'
     The active entry for GROUP.

`gnus-set-active'
     Set the active entry for GROUP.

`gnus-add-current-to-buffer-list'
     Adds the current buffer to the list of buffers to be killed on Gnus
     exit.

`gnus-continuum-version'
     Takes a Gnus version string as a parameter and returns a floating
     point number.  Earlier versions will always get a lower number
     than later versions.

`gnus-group-read-only-p'
     Says whether GROUP is read-only or not.

`gnus-news-group-p'
     Says whether GROUP came from a news back end.

`gnus-ephemeral-group-p'
     Says whether GROUP is ephemeral or not.

`gnus-server-to-method'
     Returns the select method corresponding to SERVER.

`gnus-server-equal'
     Says whether two virtual servers are equal.

`gnus-group-native-p'
     Says whether GROUP is native or not.

`gnus-group-secondary-p'
     Says whether GROUP is secondary or not.

`gnus-group-foreign-p'
     Says whether GROUP is foreign or not.

`group-group-find-parameter'
     Returns the parameter list of GROUP.  If given a second parameter,
     returns the value of that parameter for GROUP.

`gnus-group-set-parameter'
     Takes three parameters; GROUP, PARAMETER and VALUE.

`gnus-narrow-to-body'
     Narrows the current buffer to the body of the article.

`gnus-check-backend-function'
     Takes two parameters, FUNCTION and GROUP.  If the back end GROUP
     comes from supports FUNCTION, return non-`nil'.

          (gnus-check-backend-function "request-scan" "nnml:misc")
          => t

`gnus-read-method'
     Prompts the user for a select method.



File: gnus,  Node: Back End Interface,  Next: Score File Syntax,  Prev: Gnus Utility Functions,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.2 Back End Interface
-------------------------

Gnus doesn't know anything about NNTP, spools, mail or virtual groups.
It only knows how to talk to "virtual servers".  A virtual server is a
"back end" and some "back end variables".  As examples of the first, we
have `nntp', `nnspool' and `nnmbox'.  As examples of the latter we have
`nntp-port-number' and `nnmbox-directory'.

   When Gnus asks for information from a back end--say `nntp'--on
something, it will normally include a virtual server name in the
function parameters.  (If not, the back end should use the "current"
virtual server.)  For instance, `nntp-request-list' takes a virtual
server as its only (optional) parameter.  If this virtual server hasn't
been opened, the function should fail.

   Note that a virtual server name has no relation to some physical
server name.  Take this example:

     (nntp "odd-one"
           (nntp-address "ifi.uio.no")
           (nntp-port-number 4324))

   Here the virtual server name is `odd-one' while the name of the
physical server is `ifi.uio.no'.

   The back ends should be able to switch between several virtual
servers.  The standard back ends implement this by keeping an alist of
virtual server environments that they pull down/push up when needed.

   There are two groups of interface functions: "required functions",
which must be present, and "optional functions", which Gnus will always
check for presence before attempting to call 'em.

   All these functions are expected to return data in the buffer
`nntp-server-buffer' (` *nntpd*'), which is somewhat unfortunately
named, but we'll have to live with it.  When I talk about "resulting
data", I always refer to the data in that buffer.  When I talk about
"return value", I talk about the function value returned by the
function call.  Functions that fail should return `nil' as the return
value.

   Some back ends could be said to be "server-forming" back ends, and
some might be said not to be.  The latter are back ends that generally
only operate on one group at a time, and have no concept of "server" -
they have a group, and they deliver info on that group and nothing more.

   In the examples and definitions I will refer to the imaginary back
end `nnchoke'.

* Menu:

* Required Back End Functions::       Functions that must be implemented.
* Optional Back End Functions::       Functions that need not be implemented.
* Error Messaging::                   How to get messages and report errors.
* Writing New Back Ends::             Extending old back ends.
* Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus::   What has to be done on the Gnus end.
* Mail-like Back Ends::               Some tips on mail back ends.


File: gnus,  Node: Required Back End Functions,  Next: Optional Back End Functions,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.1 Required Back End Functions
....................................

`(nnchoke-retrieve-headers ARTICLES &optional GROUP SERVER FETCH-OLD)'
     ARTICLES is either a range of article numbers or a list of
     `Message-ID's.  Current back ends do not fully support either--only
     sequences (lists) of article numbers, and most back ends do not
     support retrieval of `Message-ID's.  But they should try for both.

     The result data should either be HEADs or NOV lines, and the result
     value should either be `headers' or `nov' to reflect this.  This
     might later be expanded to `various', which will be a mixture of
     HEADs and NOV lines, but this is currently not supported by Gnus.

     If FETCH-OLD is non-`nil' it says to try fetching "extra headers",
     in some meaning of the word.  This is generally done by fetching
     (at most) FETCH-OLD extra headers less than the smallest article
     number in `articles', and filling the gaps as well.  The presence
     of this parameter can be ignored if the back end finds it
     cumbersome to follow the request.  If this is non-`nil' and not a
     number, do maximum fetches.

     Here's an example HEAD:

          221 1056 Article retrieved.
          Path: ifi.uio.no!sturles
          From: sturles@ifi.uio.no (Sturle Sunde)
          Newsgroups: ifi.discussion
          Subject: Re: Something very droll
          Date: 27 Oct 1994 14:02:57 +0100
          Organization: Dept. of Informatics, University of Oslo, Norway
          Lines: 26
          Message-ID: <38o8e1$a0o@holmenkollen.ifi.uio.no>
          References: <38jdmq$4qu@visbur.ifi.uio.no>
          NNTP-Posting-Host: holmenkollen.ifi.uio.no
          .

     So a `headers' return value would imply that there's a number of
     these in the data buffer.

     Here's a BNF definition of such a buffer:

          headers        = *head
          head           = error / valid-head
          error-message  = [ "4" / "5" ] 2number " " <error message> eol
          valid-head     = valid-message *header "." eol
          valid-message  = "221 " <number> " Article retrieved." eol
          header         = <text> eol

     If the return value is `nov', the data buffer should contain
     "network overview database" lines.  These are basically fields
     separated by tabs.

          nov-buffer = *nov-line
          nov-line   = 8*9 [ field <TAB> ] eol
          field      = <text except TAB>

     For a closer look at what should be in those fields, *note
     Headers::.

`(nnchoke-open-server SERVER &optional DEFINITIONS)'
     SERVER is here the virtual server name.  DEFINITIONS is a list of
     `(VARIABLE VALUE)' pairs that define this virtual server.

     If the server can't be opened, no error should be signaled.  The
     back end may then choose to refuse further attempts at connecting
     to this server.  In fact, it should do so.

     If the server is opened already, this function should return a
     non-`nil' value.  There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-close-server &optional SERVER)'
     Close connection to SERVER and free all resources connected to it.
     Return `nil' if the server couldn't be closed for some reason.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-close)'
     Close connection to all servers and free all resources that the
     back end have reserved.  All buffers that have been created by
     that back end should be killed.  (Not the `nntp-server-buffer',
     though.)  This function is generally only called when Gnus is
     shutting down.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-server-opened &optional SERVER)'
     If SERVER is the current virtual server, and the connection to the
     physical server is alive, then this function should return a
     non-`nil' vlue.  This function should under no circumstances
     attempt to reconnect to a server we have lost connection to.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-status-message &optional SERVER)'
     This function should return the last error message from SERVER.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-article ARTICLE &optional GROUP SERVER TO-BUFFER)'
     The result data from this function should be the article specified
     by ARTICLE.  This might either be a `Message-ID' or a number.  It
     is optional whether to implement retrieval by `Message-ID', but it
     would be nice if that were possible.

     If TO-BUFFER is non-`nil', the result data should be returned in
     this buffer instead of the normal data buffer.  This is to make it
     possible to avoid copying large amounts of data from one buffer to
     another, while Gnus mainly requests articles to be inserted
     directly into its article buffer.

     If it is at all possible, this function should return a cons cell
     where the `car' is the group name the article was fetched from,
     and the `cdr' is the article number.  This will enable Gnus to
     find out what the real group and article numbers are when fetching
     articles by `Message-ID'.  If this isn't possible, `t' should be
     returned on successful article retrieval.

`(nnchoke-request-group GROUP &optional SERVER FAST)'
     Get data on GROUP.  This function also has the side effect of
     making GROUP the current group.

     If FAST, don't bother to return useful data, just make GROUP the
     current group.

     Here's an example of some result data and a definition of the same:

          211 56 1000 1059 ifi.discussion

     The first number is the status, which should be 211.  Next is the
     total number of articles in the group, the lowest article number,
     the highest article number, and finally the group name.  Note that
     the total number of articles may be less than one might think
     while just considering the highest and lowest article numbers, but
     some articles may have been canceled.  Gnus just discards the
     total-number, so whether one should take the bother to generate it
     properly (if that is a problem) is left as an exercise to the
     reader.

          group-status = [ error / info ] eol
          error        = [ "4" / "5" ] 2<number> " " <Error message>
          info         = "211 " 3* [ <number> " " ] <string>

`(nnchoke-close-group GROUP &optional SERVER)'
     Close GROUP and free any resources connected to it.  This will be
     a no-op on most back ends.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-list &optional SERVER)'
     Return a list of all groups available on SERVER.  And that means
     _all_.

     Here's an example from a server that only carries two groups:

          ifi.test 0000002200 0000002000 y
          ifi.discussion 3324 3300 n

     On each line we have a group name, then the highest article number
     in that group, the lowest article number, and finally a flag.

          active-file = *active-line
          active-line = name " " <number> " " <number> " " flags eol
          name        = <string>
          flags       = "n" / "y" / "m" / "x" / "j" / "=" name

     The flag says whether the group is read-only (`n'), is moderated
     (`m'), is dead (`x'), is aliased to some other group
     (`=other-group') or none of the above (`y').

`(nnchoke-request-post &optional SERVER)'
     This function should post the current buffer.  It might return
     whether the posting was successful or not, but that's not
     required.  If, for instance, the posting is done asynchronously,
     it has generally not been completed by the time this function
     concludes.  In that case, this function should set up some kind of
     sentinel to beep the user loud and clear if the posting could not
     be completed.

     There should be no result data from this function.



File: gnus,  Node: Optional Back End Functions,  Next: Error Messaging,  Prev: Required Back End Functions,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.2 Optional Back End Functions
....................................

`(nnchoke-retrieve-groups GROUPS &optional SERVER)'
     GROUPS is a list of groups, and this function should request data
     on all those groups.  How it does it is of no concern to Gnus, but
     it should attempt to do this in a speedy fashion.

     The return value of this function can be either `active' or
     `group', which says what the format of the result data is.  The
     former is in the same format as the data from
     `nnchoke-request-list', while the latter is a buffer full of lines
     in the same format as `nnchoke-request-group' gives.

          group-buffer = *active-line / *group-status

`(nnchoke-request-update-info GROUP INFO &optional SERVER)'
     A Gnus group info (*note Group Info::) is handed to the back end
     for alterations.  This comes in handy if the back end really
     carries all the information (as is the case with virtual and imap
     groups).  This function should destructively alter the info to
     suit its needs, and should return the (altered) group info.

     There should be no result data from this function.

`(nnchoke-request-type GROUP &optional ARTICLE)'
     When the user issues commands for "sending news" (`F' in the
     summary buffer, for instance), Gnus has to know whether the
     article the user is following up on is news or mail.  This
     function should return `news' if ARTICLE in GROUP is news, `mail'
     if it is mail and `unknown' if the type can't be decided.  (The
     ARTICLE parameter is necessary in `nnvirtual' groups which might
     very well combine mail groups and news groups.)  Both GROUP and
     ARTICLE may be `nil'.

     There should be no result data from this function.

`(nnchoke-request-set-mark GROUP ACTION &optional SERVER)'
     Set/remove/add marks on articles.  Normally Gnus handles the
     article marks (such as read, ticked, expired etc) internally, and
     store them in `~/.newsrc.eld'.  Some back ends (such as IMAP)
     however carry all information about the articles on the server, so
     Gnus need to propagate the mark information to the server.

     ACTION is a list of mark setting requests, having this format:

          (RANGE ACTION MARK)

     Range is a range of articles you wish to update marks on.  Action
     is `set', `add' or `del', respectively used for removing all
     existing marks and setting them as specified, adding (preserving
     the marks not mentioned) mark and removing (preserving the marks
     not mentioned) marks.  Mark is a list of marks; where each mark is
     a symbol.  Currently used marks are `read', `tick', `reply',
     `expire', `killed', `dormant', `save', `download' and `unsend',
     but your back end should, if possible, not limit itself to these.

     Given contradictory actions, the last action in the list should be
     the effective one.  That is, if your action contains a request to
     add the `tick' mark on article 1 and, later in the list, a request
     to remove the mark on the same article, the mark should in fact be
     removed.

     An example action list:

          (((5 12 30) 'del '(tick))
           ((10 . 90) 'add '(read expire))
           ((92 94) 'del '(read)))

     The function should return a range of articles it wasn't able to
     set the mark on (currently not used for anything).

     There should be no result data from this function.

`(nnchoke-request-update-mark GROUP ARTICLE MARK)'
     If the user tries to set a mark that the back end doesn't like,
     this function may change the mark.  Gnus will use whatever this
     function returns as the mark for ARTICLE instead of the original
     MARK.  If the back end doesn't care, it must return the original
     MARK, and not `nil' or any other type of garbage.

     The only use for this I can see is what `nnvirtual' does with
     it--if a component group is auto-expirable, marking an article as
     read in the virtual group should result in the article being
     marked as expirable.

     There should be no result data from this function.

`(nnchoke-request-scan &optional GROUP SERVER)'
     This function may be called at any time (by Gnus or anything else)
     to request that the back end check for incoming articles, in one
     way or another.  A mail back end will typically read the spool
     file or query the POP server when this function is invoked.  The
     GROUP doesn't have to be heeded--if the back end decides that it
     is too much work just scanning for a single group, it may do a
     total scan of all groups.  It would be nice, however, to keep
     things local if that's practical.

     There should be no result data from this function.

`(nnchoke-request-group-description GROUP &optional SERVER)'
     The result data from this function should be a description of
     GROUP.

          description-line = name <TAB> description eol
          name             = <string>
          description      = <text>

`(nnchoke-request-list-newsgroups &optional SERVER)'
     The result data from this function should be the description of all
     groups available on the server.

          description-buffer = *description-line

`(nnchoke-request-newgroups DATE &optional SERVER)'
     The result data from this function should be all groups that were
     created after `date', which is in normal human-readable date
     format.  The data should be in the active buffer format.

`(nnchoke-request-create-group GROUP &optional SERVER)'
     This function should create an empty group with name GROUP.

     There should be no return data.

`(nnchoke-request-expire-articles ARTICLES &optional GROUP SERVER FORCE)'
     This function should run the expiry process on all articles in the
     ARTICLES range (which is currently a simple list of article
     numbers.)  It is left up to the back end to decide how old articles
     should be before they are removed by this function.  If FORCE is
     non-`nil', all ARTICLES should be deleted, no matter how new they
     are.

     This function should return a list of articles that it did not/was
     not able to delete.

     There should be no result data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-move-article ARTICLE GROUP SERVER ACCEPT-FORM'
     &optional LAST)

     This function should move ARTICLE (which is a number) from GROUP
     by calling ACCEPT-FORM.

     This function should ready the article in question for moving by
     removing any header lines it has added to the article, and
     generally should "tidy up" the article.  Then it should `eval'
     ACCEPT-FORM in the buffer where the "tidy" article is.  This will
     do the actual copying.  If this `eval' returns a non-`nil' value,
     the article should be removed.

     If LAST is `nil', that means that there is a high likelihood that
     there will be more requests issued shortly, so that allows some
     optimizations.

     The function should return a cons where the `car' is the group
     name and the `cdr' is the article number that the article was
     entered as.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-accept-article GROUP &optional SERVER LAST)'
     This function takes the current buffer and inserts it into GROUP.
     If LAST in `nil', that means that there will be more calls to this
     function in short order.

     The function should return a cons where the `car' is the group
     name and the `cdr' is the article number that the article was
     entered as.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-replace-article ARTICLE GROUP BUFFER)'
     This function should remove ARTICLE (which is a number) from GROUP
     and insert BUFFER there instead.

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-delete-group GROUP FORCE &optional SERVER)'
     This function should delete GROUP.  If FORCE, it should really
     delete all the articles in the group, and then delete the group
     itself.  (If there is such a thing as "the group itself".)

     There should be no data returned.

`(nnchoke-request-rename-group GROUP NEW-NAME &optional SERVER)'
     This function should rename GROUP into NEW-NAME.  All articles in
     GROUP should move to NEW-NAME.

     There should be no data returned.



File: gnus,  Node: Error Messaging,  Next: Writing New Back Ends,  Prev: Optional Back End Functions,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.3 Error Messaging
........................

The back ends should use the function `nnheader-report' to report error
conditions--they should not raise errors when they aren't able to
perform a request.  The first argument to this function is the back end
symbol, and the rest are interpreted as arguments to `format' if there
are multiple of them, or just a string if there is one of them.  This
function must always returns `nil'.

     (nnheader-report 'nnchoke "You did something totally bogus")

     (nnheader-report 'nnchoke "Could not request group %s" group)

   Gnus, in turn, will call `nnheader-get-report' when it gets a `nil'
back from a server, and this function returns the most recently
reported message for the back end in question.  This function takes one
argument--the server symbol.

   Internally, these functions access BACK-END`-status-string', so the
`nnchoke' back end will have its error message stored in
`nnchoke-status-string'.


File: gnus,  Node: Writing New Back Ends,  Next: Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus,  Prev: Error Messaging,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.4 Writing New Back Ends
..............................

Many back ends are quite similar.  `nnml' is just like `nnspool', but
it allows you to edit the articles on the server.  `nnmh' is just like
`nnml', but it doesn't use an active file, and it doesn't maintain
overview databases.  `nndir' is just like `nnml', but it has no concept
of "groups", and it doesn't allow editing articles.

   It would make sense if it were possible to "inherit" functions from
back ends when writing new back ends.  And, indeed, you can do that if
you want to.  (You don't have to if you don't want to, of course.)

   All the back ends declare their public variables and functions by
using a package called `nnoo'.

   To inherit functions from other back ends (and allow other back ends
to inherit functions from the current back end), you should use the
following macros:

`nnoo-declare'
     This macro declares the first parameter to be a child of the
     subsequent parameters.  For instance:

          (nnoo-declare nndir
            nnml nnmh)

     `nndir' has declared here that it intends to inherit functions from
     both `nnml' and `nnmh'.

`defvoo'
     This macro is equivalent to `defvar', but registers the variable as
     a public server variable.  Most state-oriented variables should be
     declared with `defvoo' instead of `defvar'.

     In addition to the normal `defvar' parameters, it takes a list of
     variables in the parent back ends to map the variable to when
     executing a function in those back ends.

          (defvoo nndir-directory nil
            "Where nndir will look for groups."
            nnml-current-directory nnmh-current-directory)

     This means that `nnml-current-directory' will be set to
     `nndir-directory' when an `nnml' function is called on behalf of
     `nndir'.  (The same with `nnmh'.)

`nnoo-define-basics'
     This macro defines some common functions that almost all back ends
     should have.

          (nnoo-define-basics nndir)

`deffoo'
     This macro is just like `defun' and takes the same parameters.  In
     addition to doing the normal `defun' things, it registers the
     function as being public so that other back ends can inherit it.

`nnoo-map-functions'
     This macro allows mapping of functions from the current back end to
     functions from the parent back ends.

          (nnoo-map-functions nndir
            (nnml-retrieve-headers 0 nndir-current-group 0 0)
            (nnmh-request-article 0 nndir-current-group 0 0))

     This means that when `nndir-retrieve-headers' is called, the first,
     third, and fourth parameters will be passed on to
     `nnml-retrieve-headers', while the second parameter is set to the
     value of `nndir-current-group'.

`nnoo-import'
     This macro allows importing functions from back ends.  It should
     be the last thing in the source file, since it will only define
     functions that haven't already been defined.

          (nnoo-import nndir
            (nnmh
             nnmh-request-list
             nnmh-request-newgroups)
            (nnml))

     This means that calls to `nndir-request-list' should just be passed
     on to `nnmh-request-list', while all public functions from `nnml'
     that haven't been defined in `nndir' yet should be defined now.


   Below is a slightly shortened version of the `nndir' back end.

     ;;; nndir.el --- single directory newsgroup access for Gnus
     ;; Copyright (C) 1995,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

     ;;; Code:

     (require 'nnheader)
     (require 'nnmh)
     (require 'nnml)
     (require 'nnoo)
     (eval-when-compile (require 'cl))

     (nnoo-declare nndir
       nnml nnmh)

     (defvoo nndir-directory nil
       "Where nndir will look for groups."
       nnml-current-directory nnmh-current-directory)

     (defvoo nndir-nov-is-evil nil
       "*Non-nil means that nndir will never retrieve NOV headers."
       nnml-nov-is-evil)

     (defvoo nndir-current-group ""
       nil
       nnml-current-group nnmh-current-group)
     (defvoo nndir-top-directory nil nil nnml-directory nnmh-directory)
     (defvoo nndir-get-new-mail nil nil nnml-get-new-mail nnmh-get-new-mail)

     (defvoo nndir-status-string "" nil nnmh-status-string)
     (defconst nndir-version "nndir 1.0")

     ;;; Interface functions.

     (nnoo-define-basics nndir)

     (deffoo nndir-open-server (server &optional defs)
       (setq nndir-directory
             (or (cadr (assq 'nndir-directory defs))
                 server))
       (unless (assq 'nndir-directory defs)
         (push `(nndir-directory ,server) defs))
       (push `(nndir-current-group
               ,(file-name-nondirectory
                 (directory-file-name nndir-directory)))
             defs)
       (push `(nndir-top-directory
               ,(file-name-directory (directory-file-name nndir-directory)))
             defs)
       (nnoo-change-server 'nndir server defs))

     (nnoo-map-functions nndir
       (nnml-retrieve-headers 0 nndir-current-group 0 0)
       (nnmh-request-article 0 nndir-current-group 0 0)
       (nnmh-request-group nndir-current-group 0 0)
       (nnmh-close-group nndir-current-group 0))

     (nnoo-import nndir
       (nnmh
        nnmh-status-message
        nnmh-request-list
        nnmh-request-newgroups))

     (provide 'nndir)


File: gnus,  Node: Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus,  Next: Mail-like Back Ends,  Prev: Writing New Back Ends,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.5 Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus
........................................

Having Gnus start using your new back end is rather easy--you just
declare it with the `gnus-declare-backend' functions.  This will enter
the back end into the `gnus-valid-select-methods' variable.

   `gnus-declare-backend' takes two parameters--the back end name and
an arbitrary number of "abilities".

   Here's an example:

     (gnus-declare-backend "nnchoke" 'mail 'respool 'address)

   The abilities can be:

`mail'
     This is a mailish back end--followups should (probably) go via
     mail.

`post'
     This is a newsish back end--followups should (probably) go via
     news.

`post-mail'
     This back end supports both mail and news.

`none'
     This is neither a post nor mail back end--it's something completely
     different.

`respool'
     It supports respooling--or rather, it is able to modify its source
     articles and groups.

`address'
     The name of the server should be in the virtual server name.  This
     is true for almost all back ends.

`prompt-address'
     The user should be prompted for an address when doing commands like
     `B' in the group buffer.  This is true for back ends like `nntp',
     but not `nnmbox', for instance.


File: gnus,  Node: Mail-like Back Ends,  Prev: Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus,  Up: Back End Interface

10.6.2.6 Mail-like Back Ends
............................

One of the things that separate the mail back ends from the rest of the
back ends is the heavy dependence by the mail back ends on common
functions in `nnmail.el'.  For instance, here's the definition of
`nnml-request-scan':

     (deffoo nnml-request-scan (&optional group server)
       (setq nnml-article-file-alist nil)
       (nnmail-get-new-mail 'nnml 'nnml-save-nov nnml-directory group))

   It simply calls `nnmail-get-new-mail' with a few parameters, and
`nnmail' takes care of all the moving and splitting of the mail.

   This function takes four parameters.

METHOD
     This should be a symbol to designate which back end is responsible
     for the call.

EXIT-FUNCTION
     This function should be called after the splitting has been
     performed.

TEMP-DIRECTORY
     Where the temporary files should be stored.

GROUP
     This optional argument should be a group name if the splitting is
     to be performed for one group only.

   `nnmail-get-new-mail' will call BACK-END`-save-mail' to save each
article.  BACK-END`-active-number' will be called to find the article
number assigned to this article.

   The function also uses the following variables:
BACK-END`-get-new-mail' (to see whether to get new mail for this back
end); and BACK-END`-group-alist' and BACK-END`-active-file' to generate
the new active file.  BACK-END`-group-alist' should be a group-active
alist, like this:

     (("a-group" (1 . 10))
      ("some-group" (34 . 39)))


File: gnus,  Node: Score File Syntax,  Next: Headers,  Prev: Back End Interface,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.3 Score File Syntax
------------------------

Score files are meant to be easily parseable, but yet extremely
mallable.   It was decided that something that had the same read syntax
as an Emacs Lisp list would fit that spec.

   Here's a typical score file:

     (("summary"
       ("win95" -10000 nil s)
       ("Gnus"))
      ("from"
       ("Lars" -1000))
      (mark -100))

   BNF definition of a score file:

     score-file      = "" / "(" *element ")"
     element         = rule / atom
     rule            = string-rule / number-rule / date-rule
     string-rule     = "(" quote string-header quote space *string-match ")"
     number-rule     = "(" quote number-header quote space *number-match ")"
     date-rule       = "(" quote date-header quote space *date-match ")"
     quote           = <ascii 34>
     string-header   = "subject" / "from" / "references" / "message-id" /
                       "xref" / "body" / "head" / "all" / "followup"
     number-header   = "lines" / "chars"
     date-header     = "date"
     string-match    = "(" quote <string> quote [ "" / [ space score [ "" /
                       space date [ "" / [ space string-match-t ] ] ] ] ] ")"
     score           = "nil" / <integer>
     date            = "nil" / <natural number>
     string-match-t  = "nil" / "s" / "substring" / "S" / "Substring" /
                       "r" / "regex" / "R" / "Regex" /
                       "e" / "exact" / "E" / "Exact" /
                       "f" / "fuzzy" / "F" / "Fuzzy"
     number-match    = "(" <integer> [ "" / [ space score [ "" /
                       space date [ "" / [ space number-match-t ] ] ] ] ] ")"
     number-match-t  = "nil" / "=" / "<" / ">" / ">=" / "<="
     date-match      = "(" quote <string> quote [ "" / [ space score [ "" /
                       space date [ "" / [ space date-match-t ] ] ] ] ")"
     date-match-t    = "nil" / "at" / "before" / "after"
     atom            = "(" [ required-atom / optional-atom ] ")"
     required-atom   = mark / expunge / mark-and-expunge / files /
                       exclude-files / read-only / touched
     optional-atom   = adapt / local / eval
     mark            = "mark" space nil-or-number
     nil-or-number   = "nil" / <integer>
     expunge         = "expunge" space nil-or-number
     mark-and-expunge = "mark-and-expunge" space nil-or-number
     files           = "files" *[ space <string> ]
     exclude-files   = "exclude-files" *[ space <string> ]
     read-only       = "read-only" [ space "nil" / space "t" ]
     adapt        = "adapt" [ space "ignore" / space "t" / space adapt-rule ]
     adapt-rule      = "(" *[ <string> *[ "(" <string> <integer> ")" ] ")"
     local           = "local" *[ space "(" <string> space <form> ")" ]
     eval            = "eval" space <form>
     space           = *[ " " / <TAB> / <NEWLINE> ]

   Any unrecognized elements in a score file should be ignored, but not
discarded.

   As you can see, white space is needed, but the type and amount of
white space is irrelevant.  This means that formatting of the score
file is left up to the programmer--if it's simpler to just spew it all
out on one looong line, then that's ok.

   The meaning of the various atoms are explained elsewhere in this
manual (*note Score File Format::).


File: gnus,  Node: Headers,  Next: Ranges,  Prev: Score File Syntax,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.4 Headers
--------------

Internally Gnus uses a format for storing article headers that
corresponds to the NOV format in a mysterious fashion.  One could
almost suspect that the author looked at the NOV specification and just
shamelessly _stole_ the entire thing, and one would be right.

   "Header" is a severely overloaded term.  "Header" is used in RFC
1036 to talk about lines in the head of an article (e.g., `From').  It
is used by many people as a synonym for "head"--"the header and the
body".  (That should be avoided, in my opinion.)  And Gnus uses a
format internally that it calls "header", which is what I'm talking
about here.  This is a 9-element vector, basically, with each header
(ouch) having one slot.

   These slots are, in order: `number', `subject', `from', `date',
`id', `references', `chars', `lines', `xref', and `extra'.  There are
macros for accessing and setting these slots--they all have predictable
names beginning with `mail-header-' and `mail-header-set-',
respectively.

   All these slots contain strings, except the `extra' slot, which
contains an alist of header/value pairs (*note To From Newsgroups::).


File: gnus,  Node: Ranges,  Next: Group Info,  Prev: Headers,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.5 Ranges
-------------

GNUS introduced a concept that I found so useful that I've started
using it a lot and have elaborated on it greatly.

   The question is simple: If you have a large amount of objects that
are identified by numbers (say, articles, to take a _wild_ example)
that you want to qualify as being "included", a normal sequence isn't
very useful.  (A 200,000 length sequence is a bit long-winded.)

   The solution is as simple as the question: You just collapse the
sequence.

     (1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12)

   is transformed into

     ((1 . 6) (10 . 12))

   To avoid having those nasty `(13 . 13)' elements to denote a
lonesome object, a `13' is a valid element:

     ((1 . 6) 7 (10 . 12))

   This means that comparing two ranges to find out whether they are
equal is slightly tricky:

     ((1 . 5) 7 8 (10 . 12))

   and

     ((1 . 5) (7 . 8) (10 . 12))

   are equal.  In fact, any non-descending list is a range:

     (1 2 3 4 5)

   is a perfectly valid range, although a pretty long-winded one.  This
is also valid:

     (1 . 5)

   and is equal to the previous range.

   Here's a BNF definition of ranges.  Of course, one must remember the
semantic requirement that the numbers are non-descending.  (Any number
of repetition of the same number is allowed, but apt to disappear in
range handling.)

     range           = simple-range / normal-range
     simple-range    = "(" number " . " number ")"
     normal-range    = "(" start-contents ")"
     contents        = "" / simple-range *[ " " contents ] /
                       number *[ " " contents ]

   Gnus currently uses ranges to keep track of read articles and article
marks.  I plan on implementing a number of range operators in C if The
Powers That Be are willing to let me.  (I haven't asked yet, because I
need to do some more thinking on what operators I need to make life
totally range-based without ever having to convert back to normal
sequences.)


File: gnus,  Node: Group Info,  Next: Extended Interactive,  Prev: Ranges,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.6 Group Info
-----------------

Gnus stores all permanent info on groups in a "group info" list.  This
list is from three to six elements (or more) long and exhaustively
describes the group.

   Here are two example group infos; one is a very simple group while
the second is a more complex one:

     ("no.group" 5 ((1 . 54324)))

     ("nnml:my.mail" 3 ((1 . 5) 9 (20 . 55))
                     ((tick (15 . 19)) (replied 3 6 (19 . 3)))
                     (nnml "")
                     ((auto-expire . t) (to-address . "ding@gnus.org")))

   The first element is the "group name"--as Gnus knows the group,
anyway.  The second element is the "subscription level", which normally
is a small integer.  (It can also be the "rank", which is a cons cell
where the `car' is the level and the `cdr' is the score.)  The third
element is a list of ranges of read articles.  The fourth element is a
list of lists of article marks of various kinds.  The fifth element is
the select method (or virtual server, if you like).  The sixth element
is a list of "group parameters", which is what this section is about.

   Any of the last three elements may be missing if they are not
required.  In fact, the vast majority of groups will normally only have
the first three elements, which saves quite a lot of cons cells.

   Here's a BNF definition of the group info format:

     info          = "(" group space ralevel space read
                     [ "" / [ space marks-list [ "" / [ space method [ "" /
                     space parameters ] ] ] ] ] ")"
     group         = quote <string> quote
     ralevel       = rank / level
     level         = <integer in the range of 1 to inf>
     rank          = "(" level "." score ")"
     score         = <integer in the range of 1 to inf>
     read          = range
     marks-lists   = nil / "(" *marks ")"
     marks         = "(" <string> range ")"
     method        = "(" <string> *elisp-forms ")"
     parameters    = "(" *elisp-forms ")"

   Actually that `marks' rule is a fib.  A `marks' is a `<string>'
consed on to a `range', but that's a bitch to say in pseudo-BNF.

   If you have a Gnus info and want to access the elements, Gnus offers
a series of macros for getting/setting these elements.

`gnus-info-group'
`gnus-info-set-group'
     Get/set the group name.

`gnus-info-rank'
`gnus-info-set-rank'
     Get/set the group rank (*note Group Score::).

`gnus-info-level'
`gnus-info-set-level'
     Get/set the group level.

`gnus-info-score'
`gnus-info-set-score'
     Get/set the group score (*note Group Score::).

`gnus-info-read'
`gnus-info-set-read'
     Get/set the ranges of read articles.

`gnus-info-marks'
`gnus-info-set-marks'
     Get/set the lists of ranges of marked articles.

`gnus-info-method'
`gnus-info-set-method'
     Get/set the group select method.

`gnus-info-params'
`gnus-info-set-params'
     Get/set the group parameters.

   All the getter functions take one parameter--the info list.  The
setter functions take two parameters--the info list and the new value.

   The last three elements in the group info aren't mandatory, so it
may be necessary to extend the group info before setting the element.
If this is necessary, you can just pass on a non-`nil' third parameter
to the three final setter functions to have this happen automatically.


File: gnus,  Node: Extended Interactive,  Next: Emacs/XEmacs Code,  Prev: Group Info,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.7 Extended Interactive
---------------------------

Gnus extends the standard Emacs `interactive' specification slightly to
allow easy use of the symbolic prefix (*note Symbolic Prefixes::).
Here's an example of how this is used:

     (defun gnus-summary-increase-score (&optional score symp)
       (interactive (gnus-interactive "P\ny"))
       ...
       )

   The best thing to do would have been to implement `gnus-interactive'
as a macro which would have returned an `interactive' form, but this
isn't possible since Emacs checks whether a function is interactive or
not by simply doing an `assq' on the lambda form.  So, instead we have
`gnus-interactive' function that takes a string and returns values that
are usable to `interactive'.

   This function accepts (almost) all normal `interactive' specs, but
adds a few more.

`y'
     The current symbolic prefix--the `gnus-current-prefix-symbol'
     variable.

`Y'
     A list of the current symbolic prefixes--the
     `gnus-current-prefix-symbol' variable.

`A'
     The current article number--the `gnus-summary-article-number'
     function.

`H'
     The current article header--the `gnus-summary-article-header'
     function.

`g'
     The current group name--the `gnus-group-group-name' function.



File: gnus,  Node: Emacs/XEmacs Code,  Next: Various File Formats,  Prev: Extended Interactive,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.8 Emacs/XEmacs Code
------------------------

While Gnus runs under Emacs, XEmacs and Mule, I decided that one of the
platforms must be the primary one.  I chose Emacs.  Not because I don't
like XEmacs or Mule, but because it comes first alphabetically.

   This means that Gnus will byte-compile under Emacs with nary a
warning, while XEmacs will pump out gigabytes of warnings while
byte-compiling.  As I use byte-compilation warnings to help me root out
trivial errors in Gnus, that's very useful.

   I've also consistently used Emacs function interfaces, but have used
Gnusey aliases for the functions.  To take an example:  Emacs defines a
`run-at-time' function while XEmacs defines a `start-itimer' function.
I then define a function called `gnus-run-at-time' that takes the same
parameters as the Emacs `run-at-time'.  When running Gnus under Emacs,
the former function is just an alias for the latter.  However, when
running under XEmacs, the former is an alias for the following function:

     (defun gnus-xmas-run-at-time (time repeat function &rest args)
       (start-itimer
        "gnus-run-at-time"
        `(lambda ()
           (,function ,@args))
        time repeat))

   This sort of thing has been done for bunches of functions.  Gnus does
not redefine any native Emacs functions while running under XEmacs--it
does this `defalias' thing with Gnus equivalents instead.  Cleaner all
over.

   In the cases where the XEmacs function interface was obviously
cleaner, I used it instead.  For example `gnus-region-active-p' is an
alias for `region-active-p' in XEmacs, whereas in Emacs it is a
function.

   Of course, I could have chosen XEmacs as my native platform and done
mapping functions the other way around.  But I didn't.  The performance
hit these indirections impose on Gnus under XEmacs should be slight.


File: gnus,  Node: Various File Formats,  Prev: Emacs/XEmacs Code,  Up: Gnus Reference Guide

10.6.9 Various File Formats
---------------------------

* Menu:

* Active File Format::      Information on articles and groups available.
* Newsgroups File Format::  Group descriptions.


File: gnus,  Node: Active File Format,  Next: Newsgroups File Format,  Up: Various File Formats

10.6.9.1 Active File Format
...........................

The active file lists all groups available on the server in question.
It also lists the highest and lowest current article numbers in each
group.

   Here's an excerpt from a typical active file:

     soc.motss 296030 293865 y
     alt.binaries.pictures.fractals 3922 3913 n
     comp.sources.unix 1605 1593 m
     comp.binaries.ibm.pc 5097 5089 y
     no.general 1000 900 y

   Here's a pseudo-BNF definition of this file:

     active      = *group-line
     group-line  = group spc high-number spc low-number spc flag <NEWLINE>
     group       = <non-white-space string>
     spc         = " "
     high-number = <non-negative integer>
     low-number  = <positive integer>
     flag        = "y" / "n" / "m" / "j" / "x" / "=" group

   For a full description of this file, see the manual pages for
`innd', in particular `active(5)'.


File: gnus,  Node: Newsgroups File Format,  Prev: Active File Format,  Up: Various File Formats

10.6.9.2 Newsgroups File Format
...............................

The newsgroups file lists groups along with their descriptions.  Not all
groups on the server have to be listed,  and not all groups in the file
have to exist on the server.  The file is meant purely as information to
the user.

   The format is quite simple; a group name, a tab, and the description.
Here's the definition:

     newsgroups    = *line
     line          = group tab description <NEWLINE>
     group         = <non-white-space string>
     tab           = <TAB>
     description   = <string>


File: gnus,  Node: Emacs for Heathens,  Next: Frequently Asked Questions,  Prev: Gnus Reference Guide,  Up: Appendices

10.7 Emacs for Heathens
=======================

Believe it or not, but some people who use Gnus haven't really used
Emacs much before they embarked on their journey on the Gnus Love Boat.
If you are one of those unfortunates whom "`M-C-a'", "kill the region",
and "set `gnus-flargblossen' to an alist where the key is a regexp that
is used for matching on the group name" are magical phrases with little
or no meaning, then this appendix is for you.  If you are already
familiar with Emacs, just ignore this and go fondle your cat instead.

* Menu:

* Keystrokes::      Entering text and executing commands.
* Emacs Lisp::      The built-in Emacs programming language.


File: gnus,  Node: Keystrokes,  Next: Emacs Lisp,  Up: Emacs for Heathens

10.7.1 Keystrokes
-----------------

   * Q: What is an experienced Emacs user?

   * A: A person who wishes that the terminal had pedals.

   Yes, when you use Emacs, you are apt to use the control key, the
shift key and the meta key a lot.  This is very annoying to some people
(notably `vi'le users), and the rest of us just love the hell out of
it.  Just give up and submit.  Emacs really does stand for
"Escape-Meta-Alt-Control-Shift", and not "Editing Macros", as you may
have heard from other disreputable sources (like the Emacs author).

   The shift keys are normally located near your pinky fingers, and are
normally used to get capital letters and stuff.  You probably use it all
the time.  The control key is normally marked "CTRL" or something like
that.  The meta key is, funnily enough, never marked as such on any
keyboard.  The one I'm currently at has a key that's marked "Alt",
which is the meta key on this keyboard.  It's usually located somewhere
to the left hand side of the keyboard, usually on the bottom row.

   Now, us Emacs people don't say "press the meta-control-m key",
because that's just too inconvenient.  We say "press the `M-C-m' key".
`M-' is the prefix that means "meta" and "C-" is the prefix that means
"control".  So "press `C-k'" means "press down the control key, and
hold it down while you press `k'".  "Press `M-C-k'" means "press down
and hold down the meta key and the control key and then press `k'".
Simple, ay?

   This is somewhat complicated by the fact that not all keyboards have
a meta key.  In that case you can use the "escape" key.  Then `M-k'
means "press escape, release escape, press `k'".  That's much more work
than if you have a meta key, so if that's the case, I respectfully
suggest you get a real keyboard with a meta key.  You can't live without
it.


File: gnus,  Node: Emacs Lisp,  Prev: Keystrokes,  Up: Emacs for Heathens

10.7.2 Emacs Lisp
-----------------

Emacs is the King of Editors because it's really a Lisp interpreter.
Each and every key you tap runs some Emacs Lisp code snippet, and since
Emacs Lisp is an interpreted language, that means that you can configure
any key to run any arbitrary code.  You just, like, do it.

   Gnus is written in Emacs Lisp, and is run as a bunch of interpreted
functions.  (These are byte-compiled for speed, but it's still
interpreted.)  If you decide that you don't like the way Gnus does
certain things, it's trivial to have it do something a different way.
(Well, at least if you know how to write Lisp code.)  However, that's
beyond the scope of this manual, so we are simply going to talk about
some common constructs that you normally use in your `.emacs' file to
customize Gnus.

   If you want to set the variable `gnus-florgbnize' to four (4), you
write the following:

     (setq gnus-florgbnize 4)

   This function (really "special form") `setq' is the one that can set
a variable to some value.  This is really all you need to know.  Now
you can go and fill your `.emacs' file with lots of these to change how
Gnus works.

   If you have put that thing in your `.emacs' file, it will be read
and `eval'ed (which is lisp-ese for "run") the next time you start
Emacs.  If you want to change the variable right away, simply say `C-x
C-e' after the closing parenthesis.  That will `eval' the previous
"form", which is a simple `setq' statement here.

   Go ahead--just try it, if you're located at your Emacs.  After you
`C-x C-e', you will see `4' appear in the echo area, which is the
return value of the form you `eval'ed.

   Some pitfalls:

   If the manual says "set `gnus-read-active-file' to `some'", that
means:

     (setq gnus-read-active-file 'some)

   On the other hand, if the manual says "set `gnus-nntp-server' to
`nntp.ifi.uio.no'", that means:

     (setq gnus-nntp-server "nntp.ifi.uio.no")

   So be careful not to mix up strings (the latter) with symbols (the
former).  The manual is unambiguous, but it can be confusing.


File: gnus,  Node: Frequently Asked Questions,  Prev: Emacs for Heathens,  Up: Appendices

10.8 Frequently Asked Questions
===============================

This is the Gnus Frequently Asked Questions list.  If you have a Web
browser, the official hypertext version is at
`http://www.ccs.neu.edu/software/gnus/', and has probably been updated
since you got this manual.

* Menu:

* Installation FAQ::      Installation of Gnus.
* Customization FAQ::     Customizing Gnus.
* Reading News FAQ::      News Reading Questions.
* Reading Mail FAQ::      Mail Reading Questions.


File: gnus,  Node: Installation FAQ,  Next: Customization FAQ,  Up: Frequently Asked Questions

10.8.1 Installation
-------------------

   * Q1.1  What is the latest version of Gnus?

     The latest (and greatest) version is 5.0.10.  You might also run
     across something called _September Gnus_.  September Gnus is the
     alpha version of the next major release of Gnus.  It is currently
     not stable enough to run unless you are prepared to debug lisp.

   * Q1.2  Where do I get Gnus?

     Any of the following locations:

        - `ftp://ftp.ifi.uio.no/pub/emacs/gnus/gnus.tar.gz'

        - `ftp://ftp.pilgrim.umass.edu/pub/misc/ding/'

        - `gopher://gopher.pilgrim.umass.edu/11/pub/misc/ding/'

        - `ftp://aphrodite.nectar.cs.cmu.edu/pub/ding-gnus/'

        - `ftp://ftp.solace.mh.se:/pub/gnu/elisp/'


   * Q1.3  Which version of Emacs do I need?

     At least GNU Emacs 19.28, or XEmacs 19.12 is recommended.  GNU
     Emacs 19.25 has been reported to work under certain circumstances,
     but it doesn't _officially_ work on it.  19.27 has also been
     reported to work.  Gnus has been reported to work under OS/2 as
     well as Unix.

   * Q1.4  Where is timezone.el?

     Upgrade to XEmacs 19.13.  In earlier versions of XEmacs this file
     was placed with Gnus 4.1.3, but that has been corrected.

   * Q1.5  When I run Gnus on XEmacs 19.13 I get weird error messages.

     You're running an old version of Gnus.  Upgrade to at least version
     5.0.4.

   * Q1.6  How do I unsubscribe from the Mailing List?

     Send an e-mail message to `ding-request@ifi.uio.no' with the magic
     word _unsubscribe_ somewhere in it, and you will be removed.

     If you are reading the digest version of the list, send an e-mail
     message to
     `ding-rn-digests-d-request@moe.shore.net' with _unsubscribe_ as
     the subject and you will be removed.

   * Q1.7  How do I run Gnus on both Emacs and XEmacs?

     The basic answer is to byte-compile under XEmacs, and then you can
     run under either Emacsen.  There is, however, a potential version
     problem with easymenu.el with Gnu Emacs prior to 19.29.

     Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk> writes :
     The internal easymenu.el interface changed between 19.28 and 19.29
     in order to make it possible to create byte compiled files that
     can be shared between Gnu Emacs and XEmacs.  The change is upward
     compatible, but not downward compatible.  This gives the following
     compatibility table:

          Compiled with:  | Can be used with:
          ----------------+--------------------------------------
          19.28           | 19.28         19.29
          19.29           |               19.29           XEmacs
          XEmacs          |               19.29           XEmacs

     If you have Gnu Emacs 19.28 or earlier, or XEmacs 19.12 or
     earlier, get a recent version of auc-menu.el from
     `ftp://ftp.iesd.auc.dk/pub/emacs-lisp/auc-menu.el', and install it
     under the name easymenu.el somewhere early in your load path.

   * Q1.8 What resources are available?

     There is the newsgroup Gnu.emacs.gnus. Discussion of Gnus 5.x is
     now taking place there. There is also a mailing list, send mail to
     `ding-request@ifi.uio.no' with the magic word _subscribe_
     somewhere in it.

     _NOTE:_ the traffic on this list is heavy so you may not want to be
     on it (unless you use Gnus as your mailer reader, that is). The
     mailing list is mainly for developers and testers.

     Gnus has a home World Wide Web page at
     `http://www.gnus.org/'.

     Gnus has a write up in the X Applications FAQ at
     `http://www.ee.ryerson.ca:8080/~elf/xapps/Q-III.html'.

     The Gnus manual is also available on the World Wide Web. The
     canonical source is in Norway at
     `http://www.gnus.org/manual/gnus_toc.html'.

     There are three mirrors in the United States:
       1. `http://www.miranova.com/gnus-man/'

       2.
          `http://www.pilgrim.umass.edu/pub/misc/ding/manual/gnus_toc.html'

       3. `http://www.rtd.com/~woo/gnus/'


     PostScript copies of the Gnus Reference card are available from
     `ftp://ftp.cs.ualberta.ca/pub/oolog/gnus/'.  They are mirrored at
     `ftp://ftp.pilgrim.umass.edu/pub/misc/ding/refcard/' in the United
     States. And
     `ftp://marvin.fkphy.uni-duesseldorf.de/pub/gnus/' in Germany.

     An online version of the Gnus FAQ is available at
     `http://www.miranova.com/~steve/gnus-faq.html'. Off-line formats
     are also available:
     ASCII: `ftp://ftp.miranova.com/pub/gnus/gnus-faq'
     PostScript: `ftp://ftp.miranova.com/pub/gnus/gnus-faq.ps'.

   * Q1.9  Gnus hangs on connecting to NNTP server

     I am running XEmacs on SunOS and Gnus prints a message about
     Connecting to NNTP server and then just hangs.

     Ben Wing <wing@netcom.com> writes :
     I wonder if you're hitting the infamous _libresolv_ problem.  The
     basic problem is that under SunOS you can compile either with DNS
     or NIS name lookup libraries but not both.  Try substituting the
     IP address and see if that works; if so, you need to download the
     sources and recompile.

   * Q1.10  Mailcrypt 3.4 doesn't work

     This problem is verified to still exist in Gnus 5.0.9 and
     Mailcrypt 3.4.  The answer comes from Peter Arius
     <arius@immd2.informatik.uni-erlangen.de>.

     I found out that mailcrypt uses `gnus-eval-in-buffer-window',
     which is a macro.  It seems as if you have compiled mailcrypt with
     plain old GNUS in load path, and the XEmacs byte compiler has
     inserted that macro definition into `mc-toplev.elc'.  The solution
     is to recompile `mc-toplev.el' with Gnus 5 in load-path, and it
     works fine.

     Steve Baur <steve@miranova.com> adds :
     The problem also manifests itself if neither GNUS 4 nor Gnus 5 is
     in the load-path.

   * Q1.11  What other packages work with Gnus?

        - Mailcrypt.

          Mailcrypt is an Emacs interface to PGP.  It works, it installs
          without hassle, and integrates very easily.  Mailcrypt can be
          obtained from
          `ftp://cag.lcs.mit.edu/pub/patl/mailcrypt-3.4.tar.gz'.

        - Tools for Mime.

          Tools for Mime is an Emacs MUA interface to MIME.
          Installation is a two-step process unlike most other
          packages, so you should be prepared to move the byte-compiled
          code somewhere.  There are currently two versions of this
          package available.  It can be obtained from
          `ftp://ftp.jaist.ac.jp/pub/GNU/elisp/'.  Be sure to apply the
          supplied patch.  It works with Gnus through version 5.0.9.
          In order for all dependencies to work correctly the load
          sequence is as follows:
                 (load "tm-setup")
                 (load "gnus")
                 (load "mime-compose")

          _NOTE:_ Loading the package disables citation highlighting by
          default.  To get the old behavior back, use the `M-t' command.




File: gnus,  Node: Customization FAQ,  Next: Reading News FAQ,  Prev: Installation FAQ,  Up: Frequently Asked Questions

10.8.2 Customization
--------------------

   * Q2.1  Custom Edit does not work under XEmacs

     The custom package has not been ported to XEmacs.

   * Q2.2  How do I quote messages?

     I see lots of messages with quoted material in them.  I am
     wondering how to have Gnus do it for me.

     This is Gnus, so there are a number of ways of doing this.  You
     can use the built-in commands to do this.  There are the `F' and
     `R' keys from the summary buffer which automatically include the
     article being responded to.  These commands are also selectable as
     Followup and Yank and Reply and Yank in the Post menu.

     `C-c C-y' grabs the previous message and prefixes each line with
     `ail-indentation-spaces' spaces or `mail-yank-prefix' if that is
     non-nil, unless you have set your own `mail-citation-hook', which
     will be called to do the job.

     You might also consider the Supercite package, which allows for
     pretty arbitrarily complex quoting styles.  Some people love it,
     some people hate it.

   * Q2.3 How can I keep my nnvirtual:* groups sorted?

     How can I most efficiently arrange matters so as to keep my
     nnvirtual:* (etc) groups at the top of my group selection buffer,
     whilst keeping everything sorted in alphabetical order.

     If you don't subscribe often to new groups then the easiest way is
     to first sort the groups and then manually kill and yank the
     virtuals wherever you want them.

   * Q2.4  Any good suggestions on stuff for an all.SCORE file?

     Here is a collection of suggestions from the Gnus mailing list.

       1. From "Dave Disser" <disser@sdd.hp.com>
          I like blasting anything without lowercase letters.  Weeds
          out most of the make $$ fast, as well as the lame titles like
          "IBM" and "HP-UX" with no further description.
                (("Subject"
                 ("^\\(Re: \\)?[^a-z]*$" -200 nil R)))

       2. From "Peter Arius" <arius@immd2.informatik.uni-erlangen.de>
          The most vital entries in my (still young) all.SCORE:
               (("xref"
                 ("alt.fan.oj-simpson" -1000 nil s))
                ("subject"
                 (concat "\\<\\(make\\|fast\\|big\\)\\s-*"
                         "\\(money\\|cash\\|bucks?\\)\\>"
                  -1000 nil r)
                 ("$$$$" -1000 nil s)))

       3. From "Per Abrahamsen" <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
               (("subject"
                 ;; CAPS OF THE WORLD, UNITE
                 ("^..[^a-z]+$" -1 nil R)
                 ;; $$$ Make Money $$$ (Try work)
                 ("$" -1 nil s)
                 ;; I'm important! And I have exclamation marks to prove it!
                 ("!" -1 nil s)))

       4. From "heddy boubaker" <boubaker@cenatls.cena.dgac.fr>
          I  would like to contribute with mine.
               (
                (read-only t)
                ("subject"
                 ;; ALL CAPS SUBJECTS
                 ("^\\([Rr][Ee]: +\\)?[^a-z]+$" -1 nil R)
                 ;; $$$ Make Money $$$
                 ("$$" -10 nil s)
                 ;; Empty subjects are worthless!
                 ("^ *\\([(<]none[>)]\\|(no subject\\( given\\)?)\\)? *$"
                  -10 nil r)
                 ;; Sometimes interesting announces occur!
                 ("ANN?OU?NC\\(E\\|ING\\)" +10 nil r)
                 ;; Some people think they're on mailing lists
                 ("\\(un\\)?sub?scribe" -100 nil r)
                 ;; Stop Micro$oft NOW!!
                 ;; ("concat" used to avoid overfull box.)
                 (concat "\\(m\\(icro\\)?[s$]\\(oft\\|lot\\)?-?\\)?"
                         "wind?\\(ows\\|aube\\|oze\\)?[- ]*"
                         "\\('?95\\|NT\\|3[.]1\\|32\\)" -1001 nil r)
                 ;; I've nothing to buy
                 ("\\(for\\|4\\)[- ]*sale" -100 nil r)
                 ;; SELF-DISCIPLINED people
                 ("\\[[^a-z0-9 \t\n][^a-z0-9 \t\n]\\]" +100 nil r)
                 )
                ("from"
                 ;; To keep track of posters from my site
                 (".dgac.fr" +1000 nil s))
                ("followup"
                 ;; Keep track of answers to my posts
                 ("boubaker" +1000 nil s))
                ("lines"
                 ;; Some people have really nothing to say!!
                 (1 -10 nil <=))
                (mark -100)
                (expunge -1000)
                )

       5. From "Christopher Jones" <cjones@au.oracle.com>
          The sample `all.SCORE' files from Per and boubaker could be
          augmented with:
               	(("subject"
               	  ;; No junk mail please!
               	  ("please ignore" -500 nil s)
               	  ("test" -500 nil e))
               	)

       6. From "Brian Edmonds" <edmonds@cs.ubc.ca>
          Augment any of the above with a fast method of scoring down
          excessively cross posted articles.
                ("xref"
                 ;; the more cross posting, the exponentially worse the article
                 ("^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -1 nil r)
                 ("^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -2 nil r)
                 ("^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -4 nil r)
                 ("^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -8 nil r)
                 ("^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                   -16 nil r)
                 (concat "^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                         " \\S-+ \\S-+"
                   -32 nil r)
                 (concat "^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                         " \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -64 nil r)
                 (concat "^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                         " \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -128 nil r)
                 (concat "^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                         " \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -256 nil r)
                 (concat "^xref: \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+"
                         " \\S-+" \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+ \\S-+" -512 nil r))


   * Q2.5  What do I use to yank-through when replying?

     You should probably reply and followup with `R' and `F', instead
     of `r' and `f', which solves your problem.  But you could try
     something like:

          (defconst mail-yank-ignored-headers
            "^.*:"
            "Delete these headers from message when it's inserted in reply.")

   * Q2.6  I don't like the default WWW browser

     Now when choosing an URL Gnus starts up a W3 buffer, I would like
     it to always use Netscape (I don't browse in text-mode ;-).

       1. Activate `Customize...' from the `Help' menu.

       2. Scroll down to the `WWW Browser' field.

       3. Click `mouse-2' on `WWW Browser'.

       4. Select `Netscape' from the pop up menu.

       5. Press `C-c C-c'


     If you are using XEmacs then to specify Netscape do
            (setq gnus-button-url 'gnus-netscape-open-url)

   * Q2.7 What, if any, relation is between "ask-server" and "(setq
     gnus-read-active-file 'some)"?

     In order for Gnus to show you the complete list of newsgroups, it
     will either have to either store the list locally, or ask the
     server to transmit the list. You enable the first with

                  (setq gnus-save-killed-list t)

     and the second with

                  (setq gnus-read-active-file t)

     If both are disabled, Gnus will not know what newsgroups exists.
     There is no option to get the list by casting a spell.

   * Q2.8  Moving between groups is slow.

     Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk> writes:
     Do you call `define-key' or something like that in one of the
     summary mode hooks?  This would force Emacs to recalculate the
     keyboard shortcuts.  Removing the call should speed up `M-x
     gnus-summary-mode RET' by a couple of orders of magnitude.  You
     can use

          (define-key gnus-summary-mode-map KEY COMMAND)

     in your `.gnus' instead.



File: gnus,  Node: Reading News FAQ,  Next: Reading Mail FAQ,  Prev: Customization FAQ,  Up: Frequently Asked Questions

10.8.3 Reading News
-------------------

   * Q3.1  How do I convert my kill files to score files?

     Ethan Bradford <ethanb@ptolemy.astro.washington.edu> write a
     kill-to-score translator.  It is available from
     `http://baugi.ifi.uio.no/~larsi/ding-various/gnus-kill-to-score.el'.

   * Q3.2 My news server has a lot of groups, and killing groups is
     painfully slow.

     Don't do that then.  The best way to get rid of groups that should
     be dead is to edit your newsrc directly.  This problem will be
     addressed in the near future.

   * Q3.3  How do I use an NNTP server with authentication?

     Put the following into your .gnus:
           (add-hook 'nntp-server-opened-hook 'nntp-send-authinfo)

   * Q3.4  Not reading the first article.

     How do I avoid reading the first article when a group is selected?

       1. Use `RET' to select the group instead of `SPC'.

       2. `(setq gnus-auto-select first nil)'

       3. Luis Fernandes <elf@mailhost.ee.ryerson.ca>writes:
          This is what I use...customize as necessary...

               ;;; Don't auto-select first article if reading sources, or
               ;;; archives or jobs postings, etc. and just display the
               ;;; summary buffer
               (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook
               	  (function
               	   (lambda ()
               	     (cond ((string-match "sources" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               			   ((string-match "jobs" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               				(setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               		   ((string-match "comp\\.archives" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               		   ((string-match "reviews" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               		   ((string-match "announce" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               		   ((string-match "binaries" gnus-newsgroup-name)
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first nil))
               		   (t
               		    (setq gnus-auto-select-first t))))))

       4. Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk> writes:
          Another possibility is to create an `all.binaries.all.SCORE'
          file like this:

               ((local
                 (gnus-auto-select-first nil)))

          and insert
               	(setq gnus-auto-select-first t)

          in your `.gnus'.


   * Q3.5  Why aren't BBDB known posters marked in the summary buffer?

     Brian Edmonds <edmonds@cs.ubc.ca> writes:
     Due to changes in Gnus 5.0, `bbdb-gnus.el' no longer marks known
     posters in the summary buffer.  An updated version, `gnus-bbdb.el'
     is available at the locations listed below.  This package also
     supports autofiling of incoming mail to folders specified in the
     BBDB.  Extensive instructions are included as comments in the file.

     Send mail to `majordomo@edmonds.home.cs.ubc.ca' with the following
     line in the body of the message: _get misc gnus-bbdb.el_.

     Or get it from the World Wide Web:
     `http://www.cs.ubc.ca/spider/edmonds/gnus-bbdb.el'.



File: gnus,  Node: Reading Mail FAQ,  Prev: Reading News FAQ,  Up: Frequently Asked Questions

10.8.4 Reading Mail
-------------------

   * Q4.1 What does the message "Buffer has changed on disk" mean in a
     mail group?

     Your filter program should not deliver mail directly to your
     folders, instead it should put the mail into spool files.  Gnus
     will then move the mail safely from the spool files into the
     folders.  This will eliminate the problem.  Look it up in the
     manual, in the section entitled "Mail & Procmail".

   * Q4.2  How do you make articles un-expirable?

     I am using nnml to read news and have used
     `gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups' to automagically expire articles
     in some groups (Gnus being one of them).  Sometimes there are
     interesting articles in these groups that I want to keep.  Is
     there any way of explicitly marking an article as un-expirable -
     that is mark it as read but not expirable?

     Use `u', `!', `d' or `M-u' in the summary buffer. You just remove
     the `E' mark by setting some other mark. It's not necessary to
     tick the articles.

   * Q4.3  How do I delete bogus nnml: groups?

     My problem is that I have various mail (nnml) groups generated
     while experimenting with Gnus. How do I remove them now? Setting
     the level to 9 does not help. Also `gnus-group-check-bogus-groups'
     does not recognize them.

     Removing mail groups is tricky at the moment. (It's on the to-do
     list, though.) You basically have to kill the groups in Gnus, shut
     down Gnus, edit the active file to exclude these groups, and
     probably remove the nnml directories that contained these groups
     as well. Then start Gnus back up again.

   * Q4.4  What happened to my new mail groups?

     I got new mail, but I have never seen the groups they should have
     been placed in.

     They are probably there, but as zombies. Press `A z' to list
     zombie groups, and then subscribe to the groups you want with `u'.
     This is all documented quite nicely in the user's manual.

   * Q4.5  Not scoring mail groups

     How do you _totally_ turn off scoring in mail groups?

     Use an nnbabyl:all.SCORE (or nnmh, or nnml, or whatever) file
     containing:

          ((adapt ignore)
           (local (gnus-use-scoring nil))
           (exclude-files "all.SCORE"))



File: gnus,  Node: Index,  Next: Key Index,  Prev: Appendices,  Up: Top

11 Index
********

[index]
* Menu:

* %:                                     Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line 107)
* (ding) archive:                        Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* * <1>:                                 Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* *:                                     Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line 126)
* .newsrc:                               Startup Files.       (line   6)
* .newsrc.el:                            Startup Files.       (line   6)
* .newsrc.eld:                           Startup Files.       (line   6)
* /:                                     Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* <:                                     Loose Threads.       (line   6)
* >:                                     Loose Threads.       (line   6)
* Access Control Lists:                  Editing IMAP ACLs.   (line   6)
* activating groups <1>:                 Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  19)
* activating groups:                     Terminology.         (line  99)
* active file <1>:                       The Active File.     (line   6)
* active file:                           Terminology.         (line  89)
* adapt file group parameter:            Group Parameters.    (line 119)
* adaptive scoring:                      Adaptive Scoring.    (line   6)
* adopting articles:                     Loose Threads.       (line  16)
* advertisements:                        Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* Agent:                                 Gnus Unplugged.      (line   6)
* Agent expiry:                          Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* Alta Vista <1>:                        Web Searches.        (line   6)
* Alta Vista:                            Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* ange-ftp:                              Group Information.   (line   7)
* archive group:                         Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* archived messages:                     Archived Messages.   (line   6)
* article:                               Terminology.         (line  45)
* article backlog:                       Article Backlog.     (line   6)
* article buffer:                        The Article Buffer.  (line   6)
* article caching:                       Article Caching.     (line   6)
* article customization:                 Customizing Articles.
                                                              (line   6)
* article emphasis:                      Article Fontisizing. (line   6)
* article expiry:                        Expiring Mail.       (line   6)
* article hiding:                        Article Hiding.      (line   6)
* article history:                       Choosing Commands.   (line  55)
* article marking:                       Marking Articles.    (line   6)
* article pre-fetch:                     Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line   6)
* article scrolling:                     Paging the Article.  (line   6)
* article series:                        Decoding Articles.   (line  18)
* article signature:                     Article Signature.   (line   6)
* article threading:                     Threading.           (line   6)
* article ticking:                       Marking Articles.    (line   6)
* article washing:                       Article Washing.     (line   6)
* article-de-quoted-unreadable:          Washing Mail.        (line  72)
* article-decode-encoded-words:          Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  15)
* asterisk:                              Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* asynchronous article fetching:         Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line   6)
* attachments:                           MIME Commands.       (line   6)
* authentification:                      NNTP.                (line  23)
* authinfo:                              NNTP.                (line  23)
* auto-expire:                           Group Parameters.    (line  93)
* auto-save:                             Auto Save.           (line   6)
* babyl:                                 Document Groups.     (line   9)
* back end:                              Terminology.         (line  27)
* backlog:                               Article Backlog.     (line   6)
* backup files:                          Mail Folders.        (line  26)
* banner:                                Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* batch scoring:                         Group Score Commands.
                                                              (line  16)
* bbb-summary-rate-article:              Rating Articles.     (line  15)
* binary groups:                         Binary Groups.       (line   6)
* body:                                  Terminology.         (line  58)
* bogus groups <1>:                      Group Maintenance.   (line   6)
* bogus groups:                          Terminology.         (line  94)
* bookmarks:                             Other Marks.         (line   6)
* bouncing mail:                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  50)
* broken-reply-to:                       Group Parameters.    (line  67)
* browsing servers:                      Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line   6)
* browsing the web:                      Browsing the Web.    (line   6)
* bugs <1>:                              Troubleshooting.     (line  32)
* bugs:                                  Compatibility.       (line  53)
* buttons <1>:                           Buttons.             (line   6)
* buttons:                               Article Buttons.     (line   6)
* byte-compilation:                      Compilation.         (line   6)
* caching:                               Article Caching.     (line   6)
* canceling articles:                    Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line   6)
* changing servers:                      Changing Servers.    (line   6)
* characters in file names:              Various Various.     (line  55)
* charsets:                              Charsets.            (line   6)
* child:                                 Terminology.         (line 145)
* ClariNet Briefs:                       Foreign Groups.      (line  63)
* click:                                 Buttons.             (line   6)
* coding system aliases:                 Charsets.            (line  50)
* colors:                                Faces and Fonts.     (line   6)
* compatibility:                         Compatibility.       (line   6)
* compilation:                           Compilation.         (line   6)
* composing mail:                        Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* composing messages:                    Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* composing news:                        Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* contributors:                          Contributors.        (line   6)
* converting kill files:                 Converting Kill Files.
                                                              (line   6)
* copy mail:                             Mail Group Commands. (line  33)
* cross-posting:                         Crosspost Handling.  (line  20)
* crosspost <1>:                         Splitting in IMAP.   (line  17)
* crosspost:                             Splitting Mail.      (line  52)
* crosspost mail:                        Mail Group Commands. (line  38)
* crossposting:                          Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  86)
* crossposts:                            Scoring Tips.        (line   7)
* customizing:                           Foreign Groups.      (line  23)
* customizing threading:                 Customizing Threading.
                                                              (line   6)
* daemons:                               Daemons.             (line   6)
* date:                                  Score File Format.   (line 132)
* decays:                                Score Decays.        (line   6)
* decoding articles:                     Decoding Articles.   (line   6)
* DejaNews <1>:                          Web Searches.        (line   6)
* DejaNews:                              Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* delete-file:                           Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  46)
* deleting headers:                      Hiding Headers.      (line   6)
* demons:                                Daemons.             (line   6)
* describing groups:                     Group Information.   (line  21)
* digest:                                Terminology.         (line 148)
* digests:                               Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* ding Gnus:                             Gnus Versions.       (line   6)
* ding mailing list:                     Troubleshooting.     (line  58)
* directory groups:                      Directory Groups.    (line   6)
* disk space:                            Little Disk Space.   (line   6)
* display-time:                          Mode Lines.          (line  13)
* documentation group:                   Document Groups.     (line   6)
* drafts:                                Drafts.              (line   6)
* dribble file:                          Auto Save.           (line   6)
* duplicate mails:                       Duplicates.          (line   6)
* editing imap acls:                     Editing IMAP ACLs.   (line   6)
* Editing IMAP ACLs:                     Editing IMAP ACLs.   (line   6)
* Emacs:                                 Emacsen.             (line   6)
* Emacs 21:                              Emacs Enhancements.  (line   6)
* Emacsen <1>:                           Emacs/XEmacs Code.   (line   6)
* Emacsen:                               Emacsen.             (line   6)
* email spam:                            Thwarting Email Spam.
                                                              (line   6)
* emphasis:                              Article Fontisizing. (line   6)
* ephemeral groups:                      Terminology.         (line 121)
* Eudora:                                Washing Mail.        (line  62)
* excessive crossposting:                Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  86)
* exiting Gnus:                          Exiting Gnus.        (line   6)
* exiting groups:                        Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line   6)
* expirable mark:                        Read Articles.       (line   6)
* expiry:                                Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* expiry-wait:                           Group Parameters.    (line 107)
* Expunge:                               Expunging mailboxes. (line   6)
* expunging:                             Expunging mailboxes. (line   6)
* Expunging:                             IMAP.                (line 162)
* faces:                                 Faces and Fonts.     (line   6)
* fancy mail splitting:                  Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* FAQ:                                   Group Information.   (line   7)
* fetching a group:                      Fetching a Group.    (line   6)
* fetching by Message-ID:                Finding the Parent.  (line  44)
* file commands:                         File Commands.       (line   6)
* file names:                            Various Various.     (line  55)
* finding news:                          Finding the News.    (line   6)
* firewall:                              Example Methods.     (line  45)
* first time usage:                      The First Time.      (line   6)
* follow up:                             Terminology.         (line  23)
* followup:                              Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* fonts:                                 Faces and Fonts.     (line   6)
* foreign:                               Terminology.         (line  36)
* foreign groups <1>:                    Foreign Groups.      (line   6)
* foreign groups:                        Select Methods.      (line   6)
* foreign servers:                       Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line   6)
* format-time-string:                    Article Date.        (line  22)
* formatting variables:                  Formatting Variables.
                                                              (line   6)
* forwarded messages:                    Document Groups.     (line  22)
* functions:                             Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line   6)
* fuzzy article gathering:               Loose Threads.       (line  58)
* fuzzy matching:                        Fuzzy Matching.      (line   6)
* gateways:                              Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line   6)
* Gcc:                                   Archived Messages.   (line  32)
* gcc-self:                              Group Parameters.    (line  84)
* general customization:                 Customization.       (line   6)
* global score files:                    Global Score Files.  (line   6)
* gnu.emacs.gnus:                        Troubleshooting.     (line  58)
* gnus:                                  Starting Up.         (line   6)
* Gnus Agent:                            Gnus Unplugged.      (line   6)
* Gnus Agent expiry:                     Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* Gnus Unplugged:                        Gnus Unplugged.      (line   6)
* Gnus utility functions:                Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-activate-all-groups:              Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  19)
* gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups:      Foreign Groups.      (line 106)
* gnus-activate-level:                   Group Levels.        (line  86)
* gnus-active:                           Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  31)
* gnus-adaptive-file-suffix:             Adaptive Scoring.    (line  85)
* gnus-adaptive-word-minimum:            Adaptive Scoring.    (line 121)
* gnus-adaptive-word-no-group-words:     Adaptive Scoring.    (line 125)
* gnus-adaptive-word-syntax-table:       Adaptive Scoring.    (line 117)
* gnus-add-configuration:                Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 186)
* gnus-add-current-to-buffer-list:       Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  37)
* gnus-add-to-list <1>:                  Mail.                (line  13)
* gnus-add-to-list:                      Group Parameters.    (line  53)
* gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook:      Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  30)
* gnus-agent-add-group:                  Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  22)
* gnus-agent-add-server:                 Server Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-agent-batch-fetch:                Agent Commands.      (line  19)
* gnus-agent-catchup:                    Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  17)
* gnus-agent-directory:                  Agent Variables.     (line   7)
* gnus-agent-expire:                     Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* gnus-agent-expire-all:                 Agent Expiry.        (line  13)
* gnus-agent-expire-days:                Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* gnus-agent-fetch-groups:               Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-agent-fetch-session:              Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-agent-handle-level:               Agent Variables.     (line  11)
* gnus-agent-high-score:                 Category Variables.  (line  33)
* gnus-agent-long-article:               Category Variables.  (line  26)
* gnus-agent-low-score:                  Category Variables.  (line  29)
* gnus-agent-mark-article:               Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-agent-plugged-hook:               Agent Variables.     (line  17)
* gnus-agent-remove-group:               Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* gnus-agent-remove-server:              Server Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-agent-short-article:              Category Variables.  (line  23)
* gnus-agent-synchronize-flags <1>:      Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* gnus-agent-synchronize-flags:          Agent and IMAP.      (line  22)
* gnus-agent-toggle-mark:                Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-agent-unmark-article:             Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-agent-unplugged-hook:             Agent Variables.     (line  20)
* gnus-alter-articles-to-read-function:  Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  42)
* gnus-alter-header-function:            Low-Level Threading. (line  10)
* gnus-always-force-window-configuration: Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 201)
* gnus-always-read-dribble-file:         Auto Save.           (line  25)
* gnus-ancient-mark:                     Read Articles.       (line  16)
* gnus-apply-kill-file:                  Kill Files.          (line  62)
* gnus-apply-kill-file-unless-scored:    Kill Files.          (line  62)
* gnus-apply-kill-hook:                  Kill Files.          (line  62)
* gnus-article-add-buttons:              Article Washing.     (line 129)
* gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head:      Article Washing.     (line 133)
* gnus-article-babel:                    Article Miscellania. (line   7)
* gnus-article-button-face:              Article Buttons.     (line  64)
* gnus-article-capitalize-sentences:     Article Washing.     (line  73)
* gnus-article-date-iso8601:             Article Date.        (line  15)
* gnus-article-date-lapsed:              Article Date.        (line  29)
* gnus-article-date-local:               Article Date.        (line  19)
* gnus-article-date-original:            Article Date.        (line  50)
* gnus-article-date-user:                Article Date.        (line  22)
* gnus-article-date-ut:                  Article Date.        (line  11)
* gnus-article-de-base64-unreadable:     Article Washing.     (line  93)
* gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable:     Article Washing.     (line  83)
* gnus-article-decode-hook:              Misc Article.        (line  11)
* gnus-article-decode-HZ:                Article Washing.     (line 101)
* gnus-article-describe-briefly:         Article Keymap.      (line  34)
* gnus-article-display-picons:           Hard Picons.         (line  52)
* gnus-article-display-x-face:           Article Washing.     (line 111)
* gnus-article-dumbquotes-map:           Article Washing.     (line  52)
* gnus-article-emphasize:                Article Fontisizing. (line   6)
* gnus-article-fill-cited-article:       Article Washing.     (line  64)
* gnus-article-fill-long-lines:          Article Washing.     (line  70)
* gnus-article-hide:                     Article Hiding.      (line  10)
* gnus-article-hide-boring-headers <1>:  Hiding Headers.      (line  66)
* gnus-article-hide-boring-headers:      Article Hiding.      (line  19)
* gnus-article-hide-citation:            Article Hiding.      (line  75)
* gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups: Article Hiding.    (line 117)
* gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe:      Article Hiding.      (line 105)
* gnus-article-hide-headers:             Article Hiding.      (line  15)
* gnus-article-hide-list-identifiers:    Article Hiding.      (line  27)
* gnus-article-hide-pem:                 Article Hiding.      (line  58)
* gnus-article-hide-pgp:                 Article Hiding.      (line  40)
* gnus-article-hide-pgp-hook:            Article Hiding.      (line  40)
* gnus-article-hide-signature:           Article Hiding.      (line  23)
* gnus-article-highlight:                Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-article-highlight-citation:       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-article-highlight-headers:        Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-article-highlight-signature:      Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  69)
* gnus-article-mail:                     Article Keymap.      (line  26)
* gnus-article-maybe-highlight:          Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-article-menu-hook:                Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  70)
* gnus-article-mime-part-function:       MIME Commands.       (line  90)
* gnus-article-mode-hook:                Misc Article.        (line  22)
* gnus-article-mode-line-format:         Misc Article.        (line  28)
* gnus-article-mode-syntax-table:        Misc Article.        (line  25)
* gnus-article-mouse-face:               Article Buttons.     (line  67)
* gnus-article-next-button:              Article Keymap.      (line  38)
* gnus-article-next-page:                Article Keymap.      (line  15)
* gnus-article-prepare-hook:             Misc Article.        (line  15)
* gnus-article-press-button:             Using MIME.          (line  24)
* gnus-article-prev-button:              Article Keymap.      (line  42)
* gnus-article-prev-page:                Article Keymap.      (line  18)
* gnus-article-refer-article:            Article Keymap.      (line  21)
* gnus-article-remove-cr:                Article Washing.     (line  77)
* gnus-article-remove-trailing-blank-lines: Article Washing.  (line 150)
* gnus-article-save-directory:           Saving Articles.     (line 104)
* gnus-article-show-summary:             Article Keymap.      (line  30)
* gnus-article-sort-by-author:           Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-sort-by-date:             Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-sort-by-number:           Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-sort-by-score:            Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-sort-by-subject:          Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-sort-functions:           Sorting.             (line  55)
* gnus-article-strip-all-blank-lines:    Article Washing.     (line 157)
* gnus-article-strip-banner:             Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* gnus-article-strip-blank-lines:        Article Washing.     (line 154)
* gnus-article-strip-headers-from-body:  Article Washing.     (line 137)
* gnus-article-strip-leading-blank-lines: Article Washing.    (line 141)
* gnus-article-strip-leading-space:      Article Washing.     (line 160)
* gnus-article-strip-multiple-blank-lines: Article Washing.   (line 145)
* gnus-article-strip-trailing-space:     Article Washing.     (line 164)
* gnus-article-time-format:              Article Date.        (line  22)
* gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes:         Article Washing.     (line  52)
* gnus-article-treat-overstrike:         Article Washing.     (line  49)
* gnus-article-treat-types:              Customizing Articles.
                                                              (line  48)
* gnus-article-wash-html:                Article Washing.     (line 106)
* gnus-article-x-face-command:           Article Washing.     (line 111)
* gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly:          Article Washing.     (line 111)
* gnus-async-prefetch-article-p:         Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line  45)
* gnus-async-read-p:                     Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line  45)
* gnus-asynchronous:                     Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-auto-center-summary:              Summary Maneuvering. (line  64)
* gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups:        Expiring Mail.       (line  27)
* gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup:            Choosing Variables.  (line   9)
* gnus-auto-select-first:                Selecting a Group.   (line  64)
* gnus-auto-select-next:                 Summary Maneuvering. (line  33)
* gnus-auto-select-same:                 Summary Maneuvering. (line  49)
* gnus-auto-subscribed-groups:           Filtering New Groups.
                                                              (line  28)
* gnus-batch-score:                      Group Score Commands.
                                                              (line  16)
* gnus-before-startup-hook:              Startup Variables.   (line  12)
* gnus-binary-mode:                      Binary Groups.       (line   6)
* gnus-binary-mode-hook:                 Binary Groups.       (line  15)
* gnus-binary-show-article:              Binary Groups.       (line  12)
* gnus-boring-article-headers:           Hiding Headers.      (line  66)
* gnus-break-pages:                      Misc Article.        (line  42)
* gnus-browse-describe-briefly:          Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  39)
* gnus-browse-exit:                      Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  36)
* gnus-browse-menu-hook:                 Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  82)
* gnus-browse-mode:                      Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-browse-read-group:                Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  24)
* gnus-browse-select-group:              Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  28)
* gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group: Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  31)
* gnus-buffer-configuration:             Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-bug <1>:                          Troubleshooting.     (line  32)
* gnus-bug:                              Compatibility.       (line  53)
* gnus-bug-create-help-buffer:           Compatibility.       (line  57)
* gnus-build-sparse-threads:             Filling In Threads.  (line  24)
* gnus-button-alist:                     Article Buttons.     (line  17)
* gnus-button-url-regexp:                Article Buttons.     (line  60)
* gnus-cache-active-file:                Article Caching.     (line  58)
* gnus-cache-directory:                  Article Caching.     (line  15)
* gnus-cache-enter-article:              Persistent Articles. (line  22)
* gnus-cache-enter-articles:             Article Caching.     (line  29)
* gnus-cache-generate-active:            Article Caching.     (line  58)
* gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases:     Article Caching.     (line  58)
* gnus-cache-remove-article:             Persistent Articles. (line  25)
* gnus-cache-remove-articles:            Article Caching.     (line  29)
* gnus-cacheable-groups:                 Article Caching.     (line  47)
* gnus-cached-mark:                      Other Marks.         (line  20)
* gnus-canceled-mark:                    Read Articles.       (line  32)
* gnus-carpal:                           Buttons.             (line  14)
* gnus-carpal-browse-buffer-buttons:     Buttons.             (line  37)
* gnus-carpal-button-face:               Buttons.             (line  22)
* gnus-carpal-group-buffer-buttons:      Buttons.             (line  28)
* gnus-carpal-header-face:               Buttons.             (line  25)
* gnus-carpal-mode-hook:                 Buttons.             (line  19)
* gnus-carpal-server-buffer-buttons:     Buttons.             (line  34)
* gnus-carpal-summary-buffer-buttons:    Buttons.             (line  31)
* gnus-catchup-mark:                     Read Articles.       (line  29)
* gnus-category-add:                     The Category Buffer. (line  22)
* gnus-category-copy:                    The Category Buffer. (line  19)
* gnus-category-edit-groups:             The Category Buffer. (line  29)
* gnus-category-edit-predicate:          The Category Buffer. (line  25)
* gnus-category-edit-score:              The Category Buffer. (line  33)
* gnus-category-exit:                    The Category Buffer. (line  13)
* gnus-category-kill:                    The Category Buffer. (line  16)
* gnus-category-line-format:             Category Variables.  (line  10)
* gnus-category-list:                    The Category Buffer. (line  37)
* gnus-category-mode-hook:               Category Variables.  (line   7)
* gnus-category-mode-line-format:        Category Variables.  (line  20)
* gnus-change-server:                    Changing Servers.    (line  25)
* gnus-check-backend-function:           Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  80)
* gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups:           Startup Variables.   (line  26)
* gnus-check-new-newsgroups:             New Groups.          (line   6)
* gnus-cite-attribution-face:            Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  64)
* gnus-cite-attribution-prefix:          Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  58)
* gnus-cite-attribution-suffix:          Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  61)
* gnus-cite-face-list:                   Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  41)
* gnus-cite-hide-absolute:               Article Hiding.      (line 113)
* gnus-cite-hide-percentage:             Article Hiding.      (line 109)
* gnus-cite-max-prefix:                  Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  38)
* gnus-cite-minimum-match-count:         Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  54)
* gnus-cite-parse-max-size:              Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  29)
* gnus-cite-prefix-regexp:               Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  34)
* gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format: Article Hiding.  (line  80)
* gnus-cited-lines-visible:              Article Hiding.      (line  98)
* gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format: Article Hiding.  (line  80)
* gnus-compile:                          Compilation.         (line   6)
* gnus-configure-frame:                  Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 118)
* gnus-continuum-version:                Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  41)
* gnus-crosspost-complaint:              Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  89)
* gnus-current-home-score-file:          Home Score File.     (line  54)
* gnus-current-prefix-symbol:            Extended Interactive.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-current-prefix-symbols:           Extended Interactive.
                                                              (line  30)
* gnus-dead-summary-mode:                Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  67)
* gnus-decay-score:                      Score Decays.        (line  11)
* gnus-decay-score-function:             Score Decays.        (line  11)
* gnus-decay-scores:                     Score Decays.        (line  11)
* gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist:     Adaptive Scoring.    (line  18)
* gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist: Adaptive Scoring.   (line  97)
* gnus-default-article-saver:            Saving Articles.     (line  69)
* gnus-default-directory:                Various Various.     (line  21)
* gnus-default-ignored-adaptive-words:   Adaptive Scoring.    (line 113)
* gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups:    The First Time.      (line   9)
* gnus-del-mark:                         Read Articles.       (line   9)
* gnus-demon-add-disconnection:          Daemons.             (line  55)
* gnus-demon-add-handler:                Daemons.             (line  53)
* gnus-demon-add-nocem:                  Daemons.             (line  55)
* gnus-demon-add-rescan:                 Daemons.             (line  55)
* gnus-demon-add-scan-timestamps:        Daemons.             (line  55)
* gnus-demon-add-scanmail:               Daemons.             (line  55)
* gnus-demon-cancel:                     Daemons.             (line  62)
* gnus-demon-handlers:                   Daemons.             (line  62)
* gnus-demon-init:                       Daemons.             (line  62)
* gnus-demon-timestep:                   Daemons.             (line  46)
* gnus-directory:                        Various Various.     (line  11)
* gnus-display-mime:                     Using MIME.          (line  16)
* gnus-display-mime-function:            Using MIME.          (line  16)
* gnus-dormant-mark:                     Unread Articles.     (line  20)
* gnus-draft-edit-message:               Drafts.              (line  30)
* gnus-draft-send-all-messages:          Drafts.              (line  37)
* gnus-draft-send-message:               Drafts.              (line  37)
* gnus-dribble-directory:                Auto Save.           (line  19)
* gnus-duplicate-file:                   Duplicate Suppression.
                                                              (line  54)
* gnus-duplicate-list-length:            Duplicate Suppression.
                                                              (line  50)
* gnus-duplicate-mark:                   Read Articles.       (line  42)
* gnus-emphasis-alist:                   Article Fontisizing. (line  11)
* gnus-emphasis-bold:                    Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-bold-italic:             Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-italic:                  Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-underline:               Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-underline-bold:          Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic:   Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-emphasis-underline-italic:        Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* gnus-empty-thread-mark:                Other Marks.         (line  27)
* gnus-enter-category-buffer:            Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-ephemeral-group-p:                Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  52)
* gnus-exit-gnus-hook:                   Exiting Gnus.        (line  20)
* gnus-exit-group-hook:                  Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  63)
* gnus-expert-user:                      Interactive.         (line  14)
* gnus-expirable-mark:                   Read Articles.       (line  52)
* gnus-extra-header:                     To From Newsgroups.  (line  22)
* gnus-extra-headers:                    To From Newsgroups.  (line  12)
* gnus-extract-address-components:       Summary Buffer Format.
                                                              (line  13)
* gnus-fetch-group:                      Fetching a Group.    (line   6)
* gnus-fetch-old-headers:                Filling In Threads.  (line   7)
* gnus-file-save-name:                   Saving Articles.     (line  84)
* gnus-find-method-for-group:            Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-Folder-save-name:                 Saving Articles.     (line  94)
* gnus-folder-save-name:                 Saving Articles.     (line  94)
* gnus-gather-threads-by-references:     Loose Threads.       (line 136)
* gnus-gather-threads-by-subject:        Loose Threads.       (line 132)
* gnus-generate-horizontal-tree:         Tree Display.        (line  80)
* gnus-generate-tree-function:           Tree Display.        (line  80)
* gnus-generate-vertical-tree:           Tree Display.        (line  80)
* gnus-get-info:                         Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-get-new-news-hook:                Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  28)
* gnus-global-score-files:               Global Score Files.  (line  14)
* gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating:  Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-group-add-to-virtual:             Foreign Groups.      (line 100)
* gnus-group-apropos:                    Listing Groups.      (line  56)
* gnus-group-archive-directory:          Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* gnus-group-best-unread-group:          Group Maneuvering.   (line  40)
* gnus-group-brew-soup:                  SOUP Commands.       (line   9)
* gnus-group-browse-foreign-server <1>:  Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-group-browse-foreign-server:      Finding the News.    (line  42)
* gnus-group-catchup-current:            Group Data.          (line   7)
* gnus-group-catchup-current-all:        Group Data.          (line  12)
* gnus-group-catchup-group-hook:         Group Data.          (line   7)
* gnus-group-charset-alist:              Charsets.            (line  14)
* gnus-group-check-bogus-groups:         Group Maintenance.   (line   7)
* gnus-group-clear-data:                 Group Data.          (line  16)
* gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups <1>: Changing Servers.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups: Group Data.         (line  20)
* gnus-group-customize:                  Foreign Groups.      (line  23)
* gnus-group-default-list-level:         Group Levels.        (line  74)
* gnus-group-delete-group:               Foreign Groups.      (line  88)
* gnus-group-describe-all-groups:        Group Information.   (line  25)
* gnus-group-describe-briefly:           Group Information.   (line  33)
* gnus-group-describe-group:             Group Information.   (line  21)
* gnus-group-description-apropos:        Listing Groups.      (line  60)
* gnus-group-edit-global-kill:           Kill Files.          (line  46)
* gnus-group-edit-group:                 Foreign Groups.      (line  34)
* gnus-group-edit-group-method:          Foreign Groups.      (line  26)
* gnus-group-edit-group-parameters:      Foreign Groups.      (line  30)
* gnus-group-edit-local-kill:            Kill Files.          (line  43)
* gnus-group-enter-directory:            Foreign Groups.      (line  58)
* gnus-group-enter-server-mode:          Misc Group Stuff.    (line  14)
* gnus-group-exit:                       Exiting Gnus.        (line  14)
* gnus-group-expire-all-groups:          Group Maintenance.   (line  22)
* gnus-group-expire-articles:            Group Maintenance.   (line  18)
* gnus-group-faq-directory <1>:          Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-group-faq-directory:              Group Information.   (line   7)
* gnus-group-fetch-faq:                  Group Information.   (line   7)
* gnus-group-find-new-groups:            Group Maintenance.   (line  11)
* gnus-group-first-unread-group:         Group Maneuvering.   (line  44)
* gnus-group-foreign-p:                  Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  67)
* gnus-group-get-new-news:               Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group:    Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-group-goto-unread:                Group Maneuvering.   (line  47)
* gnus-group-highlight:                  Group Highlighting.  (line   6)
* gnus-group-highlight-line:             Group Highlighting.  (line  72)
* gnus-group-highlight-words-alist:      Article Fontisizing. (line  37)
* gnus-group-jump-to-group:              Group Maneuvering.   (line  35)
* gnus-group-kill-all-zombies:           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-group-kill-group:                 Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  19)
* gnus-group-kill-level:                 Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  38)
* gnus-group-kill-region:                Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* gnus-group-line-format:                Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-group-list-active:                Listing Groups.      (line  47)
* gnus-group-list-all-groups:            Listing Groups.      (line  19)
* gnus-group-list-all-matching:          Listing Groups.      (line  44)
* gnus-group-list-cached:                Listing Groups.      (line  64)
* gnus-group-list-dormant:               Listing Groups.      (line  67)
* gnus-group-list-groups:                Listing Groups.      (line  10)
* gnus-group-list-inactive-groups:       Group Levels.        (line  78)
* gnus-group-list-killed:                Listing Groups.      (line  31)
* gnus-group-list-level:                 Listing Groups.      (line  26)
* gnus-group-list-matching:              Listing Groups.      (line  40)
* gnus-group-list-zombies:               Listing Groups.      (line  37)
* gnus-group-mail:                       Misc Group Stuff.    (line  22)
* gnus-group-make-archive-group:         Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* gnus-group-make-directory-group:       Foreign Groups.      (line  38)
* gnus-group-make-doc-group:             Foreign Groups.      (line  63)
* gnus-group-make-empty-virtual:         Foreign Groups.      (line  96)
* gnus-group-make-group:                 Foreign Groups.      (line  12)
* gnus-group-make-help-group:            Foreign Groups.      (line  42)
* gnus-group-make-kiboze-group:          Foreign Groups.      (line  52)
* gnus-group-make-useful-group:          Foreign Groups.      (line  72)
* gnus-group-make-web-group:             Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* gnus-group-mark-buffer:                Marking Groups.      (line  30)
* gnus-group-mark-group:                 Marking Groups.      (line  17)
* gnus-group-mark-regexp:                Marking Groups.      (line  33)
* gnus-group-mark-region:                Marking Groups.      (line  27)
* gnus-group-menu-hook:                  Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  73)
* gnus-group-mode-hook:                  Misc Group Stuff.    (line  28)
* gnus-group-mode-line-format:           Group Modeline Specification.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-group-move-group-to-server:       Changing Servers.    (line  31)
* gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist:   Misc Group Stuff.    (line  51)
* gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist:  Misc Group Stuff.    (line  43)
* gnus-group-native-p:                   Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  61)
* gnus-group-next-group <1>:             Group Maneuvering.   (line  19)
* gnus-group-next-group:                 Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  18)
* gnus-group-next-unread-group:          Group Maneuvering.   (line  10)
* gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level: Group Maneuvering. (line  25)
* gnus-group-nnimap-edit-acl:            Editing IMAP ACLs.   (line   6)
* gnus-group-nnimap-expunge:             Expunging mailboxes. (line   6)
* gnus-group-post-news:                  Misc Group Stuff.    (line  18)
* gnus-group-posting-charset-alist:      Charsets.            (line  27)
* gnus-group-prefixed-name:              Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-group-prepare-hook:               Misc Group Stuff.    (line  35)
* gnus-group-prev-group <1>:             Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-group-prev-group:                 Group Maneuvering.   (line  22)
* gnus-group-prev-unread-group:          Group Maneuvering.   (line  15)
* gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level: Group Maneuvering. (line  29)
* gnus-group-quick-select-group:         Selecting a Group.   (line  32)
* gnus-group-quit:                       Exiting Gnus.        (line  17)
* gnus-group-read-group:                 Selecting a Group.   (line   7)
* gnus-group-read-init-file:             File Commands.       (line   7)
* gnus-group-read-only-p:                Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-group-real-name:                  Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  17)
* gnus-group-recent-archive-directory:   Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* gnus-group-rename-group:               Foreign Groups.      (line  17)
* gnus-group-restart:                    Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  23)
* gnus-group-save-newsrc:                File Commands.       (line  11)
* gnus-group-secondary-p:                Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  64)
* gnus-group-select-group:               Selecting a Group.   (line  25)
* gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally:   Selecting a Group.   (line  48)
* gnus-group-send-drafts:                Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* gnus-group-set-current-level:          Group Levels.        (line  16)
* gnus-group-set-parameter:              Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  74)
* gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet:           Sorting Groups.      (line  11)
* gnus-group-sort-by-level:              Sorting Groups.      (line  17)
* gnus-group-sort-by-method:             Sorting Groups.      (line  31)
* gnus-group-sort-by-rank:               Sorting Groups.      (line  23)
* gnus-group-sort-by-real-name:          Sorting Groups.      (line  14)
* gnus-group-sort-by-score:              Sorting Groups.      (line  20)
* gnus-group-sort-by-unread:             Sorting Groups.      (line  28)
* gnus-group-sort-function:              Sorting Groups.      (line   6)
* gnus-group-sort-groups:                Sorting Groups.      (line   6)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet:    Sorting Groups.      (line  42)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level:       Sorting Groups.      (line  50)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method:      Sorting Groups.      (line  62)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank:        Sorting Groups.      (line  58)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score:       Sorting Groups.      (line  54)
* gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread:      Sorting Groups.      (line  46)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet: Sorting Groups.
                                                              (line  75)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level: Sorting Groups.   (line  83)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method: Sorting Groups.  (line  95)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank: Sorting Groups.    (line  91)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score: Sorting Groups.   (line  87)
* gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread: Sorting Groups.  (line  79)
* gnus-group-split:                      Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group: Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  34)
* gnus-group-split-fancy:                Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  70)
* gnus-group-split-setup:                Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  86)
* gnus-group-split-update:               Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  95)
* gnus-group-split-updated-hook:         Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line 109)
* gnus-group-suspend:                    Exiting Gnus.        (line   9)
* gnus-group-toolbar:                    Toolbar.             (line  12)
* gnus-group-transpose-groups:           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels:         Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line 101)
* gnus-group-universal-argument:         Marking Groups.      (line  38)
* gnus-group-unmark-all-groups:          Marking Groups.      (line  24)
* gnus-group-unmark-group:               Marking Groups.      (line  21)
* gnus-group-unread:                     Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  28)
* gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group:  Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* gnus-group-unsubscribe-group:          Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  13)
* gnus-group-update-hook:                Group Highlighting.  (line  72)
* gnus-group-use-permanent-levels:       Group Levels.        (line  82)
* gnus-group-visible-select-group:       Selecting a Group.   (line  43)
* gnus-group-yank-group:                 Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* gnus-grouplens-override-scoring:       Displaying Predictions.
                                                              (line  12)
* gnus-header-button-alist:              Article Buttons.     (line  51)
* gnus-header-face-alist:                Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-hidden-properties:                Various Various.     (line  67)
* gnus-hierarchial-home-score-file:      Home Score File.     (line  47)
* gnus-home-adapt-file:                  Home Score File.     (line  68)
* gnus-home-score-file:                  Home Score File.     (line  15)
* gnus-ignored-adaptive-words:           Adaptive Scoring.    (line 113)
* gnus-ignored-from-addresses:           To From Newsgroups.  (line  28)
* gnus-ignored-headers:                  Hiding Headers.      (line  34)
* gnus-ignored-mime-types:               MIME Commands.       (line  75)
* gnus-ignored-newsgroups:               The Active File.     (line  10)
* gnus-info-find-node <1>:               Group Information.   (line  36)
* gnus-info-find-node:                   Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-info-group:                       Group Info.          (line  57)
* gnus-info-level:                       Group Info.          (line  65)
* gnus-info-marks:                       Group Info.          (line  77)
* gnus-info-method:                      Group Info.          (line  81)
* gnus-info-params:                      Group Info.          (line  85)
* gnus-info-rank:                        Group Info.          (line  61)
* gnus-info-read:                        Group Info.          (line  73)
* gnus-info-score:                       Group Info.          (line  69)
* gnus-info-set-group:                   Group Info.          (line  57)
* gnus-info-set-level:                   Group Info.          (line  65)
* gnus-info-set-marks:                   Group Info.          (line  77)
* gnus-info-set-method:                  Group Info.          (line  81)
* gnus-info-set-params:                  Group Info.          (line  85)
* gnus-info-set-rank:                    Group Info.          (line  61)
* gnus-info-set-read:                    Group Info.          (line  73)
* gnus-info-set-score:                   Group Info.          (line  69)
* gnus-inhibit-startup-message:          Startup Variables.   (line  35)
* gnus-inhibit-user-auto-expire:         Expiring Mail.       (line 128)
* gnus-init-file <1>:                    File Commands.       (line   7)
* gnus-init-file:                        Startup Files.       (line  62)
* gnus-insert-pseudo-articles:           Viewing Files.       (line  32)
* gnus-interactive:                      Extended Interactive.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-interactive-catchup:              Interactive.         (line  19)
* gnus-interactive-exit:                 Interactive.         (line  23)
* gnus-invalid-group-regexp:             Various Various.     (line  81)
* gnus-jog-cache:                        Article Caching.     (line  37)
* gnus-keep-backlog:                     Article Backlog.     (line  15)
* gnus-keep-same-level:                  Group Levels.        (line  65)
* gnus-kill-file-mark:                   Read Articles.       (line  23)
* gnus-kill-file-mode-hook:              Kill Files.          (line  70)
* gnus-kill-file-name:                   Kill Files.          (line  51)
* gnus-kill-files-directory:             Score Variables.     (line  20)
* gnus-kill-killed:                      Score Variables.     (line  11)
* gnus-kill-save-kill-file:              Kill Files.          (line  57)
* gnus-kill-summary-on-exit:             Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  67)
* gnus-killed-mark:                      Read Articles.       (line  20)
* gnus-large-newsgroup:                  Selecting a Group.   (line  55)
* gnus-level-default-subscribed:         Group Levels.        (line  59)
* gnus-level-default-unsubscribed:       Group Levels.        (line  59)
* gnus-level-killed:                     Group Levels.        (line  20)
* gnus-level-subscribed:                 Group Levels.        (line  20)
* gnus-level-unsubscribed:               Group Levels.        (line  20)
* gnus-level-zombie:                     Group Levels.        (line  20)
* gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles: Listing Groups.      (line  75)
* gnus-list-identifiers:                 Article Hiding.      (line  27)
* gnus-load-hook:                        Startup Variables.   (line   7)
* gnus-low-score-mark:                   Read Articles.       (line  26)
* gnus-mail-save-name:                   Saving Articles.     (line  79)
* gnus-mailing-list-groups:              Mail and Post.       (line   9)
* gnus-mark-article-hook <1>:            Choosing Variables.  (line  19)
* gnus-mark-article-hook:                Expiring Mail.       (line  39)
* gnus-mark-unpicked-articles-as-read:   Pick and Read.       (line  57)
* gnus-message-archive-group:            Archived Messages.   (line  32)
* gnus-message-archive-method:           Archived Messages.   (line  12)
* gnus-mime-action-on-part:              Using MIME.          (line  56)
* gnus-mime-copy-part:                   Using MIME.          (line  37)
* gnus-mime-inline-part:                 Using MIME.          (line  48)
* gnus-mime-multipart-functions:         MIME Commands.       (line 107)
* gnus-mime-pipe-part:                   Using MIME.          (line  45)
* gnus-mime-save-part:                   Using MIME.          (line  33)
* gnus-mime-view-part:                   Using MIME.          (line  28)
* gnus-mime-view-part-as-type:           Using MIME.          (line  41)
* gnus-mode-non-string-length:           Mode Lines.          (line  13)
* gnus-mouse-face:                       Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  62)
* gnus-move-split-methods:               Mail Group Commands. (line  86)
* gnus-narrow-to-body:                   Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  77)
* gnus-new-mail-mark:                    Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line 107)
* gnus-news-group-p:                     Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  49)
* gnus-newsgroup-name:                   Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-nntp-server:                      Finding the News.    (line  30)
* gnus-nntpserver-file:                  Finding the News.    (line  23)
* gnus-no-groups-message:                Startup Variables.   (line  41)
* gnus-no-server:                        The Server is Down.  (line  18)
* gnus-nocem-check-article-limit:        NoCeM.               (line 105)
* gnus-nocem-check-from:                 NoCeM.               (line  99)
* gnus-nocem-directory:                  NoCeM.               (line  90)
* gnus-nocem-expiry-wait:                NoCeM.               (line  94)
* gnus-nocem-groups:                     NoCeM.               (line  31)
* gnus-nocem-issuers:                    NoCeM.               (line  36)
* gnus-nocem-verifyer:                   NoCeM.               (line  68)
* gnus-not-empty-thread-mark:            Other Marks.         (line  27)
* gnus-nov-is-evil:                      Crosspost Handling.  (line  37)
* gnus-novice-user:                      Interactive.         (line   7)
* gnus-Numeric-save-name:                Saving Articles.     (line 113)
* gnus-numeric-save-name:                Saving Articles.     (line 116)
* gnus-options-not-subscribe:            Filtering New Groups.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-options-subscribe:                Filtering New Groups.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-other-frame:                      Starting Up.         (line  10)
* gnus-outgoing-message-group:           Archived Messages.   (line 105)
* gnus-page-delimiter:                   Misc Article.        (line  49)
* gnus-parse-headers-hook <1>:           Various Various.     (line  72)
* gnus-parse-headers-hook:               Low-Level Threading. (line   7)
* gnus-part-display-hook:                Customizing Articles.
                                                              (line 122)
* gnus-permanently-visible-groups <1>:   Listing Groups.      (line  70)
* gnus-permanently-visible-groups:       Misc Group Stuff.    (line  39)
* gnus-pick-article-or-thread:           Pick and Read.       (line  19)
* gnus-pick-display-summary:             Pick and Read.       (line  41)
* gnus-pick-mode:                        Pick and Read.       (line  11)
* gnus-pick-mode-hook:                   Pick and Read.       (line  55)
* gnus-pick-next-page:                   Pick and Read.       (line  29)
* gnus-pick-start-reading:               Pick and Read.       (line  41)
* gnus-pick-unmark-article-or-thread.:   Pick and Read.       (line  33)
* gnus-picons-clear-cache-on-shutdown:   Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  65)
* gnus-picons-convert-x-face <1>:        Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  24)
* gnus-picons-convert-x-face:            Picon Requirements.  (line  14)
* gnus-picons-database <1>:              Hard Picons.         (line  14)
* gnus-picons-database:                  Picon Basics.        (line  21)
* gnus-picons-display-article-move-p:    Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  57)
* gnus-picons-display-as-address:        Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-picons-display-where:             Hard Picons.         (line  47)
* gnus-picons-domain-directories:        Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  19)
* gnus-picons-file-suffixes:             Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  50)
* gnus-picons-group-excluded-groups:     Hard Picons.         (line  36)
* gnus-picons-has-modeline-p:            Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-picons-news-directories:          Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-picons-piconsearch-url <1>:       Hard Picons.         (line  21)
* gnus-picons-piconsearch-url:           Picon Basics.        (line  16)
* gnus-picons-refresh-before-display:    Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  42)
* gnus-picons-setup-hook:                Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  54)
* gnus-picons-user-directories:          Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-picons-x-face-file-name:          Picon Useless Configuration.
                                                              (line  31)
* gnus-plain-save-name:                  Saving Articles.     (line  74)
* gnus-Plain-save-name:                  Saving Articles.     (line 119)
* gnus-plain-save-name:                  Saving Articles.     (line 122)
* gnus-play-startup-jingle:              Startup Variables.   (line  44)
* gnus-post-method:                      Posting Server.      (line  11)
* gnus-posting-styles:                   Posting Styles.      (line  12)
* gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy: Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line  68)
* gnus-preserve-marks:                   Mail Group Commands. (line  28)
* gnus-process-mark:                     Other Marks.         (line  31)
* gnus-prompt-before-saving:             Saving Articles.     (line  57)
* gnus-ps-print-hook:                    Article Commands.    (line   7)
* gnus-read-active-file:                 The Active File.     (line  17)
* gnus-read-mark:                        Read Articles.       (line  13)
* gnus-read-method:                      Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  87)
* gnus-read-newsrc-file:                 Startup Files.       (line  23)
* gnus-refer-article-method:             Finding the Parent.  (line  55)
* gnus-refer-thread-limit:               Finding the Parent.  (line  37)
* gnus-replied-mark:                     Other Marks.         (line  16)
* gnus-rmail-save-name:                  Saving Articles.     (line  74)
* gnus-save-all-headers:                 Saving Articles.     (line  12)
* gnus-save-duplicate-list:              Duplicate Suppression.
                                                              (line  44)
* gnus-save-killed-list:                 Startup Files.       (line  32)
* gnus-save-newsrc-file:                 Startup Files.       (line  23)
* gnus-save-newsrc-hook:                 Startup Files.       (line  48)
* gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook:           Startup Files.       (line  48)
* gnus-save-score:                       Score Variables.     (line  39)
* gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook:        Startup Files.       (line  48)
* gnus-saved-headers:                    Saving Articles.     (line  15)
* gnus-saved-mark:                       Other Marks.         (line  23)
* gnus-score-after-write-file-function:  Score Variables.     (line 131)
* gnus-score-below-mark:                 Score Variables.     (line  68)
* gnus-score-change-score-file:          Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  37)
* gnus-score-customize:                  Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  54)
* gnus-score-decay-constant:             Score Decays.        (line  31)
* gnus-score-decay-scale:                Score Decays.        (line  31)
* gnus-score-edit-current-scores:        Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  41)
* gnus-score-edit-done:                  Score File Editing.  (line  14)
* gnus-score-edit-file:                  Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-score-edit-insert-date:           Score File Editing.  (line  18)
* gnus-score-exact-adapt-limit:          Adaptive Scoring.    (line  89)
* gnus-score-expiry-days:                Score Variables.     (line 118)
* gnus-score-file-suffix:                Score Variables.     (line  25)
* gnus-score-find-bnews:                 Score Variables.     (line  80)
* gnus-score-find-hierarchical:          Score Variables.     (line  98)
* gnus-score-find-score-files-function:  Score Variables.     (line  72)
* gnus-score-find-single:                Score Variables.     (line  77)
* gnus-score-find-trace:                 Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* gnus-score-flush-cache <1>:            Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  50)
* gnus-score-flush-cache:                Group Score Commands.
                                                              (line   9)
* gnus-score-followup-article:           Followups To Yourself.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-score-followup-thread:            Followups To Yourself.
                                                              (line  18)
* gnus-score-interactive-default-score:  Score Variables.     (line  48)
* gnus-score-menu-hook:                  Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  85)
* gnus-score-mimic-keymap:               Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line 183)
* gnus-score-mode-hook:                  Score File Editing.  (line  31)
* gnus-score-over-mark:                  Score Variables.     (line  64)
* gnus-score-pretty-print:               Score File Editing.  (line  23)
* gnus-score-search-global-directories:  Global Score Files.  (line  27)
* gnus-score-set-expunge-below:          Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  65)
* gnus-score-set-mark-below:             Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  61)
* gnus-score-thread-simplify:            Score Variables.     (line 134)
* gnus-score-uncacheable-files:          Score Variables.     (line  29)
* gnus-secondary-select-methods:         Finding the News.    (line  49)
* gnus-secondary-servers:                Finding the News.    (line  34)
* gnus-select-article-hook:              Choosing Variables.  (line  15)
* gnus-select-group-hook:                Selecting a Group.   (line  64)
* gnus-select-method:                    Finding the News.    (line   6)
* gnus-selected-tree-face:               Tree Display.        (line  22)
* gnus-server-add-server:                Server Commands.     (line   7)
* gnus-server-close-all-servers:         Unavailable Servers. (line  43)
* gnus-server-close-server:              Unavailable Servers. (line  32)
* gnus-server-copy-server:               Server Commands.     (line  25)
* gnus-server-deny-server:               Unavailable Servers. (line  36)
* gnus-server-edit-server:               Server Commands.     (line  10)
* gnus-server-equal:                     Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  58)
* gnus-server-exit:                      Server Commands.     (line  16)
* gnus-server-kill-server:               Server Commands.     (line  19)
* gnus-server-line-format:               Server Buffer Format.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-server-list-servers:              Server Commands.     (line  28)
* gnus-server-menu-hook:                 Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  79)
* gnus-server-mode-hook:                 The Server Buffer.   (line  39)
* gnus-server-mode-line-format:          Server Buffer Format.
                                                              (line  22)
* gnus-server-open-all-servers:          Unavailable Servers. (line  39)
* gnus-server-open-server:               Unavailable Servers. (line  28)
* gnus-server-read-server:               Server Commands.     (line  13)
* gnus-server-regenerate-server:         Server Commands.     (line  36)
* gnus-server-remove-denials:            Unavailable Servers. (line  47)
* gnus-server-scan-server:               Server Commands.     (line  31)
* gnus-server-to-method:                 Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  55)
* gnus-server-yank-server:               Server Commands.     (line  22)
* gnus-set-active:                       Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  34)
* gnus-setup-news-hook:                  Startup Variables.   (line  22)
* gnus-shell-command-separator:          Various Various.     (line  78)
* gnus-show-all-headers:                 Hiding Headers.      (line   9)
* gnus-show-threads:                     More Threading.      (line   7)
* gnus-signature-face:                   Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  69)
* gnus-signature-limit:                  Article Signature.   (line  27)
* gnus-signature-separator <1>:          Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  69)
* gnus-signature-separator:              Article Signature.   (line   6)
* gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes:        Loose Threads.       (line  68)
* gnus-simplify-subject-functions:       Loose Threads.       (line  95)
* gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy:           Loose Threads.       (line 106)
* gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp:    Loose Threads.       (line  63)
* gnus-simplify-subject-re:              Loose Threads.       (line 103)
* gnus-simplify-whitespace:              Loose Threads.       (line 109)
* gnus-single-article-buffer:            Misc Article.        (line   7)
* gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function:   More Threading.      (line  37)
* gnus-sorted-header-list:               Hiding Headers.      (line  52)
* gnus-soup-add-article:                 SOUP Commands.       (line  27)
* gnus-soup-directory:                   SOUP Commands.       (line  36)
* gnus-soup-pack-packet:                 SOUP Commands.       (line  21)
* gnus-soup-packer:                      SOUP Commands.       (line  48)
* gnus-soup-packet-directory:            SOUP Commands.       (line  56)
* gnus-soup-packet-regexp:               SOUP Commands.       (line  59)
* gnus-soup-prefix-file:                 SOUP Commands.       (line  44)
* gnus-soup-replies-directory:           SOUP Commands.       (line  40)
* gnus-soup-save-areas:                  SOUP Commands.       (line  14)
* gnus-soup-send-replies:                SOUP Commands.       (line  17)
* gnus-soup-unpacker:                    SOUP Commands.       (line  52)
* gnus-souped-mark:                      Read Articles.       (line  35)
* gnus-sparse-mark:                      Read Articles.       (line  38)
* gnus-split-methods:                    Saving Articles.     (line 124)
* gnus-start-date-timer:                 Article Date.        (line  29)
* gnus-started-hook:                     Startup Variables.   (line  18)
* gnus-startup-file:                     Startup Files.       (line  44)
* gnus-startup-hook:                     Startup Variables.   (line  15)
* gnus-startup-jingle:                   Startup Variables.   (line  47)
* gnus-stop-date-timer:                  Article Date.        (line  29)
* gnus-subscribe-alphabetically:         Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  24)
* gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive: Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  57)
* gnus-subscribe-hierarchically:         Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  27)
* gnus-subscribe-interactively:          Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  36)
* gnus-subscribe-killed:                 Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  41)
* gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method:       Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method: Filtering New Groups.
                                                              (line  12)
* gnus-subscribe-randomly:               Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  20)
* gnus-subscribe-topics:                 Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  44)
* gnus-subscribe-zombies:                Subscription Methods.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-summary-article-posted-p:         Mail Group Commands. (line  74)
* gnus-summary-beginning-of-article:     Paging the Article.  (line  42)
* gnus-summary-best-unread-article:      Choosing Commands.   (line  47)
* gnus-summary-bubble-group:             Group Score.         (line  20)
* gnus-summary-caesar-message:           Article Washing.     (line  27)
* gnus-summary-cancel-article:           Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-summary-catchup:                  Setting Marks.       (line  45)
* gnus-summary-catchup-all:              Setting Marks.       (line  48)
* gnus-summary-catchup-all-and-exit:     Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  30)
* gnus-summary-catchup-and-exit:         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-next-group: Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  34)
* gnus-summary-catchup-to-here:          Setting Marks.       (line  52)
* gnus-summary-check-current:            Summary Maneuvering. (line  59)
* gnus-summary-clear-above:              Setting Marks.       (line  77)
* gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward:       Setting Marks.       (line  10)
* gnus-summary-copy-article:             Mail Group Commands. (line  33)
* gnus-summary-crosspost-article:        Mail Group Commands. (line  38)
* gnus-summary-current-score:            Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* gnus-summary-customize-parameters:     Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  40)
* gnus-summary-default-score:            Score Variables.     (line  55)
* gnus-summary-delete-article:           Mail Group Commands. (line  23)
* gnus-summary-describe-briefly:         Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-summary-describe-group:           Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  16)
* gnus-summary-display-buttonized:       MIME Commands.       (line  48)
* gnus-summary-down-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line  70)
* gnus-summary-dummy-line-format:        Loose Threads.       (line  24)
* gnus-summary-edit-article:             Mail Group Commands. (line  58)
* gnus-summary-edit-global-kill:         Kill Files.          (line  38)
* gnus-summary-edit-local-kill:          Kill Files.          (line  35)
* gnus-summary-edit-parameters:          Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  36)
* gnus-summary-end-of-article:           Paging the Article.  (line  47)
* gnus-summary-enter-digest-group:       Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* gnus-summary-execute-command:          Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-summary-exit:                     Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-summary-exit-hook:                Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-summary-exit-no-update:           Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-summary-expand-window:            Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* gnus-summary-expire-articles:          Mail Group Commands. (line  13)
* gnus-summary-expire-articles-now:      Mail Group Commands. (line  17)
* gnus-summary-expunge-below:            Score Variables.     (line  58)
* gnus-summary-fetch-faq:                Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-summary-first-unread-article:     Choosing Commands.   (line  42)
* gnus-summary-followup:                 Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-summary-followup-to-mail:         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original: Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* gnus-summary-followup-with-original:   Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject:   Loose Threads.       (line 114)
* gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit:     Loose Threads.       (line  47)
* gnus-summary-generate-hook:            Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  16)
* gnus-summary-goto-article:             Choosing Commands.   (line  64)
* gnus-summary-goto-last-article:        Choosing Commands.   (line  52)
* gnus-summary-goto-subject:             Summary Maneuvering. (line  22)
* gnus-summary-goto-unread <1>:          Process/Prefix.      (line  37)
* gnus-summary-goto-unread:              Setting Marks.       (line  89)
* gnus-summary-hide-all-threads:         Thread Commands.     (line  44)
* gnus-summary-hide-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line  38)
* gnus-summary-highlight:                Summary Highlighting.
                                                              (line  20)
* gnus-summary-ignore-duplicates:        Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  32)
* gnus-summary-import-article:           Mail Group Commands. (line  44)
* gnus-summary-increase-score:           Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  73)
* gnus-summary-insert-cached-articles:   Summary Generation Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-summary-isearch-article:          Paging the Article.  (line  51)
* gnus-summary-kill-below:               Setting Marks.       (line  60)
* gnus-summary-kill-process-mark:        Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  62)
* gnus-summary-kill-same-subject:        Setting Marks.       (line  41)
* gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select: Setting Marks.   (line  35)
* gnus-summary-kill-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line   8)
* gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant: Limiting.     (line  84)
* gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant:    Limiting.            (line  74)
* gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks:      Limiting.            (line  78)
* gnus-summary-limit-include-cached:     Limiting.            (line  70)
* gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant:    Limiting.            (line  66)
* gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged:   Limiting.            (line  62)
* gnus-summary-limit-include-thread:     Limiting.            (line  81)
* gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read: Limiting.         (line  88)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-age:             Limiting.            (line  41)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-articles:        Limiting.            (line  47)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-author:          Limiting.            (line  21)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-extra:           Limiting.            (line  25)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-marks:           Limiting.            (line  37)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-score:           Limiting.            (line  57)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-subject:         Limiting.            (line  17)
* gnus-summary-limit-to-unread:          Limiting.            (line  31)
* gnus-summary-line-format <1>:          To From Newsgroups.  (line  39)
* gnus-summary-line-format:              Summary Buffer Lines.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-summary-lower-score:              Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  73)
* gnus-summary-lower-thread:             Thread Commands.     (line  15)
* gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint: Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  86)
* gnus-summary-mail-forward:             Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* gnus-summary-mail-other-window:        Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-summary-mail-toolbar:             Toolbar.             (line  18)
* gnus-summary-make-false-root:          Loose Threads.       (line   7)
* gnus-summary-mark-above:               Setting Marks.       (line  85)
* gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant:          Setting Marks.       (line  21)
* gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable:        Setting Marks.       (line  65)
* gnus-summary-mark-as-processable:      Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line   8)
* gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward:    Setting Marks.       (line  30)
* gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward:     Setting Marks.       (line  26)
* gnus-summary-mark-below:               Scoring.             (line  11)
* gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read: Choosing Variables.
                                                              (line  19)
* gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read:      Setting Marks.       (line  56)
* gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read:      Choosing Variables.  (line  19)
* gnus-summary-menu-hook:                Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line  76)
* gnus-summary-mode-hook:                Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  13)
* gnus-summary-mode-line-format:         Summary Buffer Mode Line.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-summary-move-article:             Mail Group Commands. (line  28)
* gnus-summary-next-article:             Choosing Commands.   (line  26)
* gnus-summary-next-group:               Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  49)
* gnus-summary-next-page <1>:            Choosing Commands.   (line  13)
* gnus-summary-next-page:                Paging the Article.  (line   7)
* gnus-summary-next-same-subject:        Choosing Commands.   (line  33)
* gnus-summary-next-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line  62)
* gnus-summary-next-unread-article:      Choosing Commands.   (line  18)
* gnus-summary-next-unread-subject:      Summary Maneuvering. (line  13)
* gnus-summary-pick-line-format:         Pick and Read.       (line  60)
* gnus-summary-pipe-output:              Saving Articles.     (line  53)
* gnus-summary-pop-article:              Choosing Commands.   (line  55)
* gnus-summary-pop-limit:                Limiting.            (line  52)
* gnus-summary-post-forward:             Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  33)
* gnus-summary-post-news:                Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-summary-prepare:                  Summary Generation Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-summary-prepare-exit-hook:        Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-summary-prepare-hook:             Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  23)
* gnus-summary-prepared-hook:            Various Summary Stuff.
                                                              (line  28)
* gnus-summary-prev-article:             Choosing Commands.   (line  30)
* gnus-summary-prev-group:               Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  53)
* gnus-summary-prev-page:                Paging the Article.  (line  12)
* gnus-summary-prev-same-subject:        Choosing Commands.   (line  37)
* gnus-summary-prev-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line  67)
* gnus-summary-prev-unread-article:      Choosing Commands.   (line  22)
* gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject:      Summary Maneuvering. (line  18)
* gnus-summary-print-article:            Article Commands.    (line   7)
* gnus-summary-raise-thread:             Thread Commands.     (line  19)
* gnus-summary-read-document:            Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* gnus-summary-refer-article:            Finding the Parent.  (line  44)
* gnus-summary-refer-parent-article:     Finding the Parent.  (line   7)
* gnus-summary-refer-references:         Finding the Parent.  (line  24)
* gnus-summary-refer-thread:             Finding the Parent.  (line  28)
* gnus-summary-remove-bookmark:          Setting Marks.       (line  73)
* gnus-summary-repair-multipart:         MIME Commands.       (line  37)
* gnus-summary-reparent-thread:          Thread Commands.     (line  52)
* gnus-summary-reply:                    Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* gnus-summary-reply-with-original:      Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  15)
* gnus-summary-rescan-group:             Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  44)
* gnus-summary-rescore:                  Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  31)
* gnus-summary-reselect-current-group:   Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  38)
* gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail:      Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  50)
* gnus-summary-resend-message:           Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  61)
* gnus-summary-respool-article:          Mail Group Commands. (line  49)
* gnus-summary-respool-query:            Mail Group Commands. (line  64)
* gnus-summary-respool-trace:            Mail Group Commands. (line  70)
* gnus-summary-rethread-current:         Thread Commands.     (line  47)
* gnus-summary-same-subject:             Summary Buffer Format.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-summary-save-article:             Saving Articles.     (line  21)
* gnus-summary-save-article-body-file:   Saving Articles.     (line  41)
* gnus-summary-save-article-file:        Saving Articles.     (line  33)
* gnus-summary-save-article-folder:      Saving Articles.     (line  45)
* gnus-summary-save-article-mail:        Saving Articles.     (line  25)
* gnus-summary-save-article-rmail:       Saving Articles.     (line  29)
* gnus-summary-save-article-vm:          Saving Articles.     (line  49)
* gnus-summary-save-body-in-file:        Saving Articles.     (line  89)
* gnus-summary-save-in-file:             Saving Articles.     (line  84)
* gnus-summary-save-in-folder:           Saving Articles.     (line  94)
* gnus-summary-save-in-mail:             Saving Articles.     (line  79)
* gnus-summary-save-in-rmail:            Saving Articles.     (line  74)
* gnus-summary-save-in-vm:               Saving Articles.     (line 101)
* gnus-summary-save-newsrc:              Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  57)
* gnus-summary-save-parts:               MIME Commands.       (line  43)
* gnus-summary-save-process-mark:        Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  70)
* gnus-summary-scroll-down:              Paging the Article.  (line  20)
* gnus-summary-scroll-up:                Paging the Article.  (line  16)
* gnus-summary-search-article-backward:  Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnus-summary-search-article-forward:   Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-summary-select-article-buffer:    Paging the Article.  (line  55)
* gnus-summary-selected-face:            Summary Highlighting.
                                                              (line  16)
* gnus-summary-set-bookmark:             Setting Marks.       (line  69)
* gnus-summary-set-score:                Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  20)
* gnus-summary-show-all-threads:         Thread Commands.     (line  41)
* gnus-summary-show-article:             Paging the Article.  (line  25)
* gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist: Paging the Article.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-summary-show-thread:              Thread Commands.     (line  34)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-author:           Summary Sorting.     (line  13)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-chars:            Summary Sorting.     (line  25)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-date:             Summary Sorting.     (line  19)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-lines:            Summary Sorting.     (line  22)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-number:           Summary Sorting.     (line  10)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-score:            Summary Sorting.     (line  28)
* gnus-summary-sort-by-subject:          Summary Sorting.     (line  16)
* gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking:       Article Washing.     (line  22)
* gnus-summary-supersede-article:        Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line  30)
* gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function: Loose Threads.      (line 122)
* gnus-summary-tick-above:               Setting Marks.       (line  81)
* gnus-summary-tick-article-forward:     Setting Marks.       (line  16)
* gnus-summary-toggle-header:            Article Washing.     (line  41)
* gnus-summary-toggle-threads:           Thread Commands.     (line  31)
* gnus-summary-toggle-truncation:        Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-summary-toolbar:                  Toolbar.             (line  15)
* gnus-summary-top-thread:               Thread Commands.     (line  76)
* gnus-summary-universal-argument:       Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable:   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  17)
* gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable:    Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line   9)
* gnus-summary-up-thread:                Thread Commands.     (line  73)
* gnus-summary-update-hook:              Summary Highlighting.
                                                              (line  12)
* gnus-summary-verbose-header:           Article Washing.     (line  45)
* gnus-summary-wake-up-the-dead:         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  67)
* gnus-summary-wide-reply:               Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  20)
* gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original: Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-summary-write-article-file:       Saving Articles.     (line  37)
* gnus-summary-yank-message:             Summary Message Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-summary-yank-process-mark:        Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  66)
* gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz:               Summary Buffer Lines.
                                                              (line  87)
* gnus-supercite-regexp:                 Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  48)
* gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp:       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  51)
* gnus-suppress-duplicates:              Duplicate Suppression.
                                                              (line  41)
* gnus-suspend-gnus-hook:                Exiting Gnus.        (line  20)
* gnus-symbolic-argument:                Symbolic Prefixes.   (line  19)
* gnus-thread-expunge-below:             More Threading.      (line  17)
* gnus-thread-hide-killed:               More Threading.      (line  23)
* gnus-thread-hide-subtree:              More Threading.      (line  13)
* gnus-thread-ignore-subject:            More Threading.      (line  27)
* gnus-thread-indent-level:              More Threading.      (line  33)
* gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject:  Thread Commands.     (line  78)
* gnus-thread-score-function:            Sorting.             (line  50)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-author:            Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-date:              Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-number:            Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-score:             Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-subject:           Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score:       Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-thread-sort-functions:            Sorting.             (line   6)
* gnus-ticked-mark:                      Unread Articles.     (line  10)
* gnus-topic-copy-group:                 Topic Commands.      (line  23)
* gnus-topic-copy-matching:              Topic Commands.      (line  52)
* gnus-topic-create-topic:               Topic Commands.      (line  11)
* gnus-topic-delete:                     Topic Commands.      (line 104)
* gnus-topic-display-empty-topics:       Topic Variables.     (line  40)
* gnus-topic-edit-parameters:            Topic Commands.      (line 111)
* gnus-topic-expire-articles:            Topic Commands.      (line  88)
* gnus-topic-hide-topic:                 Topic Commands.      (line  28)
* gnus-topic-indent:                     Topic Commands.      (line  69)
* gnus-topic-indent-level:               Topic Variables.     (line  34)
* gnus-topic-jump-to-topic:              Topic Commands.      (line  20)
* gnus-topic-kill-group:                 Topic Commands.      (line  92)
* gnus-topic-line-format:                Topic Variables.     (line   9)
* gnus-topic-list-active:                Topic Commands.      (line 107)
* gnus-topic-mark-topic:                 Topic Commands.      (line  60)
* gnus-topic-mode:                       Group Topics.        (line  26)
* gnus-topic-mode-hook:                  Topic Variables.     (line  38)
* gnus-topic-move-group:                 Topic Commands.      (line  15)
* gnus-topic-move-matching:              Topic Commands.      (line  48)
* gnus-topic-remove-group:               Topic Commands.      (line  36)
* gnus-topic-rename:                     Topic Commands.      (line 101)
* gnus-topic-select-group:               Topic Commands.      (line  78)
* gnus-topic-show-topic:                 Topic Commands.      (line  32)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet:    Topic Sorting.       (line  10)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level:       Topic Sorting.       (line  18)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method:      Topic Sorting.       (line  30)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank:        Topic Sorting.       (line  26)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score:       Topic Sorting.       (line  22)
* gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread:      Topic Sorting.       (line  14)
* gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics: Topic Commands.     (line  56)
* gnus-topic-topology:                   Topic Topology.      (line  29)
* gnus-topic-unindent:                   Topic Commands.      (line  74)
* gnus-topic-unmark-topic:               Topic Commands.      (line  64)
* gnus-topic-yank-group:                 Topic Commands.      (line  96)
* gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups:       Expiring Mail.       (line 113)
* gnus-treat-display-smileys:            Emacs Enhancements.  (line  19)
* gnus-tree-brackets:                    Tree Display.        (line  58)
* gnus-tree-line-format:                 Tree Display.        (line  26)
* gnus-tree-minimize-window:             Tree Display.        (line  71)
* gnus-tree-mode-hook:                   Tree Display.        (line  14)
* gnus-tree-mode-line-format:            Tree Display.        (line  17)
* gnus-tree-parent-child-edges:          Tree Display.        (line  65)
* gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types:          MIME Commands.       (line  85)
* gnus-uncacheable-groups:               Article Caching.     (line  47)
* gnus-undo:                             Undo.                (line  28)
* gnus-undo-mode:                        Undo.                (line  28)
* gnus-unload:                           Exiting Gnus.        (line  25)
* gnus-unread-mark <1>:                  Choosing Variables.  (line  19)
* gnus-unread-mark:                      Unread Articles.     (line  27)
* gnus-update-format:                    Formatting Variables.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-update-score-entry-dates:         Score Variables.     (line 123)
* gnus-updated-mode-lines:               Mode Lines.          (line   6)
* gnus-use-adaptive-scoring:             Adaptive Scoring.    (line  10)
* gnus-use-article-prefetch:             Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line  38)
* gnus-use-cache:                        Article Caching.     (line  15)
* gnus-use-cross-reference:              Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  80)
* gnus-use-dribble-file:                 Auto Save.           (line  16)
* gnus-use-full-window:                  Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line   8)
* gnus-use-grouplens:                    Using GroupLens.     (line  13)
* gnus-use-long-file-name <1>:           Saving Articles.     (line 167)
* gnus-use-long-file-name:               Article Caching.     (line  15)
* gnus-use-nocem:                        NoCeM.               (line  27)
* gnus-use-scoring:                      Score Variables.     (line   7)
* gnus-use-toolbar:                      Toolbar.             (line   7)
* gnus-use-trees:                        Tree Display.        (line   6)
* gnus-use-undo:                         Undo.                (line  28)
* gnus-useful-groups:                    Foreign Groups.      (line  72)
* gnus-uu-be-dangerous:                  Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  20)
* gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode:       Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  62)
* gnus-uu-decode-binhex:                 Other Files.         (line  10)
* gnus-uu-decode-postscript:             PostScript Files.    (line   7)
* gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save:    PostScript Files.    (line  10)
* gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view: PostScript Files.  (line  18)
* gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view:        PostScript Files.    (line  14)
* gnus-uu-decode-save:                   Other Files.         (line   7)
* gnus-uu-decode-unshar:                 Shell Archives.      (line  11)
* gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save:        Shell Archives.      (line  14)
* gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view:   Shell Archives.      (line  22)
* gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view:            Shell Archives.      (line  18)
* gnus-uu-decode-uu:                     Uuencoded Articles.  (line   7)
* gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save:            Uuencoded Articles.  (line  10)
* gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view:       Uuencoded Articles.  (line  17)
* gnus-uu-decode-uu-view:                Uuencoded Articles.  (line  14)
* gnus-uu-digest-headers:                Mail.                (line   9)
* gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward:           Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  80)
* gnus-uu-digest-post-forward:           Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives:        Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  38)
* gnus-uu-grab-move:                     Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  17)
* gnus-uu-grab-view:                     Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  14)
* gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions:        Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules:  Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  50)
* gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules:     Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  46)
* gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name:          Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  26)
* gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type:          Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  29)
* gnus-uu-invert-processable:            Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  21)
* gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return:          Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  54)
* gnus-uu-mark-all:                      Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  55)
* gnus-uu-mark-buffer:                   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  58)
* gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp:                Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  25)
* gnus-uu-mark-over:                     Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  44)
* gnus-uu-mark-region:                   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  33)
* gnus-uu-mark-series:                   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  48)
* gnus-uu-mark-sparse:                   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  51)
* gnus-uu-mark-thread <1>:               Thread Commands.     (line  23)
* gnus-uu-mark-thread:                   Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  36)
* gnus-uu-notify-files:                  Uuencoded Articles.  (line  31)
* gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing: Uuencoding and Posting.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-uu-post-length:                   Uuencoding and Posting.
                                                              (line  13)
* gnus-uu-post-news:                     Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  51)
* gnus-uu-post-separate-description:     Uuencoding and Posting.
                                                              (line  24)
* gnus-uu-post-threaded:                 Uuencoding and Posting.
                                                              (line  17)
* gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook:             Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  66)
* gnus-uu-save-in-digest:                Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  75)
* gnus-uu-tmp-dir:                       Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  35)
* gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded:   Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  58)
* gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp:              Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  29)
* gnus-uu-unmark-thread <1>:             Thread Commands.     (line  27)
* gnus-uu-unmark-thread:                 Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  40)
* gnus-uu-user-archive-rules:            Rule Variables.      (line  25)
* gnus-uu-user-view-rules:               Rule Variables.      (line  14)
* gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end:           Rule Variables.      (line  21)
* gnus-uu-view-and-save:                 Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  42)
* gnus-uu-view-with-metamail:            Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  69)
* gnus-valid-select-methods:             Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-verbose:                          Various Various.     (line  29)
* gnus-verbose-backends:                 Various Various.     (line  37)
* gnus-version:                          Group Information.   (line  30)
* gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously:       Viewing Files.       (line  19)
* gnus-view-pseudos:                     Viewing Files.       (line  22)
* gnus-view-pseudos-separately:          Viewing Files.       (line  27)
* gnus-visible-headers:                  Hiding Headers.      (line  21)
* gnus-visual:                           Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnus-visual-mark-article-hook:         Summary Highlighting.
                                                              (line   7)
* gnus-window-min-height:                Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 106)
* gnus-window-min-width:                 Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 106)
* gnus-xmas-glyph-directory:             XVarious.            (line   7)
* gnus-xmas-logo-color-alist:            XVarious.            (line  12)
* gnus-xmas-logo-color-style:            XVarious.            (line  16)
* gnus-xmas-modeline-glyph:              XVarious.            (line  22)
* group buffer:                          The Group Buffer.    (line   6)
* group buffer format:                   Group Line Specification.
                                                              (line   6)
* group description:                     Group Information.   (line  21)
* group highlighting:                    Group Highlighting.  (line   6)
* group information:                     Group Information.   (line   6)
* group level:                           Group Levels.        (line   6)
* group listing:                         Listing Groups.      (line   6)
* group mail splitting:                  Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* group modeline:                        Group Modeline Specification.
                                                              (line   6)
* group movement:                        Group Maneuvering.   (line   6)
* group parameters <1>:                  Topic Commands.      (line 111)
* group parameters:                      Group Parameters.    (line   6)
* group rank:                            Group Score.         (line   6)
* group score:                           Group Score.         (line   6)
* group score commands:                  Group Score Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* group selection:                       Selecting a Group.   (line   6)
* group timestamps:                      Group Timestamp.     (line   6)
* group-group-find-parameter:            Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line  70)
* GroupLens:                             GroupLens.           (line   6)
* grouplens-best-unread-article:         Rating Articles.     (line  31)
* grouplens-newsgroups:                  Using GroupLens.     (line  21)
* grouplens-next-unread-article:         Rating Articles.     (line  28)
* grouplens-prediction-display:          Displaying Predictions.
                                                              (line  24)
* grouplens-pseudonym:                   Using GroupLens.     (line  17)
* grouplens-score-thread:                Rating Articles.     (line  19)
* head:                                  Terminology.         (line  54)
* header:                                Terminology.         (line  61)
* headers:                               Terminology.         (line  64)
* help group <1>:                        Document Groups.     (line   6)
* help group:                            Foreign Groups.      (line  42)
* hiding headers:                        Hiding Headers.      (line   6)
* highlighting <1>:                      Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line   6)
* highlighting <2>:                      Compatibility.       (line  34)
* highlighting <3>:                      Group Highlighting.  (line   6)
* highlighting:                          Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line   6)
* highlights:                            Various Various.     (line   6)
* hilit19:                               Compatibility.       (line  34)
* history <1>:                           History.             (line   6)
* history:                               Choosing Commands.   (line  55)
* html:                                  Customizing w3.      (line   6)
* http:                                  Browsing the Web.    (line   6)
* ignored groups:                        The Active File.     (line   6)
* IMAP:                                  IMAP.                (line   6)
* imap-kerberos4-program:                IMAP.                (line 117)
* imap-shell-host:                       IMAP.                (line 131)
* imap-shell-program:                    IMAP.                (line 131)
* imap-ssl-program:                      IMAP.                (line 122)
* inbox:                                 Splitting in IMAP.   (line  24)
* incoming mail treatment:               Washing Mail.        (line   6)
* Incoming*:                             Gnus Development.    (line  21)
* info:                                  Group Information.   (line  36)
* information on groups:                 Group Information.   (line   6)
* InReference <1>:                       Web Searches.        (line   6)
* InReference:                           Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* interaction:                           Interactive.         (line   6)
* interactive:                           Extended Interactive.
                                                              (line   6)
* internal variables:                    Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line   6)
* invalid characters in file names:      Various Various.     (line  55)
* ISO 8601:                              Article Date.        (line  15)
* iso-8859-5:                            Charsets.            (line  50)
* ISO8601:                               Score File Format.   (line 132)
* ispell:                                Mail and Post.       (line  24)
* ispell-message:                        Mail and Post.       (line  24)
* kibozing:                              Kibozed Groups.      (line   6)
* kill files <1>:                        Kill Files.          (line   6)
* kill files:                            Converting Kill Files.
                                                              (line   6)
* killed groups:                         Terminology.         (line  82)
* koi8-r:                                Charsets.            (line  50)
* koi8-u:                                Charsets.            (line  50)
* Latin 1:                               Article Washing.     (line  52)
* level:                                 Group Levels.        (line   6)
* levels:                                Terminology.         (line  74)
* limiting:                              Limiting.            (line   6)
* links:                                 Splitting Mail.      (line  52)
* LIST overview.fmt:                     Crosspost Handling.  (line  30)
* list server brain damage:              Washing Mail.        (line   6)
* local variables:                       Score File Format.   (line 259)
* loose threads:                         Loose Threads.       (line   6)
* M******** sm*rtq**t*s:                 Article Washing.     (line  52)
* mail <1>:                              Terminology.         (line  14)
* mail <2>:                              Getting Mail.        (line   6)
* mail <3>:                              Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail:                                  Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* mail folders:                          Mail Folders.        (line   6)
* mail group commands:                   Mail Group Commands. (line   6)
* mail message:                          Terminology.         (line  48)
* mail NOV spool:                        Mail Spool.          (line   6)
* mail server:                           Mail Source Specifiers.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail source:                           Mail Source Specifiers.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail splitting <1>:                    Group Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail splitting <2>:                    Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail splitting:                        Splitting Mail.      (line   6)
* mail spool:                            Mail Source Specifiers.
                                                              (line   6)
* mail washing:                          Washing Mail.        (line   6)
* mail-extract-address-components:       Summary Buffer Format.
                                                              (line  13)
* mail-source-crash-box:                 Mail Source Customization.
                                                              (line  11)
* mail-source-default-file-modes:        Mail Source Customization.
                                                              (line  30)
* mail-source-delete-incoming <1>:       Mail Source Customization.
                                                              (line  15)
* mail-source-delete-incoming:           Gnus Development.    (line  21)
* mail-source-directory:                 Mail Source Customization.
                                                              (line  18)
* mail-source-incoming-file-prefix:      Mail Source Customization.
                                                              (line  24)
* mail-sources:                          Fetching Mail.       (line   6)
* mail-to-news gateways:                 Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line   6)
* mailing lists:                         Mail and Post.       (line   9)
* making digests:                        Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* making groups:                         Foreign Groups.      (line  12)
* manual:                                Group Information.   (line  36)
* Manual expunging:                      Expunging mailboxes. (line   6)
* mark as unread:                        Setting Marks.       (line  10)
* marking groups:                        Marking Groups.      (line   6)
* marks:                                 Marking Articles.    (line   6)
* max-lisp-eval-depth:                   Troubleshooting.     (line  25)
* mbox:                                  Document Groups.     (line  10)
* mbox folders:                          Mail Folders.        (line   6)
* mc-verify:                             NoCeM.               (line  68)
* menus:                                 Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line   6)
* merging groups:                        Virtual Groups.      (line   6)
* message:                               Terminology.         (line  51)
* Message-ID:                            Finding the Parent.  (line  44)
* message-mail-p:                        Posting Styles.      (line  65)
* message-news-p:                        Posting Styles.      (line  65)
* message-sent-hook:                     Followups To Yourself.
                                                              (line  21)
* messages:                              Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* metamail:                              Other Decode Variables.
                                                              (line  69)
* MH folders:                            Saving Articles.     (line  94)
* mh-e mail spool:                       MH Spool.            (line   6)
* MIME <1>:                              Using MIME.          (line   6)
* MIME:                                  Misc Article.        (line  12)
* MIME decoding:                         MIME Commands.       (line   6)
* MMDF mail box:                         Document Groups.     (line  15)
* mode lines <1>:                        Mode Lines.          (line   6)
* mode lines:                            Various Various.     (line   6)
* MODE READER:                           NNTP.                (line  23)
* moderation:                            Moderation.          (line   6)
* mouse:                                 Buttons.             (line   6)
* move mail:                             Mail Group Commands. (line  28)
* moving articles:                       Mail Group Commands. (line  86)
* Mule:                                  Emacsen.             (line   6)
* native:                                Terminology.         (line  32)
* Netscape:                              Customizing w3.      (line   6)
* new features:                          New Features.        (line   6)
* new groups:                            New Groups.          (line   6)
* new messages:                          Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line   6)
* news:                                  Terminology.         (line   7)
* news back ends:                        Getting News.        (line   6)
* news spool:                            News Spool.          (line   6)
* newsgroup:                             Group Parameters.    (line  78)
* Newsgroups:                            To From Newsgroups.  (line   6)
* nnbabyl:                               Rmail Babyl.         (line   6)
* nnbabyl-active-file:                   Rmail Babyl.         (line   6)
* nnbabyl-get-new-mail <1>:              Rmail Babyl.         (line  19)
* nnbabyl-get-new-mail:                  Not Reading Mail.    (line  14)
* nnbabyl-mbox-file:                     Rmail Babyl.         (line   6)
* nnchoke:                               Back End Interface.  (line  53)
* nndir <1>:                             Foreign Groups.      (line  38)
* nndir:                                 Directory Groups.    (line   6)
* nndoc <1>:                             Foreign Groups.      (line  63)
* nndoc:                                 Document Groups.     (line   6)
* nndoc-article-type:                    Document Groups.     (line  61)
* nndoc-post-type:                       Document Groups.     (line  67)
* nndraft:                               Drafts.              (line  19)
* nndraft-directory:                     Drafts.              (line  19)
* nneething <1>:                         Anything Groups.     (line   6)
* nneething:                             Foreign Groups.      (line  58)
* nneething-exclude-files:               Anything Groups.     (line  47)
* nneething-include-files:               Anything Groups.     (line  52)
* nneething-map-file:                    Anything Groups.     (line  57)
* nneething-map-file-directory:          Anything Groups.     (line  43)
* nnfolder:                              Mail Folders.        (line   6)
* nnfolder-active-file:                  Mail Folders.        (line  16)
* nnfolder-delete-mail-hook:             Mail Folders.        (line  37)
* nnfolder-directory:                    Mail Folders.        (line  13)
* nnfolder-generate-active-file:         Mail Folders.        (line  42)
* nnfolder-get-new-mail <1>:             Not Reading Mail.    (line  14)
* nnfolder-get-new-mail:                 Mail Folders.        (line  23)
* nnfolder-newsgroups-file:              Mail Folders.        (line  19)
* nnfolder-save-buffer-hook:             Mail Folders.        (line  26)
* nngateway-address:                     Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line  16)
* nngateway-header-transformation:       Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line  19)
* nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation: Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line  42)
* nngateway-simple-header-transformation: Mail-To-News Gateways.
                                                              (line  38)
* nnheader-file-name-translation-alist:  Various Various.     (line  55)
* nnheader-get-report:                   Error Messaging.     (line   6)
* nnheader-head-chop-length:             Various Various.     (line  51)
* nnheader-max-head-length:              Various Various.     (line  41)
* nnheader-ms-strip-cr:                  Washing Mail.        (line  29)
* nnheader-report:                       Error Messaging.     (line   6)
* nnimap:                                IMAP.                (line   6)
* nnimap-address:                        IMAP.                (line  57)
* nnimap-authenticator:                  IMAP.                (line 135)
* nnimap-authinfo-file:                  IMAP.                (line 195)
* nnimap-expunge-on-close:               IMAP.                (line 162)
* nnimap-list-pattern:                   IMAP.                (line  69)
* nnimap-server-port:                    IMAP.                (line  61)
* nnimap-split-crosspost:                Splitting in IMAP.   (line  17)
* nnimap-split-fancy:                    Splitting in IMAP.   (line 113)
* nnimap-split-inbox:                    Splitting in IMAP.   (line  24)
* nnimap-split-predicate:                Splitting in IMAP.   (line 104)
* nnimap-split-rule:                     Splitting in IMAP.   (line  34)
* nnimap-stream:                         IMAP.                (line  87)
* nnkiboze <1>:                          Foreign Groups.      (line  52)
* nnkiboze:                              Kibozed Groups.      (line   6)
* nnkiboze-directory:                    Kibozed Groups.      (line  36)
* nnkiboze-generate-groups:              Kibozed Groups.      (line  21)
* nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids <1>: Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line 142)
* nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids:     Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  49)
* nnmail-crosspost:                      Splitting Mail.      (line  47)
* nnmail-crosspost-link-function:        Splitting Mail.      (line  52)
* nnmail-delete-file-function:           Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  46)
* nnmail-expiry-target:                  Expiring Mail.       (line  94)
* nnmail-expiry-wait:                    Expiring Mail.       (line  62)
* nnmail-expiry-wait-function <1>:       Expiring Mail.       (line  73)
* nnmail-expiry-wait-function:           Group Parameters.    (line 107)
* nnmail-extra-headers:                  To From Newsgroups.  (line  34)
* nnmail-fix-eudora-headers:             Washing Mail.        (line  62)
* nnmail-keep-last-article:              Expiring Mail.       (line 109)
* nnmail-message-id-cache-file:          Duplicates.          (line   6)
* nnmail-message-id-cache-length:        Duplicates.          (line   6)
* nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook:         Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  23)
* nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook:          Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  23)
* nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook:   Washing Mail.        (line  34)
* nnmail-prepare-incoming-hook:          Washing Mail.        (line  24)
* nnmail-prepare-incoming-message-hook:  Washing Mail.        (line  68)
* nnmail-read-incoming-hook:             Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line   9)
* nnmail-remove-leading-whitespace:      Washing Mail.        (line  38)
* nnmail-remove-list-identifiers:        Washing Mail.        (line  42)
* nnmail-remove-tabs:                    Washing Mail.        (line  59)
* nnmail-split-abbrev-alist:             Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  92)
* nnmail-split-fancy:                    Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line   6)
* nnmail-split-fancy-syntax-table:       Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line  97)
* nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent:        Fancy Mail Splitting.
                                                              (line 113)
* nnmail-split-hook:                     Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  14)
* nnmail-split-methods:                  Splitting Mail.      (line   6)
* nnmail-spool-file:                     Fetching Mail.       (line   6)
* nnmail-treat-duplicates:               Duplicates.          (line   6)
* nnmail-use-long-file-names:            Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  39)
* nnmbox:                                Unix Mail Box.       (line   6)
* nnmbox-active-file:                    Unix Mail Box.       (line   6)
* nnmbox-get-new-mail <1>:               Not Reading Mail.    (line  14)
* nnmbox-get-new-mail:                   Unix Mail Box.       (line  19)
* nnmbox-mbox-file:                      Unix Mail Box.       (line   6)
* nnmh:                                  MH Spool.            (line   6)
* nnmh-be-safe:                          MH Spool.            (line  20)
* nnmh-directory:                        MH Spool.            (line  14)
* nnmh-get-new-mail <1>:                 Not Reading Mail.    (line  14)
* nnmh-get-new-mail:                     MH Spool.            (line  17)
* nnml:                                  Mail Spool.          (line   6)
* nnml-active-file:                      Mail Spool.          (line  38)
* nnml-directory:                        Mail Spool.          (line   9)
* nnml-generate-nov-databases:           Mail Spool.          (line  57)
* nnml-get-new-mail <1>:                 Not Reading Mail.    (line  14)
* nnml-get-new-mail:                     Mail Spool.          (line  45)
* nnml-newsgroups-file:                  Mail Spool.          (line  41)
* nnml-nov-file-name:                    Mail Spool.          (line  51)
* nnml-nov-is-evil:                      Mail Spool.          (line  48)
* nnml-prepare-save-mail-hook:           Mail Spool.          (line  54)
* nnslashdot:                            Slashdot.            (line   6)
* nnslashdot-active-url:                 Slashdot.            (line  53)
* nnslashdot-article-url:                Slashdot.            (line  63)
* nnslashdot-comments-url:               Slashdot.            (line  58)
* nnslashdot-directory:                  Slashdot.            (line  49)
* nnslashdot-group-number:               Slashdot.            (line  71)
* nnslashdot-login-name:                 Slashdot.            (line  43)
* nnslashdot-password:                   Slashdot.            (line  46)
* nnslashdot-threshold:                  Slashdot.            (line  68)
* nnsoup:                                SOUP Groups.         (line   6)
* nnsoup-active-file:                    SOUP Groups.         (line  34)
* nnsoup-always-save:                    SOUP Groups.         (line  56)
* nnsoup-directory:                      SOUP Groups.         (line  17)
* nnsoup-pack-replies:                   SOUP Commands.       (line  24)
* nnsoup-packer:                         SOUP Groups.         (line  40)
* nnsoup-packet-directory:               SOUP Groups.         (line  48)
* nnsoup-packet-regexp:                  SOUP Groups.         (line  52)
* nnsoup-replies-directory:              SOUP Groups.         (line  21)
* nnsoup-replies-format-type:            SOUP Groups.         (line  25)
* nnsoup-replies-index-type:             SOUP Groups.         (line  30)
* nnsoup-set-variables:                  SOUP Replies.        (line  10)
* nnsoup-tmp-directory:                  SOUP Groups.         (line  13)
* nnsoup-unpacker:                       SOUP Groups.         (line  44)
* nnspool:                               News Spool.          (line   6)
* nnspool-active-file:                   News Spool.          (line  37)
* nnspool-active-times-file:             News Spool.          (line  46)
* nnspool-history-file:                  News Spool.          (line  43)
* nnspool-inews-program:                 News Spool.          (line  20)
* nnspool-inews-switches:                News Spool.          (line  23)
* nnspool-lib-dir:                       News Spool.          (line  34)
* nnspool-newsgroups-file:               News Spool.          (line  40)
* nnspool-nov-directory:                 News Spool.          (line  30)
* nnspool-nov-is-evil:                   News Spool.          (line  49)
* nnspool-sift-nov-with-sed:             News Spool.          (line  53)
* nnspool-spool-directory:               News Spool.          (line  26)
* nntp:                                  NNTP.                (line   6)
* nntp authentification:                 NNTP.                (line  23)
* NNTP server:                           Finding the News.    (line  23)
* nntp-address:                          NNTP.                (line 211)
* nntp-authinfo-file:                    NNTP.                (line  30)
* nntp-authinfo-function:                NNTP.                (line  30)
* nntp-buggy-select:                     NNTP.                (line 218)
* nntp-connection-timeout:               NNTP.                (line 109)
* nntp-end-of-line:                      NNTP.                (line 202)
* nntp-maximum-request:                  NNTP.                (line 101)
* nntp-nov-gap:                          NNTP.                (line 230)
* nntp-nov-is-evil:                      NNTP.                (line 221)
* nntp-open-connection-function:         NNTP.                (line 123)
* nntp-open-network-stream:              NNTP.                (line 122)
* nntp-open-rlogin:                      NNTP.                (line 122)
* nntp-open-ssl-stream:                  NNTP.                (line 182)
* nntp-open-telnet:                      NNTP.                (line 122)
* nntp-open-telnet-envuser:              NNTP.                (line 176)
* nntp-port-number:                      NNTP.                (line 214)
* nntp-prepare-server-hook:              NNTP.                (line 242)
* nntp-record-commands:                  NNTP.                (line 249)
* nntp-rlogin-parameters:                NNTP.                (line 141)
* nntp-rlogin-program:                   NNTP.                (line 137)
* nntp-rlogin-user-name:                 NNTP.                (line 145)
* nntp-send-authinfo:                    NNTP.                (line  23)
* nntp-send-mode-reader:                 NNTP.                (line  23)
* nntp-server-action-alist:              NNTP.                (line  81)
* nntp-server-hook:                      NNTP.                (line 119)
* nntp-server-opened-hook:               NNTP.                (line  23)
* nntp-telnet-command:                   NNTP.                (line 155)
* nntp-telnet-parameters:                NNTP.                (line 168)
* nntp-telnet-passwd:                    NNTP.                (line 165)
* nntp-telnet-shell-prompt:              NNTP.                (line 172)
* nntp-telnet-switches:                  NNTP.                (line 158)
* nntp-telnet-user-name:                 NNTP.                (line 162)
* nntp-warn-about-losing-connection:     NNTP.                (line 245)
* nntp-xover-commands:                   NNTP.                (line 226)
* NNTPSERVER:                            Finding the News.    (line  23)
* nnultimate:                            Ultimate.            (line   6)
* nnultimate-directory:                  Ultimate.            (line  22)
* nnvirtual:                             Virtual Groups.      (line   6)
* nnvirtual-always-rescan:               Virtual Groups.      (line  52)
* nnwarchive:                            Web Archive.         (line   6)
* nnwarchive-directory:                  Web Archive.         (line  22)
* nnwarchive-login:                      Web Archive.         (line  26)
* nnwarchive-passwd:                     Web Archive.         (line  29)
* nnweb <1>:                             Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* nnweb:                                 Web Searches.        (line   6)
* nnweb-max-hits:                        Web Searches.        (line  49)
* nnweb-search:                          Web Searches.        (line  46)
* nnweb-type:                            Web Searches.        (line  42)
* nnweb-type-definition:                 Web Searches.        (line  53)
* nocem:                                 NoCeM.               (line   6)
* nov <1>:                               Terminology.         (line  68)
* nov:                                   NNTP.                (line 226)
* NOV:                                   Crosspost Handling.  (line  20)
* offline <1>:                           SOUP.                (line   6)
* offline:                               Gnus Unplugged.      (line   6)
* OneList:                               Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* overview.fmt:                          Crosspost Handling.  (line  30)
* parameters:                            Topic Commands.      (line 111)
* parent:                                Terminology.         (line 142)
* parent articles:                       Finding the Parent.  (line   6)
* persistent articles:                   Persistent Articles. (line   6)
* pick and read:                         Pick and Read.       (line   6)
* POP:                                   Mail Source Specifiers.
                                                              (line   6)
* post <1>:                              Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* post:                                  Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* posting styles:                        Posting Styles.      (line   6)
* PostScript <1>:                        PostScript Files.    (line   6)
* PostScript:                            Article Commands.    (line   7)
* pre-fetch:                             Asynchronous Fetching.
                                                              (line   6)
* preferred charset:                     Charsets.            (line  50)
* printing:                              Article Commands.    (line   7)
* process mark:                          Other Marks.         (line   6)
* process/prefix convention:             Process/Prefix.      (line   6)
* procmail:                              Mail Source Specifiers.
                                                              (line   6)
* proxy:                                 Example Methods.     (line  45)
* pseudo-articles:                       Viewing Files.       (line   6)
* Pterodactyl Gnus:                      Gnus Versions.       (line   6)
* Quassia Gnus:                          Gnus Versions.       (line   6)
* rank:                                  Group Score.         (line   6)
* rcvstore:                              Saving Articles.     (line  94)
* reading init file:                     File Commands.       (line   7)
* reading mail:                          Getting Mail.        (line   6)
* reading news:                          Getting News.        (line   6)
* referring articles:                    Finding the Parent.  (line   6)
* rejected articles:                     Rejected Articles.   (line   6)
* renaming groups:                       Foreign Groups.      (line  26)
* reply <1>:                             Terminology.         (line  20)
* reply:                                 Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* reporting bugs <1>:                    Compatibility.       (line  53)
* reporting bugs:                        Troubleshooting.     (line  32)
* restarting:                            Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  23)
* reverse scoring:                       Reverse Scoring.     (line   6)
* RFC 1036:                              Conformity.          (line  14)
* RFC 1522 decoding:                     Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  15)
* RFC 2047 decoding:                     Mail Back End Variables.
                                                              (line  15)
* RFC 822:                               Conformity.          (line  11)
* rmail mbox <1>:                        Rmail Babyl.         (line   6)
* rmail mbox:                            Document Groups.     (line   9)
* rnews batch files:                     Document Groups.     (line  22)
* root:                                  Terminology.         (line 138)
* rule variables:                        Rule Variables.      (line   6)
* Russian:                               Charsets.            (line  50)
* saving .newsrc:                        File Commands.       (line  11)
* saving articles:                       Saving Articles.     (line   6)
* scanning new news:                     Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line   6)
* score cache:                           Score Variables.     (line  29)
* score commands:                        Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* score decays:                          Score Decays.        (line   6)
* Score File Atoms:                      Score File Format.   (line 175)
* score file format:                     Score File Format.   (line   6)
* score file group parameter:            Group Parameters.    (line 114)
* score variables:                       Score Variables.     (line   6)
* scoring:                               Scoring.             (line   6)
* scoring crossposts:                    Scoring Tips.        (line   7)
* scoring tips:                          Scoring Tips.        (line   6)
* searching the Usenet:                  Web Searches.        (line   6)
* secondary:                             Terminology.         (line  41)
* sed:                                   News Spool.          (line  53)
* select method:                         Terminology.         (line 107)
* select methods:                        Select Methods.      (line   6)
* selecting articles:                    Choosing Articles.   (line   6)
* Semi-gnus:                             Other Gnus Versions. (line   6)
* sending mail:                          Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* sent messages:                         Archived Messages.   (line   6)
* September Gnus:                        Gnus Versions.       (line   6)
* series:                                Decoding Articles.   (line  18)
* server:                                Terminology.         (line 104)
* server buffer format:                  Server Buffer Format.
                                                              (line   6)
* server commands:                       Server Commands.     (line   6)
* server errors:                         The Server is Down.  (line   6)
* setting marks:                         Setting Marks.       (line   6)
* setting process marks:                 Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line   6)
* shared articles:                       Shell Archives.      (line   6)
* shell archives:                        Shell Archives.      (line   6)
* signatures:                            Article Signature.   (line   6)
* slash:                                 Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* Slashdot:                              Slashdot.            (line   6)
* slave:                                 Slave Gnusae.        (line   6)
* slow machine:                          Slow Machine.        (line   6)
* Smartquotes:                           Article Washing.     (line  52)
* smiley-circle-color:                   Smileys.             (line  46)
* smiley-data-directory:                 Smileys.             (line  34)
* smiley-deformed-regexp-alist:          Smileys.             (line  19)
* smiley-features-color:                 Smileys.             (line  40)
* smiley-flesh-color:                    Smileys.             (line  37)
* smiley-mouse-face:                     Smileys.             (line  49)
* smiley-nosey-regexp-alist:             Smileys.             (line  19)
* smiley-regexp-alist:                   Emacs Enhancements.  (line  23)
* smiley-tongue-color:                   Smileys.             (line  43)
* smileys:                               Smileys.             (line   6)
* solid groups:                          Terminology.         (line 126)
* Son-of-RFC 1036:                       Conformity.          (line  17)
* sorting groups:                        Sorting Groups.      (line   6)
* SOUP:                                  SOUP.                (line   6)
* sox:                                   Rule Variables.      (line  14)
* spam <1>:                              Thwarting Email Spam.
                                                              (line   6)
* spam:                                  NoCeM.               (line   6)
* spamming:                              Crosspost Handling.  (line   6)
* sparse articles:                       Terminology.         (line 130)
* splitting:                             Splitting in IMAP.   (line 104)
* splitting imap mail:                   Splitting in IMAP.   (line   6)
* splitting mail:                        Splitting Mail.      (line   6)
* splitting, crosspost:                  Splitting in IMAP.   (line  17)
* splitting, fancy:                      Splitting in IMAP.   (line 113)
* splitting, inbox:                      Splitting in IMAP.   (line  24)
* Splitting, rules:                      Splitting in IMAP.   (line  34)
* starting up:                           Starting Up.         (line   6)
* startup files:                         Startup Files.       (line   6)
* stripping advertisements:              Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* styles:                                Posting Styles.      (line   6)
* subscription <1>:                      Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line   6)
* subscription:                          New Groups.          (line   6)
* summary buffer:                        The Summary Buffer.  (line   6)
* summary buffer format:                 Summary Buffer Format.
                                                              (line   6)
* summary exit:                          Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line   6)
* summary movement:                      Summary Maneuvering. (line   6)
* summary sorting:                       Summary Sorting.     (line   6)
* superseding articles:                  Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line   6)
* symbolic prefixes:                     Symbolic Prefixes.   (line   6)
* terminology:                           Terminology.         (line   6)
* thread commands:                       Thread Commands.     (line   6)
* thread root:                           Terminology.         (line 138)
* threading <1>:                         Threading.           (line   6)
* threading:                             Terminology.         (line 134)
* timestamps:                            Group Timestamp.     (line   6)
* To:                                    To From Newsgroups.  (line   6)
* to-address:                            Group Parameters.    (line  20)
* to-group:                              Group Parameters.    (line  74)
* to-list:                               Group Parameters.    (line  42)
* topic commands:                        Topic Commands.      (line   6)
* topic parameters <1>:                  Topic Commands.      (line 111)
* topic parameters:                      Topic Parameters.    (line   6)
* topic sorting:                         Topic Sorting.       (line   6)
* topic topology:                        Topic Topology.      (line   6)
* topic variables:                       Topic Variables.     (line   6)
* topics:                                Group Topics.        (line   6)
* topology:                              Topic Topology.      (line   6)
* total-expire:                          Group Parameters.    (line  98)
* transient-mark-mode:                   Process/Prefix.      (line  19)
* trees:                                 Tree Display.        (line   6)
* troubleshooting:                       Troubleshooting.     (line   6)
* UCE:                                   Thwarting Email Spam.
                                                              (line   6)
* Ultimate Bulletin Board:               Ultimate.            (line   6)
* underline:                             Article Fontisizing. (line  24)
* undo:                                  Undo.                (line   6)
* unix mail box:                         Unix Mail Box.       (line   6)
* Unix mbox:                             Document Groups.     (line  10)
* unloading:                             Exiting Gnus.        (line  25)
* unplugged:                             Gnus Unplugged.      (line   6)
* unshar:                                Shell Archives.      (line   6)
* unsolicited commercial email:          Thwarting Email Spam.
                                                              (line   6)
* url:                                   Customizing w3.      (line   6)
* USEFOR:                                Conformity.          (line  28)
* Usenet searches:                       Web Searches.        (line   6)
* utility functions:                     Gnus Utility Functions.
                                                              (line   6)
* uudecode:                              Uuencoded Articles.  (line   6)
* uuencoded articles:                    Uuencoded Articles.  (line   6)
* velveeta:                              Crosspost Handling.  (line   6)
* version:                               Group Information.   (line  30)
* viewing attachments:                   MIME Commands.       (line   6)
* viewing files:                         Viewing Files.       (line   6)
* virtual groups:                        Virtual Groups.      (line   6)
* virtual server:                        Terminology.         (line 111)
* visible:                               Group Parameters.    (line  62)
* visible group parameter:               Listing Groups.      (line  70)
* visual:                                Highlighting and Menus.
                                                              (line   6)
* w3:                                    Customizing w3.      (line   6)
* washing <1>:                           Terminology.         (line 116)
* washing:                               Article Washing.     (line   6)
* web:                                   Browsing the Web.    (line   6)
* Web Archive:                           Web Archive.         (line   6)
* window height:                         Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 106)
* window width:                          Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line 106)
* windows configuration:                 Windows Configuration.
                                                              (line   6)
* www:                                   Browsing the Web.    (line   6)
* x-face:                                Article Washing.     (line 111)
* XEmacs <1>:                            Emacsen.             (line   6)
* XEmacs <2>:                            Emacs/XEmacs Code.   (line   6)
* XEmacs:                                XEmacs Enhancements. (line   6)
* XOVER:                                 NNTP.                (line 226)
* Xref:                                  Crosspost Handling.  (line  20)
* zombie groups:                         Terminology.         (line  86)


File: gnus,  Node: Key Index,  Prev: Index,  Up: Top

12 Key Index
************

[index]
* Menu:

* ! (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  16)
* # (Group):                             Marking Groups.      (line  16)
* # (Summary):                           Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line   8)
* & (Summary):                           Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  15)
* * (Summary):                           Persistent Articles. (line  22)
* , (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  40)
* , (GroupLens):                         Rating Articles.     (line  31)
* , (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  47)
* .  (Summary):                          Choosing Commands.   (line  42)
* . (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  44)
* . (Pick):                              Pick and Read.       (line  19)
* / * (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  70)
* / / (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  17)
* / a (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  21)
* / C (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  88)
* / c (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  84)
* / D (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  66)
* / d (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  74)
* / E (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  62)
* / M (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  78)
* / m (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  37)
* / n (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  47)
* / t (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  41)
* / T (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  81)
* / u (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  31)
* / v (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  57)
* / w (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  52)
* / x (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  25)
* < (Summary):                           Paging the Article.  (line  42)
* <DEL> (Article):                       Article Keymap.      (line  18)
* <DEL> (Group):                         Group Maneuvering.   (line  15)
* <DEL> (Summary):                       Paging the Article.  (line  12)
* <RET> (Browse):                        Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  28)
* <RET> (Group):                         Selecting a Group.   (line  25)
* <RET> (Pick):                          Pick and Read.       (line  41)
* <RET> (Summary):                       Paging the Article.  (line  16)
* <RET> (Topic):                         Topic Commands.      (line  78)
* <SPC> (Article):                       Article Keymap.      (line  15)
* <SPC> (Browse):                        Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  24)
* <SPC> (Group):                         Selecting a Group.   (line   7)
* <SPC> (Pick):                          Pick and Read.       (line  29)
* <SPC> (Server):                        Server Commands.     (line  13)
* <SPC> (Summary) <1>:                   Choosing Commands.   (line  13)
* <SPC> (Summary):                       Paging the Article.  (line   7)
* = (Summary):                           Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* > (Summary):                           Paging the Article.  (line  47)
* ? (Article):                           Article Keymap.      (line  34)
* ? (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  39)
* ? (Group):                             Group Information.   (line  33)
* ? (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  21)
* @ (Agent Summary):                     Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* ^ (Group):                             Misc Group Stuff.    (line  14)
* ^ (Summary):                           Finding the Parent.  (line   7)
* a (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  22)
* a (Group):                             Misc Group Stuff.    (line  18)
* a (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line   7)
* a (Summary):                           Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* A < (Summary):                         Paging the Article.  (line  42)
* A > (Summary):                         Paging the Article.  (line  47)
* A ? (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  67)
* A A (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  47)
* A a (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  56)
* A c (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  64)
* A d (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  60)
* A D (Summary):                         Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* A g (Summary):                         Paging the Article.  (line  25)
* A k (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  31)
* A l (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  26)
* A M (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  44)
* A m (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  40)
* A P (Summary):                         Article Commands.    (line   7)
* A R (Summary):                         Finding the Parent.  (line  24)
* A s (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  10)
* A s (Summary):                         Paging the Article.  (line  51)
* A t (Summary):                         Article Miscellania. (line   7)
* A T (Summary):                         Finding the Parent.  (line  28)
* A T (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line 107)
* A u (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  19)
* A z (Group):                           Listing Groups.      (line  37)
* b (Group):                             Group Maintenance.   (line   7)
* B (Group) <1>:                         Finding the News.    (line  42)
* B (Group):                             Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line   7)
* b (Summary):                           MIME Commands.       (line  11)
* B <DEL> (Summary):                     Mail Group Commands. (line  23)
* B B (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  38)
* B c (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  33)
* B e (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  13)
* B i (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  44)
* B m (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  28)
* B M-C-e (Summary):                     Mail Group Commands. (line  17)
* B p (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  74)
* B q (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  64)
* B r (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  49)
* B t (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  70)
* B w (Summary):                         Mail Group Commands. (line  58)
* c (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  19)
* C (Group):                             Group Data.          (line  12)
* c (Group):                             Group Data.          (line   7)
* C (Server):                            Unavailable Servers. (line  32)
* c (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  25)
* c (Summary):                           Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  26)
* C (Summary):                           Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line  11)
* C-c ^ (Article):                       Article Keymap.      (line  21)
* C-c C-c (Article):                     Mail Group Commands. (line  58)
* C-c C-c (Post):                        Composing Messages.  (line   6)
* C-c C-c (Score):                       Score File Editing.  (line  14)
* C-c C-d (Group):                       Group Information.   (line  21)
* C-c C-d (Score):                       Score File Editing.  (line  18)
* C-c C-f (Summary):                     Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* C-c C-i (Group):                       Group Information.   (line  36)
* C-c C-m (Article):                     Article Keymap.      (line  26)
* C-c C-p (Score):                       Score File Editing.  (line  23)
* C-c C-s (Group):                       Sorting Groups.      (line   6)
* C-c C-s C-a (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  13)
* C-c C-s C-c (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  25)
* C-c C-s C-d (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  19)
* C-c C-s C-i (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  28)
* C-c C-s C-l (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  22)
* C-c C-s C-n (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  10)
* C-c C-s C-s (Summary):                 Summary Sorting.     (line  16)
* C-c C-x (Group):                       Group Maintenance.   (line  18)
* C-c C-x (Topic):                       Topic Commands.      (line  88)
* C-c M-C-x (Group):                     Group Maintenance.   (line  22)
* C-c M-g (Group):                       Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  20)
* C-d (Summary):                         Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* C-k (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  19)
* C-k (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  41)
* C-k (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  92)
* C-t (Summary):                         Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* C-w (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* C-w (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  56)
* C-x C-t (Group):                       Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* C-y (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* C-y (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  96)
* D (Server):                            Unavailable Servers. (line  36)
* D (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  30)
* d (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  26)
* D e (Draft):                           Drafts.              (line  30)
* e (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  10)
* e (Summary):                           Mail Group Commands. (line  58)
* E (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  65)
* F (Group):                             Group Maintenance.   (line  11)
* f (Summary):                           Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* F (Summary):                           Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* g (Binary):                            Binary Groups.       (line  12)
* g (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  29)
* g (Group):                             Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line   7)
* g (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  36)
* g (Summary):                           Paging the Article.  (line  25)
* G <DEL> (Group):                       Foreign Groups.      (line  88)
* G a (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  45)
* G b (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  47)
* G c (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  23)
* G C-n (Summary):                       Choosing Commands.   (line  33)
* G C-p (Summary):                       Choosing Commands.   (line  37)
* G D (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  58)
* G d (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  38)
* G E (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  34)
* G e (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  26)
* G f  (Summary):                        Choosing Commands.   (line  42)
* G f (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  63)
* G g (Summary):                         Summary Maneuvering. (line  22)
* G h (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  42)
* G j (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  64)
* G k (Group) <1>:                       Kibozed Groups.      (line  11)
* G k (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  52)
* G l:                                   Editing IMAP ACLs.   (line   6)
* G l (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  52)
* G m (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  12)
* G M-n (Summary):                       Summary Maneuvering. (line  13)
* G M-p (Summary):                       Summary Maneuvering. (line  18)
* G n (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  18)
* G N (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  26)
* G o (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  55)
* G p (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  30)
* G P (Summary):                         Choosing Commands.   (line  30)
* G p (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line 111)
* G P a (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  75)
* G P l (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  83)
* G P m (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  95)
* G P r (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  91)
* G P u (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  79)
* G P v (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  87)
* G r (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  17)
* G S a (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  42)
* G s b (Group):                         SOUP Commands.       (line   9)
* G S l (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  50)
* G S m (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  62)
* G s p (Group):                         SOUP Commands.       (line  21)
* G S r (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  58)
* G s r (Group):                         SOUP Commands.       (line  24)
* G s s (Group):                         SOUP Commands.       (line  17)
* G S u (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  46)
* G S v (Group):                         Sorting Groups.      (line  54)
* G s w (Group):                         SOUP Commands.       (line  14)
* G u (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  72)
* G V (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  96)
* G v (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line 100)
* G w (Group):                           Foreign Groups.      (line  76)
* G x:                                   Expunging mailboxes. (line   6)
* h (Summary):                           Paging the Article.  (line  55)
* H d (Group):                           Group Information.   (line  21)
* H d (Summary):                         Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  16)
* H f (Group):                           Group Information.   (line   7)
* H f (Summary):                         Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line   7)
* H h (Summary):                         Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  21)
* H i (Summary):                         Summary Group Information.
                                                              (line  25)
* H v (Group):                           Group Information.   (line  30)
* J # (Agent Summary):                   Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* j (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  35)
* j (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  64)
* J a (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  22)
* J a (Agent Server):                    Server Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* J c (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  11)
* J c (Agent Summary):                   Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  17)
* J M-# (Agent Summary):                 Summary Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* J r (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* J r (Agent Server):                    Server Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  11)
* J s (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* J S (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* J u (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* J Y (Agent Group):                     Group Agent Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* k (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  16)
* k (GroupLens):                         Rating Articles.     (line  19)
* k (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  19)
* k (Summary):                           Setting Marks.       (line  35)
* K b (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  32)
* K c (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  17)
* K e (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  20)
* K i (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  23)
* K m (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  37)
* K o (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  14)
* K v (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  11)
* K | (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  26)
* l (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  36)
* l (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  37)
* l (Group):                             Listing Groups.      (line  10)
* L (Group):                             Listing Groups.      (line  19)
* l (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  28)
* l (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  52)
* m (Group):                             Misc Group Stuff.    (line  22)
* m (Summary):                           Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* M ? (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  21)
* M b (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  30)
* M B (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  73)
* M b (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  69)
* M C (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  45)
* M c (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  10)
* M C-c (Summary):                       Setting Marks.       (line  48)
* M d (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  26)
* M e (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  65)
* M H (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  52)
* M K (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  41)
* M k (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  35)
* M m (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  17)
* M P a (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  55)
* M P b (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  58)
* M P G (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  29)
* M P i (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  21)
* M P k (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  62)
* M P p (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line   8)
* M P r (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  33)
* M P R (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  25)
* M P S (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  51)
* M P s (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  48)
* M P t (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  36)
* M P T (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  40)
* M P U (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  17)
* M P u (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  13)
* M P v (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  44)
* M P w (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  70)
* M P y (Summary):                       Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  66)
* M r (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  33)
* M S (Summary):                         Limiting.            (line  62)
* M t (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  16)
* M u (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  21)
* M U (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  24)
* M V c (Summary):                       Setting Marks.       (line  77)
* M V k (Summary):                       Setting Marks.       (line  60)
* M V m (Summary):                       Setting Marks.       (line  85)
* M V u (Summary):                       Setting Marks.       (line  81)
* M w (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  27)
* M-# (Group):                           Marking Groups.      (line  20)
* M-# (Summary):                         Setting Process Marks.
                                                              (line  13)
* M-& (Summary):                         Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  25)
* M-* (Summary):                         Persistent Articles. (line  25)
* M-<RET> (Group):                       Selecting a Group.   (line  32)
* M-<RET> (Summary):                     Paging the Article.  (line  20)
* M-<SPC> (Group):                       Selecting a Group.   (line  43)
* M-^ (Summary):                         Finding the Parent.  (line  44)
* M-c (Group):                           Group Data.          (line  16)
* M-c (Server):                          Unavailable Servers. (line  43)
* M-C-<RET> (Group):                     Selecting a Group.   (line  48)
* M-C-a (Summary):                       Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  40)
* M-C-d (Summary):                       Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* M-C-e (Summary):                       Really Various Summary Commands.
                                                              (line  36)
* M-C-k (Summary):                       Thread Commands.     (line   8)
* M-C-l (Summary):                       Thread Commands.     (line  15)
* M-C-n (Summary):                       Thread Commands.     (line  61)
* M-C-p (Summary):                       Thread Commands.     (line  66)
* M-d (Group):                           Group Information.   (line  25)
* M-down (Summary):                      Thread Commands.     (line  62)
* M-g (Group):                           Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  14)
* M-g (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  44)
* M-i (Summary):                         Symbolic Prefixes.   (line  19)
* M-k (Group):                           Kill Files.          (line  43)
* M-K (Group):                           Kill Files.          (line  46)
* M-k (Summary):                         Kill Files.          (line  35)
* M-K (Summary):                         Kill Files.          (line  38)
* M-n (Group):                           Group Maneuvering.   (line  25)
* M-n (Summary):                         Summary Maneuvering. (line  13)
* M-o (Server):                          Unavailable Servers. (line  39)
* M-p (Group):                           Group Maneuvering.   (line  29)
* M-p (Summary):                         Summary Maneuvering. (line  18)
* M-r (Summary):                         Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line  11)
* M-s (Summary):                         Searching for Articles.
                                                              (line   7)
* M-t (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  48)
* M-TAB (Article):                       Article Keymap.      (line  42)
* M-TAB (Topic):                         Topic Commands.      (line  74)
* M-u (Summary):                         Setting Marks.       (line  10)
* M-up (Summary):                        Thread Commands.     (line  67)
* M-x gnus:                              Starting Up.         (line   6)
* M-x gnus-agent-expire:                 Agent Expiry.        (line   6)
* M-x gnus-binary-mode:                  Binary Groups.       (line   6)
* M-x gnus-bug <1>:                      Troubleshooting.     (line  32)
* M-x gnus-bug:                          Compatibility.       (line  53)
* M-x gnus-change-server:                Changing Servers.    (line  25)
* M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups <1>: Group Data. (line  20)
* M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups: Changing Servers.
                                                              (line  35)
* M-x gnus-group-move-group-to-server:   Changing Servers.    (line  31)
* M-x gnus-no-server:                    The Server is Down.  (line  18)
* M-x gnus-other-frame:                  Starting Up.         (line  10)
* M-x gnus-pick-mode:                    Pick and Read.       (line  11)
* M-x gnus-update-format:                Formatting Variables.
                                                              (line  35)
* M-x nnfolder-generate-active-file:     Mail Folders.        (line  42)
* M-x nnkiboze-generate-groups:          Kibozed Groups.      (line  21)
* M-x nnmail-split-history:              Splitting Mail.      (line  58)
* n (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  18)
* n (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  10)
* N (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  19)
* n (GroupLens):                         Rating Articles.     (line  28)
* N (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  26)
* n (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  18)
* nnmail-split-history:                  Splitting Mail.      (line  58)
* O (Server):                            Unavailable Servers. (line  28)
* o (Summary):                           Saving Articles.     (line  21)
* O b (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  41)
* O f (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  33)
* O F (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  37)
* O h (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  45)
* O m (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  25)
* O o (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  21)
* O p (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  53)
* O r (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  29)
* O s (Summary):                         SOUP Commands.       (line  27)
* O v (Summary):                         Saving Articles.     (line  49)
* p (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  21)
* p (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  25)
* P (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  22)
* p (Group):                             Group Maneuvering.   (line  15)
* p (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  22)
* P (Summary):                           Choosing Commands.   (line  30)
* q (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  36)
* q (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  13)
* Q (Group):                             Exiting Gnus.        (line  17)
* q (Group):                             Exiting Gnus.        (line  14)
* q (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  16)
* q (Summary):                           Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  11)
* Q (Summary):                           Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  21)
* r (Group):                             File Commands.       (line   7)
* R (Group):                             Scanning New Messages.
                                                              (line  23)
* r (GroupLens):                         Rating Articles.     (line  15)
* R (Server):                            Unavailable Servers. (line  47)
* r (Summary):                           Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* R (Summary):                           Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  15)
* s (Article):                           Article Keymap.      (line  30)
* s (Category):                          The Category Buffer. (line  33)
* s (Group):                             File Commands.       (line  11)
* s (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  31)
* s (Summary):                           Paging the Article.  (line  51)
* S (Summary):                           Canceling and Superseding.
                                                              (line  30)
* S C-k (Group):                         Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  38)
* S D b (Summary):                       Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  50)
* S D r (Summary):                       Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  61)
* S F (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  18)
* S f (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  14)
* S k (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  19)
* S l (Group):                           Group Levels.        (line  16)
* S m (Summary):                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* S M-c (Summary):                       Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  86)
* S n (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* S N (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* S o m (Summary):                       Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* S O m (Summary):                       Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  80)
* S O p (Summary):                       Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* S o p (Summary):                       Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  33)
* S p (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* S r (Summary):                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* S R (Summary):                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  15)
* S s (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  13)
* S t (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* S u (Summary):                         Summary Post Commands.
                                                              (line  51)
* S w (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  32)
* S W (Summary):                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  26)
* S w (Summary):                         Summary Mail Commands.
                                                              (line  20)
* S y (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* S y (Summary):                         Summary Message Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* S z (Group):                           Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  35)
* T # (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  23)
* T # (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  60)
* t (Group):                             Group Topics.        (line  26)
* t (Summary):                           Article Washing.     (line  41)
* T <DEL> (Topic):                       Topic Commands.      (line 104)
* T ^ (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  52)
* T C (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  52)
* T c (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  23)
* T d (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  70)
* T D (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  36)
* T H (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  44)
* T h (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  38)
* T H (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  56)
* T h (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  28)
* T i (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  19)
* T j (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  20)
* T k (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line   8)
* T l (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  15)
* T M (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  48)
* T m (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  15)
* T M-# (Summary):                       Thread Commands.     (line  27)
* T M-# (Topic):                         Topic Commands.      (line  64)
* T n (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  60)
* T n (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  11)
* T o (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  76)
* T p (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  65)
* T r (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line 101)
* T s (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  34)
* T S (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  41)
* T s (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  32)
* T S a (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  10)
* T S l (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  18)
* T S m (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  30)
* T S r (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  26)
* T S u (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  14)
* T S v (Topic):                         Topic Sorting.       (line  22)
* T t (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  47)
* T T (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  31)
* T TAB (Topic):                         Topic Commands.      (line  69)
* T u (Summary):                         Thread Commands.     (line  73)
* TAB (Article):                         Article Keymap.      (line  38)
* TAB (Topic):                           Topic Commands.      (line  69)
* u (Browse):                            Browse Foreign Server.
                                                              (line  31)
* U (Group):                             Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line  13)
* u (Group):                             Subscription Commands.
                                                              (line   8)
* u (Pick):                              Pick and Read.       (line  33)
* V (Group):                             Group Information.   (line  30)
* V C (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  54)
* V c (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  37)
* V e (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  41)
* V f (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  46)
* V F (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  50)
* V m (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  61)
* V R (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  31)
* V S (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  23)
* V s (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  20)
* V t (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  27)
* V x (Summary):                         Summary Score Commands.
                                                              (line  65)
* W 6 (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  93)
* W b (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line 129)
* W B (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line 133)
* W c (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  77)
* W C (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  73)
* W d (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  52)
* W e (Summary):                         Article Fontisizing. (line   6)
* W E a (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 154)
* W E A (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 157)
* W E e (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 164)
* W E l (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 141)
* W E m (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 145)
* W E s (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 160)
* W E t (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 150)
* W f (Group):                           Group Score Commands.
                                                              (line   9)
* W f (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line 111)
* W h (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line 106)
* W H a (Summary):                       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  10)
* W H c (Summary):                       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  25)
* W H h (Summary):                       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  15)
* W H s (Summary):                       Article Highlighting.
                                                              (line  69)
* W l (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  22)
* W M c (Summary):                       MIME Commands.       (line  56)
* W M v (Summary):                       MIME Commands.       (line  68)
* W M w (Summary):                       MIME Commands.       (line  52)
* W o (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  49)
* W Q (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  70)
* W q (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  83)
* W r (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  27)
* W t (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  41)
* W T e (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  29)
* W T i (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  15)
* W T l (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  19)
* W T o (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  50)
* W T s (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  22)
* W T u (Summary):                       Article Date.        (line  11)
* W v (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  45)
* W w (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line  64)
* W W a (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  10)
* W W b (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  19)
* W W B (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  62)
* W W c (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  75)
* W W C (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line 117)
* W W C-c (Summary):                     Article Hiding.      (line 105)
* W W H (Summary):                       Article Washing.     (line 137)
* W W h (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  15)
* W W l (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  27)
* W W P (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  58)
* W W p (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  40)
* W W s (Summary):                       Article Hiding.      (line  23)
* W Z (Summary):                         Article Washing.     (line 101)
* x (Summary):                           Limiting.            (line  31)
* X b (Summary):                         Other Files.         (line  10)
* X m (Summary):                         MIME Commands.       (line  43)
* X o (Summary):                         Other Files.         (line   7)
* X P (Summary):                         PostScript Files.    (line  10)
* X p (Summary):                         PostScript Files.    (line   7)
* X s (Summary):                         Shell Archives.      (line  11)
* X S (Summary):                         Shell Archives.      (line  14)
* X u (Summary):                         Uuencoded Articles.  (line   7)
* X U (Summary):                         Uuencoded Articles.  (line  10)
* X v P (Summary):                       PostScript Files.    (line  18)
* X v p (Summary):                       PostScript Files.    (line  14)
* X v S (Summary):                       Shell Archives.      (line  22)
* X v s (Summary):                       Shell Archives.      (line  18)
* X v U (Summary):                       Uuencoded Articles.  (line  17)
* X v u (Summary):                       Uuencoded Articles.  (line  14)
* y (Server):                            Server Commands.     (line  22)
* Y c (Summary):                         Summary Generation Commands.
                                                              (line  10)
* Y g (Summary):                         Summary Generation Commands.
                                                              (line   7)
* z (Group):                             Exiting Gnus.        (line   9)
* Z C (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  30)
* Z c (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  26)
* Z E (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  21)
* Z G (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  44)
* Z n (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  34)
* Z N (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  49)
* Z P (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  53)
* Z R (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  38)
* Z s (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  57)
* Z Z (Summary):                         Exiting the Summary Buffer.
                                                              (line  11)



Tag Table:
Node: Top1268
Node: Starting Up22935
Node: Finding the News24308
Node: The First Time27053
Node: The Server is Down27966
Node: Slave Gnusae29219
Node: Fetching a Group30851
Node: New Groups31313
Node: Checking New Groups32161
Node: Subscription Methods34078
Node: Filtering New Groups36733
Node: Changing Servers38597
Node: Startup Files40526
Node: Auto Save44152
Node: The Active File45327
Node: Startup Variables48018
Node: The Group Buffer49821
Node: Group Buffer Format51242
Node: Group Line Specification51606
Node: Group Modeline Specification55145
Node: Group Highlighting55578
Node: Group Maneuvering57929
Node: Selecting a Group59356
Node: Subscription Commands63344
Node: Group Data64750
Node: Group Levels65604
Node: Group Score69907
Node: Marking Groups71224
Node: Foreign Groups72528
Node: Group Parameters76876
Node: Listing Groups85289
Node: Sorting Groups88121
Node: Group Maintenance90933
Node: Browse Foreign Server91734
Node: Exiting Gnus92945
Node: Group Topics94132
Node: Topic Variables95845
Node: Topic Commands96820
Node: Topic Sorting100413
Node: Topic Topology101369
Node: Topic Parameters102665
Node: Misc Group Stuff105029
Node: Scanning New Messages106883
Node: Group Information108035
Node: Group Timestamp109315
Node: File Commands110427
Node: The Summary Buffer110861
Node: Summary Buffer Format113299
Node: Summary Buffer Lines114533
Node: To From Newsgroups118524
Node: Summary Buffer Mode Line120900
Node: Summary Highlighting122398
Node: Summary Maneuvering123560
Node: Choosing Articles126694
Node: Choosing Commands127000
Node: Choosing Variables128783
Node: Paging the Article130085
Node: Reply Followup and Post131739
Node: Summary Mail Commands132165
Node: Summary Post Commands136198
Node: Summary Message Commands138270
Node: Canceling and Superseding138751
Node: Marking Articles140943
Node: Unread Articles141858
Node: Read Articles142890
Node: Other Marks144499
Node: Setting Marks146496
Node: Generic Marking Commands149290
Node: Setting Process Marks150701
Node: Limiting152720
Node: Threading155558
Node: Customizing Threading157237
Node: Loose Threads157676
Node: Filling In Threads163626
Node: More Threading165557
Node: Low-Level Threading167541
Node: Thread Commands168672
Node: Sorting171308
Node: Asynchronous Fetching174287
Node: Article Caching177746
Node: Persistent Articles181010
Node: Article Backlog182445
Node: Saving Articles183519
Node: Decoding Articles191701
Node: Uuencoded Articles193211
Node: Shell Archives194536
Node: PostScript Files195216
Node: Other Files195752
Node: Decoding Variables196065
Node: Rule Variables196450
Node: Other Decode Variables197353
Node: Uuencoding and Posting200308
Node: Viewing Files201629
Node: Article Treatment203333
Node: Article Highlighting204312
Node: Article Fontisizing207282
Node: Article Hiding209164
Node: Article Washing213943
Ref: X-Face218006
Ref: Article Washing-Footnote-1220364
Ref: Article Washing-Footnote-2220537
Node: Article Buttons220628
Node: Article Date223106
Node: Article Signature225224
Node: Article Miscellania227376
Node: MIME Commands227616
Node: Charsets231130
Node: Article Commands234122
Node: Summary Sorting234454
Node: Finding the Parent235555
Node: Alternative Approaches239332
Node: Pick and Read239793
Node: Binary Groups242605
Node: Tree Display243269
Node: Mail Group Commands247391
Node: Various Summary Stuff251433
Node: Summary Group Information253825
Node: Searching for Articles254838
Node: Summary Generation Commands255865
Node: Really Various Summary Commands256293
Node: Exiting the Summary Buffer258095
Node: Crosspost Handling261533
Node: Duplicate Suppression263715
Node: The Article Buffer266570
Node: Hiding Headers267211
Node: Using MIME270927
Node: Customizing Articles273810
Node: Article Keymap277768
Node: Misc Article279121
Node: Composing Messages280951
Node: Mail281953
Node: Posting Server282378
Node: Mail and Post283816
Node: Archived Messages285331
Node: Posting Styles290202
Node: Drafts294578
Node: Rejected Articles296725
Node: Select Methods297660
Node: The Server Buffer299393
Node: Server Buffer Format301246
Node: Server Commands302016
Node: Example Methods303011
Node: Creating a Virtual Server305664
Node: Server Variables306875
Node: Servers and Methods308095
Node: Unavailable Servers308526
Node: Getting News310319
Node: NNTP310758
Node: News Spool320673
Node: Getting Mail322427
Node: Mail in a Newsreader323556
Node: Getting Started Reading Mail326741
Node: Splitting Mail328296
Node: Mail Sources331834
Node: Mail Source Specifiers332350
Node: Mail Source Customization344448
Node: Fetching Mail345656
Node: Mail Back End Variables347027
Node: Fancy Mail Splitting349245
Node: Group Mail Splitting356151
Node: Incorporating Old Mail361665
Node: Expiring Mail363377
Node: Washing Mail369546
Node: Duplicates372545
Node: Not Reading Mail374758
Node: Choosing a Mail Back End375795
Node: Unix Mail Box376786
Node: Rmail Babyl377371
Node: Mail Spool377935
Node: MH Spool380309
Node: Mail Folders381263
Node: Comparing Mail Back Ends382946
Node: Browsing the Web389403
Node: Web Searches391578
Node: Slashdot394496
Node: Ultimate397353
Node: Web Archive398349
Node: Customizing w3399461
Node: Other Sources400437
Node: Directory Groups401116
Node: Anything Groups402239
Node: Document Groups404924
Node: Document Server Internals407235
Node: SOUP411877
Node: SOUP Commands414772
Node: SOUP Groups416599
Node: SOUP Replies418588
Node: Mail-To-News Gateways419323
Node: IMAP421248
Node: Splitting in IMAP429571
Node: Editing IMAP ACLs434852
Node: Expunging mailboxes435837
Node: Combined Groups436237
Node: Virtual Groups436609
Node: Kibozed Groups440010
Node: Gnus Unplugged442001
Node: Agent Basics444109
Node: Agent Categories446486
Node: Category Syntax447557
Node: The Category Buffer454899
Node: Category Variables455909
Node: Agent Commands456870
Node: Group Agent Commands457438
Node: Summary Agent Commands458405
Node: Server Agent Commands458915
Node: Agent Expiry459313
Node: Agent and IMAP460110
Node: Outgoing Messages462395
Node: Agent Variables462968
Node: Example Setup463651
Node: Batching Agents465459
Node: Agent Caveats465889
Node: Scoring466516
Node: Summary Score Commands468795
Node: Group Score Commands473924
Node: Score Variables474443
Node: Score File Format480743
Node: Score File Editing493096
Node: Adaptive Scoring494214
Node: Home Score File500751
Node: Followups To Yourself503612
Node: Scoring Tips505109
Node: Reverse Scoring506675
Node: Global Score Files507182
Node: Kill Files509946
Node: Converting Kill Files512516
Node: GroupLens513238
Node: Using GroupLens514404
Node: Rating Articles515576
Node: Displaying Predictions516750
Node: GroupLens Variables518628
Node: Advanced Scoring519619
Node: Advanced Scoring Syntax520357
Node: Advanced Scoring Examples522212
Node: Advanced Scoring Tips523495
Node: Score Decays524575
Node: Various526425
Node: Process/Prefix527874
Node: Interactive529976
Node: Symbolic Prefixes530852
Node: Formatting Variables532386
Node: Formatting Basics534141
Node: Mode Line Formatting535058
Node: Advanced Formatting535960
Node: User-Defined Specs537929
Node: Formatting Fonts538945
Node: Windows Configuration541004
Node: Faces and Fonts551065
Node: Compilation551426
Node: Mode Lines552420
Node: Highlighting and Menus554085
Node: Buttons556338
Node: Daemons557661
Node: NoCeM560449
Node: Undo564972
Node: Moderation566560
Node: Emacs Enhancements567753
Node: XEmacs Enhancements569102
Node: Picons569566
Node: Picon Basics570211
Node: Picon Requirements571328
Node: Easy Picons572076
Node: Hard Picons572651
Node: Picon Useless Configuration574866
Node: Smileys577834
Node: Toolbar579604
Node: XVarious580125
Node: Fuzzy Matching581012
Node: Thwarting Email Spam581798
Node: Various Various585371
Node: The End589199
Node: Appendices589845
Node: History590521
Node: Gnus Versions592175
Node: Other Gnus Versions593395
Node: Why?594038
Node: Compatibility595412
Node: Conformity598127
Node: Emacsen599470
Node: Gnus Development600036
Node: Contributors601926
Node: New Features608298
Node: ding Gnus608918
Node: September Gnus612288
Node: Red Gnus617404
Node: Quassia Gnus621132
Node: Pterodactyl Gnus624395
Node: On Writing Manuals626128
Node: Terminology627079
Node: Customization632229
Node: Slow/Expensive Connection632831
Node: Slow Terminal Connection633755
Node: Little Disk Space635435
Node: Slow Machine636470
Node: Troubleshooting636957
Node: Gnus Reference Guide639502
Node: Gnus Utility Functions640870
Node: Back End Interface643384
Node: Required Back End Functions646200
Node: Optional Back End Functions654123
Node: Error Messaging662568
Node: Writing New Back Ends663662
Node: Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus669141
Node: Mail-like Back Ends670541
Node: Score File Syntax672173
Node: Headers675582
Node: Ranges676832
Node: Group Info678877
Node: Extended Interactive682315
Node: Emacs/XEmacs Code683703
Node: Various File Formats685671
Node: Active File Format685956
Node: Newsgroups File Format686952
Node: Emacs for Heathens687626
Node: Keystrokes688419
Node: Emacs Lisp690317
Node: Frequently Asked Questions692470
Node: Installation FAQ693044
Node: Customization FAQ700101
Node: Reading News FAQ708299
Node: Reading Mail FAQ711638
Node: Index714025
Node: Key Index868216

End Tag Table
